1 systemd System and Service Manager
3 CHANGES WITH 258 in spe:
7 * The default access mode of tty/pts device nodes has been changed to
8 0600, which was 0620 in the older releases, due to general security
9 concerns about terminals being written to by other users. To restore
10 the old default access mode, use '-Dtty-mode=0620' meson build
11 option. (This effectively means "mesg n" is now the default, rather
12 than "mesg y", see mesg(1) man page for help.)
14 * systemd-run's --expand-environment= switch, which was disabled
15 by default when combined with --scope, has been changed to to be
16 enabled by default. This brings cmdline expansion of transient
17 scopes on par with services.
19 * systemd-logind PAM sessions that previously were automatically
20 determined to be of class "background", and which are owned by root
21 or system accounts, will now automatically be set to class
22 "background-light" instead. PAM sessions that previously were
23 automatically determined to be of class "user", and which are owned
24 by non-root system users, will now automatically be set to class
25 "user-light" instead. This effectively means that cron jobs or FTP
26 sessions (i.e. all PAM sessions that have no TTY assigned and neither
27 are graphical) for system users no longer pull in a service manager
28 by default. This behaviour can be changed by explicitly setting the
29 session class (for example via the class= parameter to
30 pam_systemd.so, or by setting the XDG_SESSION_CLASS environment
31 variable as input for the service's PAM stack). This change does not
32 affect graphical sessions, nor does it affect regular users. This is
33 an incompatible change of sorts, since per-user services will
34 typically not be available for such PAM sessions of system users.
36 * systemd-udevd ignores OWNER=/GROUP= settings with a non-system
37 user/group specified in udev rules files, to avoid device nodes being
38 owned by a non-system user/group. It is recommended to check udev
39 rules files with 'udevadm verify' and/or 'udevadm test' commands if
40 the specified user/group in OWNER=/GROUP= are valid.
42 * systemd-cryptenroll, systemd-repart and systemd-creds no longer
43 default to locking TPM2 enrollments to the current, literal value of
44 PCR 7, i.e. the PCR the SecureBoot policy is measured into by the
45 firmware. This change reflects the fact that nowadays SecureBoot
46 policies are updated (at least) as frequently as firmware code
47 updates (simply because SecureBoot policy updates are typically
48 managed by fwupd these days). The new default PCR mask for new TPM2
49 enrollments is thus empty by default. It is recommended to use
50 managed systemd-pcrlock policies for binding to PCR 7 instead (as
51 well as combining such policies with signed policies for PCR 11). Or
52 in other words, it's recommended to make more use of the logic behind
53 the --tpm2-public-key=, --tpm2-public-key-pcrs= and --tpm2-pcrlock=
54 switches of the mentioned tools in place of --tpm2-pcrs=.
56 Announcements of Future Feature Removals:
58 * The D-Bus method org.freedesktop.systemd1.StartAuxiliaryScope() is
59 deprecated because accounting data and such cannot be reasonably
60 migrated between cgroups. It is likely to be fully removed in a
61 future release (reach out if you have use cases).
63 * The recommended kernel baseline version has been bumped to v5.4
64 (released in 2019). Expect limited testing on older kernel versions,
65 where "old-kernel" taint flag would also be set. Support for them
66 will be phased out in a future release in 2025, i.e. we expect to bump
67 the minimum baseline to v5.4 then too.
69 * The complete removal of support for cgroup v1 ('legacy' and 'hybrid'
70 hierarchies) is scheduled for v258.
72 * Support for System V service scripts is deprecated and will be
73 removed in v258. Please make sure to update your software
74 *now* to include a native systemd unit file instead of a legacy
75 System V script to retain compatibility with future systemd releases.
77 * To work around limitations of X11's keyboard handling systemd's
78 keyboard mapping hardware database (hwdb.d/60-keyboard.hwdb) so far
79 mapped the microphone mute and touchpad on/off/toggle keys to the
80 function keys F20, F21, F22, F23 instead of their correct key codes.
81 This key code mangling will be removed in the next systemd release.
82 To maintain compatibility with X11 applications that rely on the old
83 function key code mappings, this mangling has now been moved to the
84 relevant X11 keyboard driver modules. In order to ensure these keys
85 continue to work, update to xf86-input-evdev >= 2.11.0 and
86 xf86-input-libinput >= 1.5.0 before updating to systemd >= 258.
88 * Support for the SystemdOptions EFI variable is deprecated.
89 'bootctl systemd-efi-options' will emit a warning when used. It seems
90 that this feature is little-used and it is better to use alternative
91 approaches like credentials and confexts. The plan is to drop support
92 altogether at a later point, but this might be revisited based on
101 * The --purge switch of systemd-tmpfiles (which was added in v256) has
102 been reworked: it will now only apply to tmpfiles.d/ lines marked
103 with the new "$" flag. This is an incompatible change, and means any
104 tmpfiles.d/ files which shall be used together with --purge need to
105 be updated accordingly. This change has been made to make it harder
106 to accidentally delete too many files when using --purge incorrectly.
108 * The systemd-creds 'cat' verb now expects base64-encoded encrypted
109 credentials as input, for consistency with the 'decrypt' verb and the
110 LoadCredentialEncrypted= service setting. Previously it could only
111 read raw, unencoded binary data.
113 * Support for automatic flushing of the nscd user/group database caches
116 * The FileDescriptorName= setting for socket units is now honored by
117 Accept=yes sockets too, where it was previously silently ignored and
118 "connection" was used unconditionally.
120 * systemd-logind now always obeys block inhibitor locks, where previously
121 it ignored locks taken by the caller or when the caller was root. A
122 privileged caller can always close the other sessions, remove the
123 inhibitor locks, or use --force or --check-inhibitors=no to ignore the
124 inhibitors. This change thus doesn't affect security, since everything
125 that was possible before at a given privilege level is still possible,
126 but it should make the inhibitor logic easier to use and understand,
127 and also help avoiding accidental reboots and shutdowns. New 'block-weak'
128 inhibitor modes were added, if taken they will make the inhibitor lock
129 work as in the previous versions. Inhibitor locks can also be taken by
130 remote users (subject to polkit policy).
132 * systemd-nspawn will now mount the unified cgroup hierarchy into a
133 container if no systemd installation is found in a container's root
134 filesystem. $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_UNIFIED_HIERARCHY=0 can be used to override
137 * /dev/disk/by-id/nvme-* block device symlinks without an NVMe
138 namespace identifier are now fixed to namespace 1 of the device. If
139 no namespace 1 exists for a device no such symlink is
140 created. Previously, these symlinks would point to an unspecified
141 namespace, and thus not be strictly stable references to
142 multi-namespace NVMe devices. These un-namespaced symlinks are mostly
143 obsolete, users and applications should always use the ones with
144 encoded namespace information instead. This change should not affect
145 too many systems, because most NVMe devices only know a namespace 1
148 * Support for cgroup v1 ('legacy' and 'hybrid' hierarchies) is now
149 considered obsolete and systemd by default will ignore configuration
150 that enables them. To forcibly reenable cgroup v1 support,
151 SYSTEMD_CGROUP_ENABLE_LEGACY_FORCE=1 must additionally be set on the
154 Announcements of Future Feature Removals:
156 * The D-Bus method org.freedesktop.systemd1.StartAuxiliaryScope() is
157 deprecated because accounting data and such cannot be reasonably
158 migrated between cgroups. It is likely to be fully removed in a
159 future release (reach out if you have use cases).
161 * The recommended kernel baseline version has been bumped to v5.4
162 (released in 2019). Expect limited testing on older kernel versions,
163 where "old-kernel" taint flag would also be set. Support for them
164 will be phased out in a future release in 2025, i.e. we expect to bump
165 the minimum baseline to v5.4 then too.
167 * The complete removal of support for cgroup v1 ('legacy' and 'hybrid'
168 hierarchies) is scheduled for v258.
170 * Support for System V service scripts is deprecated and will be
171 removed in v258. Please make sure to update your software
172 *now* to include a native systemd unit file instead of a legacy
173 System V script to retain compatibility with future systemd releases.
175 * To work around limitations of X11's keyboard handling systemd's
176 keyboard mapping hardware database (hwdb.d/60-keyboard.hwdb) so far
177 mapped the microphone mute and touchpad on/off/toggle keys to the
178 function keys F20, F21, F22, F23 instead of their correct key codes.
179 This key code mangling will be removed in the next systemd release.
180 To maintain compatibility with X11 applications that rely on the old
181 function key code mappings, this mangling has now been moved to the
182 relevant X11 keyboard driver modules. In order to ensure these keys
183 continue to work, update to xf86-input-evdev >= 2.11.0 and
184 xf86-input-libinput >= 1.5.0 before updating to systemd >= 258.
186 * Support for the SystemdOptions EFI variable is deprecated.
187 'bootctl systemd-efi-options' will emit a warning when used. It seems
188 that this feature is little-used and it is better to use alternative
189 approaches like credentials and confexts. The plan is to drop support
190 altogether at a later point, but this might be revisited based on
193 * systemd-run's switch --expand-environment= which currently is disabled
194 by default when combined with --scope, will be changed in a future
195 release to be enabled by default.
199 * systemd's JSON API is now available as public interface of
200 libsystemd, under the name "sd-json". The purpose of the library is
201 to allow structures to be conveniently created in C code and
202 serialized to JSON, and for JSON to be conveniently deserialized into
203 in-memory structures, using callbacks to handle specific
204 keys. Various data types like integers, floats, booleans, strings,
205 UUIDs, base64-encoded and hex-encoded binary data, and arrays are
206 supported natively. The library has been part of systemd for a while
207 as internal component, and is now made publicly available. One major
208 user of sd-json is sd-varlink (see below). Note that the
209 documentation of sd-json is very much incomplete for now, but the
210 systemd codebase provides plenty real-life code examples.
212 * systemd's Varlink IPC API is now available as part of libsystemd,
213 under the name "sd-varlink". This library is a C implementation of
214 the Varlink IPC system (https://varlink.org/) that has been adopted
215 by systemd for various interfaces. It relies on the sd-json JSON
216 component, see above. Note that the documentation of sd-varlink is
217 very much incomplete for now, but the systemd codebase provides
218 plenty real-life code examples.
220 * sd-bus gained a new call sd_bus_pending_method_calls() which returns
221 the number of currently open asynchronous method calls initiated on
222 this connection towards peers.
224 * sd-device gained a new call sd_device_monitor_is_running() that
225 returns whether the specified monitor object is already running. It
226 also gained sd_device_monitor_get_fd(),
227 sd_device_monitor_get_events(), sd_device_monitor_get_timeout() and
228 sd_device_monitor_receive() to permit sd-device to run on top of a
229 foreign event loop implementation. It also gained
230 sd_device_get_driver_subsystem() which returns the subsystem of
231 driver objects. The new sd_device_get_device_id() call returns a
232 short string identifying the device record.
234 System and Service Management:
236 * The environment variable $REMOTE_ADDR is now set when using
237 per-connection socket activation for AF_UNIX stream sockets. It
238 contains the AF_UNIX peer address of the connection. (Previously the
239 environment variable was only set for IP sockets.)
241 * Multipath TCP (MPTCP) is now supported as a socket protocol for
244 * A new /etc/fstab option x-systemd.wants= creates "Wants="
245 dependencies. (This is similar to the previously available
246 x-systemd.requires=.)
248 * The initialization of the system clock during boot and updates has
249 been simplified: both PID 1 or systemd-timesyncd will pick the latest
250 minimum time as indicated by the compiled-in epoch,
251 /usr/lib/clock-epoch, and /var/lib/systemd/timesync/clock. See
252 systemd(1) for an detailed updated description.
254 * The kernel's Ctrl-Alt-Delete handling is re-enabled during late
255 shutdown, so that the user may use it to initiate a reboot if the
256 system freezes otherwise.
258 * The new value "identity" for the unit setting PrivateUsers= may be
259 used to request a user namespace with an identity mapping for the
260 first 65536 UIDs/GIDs. This is analogous to the systemd-nspawn's
261 --private-users=identity.
263 * The new value "disconnected" for the unit setting PrivateTmp= may be
264 used to specify that a separate tmpfs instance should be used for
265 /tmp/ and /var/tmp/ for the unit.
267 * The server manager (and various other tools too) use pidfds in more
268 places to refer to processes.
270 * A build option -D link-executor-shared=false can be used to build
271 the systemd-executor binary (added in a previous release) in a way
272 where it does not link to shared libsystemd-shared-….so library.
273 PID1 holds a reference to the executor binary that was on disk when
274 the manager was started or restarted, but the shared libraries it is
275 linked to are not loaded until the executor binary needs to be used.
276 This partial static linking is a workaround for the issue where,
277 during upgrades, the old libsystemd-shared-….so may have already
278 been removed and the pinned executor binary will just fail to
281 * The systemd.machine_id= kernel command line parameter interpreted by
282 PID 1 now supports an additional special value: if set to "firmware"
283 the machine ID is initialized from the SMBIOS/DeviceTree system
284 UUID. (Previously this was already done automatically in VM
285 environments, this extends the concept to any system, but only on
286 explicit request via this option.)
288 * The ImportCredential= setting in service unit files now permits
289 renaming of credentials as they are imported.
291 * The RestartMode= setting gained a new "debug" value. If specified and
292 the service fails so that it shall be restarted it is invoked in
293 "debugging mode". Debugging mode means that the $DEBUG_INVOCATION
294 environment variable will be set to "1" for the new
295 invocation. Moreover, any setting LogLevelMax= will be temporarily
296 changed to "debug" for the next invocation. This mode is useful to
297 automatically repeat invocation of tools in case they fail – but with
298 additional logging or testing routines enabled.
300 * A new service setting BindLogSockets= has been added that
301 controls whether the AF_UNIX sockets required for logging shall be
302 bind mounted to the mount sandbox allocated for the service.
304 * At early boot, PID 1 will now optionally load a policy for the new
307 * Transient services (as invoked by the StartTransientUnit() D-Bus
308 method) may now receive additional, arbitrary file descriptors to
309 pass to executed service processes during activation using the new
310 ExtraFileDescriptor= unit property.
312 * Calendar .timer units gained a new boolean DeferReactivation=
313 option. If enabled and the repetitive calendar timer elapses again
314 while the service the timer activates is still running, immediate
315 reactivation of the service once it finishes is skipped, and the
316 timer has to elapse again before the service is reactivated.
318 * Generator processes invoked by the service manager will now receive a
319 new environment variable $SYSTEMD_SOFT_REBOOTS_COUNT that indicates
320 how many times the system has been soft-rebooted since the kernel
323 * A new service property ManagedOOMMemoryPressureDurationSec= has been
324 added that complements the existing
325 ManagedOOMMemoryPressureDurationLimit= and specifies the PSI
326 measurement interval for the specific unit.
328 * The sd_notify() protocol has been extended to allow changing the main
329 PID of a process by providing a pidfd of the new main process, or by
330 specifying the pidfd inode number. Previously this was only supported
331 by specifying the classic UNIX PID, which of course is racy.
333 * The SocketUser=/SocketGroup= settings of .socket units are now also
334 applied to POSIX message queues.
336 * The ProtectControlGroups= unit file setting now supports two
337 additional values: if set to "private" a new cgroup namespace is
338 allocated for the service and cgroupfs mounted accordingly; if set to
339 "strict" a new cgroup namespace is allocated for the service, and
340 cgroupfs is mounted read-only for the service.
342 * The StateDirectory=, RuntimeDirectory=, CacheDirectory=,
343 LogsDirectory=, and ConfigurationDirectory= settings gained support
344 for configuring the respective directories as read-only, via a ':ro'
345 flag that can be appended to each setting's value.
347 * When DynamicUser= is combined with
348 StateDirectory=/RuntimeDirectory=/CacheDirectory=/LogsDirectory= and
349 ID mapped mounts are available on the referenced path, the data in
350 there is now preferably made available by establishing ID mapped from
351 the "nobody" user to the dynamic user, rather than via recursive
354 * A new service property PrivatePIDs= has been added that runs executed
355 processes as PID 1 - the init process - within their own PID
356 namespace. PrivatePIDs= also mounts /proc/ so only processes within
357 the new PID namespace are visible.
361 * udev rules now set 'uaccess' for /dev/udmabuf, giving locally
362 logged-in users access to the hardware. This is useful in order to
363 support IPMI cameras with libcamera.
365 * Serial port devices will no longer show up as systemd units, unless
366 they have an IO port or memory assigned to them. This means that only
367 serial ports that actually exist should show up as .device units now.
369 * mtd devices (i.e. certain kinds of flash memory devices) will now
370 show up as .device units in systemd.
372 * The firmware_node/sun sysfs attribute will now be used (if available)
373 for naming slot-based network interfaces, i.e. ID_NET_NAME_SLOT.
374 Moreover the interface aliases specified in DeviceTree are now
375 searched for both on the interface's parent device (as before) and
376 the device itself (new).
378 * Various USB hardware wallets are now recognized by udev via a .hwdb
379 file, and get the ID_HARDWARE_WALLET= property set, which enables
380 "uaccess" for them, i.e. direct unprivileged access.
382 * udevadm info will now output the device ID string in lines prefixed
383 with "J:", and the driver subsystem in lines prefixed with "B:".
385 * udev rules files now support case-insensitive attribute matching
386 (e.g. ATTR{foo}==i"abcd")
390 * New DesignatedMaintenanceTime= configuration option allows shutdowns
391 to be automatically scheduled at the specified time.
393 * logind now reacts to Ctrl-Alt-Shift-Esc being pressed. It will send
394 out a org.freedesktop.login1.SecureAttentionKey signal, indicating a
395 request by the user for the system to display a secure login dialog.
396 The handling of SAK can be suppressed in logind configuration.
398 * logind now supports handing off session-managed access to hidraw
399 devices via its D-Bus APIs, the same way it already supports that for
400 DRM and evdev input devices. This permits unprivileged clients to get
401 hidraw fds for a device, that are automatically suspended when the
402 session switches away.
404 * systemd-logind now exposes two D-Bus properties CanLock and CanIdle
405 for all sessions. These properties indicate whether the session's
406 class supports screen locking and idleness detection.
408 * systemd-inhibit now allows interactive polkit authorization. It
409 gained a --no-ask-password option to suppress it.
413 * Unprivileged clients are now allowed to register VMs and containers.
414 Machines started via the systemd-vmspawn@.service unit will now be
415 registered with systemd-machined.
417 * systemd-machined gained a pretty complete set of Varlink APIs
418 exposing its functionality. This is an alternative to the
419 pre-existing D-Bus interface.
423 * The resolvconf command now supports '-p' switch. If specified, the
424 interface will not be used as the default route for domain name
427 * resolvectl now enables interactive polkit authorization. It gained a
428 --no-ask-password option to suppress it.
430 systemd-networkd and networkctl:
432 * IPv6 address labels can be also configured in a new [IPv6AddressLabel]
433 section with Prefix= and Label= settings in networkd.conf. Please see
434 networkd.conf(5) for more details.
436 * 'networkctl edit' can now read the new file contents from standard
437 input with the new --stdin option.
439 * 'networkctl edit' and 'cat' now support editing/showing .netdev files
440 by link. 'networkctl cat' can also list all configuration files
441 associated with an interface at once with ':all'.
443 * networkctl gained a --no-ask-password option to suppress interactive
444 polkit authorization.
446 * "mac" has been added to the default AlternativeNamesPolicy= setting
447 for network links (via 99-default.link). This means "enx*" interface
448 names will now be added to the list of alternative interface names by
449 default, for all interfaces that have a MAC address assigned
452 * networkd .netdev bridge devices gained a new setting FDBMaxLearned=
453 for setting a limit on the number of dynamically learned FDB entries.
455 * networkd .network files for bridge devices now support Layer 2 (in
456 addition to the pre-existing Layer 3) MDB entries, via
457 MulticastGroupAddress=.
459 * systemd-networkd will now log when per-network sysctls belonging to
460 network interfaces managed by it are changed outside of networkd,
461 thus highlighting conflict of ownership/management of these knobs.
463 * systemd-networkd will now make RFC9463 DNR fields available to
464 systemd-resolved, for automatic DNS DoT configuration, and similar.
466 * The "dhcp" and "dhcp-on-stop" values for KeepConfiguration= setting in
467 .network file are replaced with "dynamic" and "dynamic-on-stop",
468 respectively. When specified, systemd-networkd will preserve all
469 dynamic configurations via DHCPv4, DHCPv6, NDISC, and IPv4LL with
470 ACD, while previously only DHCPv4 configurations were kept. Also,
471 when systemd-networkd is restarted, regardless of the setting, these
472 dynamic configurations are unconditionally kept. So, systemd-networkd
473 can be restarted without disturbing ongoing connections.
475 * systemd-networkd now updates traffic control configuration without
476 clearing existing settings. Thus, those settings can be updated by
477 editing relevant .network files and triggering 'networkctl reload'.
479 * systemd-networkd now gracefully updates netdev settings specified in
480 .netdev files when 'networkctl reload' is called. Previously, if the
481 relevant interfaces existed, new settings would not be applied. Now,
482 new settings will be applied if possible. Some settings cannot be
483 updated after a netdev is configured, e.g. VLAN ID can be only
484 specified on creation. To change such settings, user needs to remove
485 existing interfaces, and invoke 'networkctl reload' or restart
488 systemd-boot, systemd-stub, and related tools:
490 * The EFI stub now supports loading of .ucode sections with microcode
491 from PE add-on files. It also now supports loading .initrd sections
492 from PE add-on files.
494 * A new .profile PE section type is now documented and supported in
495 systemd-measure, ukify, systemd-stub and systemd-boot. These new
496 sections allow multiple "profiles" to be stored together in the UKI,
497 where each .profile section creates groupings of sections in the UKI,
498 allowing some sections to be shared and other sections like .cmdline
499 or .initrd unique to the profile. This may be used to provide a
500 single UKI that synthesizes multiple menu items in the boot menu (for
501 example, a regular one to boot, plus a debugging one, or a factory
502 reset one, and so on – which only differ in kernel command line, but
505 * New .dtbauto and .hwids sections are now documented and supported in
506 systemd-measure, ukify, systemd-stub, and systemd-boot. A single UKI
507 can contain multiple .dtbauto sections, and the 'compatible' string
508 therein will be compared with the equivalent field in the DTB
509 provided by the firmware, if present. If absent, SMBIOS will be used
510 to calculate hardware IDs (CHIDs) and look them up in the content of
511 .hwids, hopefully revealing an fallback 'compatible' string. This
512 allows including multiple DTBs in a single UKI, with systemd-stub
513 automatically loading the correct one for the current hardware.
515 * ukify gained an --extend switch to import an existing UKI to
516 be extended, and a --measure-base= switch to support measurement
517 of multi-profile UKIs.
519 * ukify gained a --certificate-provider switch to use an OpenSSL
520 provider to load the certificate used to sign artifacts, instead of
521 having to provide the path to a file on disk.
523 * bootctl, systemd-keyutil, systemd-measure, systemd-repart, and
524 systemd-sbsign gained a new --certificate-source switch that allows
525 loading the X.509 certificate from an OpenSSL provider instead of a
528 * systemd-boot's menu will now react to volume up/down rocker presses
529 the same way as to arrow up/down presses: they move the menu item up
530 or down. This is useful on device form factors that have only a
531 volume rocker but no arrow keys (e.g. phones).
533 * systemd-stub will report the partition UUID and image identifier its
534 UKI executable is placed on separately from the data systemd-boot
535 provides about where to find its own executable, via EFI
536 variables. This is useful when systemd-boot and UKIs are placed on
537 distinct partitions (i.e. ESP and XBOOTLDR).
539 * bootctl gained new switches --print-loader-path and --print-stub-path
540 that output the path to the boot loader or UKI used for the current
543 * bootctl kernel-identify now recognizes EFI add-ons.
545 * bootctl gained a --random-seed=yes|no option to control provisioning
546 of the random seed file in the ESP. (This is useful when producing an
547 image that will be used in multiple instances.)
549 * bootctl now optionally supports installing UEFI Secure Boot databases
550 (i.e. db/dbx/… databases in ESL format) for systemd-boot to pick up
551 and automatically enroll if the system is booted in Setup Mode. This
552 is controlled via bootctl's new --secure-boot-auto-enroll=yes switch
553 (and some auxiliary ones). A certificate can be provided in DER
554 format, and is automatically converted into an ESL, as needed.
556 * bootctl, systemd-measure, systemd-repart when referencing signing
557 keys on OpenSSL engines may now query for PINs and similar via
558 systemd's native systemd-ask-password logic (and take benefit of its
561 * A new systemd-sbsign tool has been added, that can be used to sign
562 EFI binaries (PE) for Secure Boot. This tool supports OpenSSL engines
563 and providers, with pin caching support for PKCS11. ukify supports it
564 as an alternative to sbsigntool and pesign.
566 * A new systemd-keyutil tool has been added, that can be used to perform
567 various operations on private keys and X.509 certificates.
571 * journalctl can now list invocations of a unit with the
572 --list-invocation options and show logs for a specific invocation
573 with the new --invocation/-I option. (This is analogous to the
574 --list-boots/--boot/-b options.)
576 systemd-sysupdate and related tools:
578 * systemd-sysupdated has been added as system service, allowing
579 unprivileged clients to update the system via D-Bus calls. Note that
580 for now the systemd-sysupdated API is considered experimental, and is
581 not considered stable yet.
583 A new updatectl command-line tool can be used to control the
586 * systemd-sysupdate gained a new --offline option to force it to
587 operate locally. This is useful when listing locally installed
590 * systemd-sysupdate gained a new --transfer-source= option to set the
591 directory to which transfer sources configured with
592 PathRelativeTo=explicit will be interpreted.
594 * systemd-sysupdate now reports download progress via sd_notify().
596 * systemd-sysupdate now supports output in JSON mode for all commands.
598 * systemd-sysupdate definitions may now carry references to ChangeLog
599 and AppStream metadata.
601 * Transfer definitions for systemd-sysupdate are supposed to carry the
602 ".transfer" suffix now, changing from ".conf". The latter remains
603 supported for compatibility, but it's recommended to rename all files
604 reflecting this suffix change.
606 * systemd-sysupdate now supports new ".feature" files that may be
607 used in conjunction with ".transfer" files to group them together, and
608 allow them to be turned off or on, individually per group.
610 TPM & systemd-cryptsetup:
612 * The 'has-tpm2' verb which reports whether TPM2 functionality is
613 available has been moved from systemd-creds to systemd-analyze.
615 * systemd-tpm2-setup will gracefully handle TPMs that have a PIN set on
616 the TPM, and not attempt to automatically set up a Storage Root Key
619 * New crypttab option password-cache=yes|no|read-only can be used to
620 customize password caching.
622 * New crypttab options fido2-pin=, fido2-up=, fido2-uv= can be used to
623 enable/disable the PIN query, User Presence check, and User
626 * systemd-cryptenroll gained new options --fido2-salt-file= and
627 --fido2-parameters-in-header= to simplify manual enrollment of FIDO2
630 * systemd-cryptenroll, systemd-repart, and systemd-storagetm gained a
631 new --list-devices option to list appropriate candidate block
634 * systemd-cryptenroll/systemd-cryptsetup now support combined signed
635 PCR policies and local systemd-pcrlock policies for unlocking a
636 disk. Or in other words, it's now possible to bind unlocking of a
637 local disk to a specific OS vendor *and* a locally managed set of
638 measurements describing the local system.
642 * varlinkctl gained a new verb 'list-methods' to show a list of
643 methods implemented by a service.
645 * varlinkctl gained a --quiet/-q option to suppress method call
648 * varlinkctl gained a --graceful= option to suppress specific Varlink
649 errors, and treat them as success.
651 * varlinkctl gained a --timeout= option to limit how long the
654 * varlinkctl allows remote invocations over ssh, via the new
655 "ssh-exec:" address specification. It'll make an ssh connection,
656 start the specified executable on the remote side, and communicate
657 with the remote process using the Varlink protocol.
659 The "ssh:" address specification has been renamed to "ssh-unix:"
660 (reflecting the fact it is used to connect to a remote AF_UNIX socket
661 via SSH). The old syntax is still supported for backwards
664 * varlinkctl's 'introspect' verb no longer requires specification of an
665 interface name. If none is specified all interfaces exposed by the
666 service are shown. Moreover, more than one interface name may be
667 specified now, in which case all specified ones are displayed.
671 * systemd-repart's CopyBlocks= directive can now use a character device
672 as source (in addition to previously supported regular files and
673 block devices). This is useful for initializing a partition from
674 /dev/urandom or similar.
676 * systemd-repart gained new Compression= and CompressionLevel= settings
677 to enable internal compression in filesystems created offline.
679 * systemd-repart understands a new MakeSymlinks= option to create one
680 or more symlinks (each specified as a symlink name and target) within
681 a newly formatted file system.
683 * systemd-repart gained a new SupplementFor= setting that allows
684 allocating a partition only if some other existing partition cannot
685 be adjusted to match the constraints defined for it. This is useful
686 to generate an XBOOTLDR partition if and only if an ESP already
687 exists that is too small for the required constraints.
689 * The default size of verity hash partitions is now automatically
690 derived from SizeMaxBytes= of the data partition it is protecting.
694 * systemd-ssh-proxy now also supports the AF_UNIX-based "VSOCK MUX"
695 protocol used by CloudHypervisor/Firecracker to expose AF_VSOCK
696 sockets of the VM on the host. Or in other words: it's now possible
697 to directly connect to ssh via AF_VSOCK from hosts to VMs of these
698 two hypervisors (previously this was only supported for hypervisors
699 which expose AF_VSOCK on the host as AF_VSOCK, such as qemu).
701 * systemd-ssh-proxy can now reference local VMs by their name: connect
702 to any local VM "foobar" registered with systemd-machined via "ssh
703 machine/foobar" using the AF_VSOCK protocol.
707 * systemd-analyze will now show the SMBIOS #11 vendor strings set for
708 the machine with a new 'smbios11' verb.
710 * systemd-analyze gained a new --instance= option that can be used to
711 provide an instance name to analyze multiple templates instantiated
712 with the same instance name.
714 * systemd-analyze's "capability" verb now gained a new --mask
715 parameter. If specified a numeric capbality mask can be specified
716 which is decoded for its contained capabilities.
718 * systemd-analyze's "plot" verb gained two new settings: --scale-svg=
719 allows the X axis of the split to be stritched by a factor. If
720 --detailed is specified activation timestamps are shown in the plot.
724 * 'busctl monitor' gained new options --limit-messages= and --timeout=
725 to set the number of matches or limit the runtime of the command.
727 * busctl now supports doing method calls with embedded unix file
730 * busctl acquired a new "wait" command to wait for a specific signal to
735 * systemd-nspawn --bind-user= will now propagate the bound user's SSH
736 public key (if included in the user record) into the container,
737 ensuring that any such bound user is directly accessible via ssh.
739 * systemd-nspawn now supports unprivileged FUSE inside containers.
743 * A new generator sytemd-import-generator has been added to synthesize
744 image download jobs. This provides functionality similar to
745 importctl, but is configured via the kernel command line and system
746 credentials. It may be used to automatically download sysext,
747 confext, portable service, nspawn container or vmspawn VM images at
750 * systemd-importd now provides a Varlink IPC interface, in addition to
751 its existing D-Bus IPC interface.
753 * The individual import/export tools will now display a nice progress
754 bar when downloading files.
756 systemd-userdb & systemd-homed:
758 * userdbctl gained a pair of switches --uid-min= and --uid-max= to
759 filter the UID/GID range of the listed users or groups. It also
760 gained a new switch --disposition= to filter them by disposition
761 (i.e. show only system users or only regular users, and so on). It
762 also gained a new switch --fuzzy that permits a "fuzzy" search for a
763 user, i.e. doing a substring and string distance search, and looking
764 into the real name field of the user and other similar fields. It
765 gained a new switch --boundaries=no for disabling display of the
766 UID/GID range boundaries in its output.
768 * User records learnt a new set of fields that may list field names
769 that may be changed by the user themselves without requiring
770 administrator authentication. This new field is honoured by
771 systemd-homed to allow users to change selected properties of their
776 * run0 gained a new pair of settings --pty and --pipe that control
777 whether to invoke the specified binary on a freshly allocated pseudo
778 TTY, or whether to pass the client's STDIN/STDOUT/STDERR through
781 * run0 gained a new switch --shell-prompt-prefix= that permits passing
782 in a string to display on each shell prompt as prefix. If not
783 specified otherwise this will show a superhero emoji (🦸), in order
784 to visually communicate the temporarily elevated privileges a run0
785 session provides. This makes use of the $SHELL_PROMPT_PREFIX
786 environment variables mentioned below.
788 * systemd-run can output some of its runtime data in JSON format via
789 the new --json= option.
793 * systemd-tmpfiles --purge switch now requires specification of at
794 least one tmpfiles.d/ drop-in file.
796 * tmpfiles.d/ files gained a new '?' specifier for the 'L' line type to
797 create a symlink only if the source exists, and gracefully skip the
802 * systemctl now supports the --now option with the 'reenable' verb.
804 * systemd-mount can now output JSON with a new --json= switch, for use
805 with --list-devices. It also shows the "diskseq" property in the
808 * systemd-id128 gained a new 'var-partition-uuid' verb to calculate
809 the DPS UUID for /var/ keyed by the local machine-id.
811 * localectl gained a -l/--full option to show output without
814 * timedatectl now supports interactive polkit authorization.
816 * The new Linux mseal(), listmount(), statmount() syscalls have been
817 added to relevant system call groups.
819 * The systemd-ask-password logic has been extended with a per-user
820 scope, i.e. user programs may now ask for passwords via the same
821 mechanism and the previously system-wide only mechanism.
823 * A new set of system/service credentials are added:
824 shell.prompt.prefix, shell.prompt.suffix and shell.welcome. At login
825 time these are propagated into the $SHELL_PROMPT_PREFIX,
826 $SHELL_PROMPT_SUFFIX, $SHELL_PROMPT_WELCOME environment
827 variables. These in turn are included in the shell prompt of
828 interactive shells and shown at login time, via
829 /etc/profile.d/70-systemd-shell-extra.sh. This functionality is
830 useful to visually highlight the fact a specific shell prompt
831 originates from a specific system, execution context or tool. These
832 credentials and environment variables are supposed to be generically
833 useful within and outside of the immediate systemd context. It is
834 also used by 'run0', see above.
836 * New RELEASE_TYPE=, EXPERIMENT=, EXPERIMENT_URL= fields have been
837 defined for the /etc/os-release file. For example,
838 "RELEASE_TYPE=development|stable|lts" can be used to indicate various
839 stages of the release life cycle, and "RELEASE_TYPE=experimental" can
840 indicate experimental builds, with the EXPERIMENT= field providing a
841 human-readable description of the nature of the experiment.
843 * A new sleep.conf HibernateOnACPower= option has been added, which
844 when disabled will suppress hibernation in suspend-then-hibernate
845 mode until the system is disconnected from a power source.
847 * A bunch of patches to ease building against musl have been merged.
849 * The various components that display progress bars
850 (i.e. systemd-repart, systemd-sysupdate/updatectl, importctl), will
851 now also issue the ANSI sequences for progress reports that Windows
852 Terminal understands. Most Linux terminals currently do not support
853 this sequence (and ignore it), but hopefully this will change one
854 day. The progress information is used to display a nice progress
855 animation in the terminal tab and icon. For details about the ANSI
856 sequence and its effects, see:
858 https://github.com/microsoft/terminal/pull/8055
859 https://conemu.github.io/en/AnsiEscapeCodes.html#ConEmu_specific_OSC
861 * systemd-sysusers is now able to create fully locked user
862 accounts. For compatibility it so far created accounts with a locked
863 (i.e. invalid) password, but not marked locked as a whole. With the
864 new "!" modifier for "u" lines, it is now possible to create fully
865 locked accounts. The distinction between accounts with a locked
866 password and fully locked accounts is relevant when considering
867 non-password forms of authentication, i.e. SSH and such. It is
868 strongly recommended to make use of this new feature for almost all
869 system accounts, since they usually do not require (and should not
870 permit) interactive logins. All of systemd's own system users have
871 been changed to be marked as fully locked.
873 * systemd-coredump now supports a new EnterNamespace= option, which
874 defaults to off. If enabled systemd-coredump will access the mount
875 namespace of any crashed process to acquire debug symbol information,
876 in order to be able to symbolize backtraces. This option is useful to
877 improve backtraces of processes of containerized applications. (Note
878 that the host systemd-coredump preferably dispatches coredump
879 processing to the container itself, if it supports that. Only full-OS
880 containers which run systemd inside will support this however, in
881 other cases EnterNamespace= might be an suitable approach to acquire
882 symbolized backtraces.)
884 Special thanks to Nick Owens for bringing attention to and testing
885 fixes for issue #34516.
887 Contributions from: 12paper, A. Wilcox, Abderrahim Kitouni,
888 Adrian Vovk, Alain Greppin, Allison Karlitskaya, Alyssa Ross,
889 Anders Jonsson, Andika Triwidada, Andreas Schwab, Andres Beltran,
890 Ani Sinha, Anouk Ceyssens, Anselm Schueler, Anton Golubev,
891 Antonio Alvarez Feijoo, Arian van Putten, Arnaud Patard,
892 Arthur Shau, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin ROBIN, Brenton Simpson,
893 Bryan Gurney, ButterflyOfFire, Carlo Teubner, Celeste Liu,
894 Chen Guanqiao, Chen Qi, Chengen Du, Christian Hesse,
895 Christoph Anton Mitterer, Colin Foster, Collin L,
896 Cristian Rodríguez, Daan De Meyer, Dan Nicholson, Daniel Dawson,
897 Daniel Martinez, Daniel P. Berrangé, Daniel Rusek,
898 Darsey Litzenberger, David Joaquín Shourabi Porcel,
899 David Michael, David Rheinsberg, David Tardon, Davide Cavalca,
900 Derek J. Clark, Diego Viola, Dimitrys Meliates, Diogo Ivo,
901 Dmytro Markevych, DocNITE, Dominique Martinet,
902 Dr. David Alan Gilbert, Edson Juliano Drosdeck, Erik Sjölund,
903 Etienne Champetier, Etienne Cordonnier, Ettore Atalan,
904 Eugeny Shcheglov, Excited-bore, Fabian Vogt, Federico Giovanardi,
905 Filip Lewiński, Florian Schmaus, Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal,
906 Fábio Rodrigues Ribeiro, Gabriel Elyas, Gaël PORTAY,
907 Geraldo S. Simião Kutz, Giovanni Baratta, Greg Heartsfield,
908 Gregor Herburger, Gregory Arenius, GwynBleidD, Göran Uddeborg,
909 Hans de Goede, Helmut Grohne, Henry Chen, Ian Abbott, Integral,
910 Ivan Kruglov, Ivan Shapovalov, James Coglan, James Hilliard,
911 James Muir, Jason Yundt, Jeffrey Bosboom, Jian Zhang,
912 Jiri Grönroos, Johannes Schneider, John A. Leuenhagen,
913 Jose Ignacio Tornos Martinez, JoseskVolpe, Joshua Grisham,
914 Jörg Behrmann, Kai-Chuan Hsieh, Kamil Szczęk, Karel Zak,
915 Kornilios Kourtis, Kuntal Majumder, Lennart Poettering,
916 Lidong Zhong, Luca Boccassi, Lucas Adriano Salles,
917 Lucas Werkmeister, Ludwig Nussel, Luke T. Shumaker,
918 Lukáš Nykrýn, Luna Jernberg, Léane GRASSER, Maanya Goenka,
919 Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc Reisner, Marcel Hellwig, Marco Tomaschett,
920 Marin Kresic, Marius Hoch, Martin Srebotnjak, Martin Wilck,
921 Mary Strodl, Matteo Croce, Matthias Lisin, Matthias Schiffer,
922 Matthieu Baerts (NGI0), Matthieu CHARETTE,
923 Mauri de Souza Meneguzzo, Maximilian Wilhelm, Merlin Jehli,
924 Michael Ferrari, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletár, Michał Górny,
925 Michele Dionisio, Michiel, Mickaël Salaün, Mike Gilbert,
926 Mike Yuan, MkKvcs, Nick Cao, Nick Rosbrook, Nils K, Nova840,
927 Oğuz Ersen, Pavel Borecki, PavlNekrasov, Peter Hutterer,
928 Peter Rajnoha, Piotr Drąg, Raphaël Mélotte, Renan Guilherme,
929 Renjaya Raga Zenta, Ricky Tigg, Riku, Robin Lee, Ronan Pigott,
930 Ryan Wilson, Sam James, Sascha Mester, Sean Rhodes,
931 Sebastian Gross, Septatrix, Sergey A, ShreyasMahangade,
932 Simon Pilkington, Skye Chappelle, Steve Traylen, Stuart Hayhurst,
933 SuhailAhmedVelorum, Susant Sahani, Takeo Kondo, Temuri Doghonadze,
934 Thomas Blume, Thorsten Kukuk, Thorsten Scherer, Tobias Fleig,
935 Tobias Zimmermann, Tom Coldrick, Tom Yan, Tomas Bzatek,
936 Topi Miettinen, Tristan F.-R., Uday Shankar, Valentin David,
937 Vasiliy Kovalev, Vitaly Kuznetsov, Vito Caputo, Vladimir Panteleev,
938 Vursc, Will Fancher, WilliButz, Winterhuman, Xeonacid, Xuanjun Wen,
939 Yanqing Jing, Yaron Shahrabani, Yu Watanabe, Yuri Chornoivan,
940 ZHANG Yuntian, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zhou Qiankang,
941 andre4ik3, anonymix007, bryango, chayleaf, chenjiayi, csp5me, cvlc12,
942 fwfy, gerblesh, hugo303, jan@neighbourhood.ie, jauge-technica,
943 lumingzh, maia x., marginaldev, migleeson, nerdopolis, oldherl,
944 pyfisch, q66, rajmohan r, reDBo0n, rhellstrom, rindeal, samuelvw01,
945 sinus-x, tfg13, vdovhanych, xujing, Łukasz Stelmach,
946 Štěpán Němec, Дамјан Георгиевски, 白一百
948 — Edinburgh, 2024-12-10
952 Announcements of Future Feature Removals and Incompatible Changes:
954 * Support for automatic flushing of the nscd user/group database caches
955 will be dropped in a future release.
957 * Support for cgroup v1 ('legacy' and 'hybrid' hierarchies) is now
958 considered obsolete and systemd by default will refuse to boot under
959 it. To forcibly reenable cgroup v1 support,
960 SYSTEMD_CGROUP_ENABLE_LEGACY_FORCE=1 must be set on kernel command
961 line. The meson option 'default-hierarchy=' is also deprecated, i.e.
962 only cgroup v2 ('unified' hierarchy) can be selected as build-time
965 * Support for System V service scripts is deprecated and will be
966 removed in a future release. Please make sure to update your software
967 *now* to include a native systemd unit file instead of a legacy
968 System V script to retain compatibility with future systemd releases.
970 * Support for the SystemdOptions EFI variable is deprecated.
971 'bootctl systemd-efi-options' will emit a warning when used. It seems
972 that this feature is little-used and it is better to use alternative
973 approaches like credentials and confexts. The plan is to drop support
974 altogether at a later point, but this might be revisited based on
977 * systemd-run's switch --expand-environment= which currently is disabled
978 by default when combined with --scope, will be changed in a future
979 release to be enabled by default.
981 * Previously, systemd-networkd did not explicitly remove any bridge
982 VLAN IDs assigned on bridge master and ports. Since version 256, if a
983 .network file for an interface has at least one valid setting in the
984 [BridgeVLAN] section, then all assigned VLAN IDs on the interface
985 that are not configured in the .network file are removed.
987 * IPForward= setting in .network file is deprecated and replaced with
988 IPv4Forwarding= and IPv6Forwarding= settings. These new settings are
989 supported both in .network file and networkd.conf. If specified in a
990 .network file, they control corresponding per-link settings. If
991 specified in networkd.conf, they control corresponding global
992 settings. Note, previously IPv6SendRA= and IPMasquerade= implied
993 IPForward=, but now they imply the new per-link settings. One of the
994 simplest ways to migrate configurations, that worked as a router with
995 the previous version, is enabling both IPv4Forwarding= and
996 IPv6Forwarding= in networkd.conf. See systemd.network(5) and
997 networkd.conf(5) for more details.
999 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator will stop generating units for ESP or
1000 XBOOTLDR partitions if it finds mount entries for or below the /boot/
1001 or /efi/ hierarchies in /etc/fstab. This is to prevent the generator
1002 from interfering with systems where the ESP is explicitly configured
1003 to be mounted at some path, for example /boot/efi/ (this type of
1004 setup is obsolete, but still commonly found).
1006 * The behavior of systemd-sleep and systemd-homed has been updated to
1007 freeze user sessions when entering the various sleep modes or when
1008 locking a homed-managed home area. This is known to cause issues with
1009 the proprietary NVIDIA drivers. Packagers of the NVIDIA proprietary
1010 drivers may want to add drop-in configuration files that set
1011 SYSTEMD_SLEEP_FREEZE_USER_SESSIONS=false for systemd-suspend.service
1012 and related services, and SYSTEMD_HOME_LOCK_FREEZE_SESSION=false for
1013 systemd-homed.service.
1015 * systemd-tmpfiles and systemd-sysusers, when given a relative
1016 configuration file path (with at least one directory separator '/'),
1017 will open the file directly, instead of searching for the given
1018 partial path in the standard locations. The old mode wasn't useful
1019 because tmpfiles.d/ and sysusers.d/ configuration has a flat
1020 structure with no subdirectories under the standard locations and
1021 this change makes it easier to work with local files with those
1024 * systemd-tmpfiles now properly applies nested configuration to 'R' and
1025 'D' stanzas. For example, with the combination of 'R /foo' and 'x
1026 /foo/bar', /foo/bar will now be excluded from removal.
1028 * systemd.crash_reboot and related settings are deprecated in favor of
1029 systemd.crash_action=.
1031 * Stable releases for version v256 and newer will now be pushed in the
1032 main repository. The systemd-stable repository will be used for existing
1033 stable branches (v255-stable and lower), and when they reach EOL it will
1036 General Changes and New Features:
1038 * Various programs will now attempt to load the main configuration file
1039 from locations below /usr/lib/, /usr/local/lib/, and /run/, not just
1040 below /etc/. For example, systemd-logind will look for
1041 /etc/systemd/logind.conf, /run/systemd/logind.conf,
1042 /usr/local/lib/systemd/logind.conf, and /usr/lib/systemd/logind.conf,
1043 and use the first file that is found. This means that the search
1044 logic for the main config file and for drop-ins is now the same.
1046 Similarly, kernel-install will look for the config files in
1047 /usr/lib/kernel/ and the other search locations, and now also
1050 systemd-udevd now supports drop-ins for udev.conf.
1052 * A new 'systemd-vpick' binary has been added. It implements the new
1053 vpick protocol, where a "*.v/" directory may contain multiple files
1054 which have versions (following the UAPI version format specification)
1055 embedded in the file name. The files are ordered by version and
1056 the newest one is selected.
1058 systemd-nspawn --image=/--directory=, systemd-dissect,
1059 systemd-portabled, and the RootDirectory=, RootImage=,
1060 ExtensionImages=, and ExtensionDirectories= settings for units now
1061 support the vpick protocol and allow the latest version to be
1062 selected automatically if a "*.v/" directory is specified as the
1065 * Encrypted service credentials can now be made accessible to
1066 unprivileged users. systemd-creds gained new options --user/--uid=
1067 for encrypting/decrypting a credential for a specific user.
1069 * New command-line tool 'importctl' to download, import, and export
1070 disk images via systemd-importd is added with the following verbs:
1071 pull-tar, pull-raw, import-tar, import-raw, import-fs, export-tar,
1072 export-raw, list-transfers, and cancel-transfer. This functionality
1073 was previously available in "machinectl", where it was used
1074 exclusively for machine images. The new "importctl" generalizes this
1075 for sysext, confext, and portable service images.
1077 * The systemd sources may now be compiled cleanly with all OpenSSL 3.0
1078 deprecations removed, including the OpenSSL engine logic turned off.
1082 * New system manager setting ProtectSystem= has been added. It is
1083 analogous to the unit setting, but applies to the whole system. It is
1084 enabled by default in the initrd.
1086 Note that this means that code executed in the initrd cannot naively
1087 expect to be able to write to /usr/ during boot. This affects
1088 dracut <= 101, which wrote "hooks" to /lib/dracut/hooks/. See
1089 https://github.com/dracut-ng/dracut-ng/commit/a45048b80c27ee5a45a380.
1091 * New unit setting WantsMountsFor= has been added. It is analogous to
1092 RequiresMountsFor=, but creates a Wants= dependency instead of
1093 Requires=. This new logic is now used in various places where mounts
1094 were added as dependencies for other settings (WorkingDirectory=-…,
1095 PrivateTmp=yes, cryptsetup lines with 'nofail').
1097 * New unit setting MemoryZSwapWriteback= can be used to control the new
1098 memory.zswap.writeback cgroup knob added in kernel 6.8.
1100 * The manager gained a org.freedesktop.systemd1.StartAuxiliaryScope()
1101 D-Bus method to devolve some processes from a service into a new
1102 scope. This new scope will remain running, even when the original
1103 service unit is restarted or stopped. This allows a service unit to
1104 split out some worker processes which need to continue running.
1105 Control group properties of the new scope are copied from the
1106 originating unit, so various limits are retained.
1108 * Units now expose properties EffectiveMemoryMax=,
1109 EffectiveMemoryHigh=, and EffectiveTasksMax=, which report the
1110 most stringent limit systemd is aware of for the given unit.
1112 * A new unit file specifier %D expands to $XDG_DATA_HOME (for user
1113 services) or /usr/share/ (for system services).
1115 * AllowedCPUs= now supports specifier expansion.
1117 * What= setting in .mount and .swap units now accepts fstab-style
1118 identifiers, for example UUID=… or LABEL=….
1120 * RestrictNetworkInterfaces= now supports alternative network interface
1123 * PAMName= now implies SetLoginEnvironment=yes.
1125 * systemd.firstboot=no can be used on the kernel command-line to
1126 disable interactive queries, but allow other first boot configuration
1127 to happen based on credentials.
1129 * The system's hostname can be configured via the systemd.hostname
1132 * The systemd binary will no longer chainload sysvinit's "telinit"
1133 binary when called under the init/telinit name on a system that isn't
1134 booted with systemd. This previously has been supported to make sure
1135 a distribution that has both init systems installed can reasonably
1136 switch from one to the other via a simple reboot. Distributions
1137 apparently have lost interest in this, and the functionality has not
1138 been supported on the primary distribution this was still intended
1139 for a long time, and hence has been removed now.
1141 * A new concept called "capsules" has been introduced. "Capsules" wrap
1142 additional per-user service managers, whose users are transient and
1143 are only defined as long as the service manager is running. (This is
1144 implemented via DynamicUser=1), allowing a user manager to be used to
1145 manage a group of processes without needing to create an actual user
1146 account. These service managers run with home directories of
1147 /var/lib/capsules/<capsule-name> and can contain regular services and
1148 other units. A capsule is started via a simple "systemctl start
1149 capsule@<name>.service". See the capsule@.service(5) man page for
1152 Various systemd tools (including, and most importantly, systemctl and
1153 systemd-run) have been updated to interact with capsules via the new
1154 "--capsule="/"-C" switch.
1156 * .socket units gained a new setting PassFileDescriptorsToExec=, taking
1157 a boolean value. If set to true the file descriptors the socket unit
1158 encapsulates are passed to the ExecStartPost=, ExecStopPre=,
1159 ExecStopPost= using the usual $LISTEN_FDS interface. This may be used
1160 for doing additional initializations on the sockets once they are
1161 allocated. (For example, to install an additional eBPF program on
1164 * The .socket setting MaxConnectionsPerSource= (which so far put a
1165 limit on concurrent connections per IP in Accept=yes socket units),
1166 now also has an effect on AF_UNIX sockets: it will put a limit on the
1167 number of simultaneous connections from the same source UID (as
1168 determined via SO_PEERCRED). This is useful for implementing IPC
1169 services in a simple Accept=yes mode.
1171 * The service manager will now maintain a counter of soft reboot cycles
1172 the system went through. It may be queried via the D-Bus APIs.
1174 * systemd's execution logic now supports the new pidfd_spawn() API
1175 introduced by glibc 2.39, which allows us to invoke a subprocess in a
1176 target cgroup and get a pidfd back in a single operation.
1178 * systemd/PID 1 will now send an additional sd_notify() message to its
1179 supervising VMM or container manager reporting the selected hostname
1180 ("X_SYSTEMD_HOSTNAME=") and machine ID ("X_SYSTEMD_MACHINE_ID=") at
1181 boot. Moreover, the service manager will send additional sd_notify()
1182 messages ("X_SYSTEMD_UNIT_ACTIVE=") whenever a target unit is
1183 reached. This can be used by VMMs/container managers to schedule
1184 access to the system precisely. For example, the moment a system
1185 reports "ssh-access.target" being reached a VMM/container manager
1186 knows it can now connect to the system via SSH. Finally, a new
1187 sd_notify() message ("X_SYSTEMD_SIGNALS_LEVEL=2") is sent the moment
1188 PID 1 has successfully completed installation of its various UNIX
1189 process signal handlers (i.e. the moment where SIGRTMIN+4 sent to
1190 PID 1 will start to have the effect of shutting down the system
1191 cleanly). X_SYSTEMD_SHUTDOWN= is sent shortly before the system shuts
1192 down, and carries a string identifying the type of shutdown,
1193 i.e. "poweroff", "halt", "reboot". X_SYSTEMD_REBOOT_PARAMETER= is
1194 sent at the same time and carries the string passed to "systemctl
1195 --reboot-argument=" if there was one.
1197 * New D-Bus properties ExecMainHandoffTimestamp and
1198 ExecMainHandoffTimestampMonotonic are now published by services
1199 units. This timestamp is taken as the very last operation before
1200 handing off control to invoked binaries. This information is
1201 available for other unit types that fork off processes (i.e. mount,
1202 swap, socket units), but currently only via "systemd-analyze dump".
1204 * An additional timestamp is now taken by the service manager when a
1205 system shutdown operation is initiated. It can be queried via D-Bus
1206 during the shutdown phase. It's passed to the following service
1207 manager invocation on soft reboots, which will then use it to log the
1208 overall "grey-out" time of the soft reboot operation, i.e. the time
1209 when the shutdown began until the system is fully up again.
1211 * "systemctl status" will now display the invocation ID in its usual
1212 output, i.e. the 128bit ID uniquely assigned to the current runtime
1213 cycle of the unit. The ID has been supported for a long time, but is
1214 now more prominently displayed, as it is a very useful handle to a
1215 specific invocation of a service.
1217 * systemd now generates a new "taint" string "unmerged-bin" for systems
1218 that have /usr/bin/ and /usr/sbin/ separate. It's generally
1219 recommended to make the latter a symlink to the former these days.
1221 * A new systemd.crash_action= kernel command line option has been added
1222 that configures what to do after the system manager (PID 1) crashes.
1223 This can also be configured through CrashAction= in systemd.conf.
1225 * "systemctl kill" now supports --wait which will make the command wait
1226 until the signalled services terminate.
1230 * systemd-journald can now forward journal entries to a socket
1231 (AF_INET, AF_INET6, AF_UNIX, or AF_VSOCK). The socket can be
1232 specified in journald.conf via a new option ForwardToSocket= or via
1233 the 'journald.forward_to_socket' credential. Log records are sent in
1234 the Journal Export Format. A related setting MaxLevelSocket= has been
1235 added to control the maximum log levels for the messages sent to this
1238 * systemd-journald now also reads the journal.storage credential when
1239 determining where to store journal files.
1241 * systemd-vmspawn gained a new --forward-journal= option to forward the
1242 virtual machine's journal entries to the host. This is done over a
1243 AF_VSOCK socket, i.e. it does not require networking in the guest.
1245 * journalctl gained option '-i' as a shortcut for --file=.
1247 * journalctl gained a new -T/--exclude-identifier= option to filter
1248 out certain syslog identifiers.
1250 * journalctl gained a new --list-namespaces option.
1252 * systemd-journal-remote now also accepts AF_VSOCK and AF_UNIX sockets
1253 (so it can be used to receive entries forwarded by systemd-journald).
1255 * systemd-journal-gatewayd allows restricting the time range of
1256 retrieved entries with a new "realtime=[<since>]:[<until>]" URL
1259 * systemd-cat gained a new option --namespace= to specify the target
1260 journal namespace to which the output shall be connected.
1262 * systemd-bsod gained a new option --tty= to specify the output TTY
1266 * /dev/ now contains symlinks that combine by-path and by-{label,uuid}
1269 /dev/disk/by-path/<path>/by-<label|uuid|…>/<label|uuid|…>
1271 This allows distinguishing partitions with identical contents on
1272 multiple storage devices. This is useful, for example, when copying
1273 raw disk contents between devices.
1275 * systemd-udevd now creates persistent /dev/media/by-path/ symlinks for
1276 media controllers. For example, the uvcvideo driver may create
1277 /dev/media0 which will be linked as
1278 /dev/media/by-path/pci-0000:04:00.3-usb-0:1:1.0-media-controller.
1280 * A new unit systemd-udev-load-credentials.service has been added
1281 to pick up udev.conf drop-ins and udev rules from credentials.
1283 * 'udevadm test' and 'udevadm test-builtin' commands now do not change
1284 any settings; sysfs attributes, sysctls, udev database and so on.
1285 E.g. 'udevadm test-builtin net_setup_link /sys/class/net/INTERFACE'
1286 does not change any interface settings, but only prints which .link
1287 file matches the interface. So, even privileged users can safely
1288 invoke the commands.
1290 * An allowlist/denylist may be specified to filter which sysfs
1291 attributes are used when crafting network interface names. Those
1292 lists are stored as hwdb entries
1293 ID_NET_NAME_ALLOW_<sysfsattr>=0|1
1295 ID_NET_NAME_ALLOW=0|1.
1297 The goal is to avoid unexpected changes to interface names when the
1298 kernel is updated and new sysfs attributes become visible.
1300 * A new unit tpm2.target has been added to provide a synchronization
1301 point for units which expect the TPM hardware to be available. A new
1302 generator "systemd-tpm2-generator" has been added that will insert
1303 this target whenever it detects that the firmware has initialized a
1304 TPM, but Linux hasn't loaded a driver for it yet.
1306 * systemd-backlight now properly supports numbered devices which the
1307 kernel creates to avoid collisions in the leds subsystem.
1309 * systemd-hwdb update operation can be disabled with a new environment
1310 variable SYSTEMD_HWDB_UPDATE_BYPASS=1.
1314 * systemd-hostnamed now exposes the machine ID and boot ID via
1315 D-Bus. It also exposes the hosts AF_VSOCK CID, if available.
1317 * systemd-hostnamed now provides a basic Varlink interface.
1319 * systemd-hostnamed exports the full data in os-release(5) and
1320 machine-info(5) via D-Bus and Varlink.
1322 * hostnamectl now shows the system's product UUID and hardware serial
1327 * systemd-networkd now provides a basic Varlink interface.
1329 * systemd-networkd's ARP proxy support gained a new option to configure
1330 a private VLAN variant of the proxy ARP supported by the kernel under
1331 the name IPv4ProxyARPPrivateVLAN=.
1333 * systemd-networkd now exports the NamespaceId and NamespaceNSID
1334 properties via D-Bus and Varlink. (which expose the inode and NSID of
1335 the network namespace the networkd instance manages)
1337 * systemd-networkd now supports IPv6RetransmissionTimeSec= and
1338 UseRetransmissionTime= settings in .network files to configure
1339 retransmission time for IPv6 neighbor solicitation messages.
1341 * networkctl gained new verbs 'mask' and 'unmask' for masking networkd
1342 configuration files such as .network files.
1344 * 'networkctl edit --runtime' allows editing volatile configuration
1345 under /run/systemd/network/.
1347 * The implementation behind TTLPropagate= network setting has been
1348 removed and the setting is now ignored.
1350 * systemd-network-generator will now pick up .netdev/.link/.network/
1351 networkd.conf configuration from system credentials.
1353 * systemd-networkd will now pick up wireguard secrets from
1356 * systemd-networkd's Varlink API now supports enumerating LLDP peers.
1358 * .link files now support new Property=, ImportProperty=,
1359 UnsetProperty= fields for setting udev properties on a link.
1361 * The various .link files that systemd ships for interfaces that are
1362 supposed to be managed by systemd-networkd only now carry a
1363 ID_NET_MANAGED_BY=io.systemd.Network udev property ensuring that
1364 other network management solutions honouring this udev property do
1365 not come into conflict with networkd, trying to manage these
1368 * .link files now support a new ReceivePacketSteeringCPUMask= setting
1369 for configuring which CPUs to steer incoming packets to.
1371 * The [Network] section in .network files gained a new setting
1372 UseDomains=, which is a single generic knob for controlling the
1373 settings of the same name in the [DHCPv4], [DHCPv6] and
1376 * The 99-default.link file we ship by default (that defines the policy
1377 for all network devices to which no other .link file applies) now
1378 lists "mac" among AlternativeNamesPolicy=. This means that network
1379 interfaces will now by default gain an additional MAC-address based
1380 alternative device name. (i.e. enx…)
1384 * systemd-nspawn now provides a /run/systemd/nspawn/unix-export/
1385 directory where the container payload can expose AF_UNIX sockets to
1386 allow them to be accessed from outside.
1388 * systemd-nspawn will tint the terminal background for containers in a
1389 blueish color. This can be controller with the new --background=
1390 switch or the new $SYSTEMD_TINT_BACKGROUND environment variable.
1392 * systemd-nspawn gained support for the 'owneridmap' option for --bind=
1393 mounts to map the target directory owner from inside the container to
1394 the owner of the directory bound from the host filesystem.
1396 * systemd-nspawn now supports moving Wi-Fi network devices into a
1397 container, just like other network interfaces.
1401 * systemd-resolved now reads RFC 8914 EDE error codes provided by
1402 upstream DNS services.
1404 * systemd-resolved and resolvectl now support RFC 9460 SVCB and HTTPS
1405 records, as well as RFC 2915 NAPTR records.
1407 * resolvectl gained a new option --relax-single-label= to allow
1408 querying single-label hostnames via unicast DNS on a per-query basis.
1410 * systemd-resolved's Varlink IPC interface now supports resolving
1411 DNS-SD services as well as an API for resolving raw DNS RRs.
1413 * systemd-resolved's .dnssd DNS_SD service description files now
1414 support DNS-SD "subtypes" via the new SubType= setting.
1416 * systemd-resolved's configuration may now be reloaded without
1417 restarting the service. (i.e. "systemctl reload systemd-resolved" is
1422 * An sshd_config drop-in to allow ssh keys acquired via userdbctl (for
1423 example expose by homed accounts) to be used for authorization of
1424 incoming SSH connections. This uses the AuthorizedKeysCommand stanza
1425 of sshd_config. Note that sshd only allows a single command to be
1426 configured this way, hence this drop-in might conflict with other
1427 uses of the logic. It is possible to chainload another, similar tool
1428 of another subsystem via the --chain switch of userdbctl, to support
1429 both in parallel. See the "INTEGRATION WITH SSH" section in
1430 userdbctl(1) for details on this. Our recommendation how to combine
1431 other subsystem's use of the SSH authorized keys logic with systemd's
1432 userbctl functionality however is to implement the APIs described
1433 here: https://systemd.io/USER_GROUP_API – in that case this newly
1434 added sshd_config integration would just work and do the right thing
1437 * A small new unit generator "systemd-ssh-generator" has been added. It
1438 checks if the sshd binary is installed. If so, it binds it via
1439 per-connection socket activation to various sockets depending on the
1442 • If the system is run in a VM providing AF_VSOCK support, it
1443 automatically binds sshd to AF_VSOCK port 22.
1445 • If the system is invoked as a full-OS container and the container
1446 manager pre-mounts a directory /run/host/unix-export/, it will
1447 bind sshd to an AF_UNIX socket /run/host/unix-export/ssh. The
1448 idea is the container manager bind mounts the directory to an
1449 appropriate place on the host as well, so that the AF_UNIX socket
1450 may be used to easily connect from the host to the container.
1452 • sshd is also bound to an AF_UNIX socket
1453 /run/ssh-unix-local/socket, which may be to use ssh/sftp in a
1454 "sudo"-like fashion to access resources of other local users.
1456 • Via the kernel command line option "systemd.ssh_listen=" and the
1457 system credential "ssh.listen" sshd may be bound to additional,
1458 explicitly configured options, including AF_INET/AF_INET6 ports.
1460 In particular the first two mechanisms should make dealing with local
1461 VMs and full OS containers a lot easier, as SSH connections will
1462 *just* *work* from the host – even if no networking is available
1465 systemd-ssh-generator optionally generates a per-connection
1466 socket activation service file wrapping sshd. This is only done if
1467 the distribution does not provide one on its own under the name
1468 "sshd@.service". The generated unit only works correctly if the SSH
1469 privilege separation ("privsep") directory exists. Unfortunately
1470 distributions vary wildly where they place this directory. An
1471 incomprehensive list:
1473 • /usr/share/empty.sshd/ (new fedora)
1476 • /run/sshd/ (debian/ubuntu?)
1478 If the SSH privsep directory is placed below /var/ or /run/ care
1479 needs to be taken that the directory is created automatically at boot
1480 if needed, since these directories possibly or always come up
1481 empty. This can be done via a tmpfiles.d/ drop-in. You may use the
1482 "sshdprivsepdir" meson option provided by systemd to configure the
1483 directory, in case you want systemd to create the directory as needed
1484 automatically, if your distribution does not cover this natively.
1486 Recommendations to distributions, in order to make things just work:
1488 • Please provide a per-connection SSH service file under the name
1491 • Please move the SSH privsep dir into /usr/ (so that it is truly
1492 immutable on image-based operating systems, is strictly under
1493 package manager control, and never requires recreation if the
1494 system boots up with an empty /run/ or /var/).
1496 • As an extension of this: please consider following Fedora's lead
1497 here, and use /usr/share/empty.sshd/ to minimize needless
1498 differences between distributions.
1500 • If your distribution insists on placing the directory in /var/ or
1501 /run/ then please at least provide a tmpfiles.d/ drop-in to
1502 recreate it automatically at boot, so that the sshd binary just
1503 works, regardless in which context it is called.
1505 * A small tool "systemd-ssh-proxy" has been added, which is supposed to
1506 act as counterpart to "systemd-ssh-generator". It's a small plug-in
1507 for the SSH client (via ProxyCommand/ProxyUseFdpass) to allow it to
1508 connect to AF_VSOCK or AF_UNIX sockets. Example: "ssh vsock/4711"
1509 connects to a local VM with cid 4711, or "ssh
1510 unix/run/ssh-unix-local/socket" to connect to the local host via the
1511 AF_UNIX socket /run/ssh-unix-local/socket.
1513 systemd-boot and systemd-stub and Related Tools:
1515 * TPM 1.2 PCR measurement support has been removed from systemd-stub.
1516 TPM 1.2 is obsolete and – due to the (by today's standards) weak
1517 cryptographic algorithms it only supports – does not actually provide
1518 the security benefits it's supposed to provide. Given that the rest
1519 of systemd's codebase never supported TPM 1.2, the support has now
1520 been removed from systemd-stub as well.
1522 * systemd-stub will now measure its payload via the new EFI
1523 Confidential Computing APIs (CC), in addition to the pre-existing
1524 measurements to TPM.
1526 * confexts are loaded by systemd-stub from the ESP as well.
1528 * kernel-install gained support for --root= for the 'list' verb.
1530 * bootctl now provides a basic Varlink interface and can be run as a
1531 daemon via a template unit.
1533 * systemd-measure gained new options --certificate=, --private-key=,
1534 and --private-key-source= to allow using OpenSSL's "engines" or
1535 "providers" as the signing mechanism to use when creating signed
1536 TPM2 PCR measurement values.
1538 * ukify gained support for signing of PCR signatures via OpenSSL's
1539 engines and providers.
1541 * ukify now supports zboot kernels.
1543 * systemd-boot now supports passing additional kernel command line
1544 switches to invoked kernels via an SMBIOS Type #11 string
1545 "io.systemd.boot.kernel-cmdline-extra". This is similar to the
1546 pre-existing support for this in systemd-stub, but also applies to
1547 Type #1 Boot Loader Specification Entries.
1549 * systemd-boot's automatic SecureBoot enrollment support gained support
1550 for enrolling "dbx" too (Previously, only db/KEK/PK enrollment was
1551 supported). It also now supports UEFI "Custom" and "Audit" modes.
1553 * The pcrlock policy is saved in an unencrypted credential file
1554 "pcrlock.<entry-token>.cred" under XBOOTLDR/ESP in the
1555 /loader/credentials/ directory. It will be picked up at boot by
1556 systemd-stub and passed to the initrd, where it can be used to unlock
1557 the root file system.
1559 * systemd-pcrlock gained an --entry-token= option to configure the
1562 * systemd-pcrlock now provides a basic Varlink interface and can be run
1563 as a daemon via a template unit.
1565 * systemd-pcrlock's TPM nvindex access policy has been modified, this
1566 means that previous pcrlock policies stored in nvindexes are
1567 invalidated. They must be removed (systemd-pcrlock remove-policy) and
1568 recreated (systemd-pcrlock make-policy). For the time being
1569 systemd-pcrlock remains an experimental feature, but it is expected
1570 to become stable in the next release, i.e. v257.
1572 * systemd-pcrlock's --recovery-pin= switch now takes three values:
1573 "hide", "show", "query". If "show" is selected the automatically
1574 generated recovery PIN is shown to the user. If "query" is selected
1575 then the PIN is queried from the user.
1577 * sd-stub gained support for the new ".ucode" PE section in UKIs, that
1578 may contain CPU microcode data. When control is handed over to the
1579 Linux kernel this data is prepended to the set of initrds passed.
1583 * systemd-run is now a multi-call binary. When invoked as 'run0', it
1584 provides as interface similar to 'sudo', with all arguments starting
1585 at the first non-option parameter being treated the command to invoke
1586 as root. Unlike 'sudo' and similar tools, it does not make use of
1587 setuid binaries or other privilege escalation methods, but instead
1588 runs the specified command as a transient unit, which is started by
1589 the system service manager, so privileges are dropped, rather than
1590 gained, thus implementing a much more robust and safe security
1591 model. As usual, authorization is managed via Polkit.
1593 * systemd-run/run0 will now tint the terminal background on supported
1594 terminals: in a reddish tone when invoking a root service, in a
1595 yellowish tone otherwise. This may be controlled and turned off via
1596 the new --background= switch or the new $SYSTEMD_TINT_BACKGROUND
1597 environment variable.
1599 * systemd-run gained a new option '--ignore-failure' to suppress
1604 * 'systemctl edit --stdin' allows creation of unit files and drop-ins
1605 with contents supplied via standard input. This is useful when creating
1606 configuration programmatically; the tool takes care of figuring out
1607 the file name, creating any directories, and reloading the manager
1610 * 'systemctl disable --now' and 'systemctl mask --now' now work
1611 correctly with template units.
1613 * 'systemd-analyze architectures' lists known CPU architectures.
1615 * 'systemd-analyze --json=…' is supported for 'architectures',
1616 'capability', 'exit-status'.
1618 * 'systemd-tmpfiles --purge' will purge (remove) all files and
1619 directories created via tmpfiles.d configuration.
1621 * systemd-id128 gained new options --no-pager, --no-legend, and
1624 * hostnamectl gained '-j' as shortcut for '--json=pretty' or
1627 * loginctl now supports -j/--json=.
1629 * resolvectl now supports -j/--json= for --type=.
1631 * systemd-tmpfiles gained a new option --dry-run to print what would be
1632 done without actually taking action.
1634 * varlinkctl gained a new --collect switch to collect all responses of
1635 a method call that supports multiple replies and turns it into a
1638 * systemd-dissect gained a new --make-archive option to generate an
1639 archive file (tar.gz and similar) from a disk image.
1643 * systemd-vmspawn gained a new --firmware= option to configure or list
1644 firmware definitions for Qemu, a new --tpm= option to enable or
1645 disable the use of a software TPM, a new --linux= option to specify a
1646 kernel binary for direct kernel boot, a new --initrd= option to
1647 specify an initrd for direct kernel boot, a new -D/--directory option
1648 to use a plain directory as the root file system, a new
1649 --private-users option similar to the one in systemd-nspawn, new
1650 options --bind= and --bind-ro= to bind part of the host's file system
1651 hierarchy into the guest, a new --extra-drive= option to attach
1652 additional storage, and -n/--network-tap/--network-user-mode to
1653 configure networking.
1655 * A new systemd-vmspawn@.service can be used to launch systemd-vmspawn
1658 * systemd-vmspawn gained the new --console= and --background= switches
1659 that control how to interact with the VM. As before, by default an
1660 interactive terminal interface is provided, but now with a background
1661 tinted with a greenish hue.
1663 * systemd-vmspawn can now register its VMs with systemd-machined,
1664 controlled via the --register= switch.
1666 * machinectl's start command (and related) can now invoke images either
1667 as containers via `systemd-nspawn` (switch is --runner=nspawn, the
1668 default) or as VMs via `systemd-vmspawn` (switch is --runner=vmspawn,
1671 * systemd-vmspawn now supports two switches --pass-ssh-key= and
1672 --ssh-key-type= to optionally set up transient SSH keys to pass to the
1673 invoked VMs in order to be able to SSH into them once booted.
1675 * systemd-vmspawn will now enable various "HyperV enlightenments" and
1676 the "VM Generation ID" on the VMs.
1678 * A new environment variable $SYSTEMD_VMSPAWN_QEMU_EXTRA may carry
1679 additional qemu command line options to pass to qemu.
1681 * systemd-machined gained a new GetMachineSSHInfo() D-Bus method that is
1682 used by systemd-vmspawn to fetch the information needed to ssh into the
1685 * systemd-machined gained a new Varlink interface that is used by
1686 systemd-vmspawn to register machines with additional information and
1691 * systemd-repart gained new options --generate-fstab= and
1692 --generate-crypttab= to write out fstab and crypttab files matching the
1693 generated partitions.
1695 * systemd-repart gained a new option --private-key-source= to allow
1696 using OpenSSL's "engines" or "providers" as the signing mechanism to
1697 use when creating verity signature partitions.
1699 * systemd-repart gained a new DefaultSubvolume= setting in repart.d/
1700 drop-ins that allow configuring the default btrfs subvolume for newly
1701 formatted btrfs file systems.
1705 * libsystemd gained new call sd_bus_creds_new_from_pidfd() to get a
1706 credentials object for a pidfd and sd_bus_creds_get_pidfd_dup() to
1707 retrieve the pidfd from a credentials object.
1709 * sd-bus' credentials logic will now also acquire peer's UNIX group
1710 lists and peer's pidfd if supported and requested.
1712 * RPM macro %_kernel_install_dir has been added with the path
1713 to the directory for kernel-install plugins.
1715 * The liblz4, libzstd, liblzma, libkmod, libgcrypt dependencies have
1716 been changed from regular shared library dependencies into dlopen()
1719 Note that this means that those libraries might not be automatically
1720 pulled in when ELF dependencies are resolved. In particular lack of
1721 libkmod might cause problems with boot. This affects dracut <= 101,
1722 see https://github.com/dracut-ng/dracut-ng/commit/04b362d713235459cf.
1724 * systemd ELF binaries that use libraries via dlopen() are now built with
1725 a new ELF header note section, following a new specification defined at
1726 docs/ELF_DLOPEN_METADATA.md, that provides information about which
1727 sonames are loaded and used if found at runtime. This allows tools and
1728 packagers to programmatically discover the list of optional
1729 dependencies used by all systemd ELF binaries. A parser with packaging
1730 integration tools is available at
1731 https://github.com/systemd/package-notes
1733 * The sd-journal API gained a new call
1734 sd_journal_stream_fd_with_namespace() which is just like
1735 sd_journal_stream_fd() but creates a log stream targeted at a
1736 specific log namespace.
1738 * The sd-id128 API gained a new API call
1739 sd_id128_get_invocation_app_specific() for acquiring an app-specific
1740 ID that is derived from the service invocation ID.
1742 * The sd-event API gained a new API call
1743 sd_event_source_get_inotify_path() that returns the file system path
1744 an inotify event source was created for.
1746 systemd-cryptsetup/systemd-cryptenroll:
1748 * The device node argument to systemd-cryptenroll is now optional. If
1749 omitted it will be derived automatically from the backing block
1750 device of /var/ (which quite likely is the same as the root file
1751 system, hence effectively means if you don't specify things otherwise
1752 the tool will now default to enrolling a key into the root file
1753 system's LUKS device).
1755 * systemd-cryptenroll can now enroll directly with a PKCS11 public key
1756 (instead of a certificate).
1758 * systemd-cryptsetup/systemd-cryptenroll now may lock a disk against a
1759 PKCS#11 provided EC key (before it only supported RSA).
1761 * systemd-cryptsetup gained support for crypttab option
1762 link-volume-key= to link the volume key into the kernel keyring when
1763 the volume is opened.
1765 * systemd-cryptenroll will no longer enable Dictionary Attack
1766 Protection (i.e. turn on NO_DA) for TPM enrollments that do not
1767 involve a PIN. DA should not be necessary in that case (since key
1768 entropy is high enough to make this unnecessary), but risks
1769 accidental lock-out in case of unexpected PCR changes.
1771 * systemd-cryptenroll now supports enrolling a new slot while unlocking
1772 the old slot via TPM2 (previously unlocking only worked via password
1777 * The remaining documentation that was on
1778 https://freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/ has been moved to
1779 https://systemd.io/.
1781 * A new text describing the VM integration interfaces of systemd has
1784 https://systemd.io/VM_INTERFACE
1786 * The sd_notify() man page has gained examples with C and Python code
1787 that shows how to implement the interface in those languages without
1788 involving libsystemd.
1790 systemd-homed, systemd-logind, systemd-userdbd:
1792 * systemd-homed now supports unlocking of home directories when logging
1793 in via SSH. Previously home directories needed to be unlocked before
1794 an SSH login is attempted.
1796 * JSON User Records have been extended with a separate public storage
1797 area called "User Record Blob Directories". This is intended to store
1798 the user's background image, avatar picture, and other similar items
1799 which are too large to fit into the User Record itself.
1801 systemd-homed, userdbctl, and homectl gained support for blob
1802 directories. homectl gained --avatar= and --login-background= to
1803 control two specific items of the blob directories.
1805 * A new "additionalLanguages" field has been added to JSON user records
1806 (as supported by systemd-homed and systemd-userdbd), which is closely
1807 related to the pre-existing "preferredLanguage", and allows
1808 specifying multiple additional languages for the user account. It is
1809 used to initialize the $LANGUAGES environment variable when used.
1811 * A new pair of "preferredSessionType" and "preferredSessionLauncher"
1812 fields have been added to JSON user records, that may be used to
1813 control which kind of desktop session to preferable activate on
1816 * homectl gained a new verb 'firstboot', and a new
1817 systemd-homed-firstboot.service unit uses this verb to create users
1818 in a first boot environment, either from system credentials or by
1819 querying interactively.
1821 * systemd-logind now supports a new "background-light" session class
1822 which does not pull in the user@.service unit. This is intended in
1823 particular for lighter weight per-user cron jobs which do require any
1824 per-user service manager to be around.
1826 * The per-user service manager will now be tracked as a distinct "manager"
1827 session type among logind sessions of each user.
1829 * homectl now supports an --offline mode, by which certain account
1830 properties can be changed without unlocking the home directory.
1832 * systemd-logind gained a new
1833 org.freedesktop.login1.Manager.ListSessionsEx() method that provides
1834 additional metadata compared to ListSessions(). loginctl makes use of
1835 this to list additional fields in list-sessions.
1837 * systemd-logind gained a new org.freedesktop.login1.Manager.Sleep()
1838 method that automatically redirects to SuspendThenHibernate(),
1839 Suspend(), HybridSleep(), or Hibernate(), depending on what is
1840 supported and configured, a new configuration setting SleepOperation=,
1841 and an accompanying helper method
1842 org.freedesktop.login1.Manager.CanSleep() and property
1843 org.freedesktop.login1.Manager.SleepOperation.
1845 'systemctl sleep' calls the new method to automatically put the
1846 machine to sleep in the most appropriate way.
1848 Credential Management:
1850 * systemd-creds now provides a Varlink IPC API for encrypting and
1851 decrypting credentials.
1853 * systemd-creds' "tpm2-absent" key selection has been renamed to
1854 "null", since that's what it actually does: "encrypt" and "sign"
1855 with a fixed null key. --with-key=null should only be used in very
1856 specific cases, as it provides zero integrity or confidentiality
1857 protections. (i.e. it's only safe to use as fallback in environments
1858 lacking both a TPM and access to the root fs to use the host
1859 encryption key, or when integrity is provided some other way.)
1861 * systemd-creds gained a new switch --allow-null. If specified, the
1862 "decrypt" verb will decode encrypted credentials that use the "null"
1863 key (by default this is refused, since using the "null" key defeats
1864 the authenticated encryption normally done).
1866 Suspend & Hibernate:
1868 * The sleep.conf configuration file gained a new MemorySleepMode=
1869 setting for configuring the sleep mode in more detail.
1871 * A tiny new service systemd-hibernate-clear.service has been added
1872 which clears hibernation information from the HibernateLocation EFI
1873 variable, in case the resume device is gone. Normally, this variable
1874 is supposed to be cleaned up by the code that initiates the resume
1875 from hibernation image. But when the device is missing and that code
1876 doesn't run, this service will now do the necessary work, ensuring
1877 that no outdated hibernation image information remains on subsequent
1880 Unprivileged User Namespaces & Mounts:
1882 * A small new service systemd-nsresourced.service has been added. It
1883 provides a Varlink IPC API that assigns a free, transiently allocated
1884 64K UID/GID range to an uninitialized user namespace a client
1885 provides. It may be used to implement unprivileged container managers
1886 and other programs that need dynamic user ID ranges. It also provides
1887 interfaces to then delegate mount file descriptors, control groups
1888 and network interfaces to user namespaces set up this way.
1890 * A small new service systemd-mountfsd.service has been added. It
1891 provides a Varlink IPC API for mounting DDI images, and returning a set
1892 of mount file descriptors for it. If a user namespace fd is provided
1893 as input, then the mounts are registered with the user namespace. To
1894 ensure trust in the image it must provide Verity information (or
1895 alternatively interactive polkit authentication is required).
1897 * The systemd-dissect tool now can access DDIs fully unprivileged by
1898 using systemd-nsresourced/systemd-mountfsd.
1900 * If the service manager runs unprivileged (i.e. systemd --user) it now
1901 supports RootImage= for accessing DDI images, also implemented via
1902 the systemd-nsresourced/systemd-mountfsd.
1904 * systemd-nspawn may now operate without privileges, if a suitable DDI
1905 is provided via --image=, again implemented via
1906 systemd-nsresourced/systemd-mountfsd.
1910 * timedatectl and machinectl gained option '-P', an alias for
1911 '--value --property=…'.
1913 * Various tools that pretty-print config files will now highlight
1914 configuration directives.
1916 * varlinkctl gained support for the "ssh:" transport. This requires
1917 OpenSSH 9.4 or newer.
1919 * systemd-sysext gained support for enabling system extensions in
1920 mutable fashion, where a writeable upperdir is stored under
1921 /var/lib/extensions.mutable/, and a new --mutable= option to
1922 configure this behaviour. An "ephemeral" mode is not also supported
1923 where the mutable layer is configured to be a tmpfs that is
1924 automatically released when the system extensions are reattached.
1926 * Coredumps are now retained for two weeks by default (instead of three
1929 * portablectl --copy= parameter gained a new 'mixed' argument, that will
1930 result in resources owned by the OS (e.g.: portable profiles) to be linked
1931 but resources owned by the portable image (e.g.: the unit files and the
1932 images themselves) to be copied.
1934 * systemd will now register MIME types for various of its file types
1935 (e.g. journal files, DDIs, encrypted credentials …) via the XDG
1936 shared-mime-info infrastructure. (Files of these types will thus be
1937 recognized as their own thing in desktop file managers such as GNOME
1940 * systemd-dissect will now show the detected sector size of a given DDI
1941 in its default output.
1943 * systemd-portabled now generates recognizable structured log messages
1944 whenever a portable service is attached or detached.
1946 * Verity signature checking in userspace (i.e. checking against
1947 /etc/verity.d/ keys) when activating DDIs can now be turned on/off
1948 via a kernel command line option systemd.allow_userspace_verity= and
1949 an environment variable SYSTEMD_ALLOW_USERSPACE_VERITY=.
1951 * ext4/xfs file system quota handling has been reworked, so that
1952 quotacheck and quotaon are now invoked as per-file-system templated
1953 services (as opposed to single system-wide singletons), similar in
1954 style to the fsck, growfs, pcrfs logic. This means file systems with
1955 quota enabled can now be reasonably enabled at runtime of the system,
1958 * "systemd-analyze dot" will now also show BindsTo= dependencies.
1960 * systemd-debug-generator gained the ability add in arbitrary units
1961 based on them being passed in via system credentials.
1963 * A new kernel command-line option systemd.default_debug_tty= can be
1964 used to specify the TTY for the debug shell, independently of
1965 enabling or disabling it.
1967 * portablectl gained a new --clean switch that clears a portable
1968 service's data (cache, logs, state, runtime, fdstore) when detaching
1971 Contributions from: A S Alam, AKHIL KUMAR,
1972 Abraham Samuel Adekunle, Adrian Vovk, Adrian Wannenmacher,
1973 Alan Liang, Alberto Planas, Alexander Zavyalov, Anders Jonsson,
1974 Andika Triwidada, Andres Beltran, Andrew Sayers,
1975 Antonio Alvarez Feijoo, Arian van Putten, Arthur Zamarin,
1976 Artur Pak, AtariDreams, Benjamin Franzke, Bernhard M. Wiedemann,
1977 Black-Hole1, Bryan Jacobs, Burak Gerz, Carlos Garnacho,
1978 Chandra Pratap, Chris Hofstaedtler, Chris Packham, Chris Simons,
1979 Christian Göttsche, Christian Wesselhoeft, Clayton Craft,
1980 Colin Geniet, Colin Walters, Colin Watson, Costa Tsaousis,
1981 Cristian Rodríguez, Daan De Meyer, Damien Challet, Dan Streetman,
1982 Daniel Winzen, Daniele Medri, David Seifert, David Tardon,
1983 David Venhoek, Diego Viola, Dionna Amalie Glaze,
1984 Dmitry Konishchev, Dmitry V. Levin, Edson Juliano Drosdeck,
1985 Eisuke Kawashima, Eli Schwartz, Emanuele Giuseppe Esposito,
1986 Eric Daigle, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felix Riemann,
1987 Fernando Fernandez Mancera, Florian Fainelli, Florian Schmaus,
1988 Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, Friedrich Altheide,
1989 Gabríel Arthúr Pétursson, Gaël Donval, Georges Basile Stavracas Neto,
1990 Gerd Hoffmann, GNOME Foundation, Guido Leenders,
1991 Guilhem Lettron, Göran Uddeborg, Hans de Goede, Harald Brinkmann,
1992 Heinrich Schuchardt, Helmut Grohne, Henry Li, Heran Yang,
1993 Holger Assmann, Ivan Kruglov, Ivan Shapovalov, Jakub Sitnicki,
1994 James Muir, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Macku, Jarne Förster, Jeff King,
1995 Jian-Hong Pan, JmbFountain, Joakim Nohlgård, Jonathan Conder,
1996 Julius Alexandre, Jörg Behrmann, Kai Lueke, Kamil Szczęk,
1997 KayJay7, Keian, Kirk, Kristian Klausen, Krzesimir Nowak,
1998 Lain "Fearyncess" Yang, Lars Ellenberg, Lennart Poettering,
1999 Leonard, Luca Boccassi, Lucas Salles, Ludwig Nussel,
2000 Lukáš Nykrýn, Luna Jernberg, Luxiter, Maanya Goenka,
2001 Maciej S. Szmigiero, Mariano Giménez, Markus Merklinger,
2002 Martin Ivicic, Martin Srebotnjak, Martin Trigaux, Martin Wilck,
2003 Mathias Lang, Matt Layher, Matt Muggeridge, Matteo Croce,
2004 Matthias Lisin, Max Gautier, Max Staudt, MaxHearnden,
2005 Michael Biebl, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletár, Michał Kopeć,
2006 Mike Gilbert, Mike Yuan, Mikko Ylinen, MkfsSion, Moritz Sanft,
2007 MrSmör, Nandakumar Raghavan, Nicholas Little, Nick Cao,
2008 Nick Rosbrook, Nicolas Bouchinet, Norbert Lange,
2009 Ole Peder Brandtzæg, Ondrej Kozina, Oğuz Ersen,
2010 Pablo Méndez Hernández, Pierre GRASSER, Piotr Drąg, QuonXF,
2011 Radoslav Kolev, Rafaël Kooi, Raito Bezarius, Rasmus Villemoes,
2012 Reid Wahl, Renjaya Raga Zenta, Richard Maw, Roland Hieber,
2013 Ronan Pigott, Rose, Ross Burton, Saliba-san, Sam Leonard,
2014 Samuel BF, Sarvajith Adyanthaya, Scrambled 777,
2015 Sebastian Pucilowski, Sergei Zhmylev, Sergey A, Shulhan,
2016 SidhuRupinder, Simon Fowler, Skia, Sludge, Stuart Hayhurst,
2017 Susant Sahani, Takashi Sakamoto, Temuri Doghonadze, Thayne McCombs,
2018 Thilo Fromm, Thomas Blume, Tiago Rocha Cunha, Timo Rothenpieler,
2019 TobiPeterG, Tobias Fleig, Tomáš Pecka, Topi Miettinen,
2020 Tycho Andersen, Unique-Usman, Usman Akinyemi, Vasiliy Kovalev,
2021 Vasiliy Stelmachenok, Victor Berchet, Vishal Chillara Srinivas,
2022 Vitaly Kuznetsov, Vito Caputo, Vladimir Stoiakin, Werner Sembach,
2023 Will Springer, Winterhuman, Xiaotian Wu, Yu Watanabe,
2024 Yuri Chornoivan, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zmyeir, anphir,
2025 aslepykh, chenjiayi, cpackham-atlnz, cunshunxia, djantti, drewbug,
2026 hanjinpeng, hfavisado, hulkoba, hydrargyrum, ksaleem, mburucuyapy,
2027 medusalix, mille-feuille, mkubiak, mooo, msizanoen, networkException,
2028 nl6720, r-vdp, runiq, sam-leonard-ct, samuelvw01, sharad3001, spdfnet,
2029 sushmbha, wangyuhang, zeroskyx, zzywysm, İ. Ensar Gülşen,
2030 Łukasz Stelmach, Štěpán Němec, 我超厉害, 김인수
2032 — Edinburgh, 2024-06-11
2036 Announcements of Future Feature Removals and Incompatible Changes:
2038 * Support for split-usr (/usr/ mounted separately during late boot,
2039 instead of being mounted by the initrd before switching to the rootfs)
2040 and unmerged-usr (parallel directories /bin/ and /usr/bin/, /lib/ and
2041 /usr/lib/, …) has been removed. For more details, see:
2042 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2022-September/048352.html
2044 * We intend to remove cgroup v1 support from a systemd release after
2045 the end of 2023. If you run services that make explicit use of
2046 cgroup v1 features (i.e. the "legacy hierarchy" with separate
2047 hierarchies for each controller), please implement compatibility with
2048 cgroup v2 (i.e. the "unified hierarchy") sooner rather than later.
2049 Most of Linux userspace has been ported over already.
2051 * Support for System V service scripts is now deprecated and will be
2052 removed in a future release. Please make sure to update your software
2053 *now* to include a native systemd unit file instead of a legacy
2054 System V script to retain compatibility with future systemd releases.
2056 * Support for the SystemdOptions EFI variable is deprecated.
2057 'bootctl systemd-efi-options' will emit a warning when used. It seems
2058 that this feature is little-used and it is better to use alternative
2059 approaches like credentials and confexts. The plan is to drop support
2060 altogether at a later point, but this might be revisited based on
2063 * systemd-run's switch --expand-environment= which currently is disabled
2064 by default when combined with --scope, will be changed in a future
2065 release to be enabled by default.
2067 * "systemctl switch-root" is now restricted to initrd transitions only.
2069 Transitions between real systems should be done with
2070 "systemctl soft-reboot" instead.
2072 * The "ip=off" and "ip=none" kernel command line options interpreted by
2073 systemd-network-generator will now result in IPv6RA + link-local
2074 addressing being disabled, too. Previously DHCP was turned off, but
2075 IPv6RA and IPv6 link-local addressing was left enabled.
2077 * The NAMING_BRIDGE_MULTIFUNCTION_SLOT naming scheme has been deprecated
2078 and is now disabled.
2080 * SuspendMode=, HibernateState= and HybridSleepState= in the [Sleep]
2081 section of systemd-sleep.conf are now deprecated and have no effect.
2082 They did not (and could not) take any value other than the respective
2083 default. HybridSleepMode= is also deprecated, and will now always use
2084 the 'suspend' disk mode.
2088 * The way services are spawned has been overhauled. Previously, a
2089 process was forked that shared all of the manager's memory (via
2090 copy-on-write) while doing all the required setup (e.g.: mount
2091 namespaces, CGroup configuration, etc.) before exec'ing the target
2092 executable. This was problematic for various reasons: several glibc
2093 APIs were called that are not supposed to be used after a fork but
2094 before an exec, copy-on-write meant that if either process (the
2095 manager or the child) touched a memory page a copy was triggered, and
2096 also the memory footprint of the child process was that of the
2097 manager, but with the memory limits of the service. From this version
2098 onward, the new process is spawned using CLONE_VM and CLONE_VFORK
2099 semantics via posix_spawn(3), and it immediately execs a new internal
2100 binary, systemd-executor, that receives the configuration to apply
2101 via memfd, and sets up the process before exec'ing the target
2102 executable. The systemd-executor binary is pinned by file descriptor
2103 by each manager instance (system and users), and the reference is
2104 updated on daemon-reexec - it is thus important to reexec all running
2105 manager instances when the systemd-executor and/or libsystemd*
2106 libraries are updated on the filesystem.
2108 * Most of the internal process tracking is being changed to use PIDFDs
2109 instead of PIDs when the kernel supports it, to improve robustness
2112 * A new option SurviveFinalKillSignal= can be used to configure the
2113 unit to be skipped in the final SIGTERM/SIGKILL spree on shutdown.
2114 This is part of the required configuration to let a unit's processes
2115 survive a soft-reboot operation.
2117 * System extension images (sysext) can now set
2118 EXTENSION_RELOAD_MANAGER=1 in their extension-release files to
2119 automatically reload the service manager (PID 1) when
2120 merging/refreshing/unmerging on boot. Generally, while this can be
2121 used to ship services in system extension images it's recommended to
2122 do that via portable services instead.
2124 * The ExtensionImages= and ExtensionDirectories= options now support
2125 confexts images/directories.
2127 * A new option CoredumpReceive= can be set for service and scope units,
2128 together with Delegate=yes, to make systemd-coredump on the host
2129 forward core files from processes crashing inside the delegated
2130 CGroup subtree to systemd-coredump running in the container. This new
2131 option is by default used by systemd-nspawn containers that use the
2134 * A new ConditionSecurity=measured-uki option is now available, to ensure
2135 a unit can only run when the system has been booted from a measured UKI.
2137 * MemoryAvailable= now considers physical memory if there are no CGroup
2138 memory limits set anywhere in the tree.
2140 * The $USER environment variable is now always set for services, while
2141 previously it was only set if User= was specified. A new option
2142 SetLoginEnvironment= is now supported to determine whether to also set
2143 $HOME, $LOGNAME, and $SHELL.
2145 * Socket units now support a new pair of
2146 PollLimitBurst=/PollLimitInterval= options to configure a limit on
2147 how often polling events on the file descriptors backing this unit
2148 will be considered within a time window.
2150 * Scope units can now be created using PIDFDs instead of PIDs to select
2151 the processes they should include.
2153 * Sending SIGRTMIN+18 with 0x500 as sigqueue() value will now cause the
2154 manager to dump the list of currently pending jobs.
2156 * If the kernel supports MOVE_MOUNT_BENEATH, the systemctl and
2157 machinectl bind and mount-image verbs will now cause the new mount to
2158 replace the old mount (if any), instead of overmounting it.
2160 * Units now have MemoryPeak, MemorySwapPeak, MemorySwapCurrent and
2161 MemoryZSwapCurrent properties, which respectively contain the values
2162 of the cgroup v2's memory.peak, memory.swap.peak, memory.swap.current
2163 and memory.zswap.current properties. This information is also shown in
2164 "systemctl status" output, if available.
2166 TPM2 Support + Disk Encryption & Authentication:
2168 * systemd-cryptenroll now allows specifying a PCR bank and explicit hash
2169 value in the --tpm2-pcrs= option.
2171 * systemd-cryptenroll now allows specifying a TPM2 key handle (nv
2172 index) to be used instead of the default SRK via the new
2173 --tpm2-seal-key-handle= option.
2175 * systemd-cryptenroll now allows TPM2 enrollment using only a TPM2
2176 public key (in TPM2B_PUBLIC format) – without access to the TPM2
2177 device itself – which enables offline sealing of LUKS images for a
2178 specific TPM2 chip, as long as the SRK public key is known. Pass the
2179 public to the tool via the new --tpm2-device-key= switch.
2181 * systemd-cryptsetup is now installed in /usr/bin/ and is no longer an
2182 internal-only executable.
2184 * The TPM2 Storage Root Key will now be set up, if not already present,
2185 by a new systemd-tpm2-setup.service early boot service. The SRK will
2186 be stored in PEM format and TPM2_PUBLIC format (the latter is useful
2187 for systemd-cryptenroll --tpm2-device-key=, as mentioned above) for
2188 easier access. A new "srk" verb has been added to systemd-analyze to
2189 allow extracting it on demand if it is already set up.
2191 * The internal systemd-pcrphase executable has been renamed to
2194 * The systemd-pcrextend tool gained a new --pcr= switch to override
2195 which PCR to measure into.
2197 * systemd-pcrextend now exposes a Varlink interface at
2198 io.systemd.PCRExtend that can be used to do measurements and event
2201 * TPM measurements are now also written to an event log at
2202 /run/log/systemd/tpm2-measure.log, using a derivative of the TCG
2203 Canonical Event Log format. Previously we'd only log them to the
2204 journal, where they however were subject to rotation and similar.
2206 * A new component "systemd-pcrlock" has been added that allows managing
2207 local TPM2 PCR policies for PCRs 0-7 and similar, which are hard to
2208 predict by the OS vendor because of the inherently local nature of
2209 what measurements they contain, such as firmware versions of the
2210 system and extension cards and suchlike. pcrlock can predict PCR
2211 measurements ahead of time based on various inputs, such as the local
2212 TPM2 event log, GPT partition tables, PE binaries, UKI kernels, and
2213 various other things. It can then pre-calculate a TPM2 policy from
2214 this, which it stores in an TPM2 NV index. TPM2 objects (such as disk
2215 encryption keys) can be locked against this NV index, so that they
2216 are locked against a specific combination of system firmware and
2217 state. Alternatives for each component are supported to allowlist
2218 multiple kernel versions or boot loader version simultaneously
2219 without losing access to the disk encryption keys. The tool can also
2220 be used to analyze and validate the local TPM2 event log.
2221 systemd-cryptsetup, systemd-cryptenroll, systemd-repart have all been
2222 updated to support such policies. There's currently no support for
2223 locking the system's root disk against a pcrlock policy, this will be
2224 added soon. Moreover, it is currently not possible to combine a
2225 pcrlock policy with a signed PCR policy. This component is
2226 experimental and its public interface is subject to change.
2228 systemd-boot, systemd-stub, ukify, bootctl, kernel-install:
2230 * bootctl will now show whether the system was booted from a UKI in its
2233 * systemd-boot and systemd-stub now use different project keys in their
2234 respective SBAT sections, so that they can be revoked individually if
2237 * systemd-boot will no longer load unverified DeviceTree blobs when UEFI
2238 SecureBoot is enabled. For more details see:
2239 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/security/advisories/GHSA-6m6p-rjcq-334c
2241 * systemd-boot gained new hotkeys to reboot and power off the system
2242 from the boot menu ("B" and "O"). If the "auto-poweroff" and
2243 "auto-reboot" options in loader.conf are set these entries are also
2244 shown as menu items (which is useful on devices lacking a regular
2247 * systemd-boot gained a new configuration value "menu-disabled" for the
2248 set-timeout option, to allow completely disabling the boot menu,
2249 including the hotkey.
2251 * systemd-boot will now measure the content of loader.conf in TPM2
2254 * systemd-stub will now concatenate the content of all kernel
2255 command-line addons before measuring them in TPM2 PCR 12, in a single
2256 measurement, instead of measuring them individually.
2258 * systemd-stub will now measure and load DeviceTree Blob addons, which
2259 are searched and loaded following the same model as the existing
2260 kernel command-line addons.
2262 * systemd-stub will now ignore unauthenticated kernel command line options
2263 passed from systemd-boot when running inside Confidential VMs with UEFI
2266 * systemd-stub will now load a DeviceTree blob even if the firmware did
2267 not load any beforehand (e.g.: for ACPI systems).
2269 * ukify is no longer considered experimental, and now ships in /usr/bin/.
2271 * ukify gained a new verb inspect to describe the sections of a UKI and
2272 print the contents of the well-known sections.
2274 * ukify gained a new verb genkey to generate a set of key pairs for
2275 signing UKIs and their PCR data.
2277 * The 90-loaderentry kernel-install hook now supports installing device
2280 * kernel-install now supports the --json=, --root=, --image=, and
2281 --image-policy= options for the inspect verb.
2283 * kernel-install now supports new list and add-all verbs. The former
2284 lists all installed kernel images (if those are available in
2285 /usr/lib/modules/). The latter will install all the kernels it can
2290 * A new option --copy-from= has been added that synthesizes partition
2291 definitions from the given image, which are then applied by the
2292 systemd-repart algorithm.
2294 * A new option --copy-source= has been added, which can be used to specify
2295 a directory to which CopyFiles= is considered relative to.
2297 * New --make-ddi=confext, --make-ddi=sysext, and --make-ddi=portable
2298 options have been added to make it easier to generate these types of
2299 DDIs, without having to provide repart.d definitions for them.
2301 * The dm-verity salt and UUID will now be derived from the specified
2304 * New VerityDataBlockSizeBytes= and VerityHashBlockSizeBytes= can now be
2305 configured in repart.d/ configuration files.
2307 * A new Subvolumes= setting is now supported in repart.d/ configuration
2308 files, to indicate which directories in the target partition should be
2311 * A new --tpm2-device-key= option can be used to lock a disk against a
2312 specific TPM2 public key. This matches the same switch the
2313 systemd-cryptenroll tool now supports (see above).
2317 * The journalctl --lines= parameter now accepts +N to show the oldest N
2318 entries instead of the newest.
2320 * journald now ensures that sealing happens once per epoch, and sets a
2321 new compatibility flag to distinguish old journal files that were
2322 created before this change, for backward compatibility.
2326 * udev will now create symlinks to loopback block devices in the
2327 /dev/disk/by-loop-ref/ directory that are based on the .lo_file_name
2328 string field selected during allocation. The systemd-dissect tool and
2329 the util-linux losetup command now supports a complementing new switch
2330 --loop-ref= for selecting the string. This means a loopback block
2331 device may now be allocated under a caller-chosen reference and can
2332 subsequently be referenced without first having to look up the block
2333 device name the caller ended up with.
2335 * udev also creates symlinks to loopback block devices in the
2336 /dev/disk/by-loop-inode/ directory based on the .st_dev/st_ino fields
2337 of the inode attached to the loopback block device. This means that
2338 attaching a file to a loopback device will implicitly make a handle
2339 available to be found via that file's inode information.
2341 * udevadm info gained support for JSON output via a new --json= flag, and
2342 for filtering output using the same mechanism that udevadm trigger
2345 * The predictable network interface naming logic is extended to include
2346 the SR-IOV-R "representor" information in network interface names.
2347 This feature was intended for v254, but even though the code was
2348 merged, the part that actually enabled the feature was forgotten.
2349 It is now enabled by default and is part of the new "v255" naming
2352 * A new hwdb/rules file has been added that sets the
2353 ID_NET_AUTO_LINK_LOCAL_ONLY=1 udev property on all network interfaces
2354 that should usually only be configured with link-local addressing
2355 (IPv4LL + IPv6LL), i.e. for PC-to-PC cables ("laplink") or
2356 Thunderbolt networking. systemd-networkd and NetworkManager (soon)
2357 will make use of this information to apply an appropriate network
2358 configuration by default.
2360 * The ID_NET_DRIVER property on network interfaces is now set
2361 relatively early in the udev rule set so that other rules may rely on
2362 its use. This is implemented in a new "net-driver" udev built-in.
2366 * The "duid-only" option for DHCPv4 client's ClientIdentifier= setting
2367 is now dropped, as it never worked, hence it should not be used by
2370 * The 'prefixstable' ipv6 address generation mode now considers the SSID
2371 when generating stable addresses, so that a different stable address
2372 is used when roaming between wireless networks. If you already use
2373 'prefixstable' addresses with wireless networks, the stable address
2374 will be changed by the update.
2376 * The DHCPv4 client gained a RapidCommit option, true by default, which
2377 enables RFC4039 Rapid Commit behavior to obtain a lease in a
2378 simplified 2-message exchange instead of the typical 4-message
2379 exchange, if also supported by the DHCP server.
2381 * The DHCPv4 client gained new InitialCongestionWindow= and
2382 InitialAdvertisedReceiveWindow= options for route configurations.
2384 * The DHCPv4 client gained a new RequestAddress= option that allows
2385 to send a preferred IP address in the initial DHCPDISCOVER message.
2387 * The DHCPv4 server and client gained support for IPv6-only mode
2390 * The SendHostname= and Hostname= options are now available for the
2391 DHCPv6 client, independently of the DHCPv4= option, so that these
2392 configuration values can be set independently for each client.
2394 * The DHCPv4 and DHCPv6 client state can now be queried via D-Bus,
2395 including lease information.
2397 * The DHCPv6 client can now be configured to use a custom DUID type.
2399 * .network files gained a new IPv4ReversePathFilter= setting in the
2400 [Network] section, to control sysctl's rp_filter setting.
2402 * .network files gaiend a new HopLimit= setting in the [Route] section,
2403 to configure a per-route hop limit.
2405 * .network files gained a new TCPRetransmissionTimeoutSec= setting in
2406 the [Route] section, to configure a per-route TCP retransmission
2409 * A new directive NFTSet= provides a method for integrating network
2410 configuration into firewall rules with NFT sets. The benefit of using
2411 this setting is that static network configuration or dynamically
2412 obtained network addresses can be used in firewall rules with the
2413 indirection of NFT set types.
2415 * The [IPv6AcceptRA] section supports the following new options:
2416 UsePREF64=, UseHopLimit=, UseICMP6RateLimit=, and NFTSet=.
2418 * The [IPv6SendRA] section supports the following new options:
2419 RetransmitSec=, HopLimit=, HomeAgent=, HomeAgentLifetimeSec=, and
2420 HomeAgentPreference=.
2422 * A new [IPv6PREF64Prefix] set of options, containing Prefix= and
2423 LifetimeSec=, has been introduced to append pref64 options in router
2424 advertisements (RFC8781).
2426 * The network generator now configures the interfaces with only
2427 link-local addressing if "ip=link-local" is specified on the kernel
2430 * The prefix of the configuration files generated by the network
2431 generator from the kernel command line is now prefixed with '70-',
2432 to make them have higher precedence over the default configuration
2435 * Added a new -Ddefault-network=BOOL meson option, that causes more
2436 .network files to be installed as enabled by default. These configuration
2437 files will which match generic setups, e.g. 89-ethernet.network matches
2438 all Ethernet interfaces and enables both DHCPv4 and DHCPv6 clients.
2440 * If a ID_NET_MANAGED_BY= udev property is set on a network device and
2441 it is any other string than "io.systemd.Network" then networkd will
2442 not manage this device. This may be used to allow multiple network
2443 management services to run in parallel and assign ownership of
2444 specific devices explicitly. NetworkManager will soon implement a
2447 * .network files gained a new MulticastIGMPVersion= setting in the
2448 [Network] section, to control sysctl's
2449 /proc/sys/net/ipv4/conf/INTERFACE/force_igmp_version setting.
2453 * systemctl is-failed now checks the system state if no unit is
2456 * systemctl will now automatically soft-reboot if a new root file system
2457 is found under /run/nextroot/ when a reboot operation is invoked.
2461 * Wall messages now work even when utmp support is disabled, using
2462 systemd-logind to query the necessary information.
2464 * systemd-logind now sends a new PrepareForShutdownWithMetadata D-Bus
2465 signal before shutdown/reboot/soft-reboot that includes additional
2466 information compared to the PrepareForShutdown signal. Currently the
2467 additional information is the type of operation that is about to be
2470 Hibernation & Suspend:
2472 * The kernel and OS versions will no longer be checked on resume from
2475 * Hibernation into swap files backed by btrfs is now supported.
2476 (Previously this was supported only for other file systems.)
2480 * A new systemd-vmspawn tool has been added, that aims to provide for VMs
2481 the same interfaces and functionality that systemd-nspawn provides for
2482 containers. For now it supports QEMU as a backend, and exposes some of
2483 its options to the user. This component is experimental and its public
2484 interface is subject to change.
2486 * "systemd-analyze plot" has gained tooltips on each unit name with
2487 related-unit information in its svg output, such as Before=,
2488 Requires=, and similar properties.
2490 * A new varlinkctl tool has been added to allow interfacing with
2491 Varlink services, and introspection has been added to all such
2492 services. This component is experimental and its public interface is
2495 * systemd-sysext and systemd-confext now expose a Varlink service
2496 at io.systemd.sysext.
2498 * portable services now accept confexts as extensions.
2500 * systemd-sysupdate now accepts directories in the MatchPattern= option.
2502 * systemd-run will now output the invocation ID of the launched
2503 transient unit and its peak memory usage.
2505 * systemd-analyze, systemd-tmpfiles, systemd-sysusers, systemd-sysctl,
2506 and systemd-binfmt gained a new --tldr option that can be used instead
2507 of --cat-config to suppress uninteresting configuration lines, such as
2508 comments and whitespace.
2510 * resolvectl gained a new "show-server-state" command that shows
2511 current statistics of the resolver. This is backed by a new
2512 DumpStatistics() Varlink method provided by systemd-resolved.
2514 * systemd-timesyncd will now emit a D-Bus signal when the LinkNTPServers
2517 * vconsole now supports KEYMAP=@kernel for preserving the kernel keymap
2520 * seccomp now supports the LoongArch64 architecture.
2522 * seccomp may now be enabled for services running as a non-root User=
2523 without NoNewPrivileges=yes.
2525 * systemd-id128 now supports a new -P option to show only values. The
2526 combination of -P and --app options is also supported.
2528 * A new pam_systemd_loadkey.so PAM module is now available, which will
2529 automatically fetch the passphrase used by cryptsetup to unlock the
2530 root file system and set it as the PAM authtok. This enables, among
2531 other things, configuring auto-unlock of the GNOME Keyring / KDE
2532 Wallet when autologin is configured.
2534 * Many meson options now use the 'feature' type, which means they
2535 take enabled/disabled/auto as values.
2537 * A new meson option -Dconfigfiledir= can be used to change where
2538 configuration files with default values are installed to.
2540 * Options and verbs in man pages are now tagged with the version they
2541 were first introduced in.
2543 * A new component "systemd-storagetm" has been added, which exposes all
2544 local block devices as NVMe-TCP devices, fully automatically. It's
2545 hooked into a new target unit storage-target-mode.target that is
2546 suppsoed to be booted into via
2547 rd.systemd.unit=storage-target-mode.target on the kernel command
2548 line. This is intended to be used for installers and debugging to
2549 quickly get access to the local disk. It's inspired by MacOS "target
2550 disk mode". This component is experimental and its public interface is
2553 * A new component "systemd-bsod" has been added, which can show logged
2554 error messages full screen, if they have a log level of LOG_EMERG log
2555 level. This component is experimental and its public interface is
2558 * The systemd-dissect tool's --with command will now set the
2559 $SYSTEMD_DISSECT_DEVICE environment variable to the block device it
2560 operates on for the invoked process.
2562 * The systemd-mount tool gained a new --tmpfs switch for mounting a new
2563 'tmpfs' instance. This is useful since it does so via .mount units
2564 and thus can be executed remotely or in containers.
2566 * The various tools in systemd that take "verbs" (such as systemctl,
2567 loginctl, machinectl, …) now will suggest a close verb name in case
2568 the user specified an unrecognized one.
2570 * libsystemd now exports a new function sd_id128_get_app_specific()
2571 that generates "app-specific" 128bit IDs from any ID. It's similar to
2572 sd_id128_get_machine_app_specific() and
2573 sd_id128_get_boot_app_specific() but takes the ID to base calculation
2574 on as input. This new functionality is also exposed in the
2575 "systemd-id128" tool where you can now combine --app= with `show`.
2577 * All tools that parse timestamps now can also parse RFC3339 style
2578 timestamps that include the "T" and Z" characters.
2580 * New documentation has been added:
2582 https://systemd.io/FILE_DESCRIPTOR_STORE
2583 https://systemd.io/TPM2_PCR_MEASUREMENTS
2584 https://systemd.io/MOUNT_REQUIREMENTS
2586 * The codebase now recognizes the suffix .confext.raw and .sysext.raw
2587 as alternative to the .raw suffix generally accepted for DDIs. It is
2588 recommended to name configuration extensions and system extensions
2589 with such suffixes, to indicate their purpose in the name.
2591 * The sd-device API gained a new function
2592 sd_device_enumerator_add_match_property_required() which allows
2593 configuring matches on properties that are strictly required. This is
2594 different from the existing sd_device_enumerator_add_match_property()
2595 matches of which one needs to apply.
2597 * The MAC address the veth side of an nspawn container shall get
2598 assigned may now be controlled via the $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_NETWORK_MAC
2599 environment variable.
2601 * The libiptc dependency is now implemented via dlopen(), so that tools
2602 such as networkd and nspawn no longer have a hard dependency on the
2603 shared library when compiled with support for libiptc.
2605 * New rpm macros have been added: %systemd_user_daemon_reexec does
2606 daemon-reexec for all user managers, and %systemd_postun_with_reload
2607 and %systemd_user_postun_with_reload do a reload for system and user
2610 * coredumpctl now propagates SIGTERM to the debugger process.
2612 Contributions from: 김인수, Abderrahim Kitouni, Adam Goldman,
2613 Adam Williamson, Alexandre Peixoto Ferreira, Alex Hudspith,
2614 Alvin Alvarado, André Paiusco, Antonio Alvarez Feijoo,
2615 Anton Lundin, Arian van Putten, Arseny Maslennikov, Arthur Shau,
2616 Balázs Úr, beh_10257, Benjamin Peterson, Bertrand Jacquin,
2617 Brian Norris, Charles Lee, Cheng-Chia Tseng, Chris Patterson,
2618 Christian Hergert, Christian Hesse, Christian Kirbach,
2619 Clayton Craft, commondservice, cunshunxia, Curtis Klein, cvlc12,
2620 Daan De Meyer, Daniele Medri, Daniel P. Berrangé, Daniel Rusek,
2621 Daniel Thompson, Dan Nicholson, Dan Streetman, David Rheinsberg,
2622 David Santamaría Rogado, David Tardon, dependabot[bot],
2623 Diego Viola, Dmitry V. Levin, Emanuele Giuseppe Esposito,
2624 Emil Renner Berthing, Emil Velikov, Etienne Dechamps, Fabian Vogt,
2625 felixdoerre, Felix Dörre, Florian Schmaus, Franck Bui,
2626 Frantisek Sumsal, G2-Games, Gioele Barabucci, Hugo Carvalho,
2627 huyubiao, Iago López Galeiras, IllusionMan1212, Jade Lovelace,
2628 janana, Jan Janssen, Jan Kuparinen, Jan Macku, Jeremy Fleischman,
2629 Jin Liu, jjimbo137, Joerg Behrmann, Johannes Segitz, Jordan Rome,
2630 Jordan Williams, Julien Malka, Juno Computers, Khem Raj, khm,
2631 Kingbom Dou, Kiran Vemula, Krzesimir Nowak, Laszlo Gombos,
2632 Lennart Poettering, linuxlion, Luca Boccassi, Lucas Adriano Salles,
2633 Lukas, Lukáš Nykrýn, Maanya Goenka, Maarten, Malte Poll,
2634 Marc Pervaz Boocha, Martin Beneš, Martin Joerg, Martin Wilck,
2635 Mathieu Tortuyaux, Matthias Schiffer, Maxim Mikityanskiy,
2636 Max Kellermann, Michael A Cassaniti, Michael Biebl, Michael Kuhn,
2637 Michael Vasseur, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletár, Mike Yuan,
2638 Milton D. Miller II, mordner, msizanoen, NAHO, Nandakumar Raghavan,
2639 Neil Wilson, Nick Rosbrook, Nils K, NRK, Oğuz Ersen,
2640 Omojola Joshua, onenowy, Paul Meyer, Paymon MARANDI, pelaufer,
2641 Peter Hutterer, PhylLu, Pierre GRASSER, Piotr Drąg, Priit Laes,
2642 Rahil Bhimjiani, Raito Bezarius, Raul Cheleguini, Reto Schneider,
2643 Richard Maw, Robby Red, RoepLuke, Roland Hieber, Roland Singer,
2644 Ronan Pigott, Sam James, Sam Leonard, Sergey A, Susant Sahani,
2645 Sven Joachim, Tad Fisher, Takashi Sakamoto, Thorsten Kukuk, Tj,
2646 Tomasz Świątek, Topi Miettinen, Valentin David,
2647 Valentin Lefebvre, Victor Westerhuis, Vincent Haupert,
2648 Vishal Chillara Srinivas, Vito Caputo, Warren, Weblate,
2649 Xiaotian Wu, xinpeng wang, Yaron Shahrabani, Yo-Jung Lin,
2650 Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, zeroskyx,
2651 Дамјан Георгиевски, наб
2653 — Edinburgh, 2023-12-06
2657 Announcements of Future Feature Removals and Incompatible Changes:
2659 * The next release (v255) will remove support for split-usr (/usr/
2660 mounted separately during late boot, instead of being mounted by the
2661 initrd before switching to the rootfs) and unmerged-usr (parallel
2662 directories /bin/ and /usr/bin/, /lib/ and /usr/lib/, …). For more
2664 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2022-September/048352.html
2666 * We intend to remove cgroup v1 support from a systemd release after
2667 the end of 2023. If you run services that make explicit use of
2668 cgroup v1 features (i.e. the "legacy hierarchy" with separate
2669 hierarchies for each controller), please implement compatibility with
2670 cgroup v2 (i.e. the "unified hierarchy") sooner rather than later.
2671 Most of Linux userspace has been ported over already.
2673 * Support for System V service scripts is now deprecated and will be
2674 removed in a future release. Please make sure to update your software
2675 *now* to include a native systemd unit file instead of a legacy
2676 System V script to retain compatibility with future systemd releases.
2678 * Support for the SystemdOptions EFI variable is deprecated.
2679 'bootctl systemd-efi-options' will emit a warning when used. It seems
2680 that this feature is little-used and it is better to use alternative
2681 approaches like credentials and confexts. The plan is to drop support
2682 altogether at a later point, but this might be revisited based on
2685 * EnvironmentFile= now treats the line following a comment line
2686 trailing with escape as a non comment line. For details, see:
2687 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/issues/27975
2689 * PrivateNetwork=yes and NetworkNamespacePath= now imply
2690 PrivateMounts=yes unless PrivateMounts=no is explicitly specified.
2692 * Behaviour of sandboxing options for the per-user service manager
2693 units has changed. They now imply PrivateUsers=yes, which means user
2694 namespaces will be implicitly enabled when a sandboxing option is
2695 enabled in a user unit. Enabling user namespaces has the drawback
2696 that system users will no longer be visible (and processes/files will
2697 appear as owned by 'nobody') in the user unit.
2699 By definition a sandboxed user unit should run with reduced
2700 privileges, so impact should be small. This will remove a great
2701 source of confusion that has been reported by users over the years,
2702 due to how these options require an extra setting to be manually
2703 enabled when used in the per-user service manager, which is not
2704 needed in the system service manager. For more details, see:
2705 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2022-December/048682.html
2707 * systemd-run's switch --expand-environment= which currently is disabled
2708 by default when combined with --scope, will be changed in a future
2709 release to be enabled by default.
2711 Security Relevant Changes:
2713 * pam_systemd will now by default pass the CAP_WAKE_ALARM ambient
2714 process capability to invoked session processes of regular users on
2715 local seats (as well as to systemd --user), unless configured
2716 otherwise via data from JSON user records, or via the PAM module's
2717 parameter list. This is useful in order allow desktop tools such as
2718 GNOME's Alarm Clock application to set a timer for
2719 CLOCK_REALTIME_ALARM that wakes up the system when it elapses. A
2720 per-user service unit file may thus use AmbientCapability= to pass
2721 the capability to invoked processes. Note that this capability is
2722 relatively narrow in focus (in particular compared to other process
2723 capabilities such as CAP_SYS_ADMIN) and we already — by default —
2724 permit more impactful operations such as system suspend to local
2729 * Memory limits that apply while the unit is activating are now
2730 supported. Previously IO and CPU settings were already supported via
2731 StartupCPUWeight= and similar. The same logic has been added for the
2732 various manager and unit memory settings (DefaultStartupMemoryLow=,
2733 StartupMemoryLow=, StartupMemoryHigh=, StartupMemoryMax=,
2734 StartupMemorySwapMax=, StartupMemoryZSwapMax=).
2736 * The service manager gained support for enqueuing POSIX signals to
2737 services that carry an additional integer value, exposing the
2738 sigqueue() system call. This is accessible via new D-Bus calls
2739 org.freedesktop.systemd1.Manager.QueueSignalUnit() and
2740 org.freedesktop.systemd1.Unit.QueueSignal(), as well as in systemctl
2741 via the new --kill-value= option.
2743 * systemctl gained a new "list-paths" verb, which shows all currently
2744 active .path units, similarly to how "systemctl list-timers" shows
2745 active timers, and "systemctl list-sockets" shows active sockets.
2747 * systemctl gained a new --when= switch which is honoured by the various
2748 forms of shutdown (i.e. reboot, kexec, poweroff, halt) and allows
2749 scheduling these operations by time, similar in fashion to how this
2750 has been supported by SysV shutdown.
2752 * If MemoryDenyWriteExecute= is enabled for a service and the kernel
2753 supports the new PR_SET_MDWE prctl() call, it is used instead of the
2754 seccomp()-based system call filter to achieve the same effect.
2756 * A new set of kernel command line options is now understood:
2757 systemd.tty.term.<name>=, systemd.tty.rows.<name>=,
2758 systemd.tty.columns.<name>= allow configuring the TTY type and
2759 dimensions for the tty specified via <name>. When systemd invokes a
2760 service on a tty (via TTYName=) it will look for these and configure
2761 the TTY accordingly. This is particularly useful in VM environments
2762 to propagate host terminal settings into the appropriate TTYs of the
2765 * A new RootEphemeral= setting is now understood in service units. It
2766 takes a boolean argument. If enabled for services that use RootImage=
2767 or RootDirectory= an ephemeral copy of the disk image or directory
2768 tree is made when the service is started. It is removed automatically
2769 when the service is stopped. That ephemeral copy is made using
2770 btrfs/xfs reflinks or btrfs snapshots, if available.
2772 * The service activation logic gained new settings RestartSteps= and
2773 RestartMaxDelaySec= which allow exponentially-growing restart
2774 intervals for Restart=.
2776 * The service activation logic gained a new setting RestartMode= which
2777 can be set to 'direct' to skip the inactive/failed states when
2778 restarting, so that dependent units are not notified until the service
2779 converges to a final (successful or failed) state. For example, this
2780 means that OnSuccess=/OnFailure= units will not be triggered until the
2781 service state has converged.
2783 * PID 1 will now automatically load the virtio_console kernel module
2784 during early initialization if running in a suitable VM. This is done
2785 so that early-boot logging can be written to the console if available.
2787 * Similarly, virtio-vsock support is loaded early in suitable VM
2788 environments. PID 1 will send sd_notify() notifications via AF_VSOCK
2789 to the VMM if configured, thus loading this early is beneficial.
2791 * A new verb "fdstore" has been added to systemd-analyze to show the
2792 current contents of the file descriptor store of a unit. This is
2793 backed by a new D-Bus call DumpUnitFileDescriptorStore() provided by
2794 the service manager.
2796 * The service manager will now set a new $FDSTORE environment variable
2797 when invoking processes for services that have the file descriptor
2800 * A new service option FileDescriptorStorePreserve= has been added that
2801 allows tuning the lifecycle of the per-service file descriptor store.
2802 If set to "yes", the entries in the fd store are retained even after
2803 the service has been fully stopped.
2805 * The "systemctl clean" command may now be used to clear the fdstore of
2808 * Unit *.preset files gained a new directive "ignore", in addition to
2809 the existing "enable" and "disable". As the name suggests, matching
2810 units are left unchanged, i.e. neither enabled nor disabled.
2812 * Service units gained a new setting DelegateSubgroup=. It takes the
2813 name of a sub-cgroup to place any processes the service manager forks
2814 off in. Previously, the service manager would place all service
2815 processes directly in the top-level cgroup it created for the
2816 service. This usually meant that main process in a service with
2817 delegation enabled would first have to create a subgroup and move
2818 itself down into it, in order to not conflict with the "no processes
2819 in inner cgroups" rule of cgroup v2. With this option, this step is
2820 now handled by PID 1.
2822 * The service manager will now look for .upholds/ directories,
2823 similarly to the existing support for .wants/ and .requires/
2824 directories. Symlinks in this directory result in Upholds=
2827 The [Install] section of unit files gained support for a new
2828 UpheldBy= directive to generate .upholds/ symlinks automatically when
2831 * The service manager now supports a new kernel command line option
2832 systemd.default_device_timeout_sec=, which may be used to override
2833 the default timeout for .device units.
2835 * A new "soft-reboot" mechanism has been added to the service manager.
2836 A "soft reboot" is similar to a regular reboot, except that it
2837 affects userspace only: the service manager shuts down any running
2838 services and other units, then optionally switches into a new root
2839 file system (mounted to /run/nextroot/), and then passes control to a
2840 systemd instance in the new file system which then starts the system
2841 up again. The kernel is not rebooted and neither is the hardware,
2842 firmware or boot loader. This provides a fast, lightweight mechanism
2843 to quickly reset or update userspace, without the latency that a full
2844 system reset involves. Moreover, open file descriptors may be passed
2845 across the soft reboot into the new system where they will be passed
2846 back to the originating services. This allows pinning resources
2847 across the reboot, thus minimizing grey-out time further. This new
2848 reboot mechanism is accessible via the new "systemctl soft-reboot"
2851 * Services using RootDirectory= or RootImage= will now have read-only
2852 access to a copy of the host's os-release file under
2853 /run/host/os-release, which will be kept up-to-date on 'soft-reboot'.
2854 This was already the case for Portable Services, and the feature has
2855 now been extended to all services that do not run off the host's
2858 * A new service setting MemoryKSM= has been added to enable kernel
2859 same-page merging individually for services.
2861 * A new service setting ImportCredentials= has been added that augments
2862 LoadCredential= and LoadCredentialEncrypted= and searches for
2863 credentials to import from the system, and supports globbing.
2865 * A new job mode "restart-dependencies" has been added to the service
2866 manager (exposed via systemctl --job-mode=). It is only valid when
2867 used with "start" jobs, and has the effect that the "start" job will
2868 be propagated as "restart" jobs to currently running units that have
2869 a BindsTo= or Requires= dependency on the started unit.
2871 * A new verb "whoami" has been added to "systemctl" which determines as
2872 part of which unit the command is being invoked. It writes the unit
2873 name to standard output. If one or more PIDs are specified reports
2874 the unit names the processes referenced by the PIDs belong to.
2876 * The system and service credential logic has been improved: there's
2877 now a clearly defined place where system provisioning tools running
2878 in the initrd can place credentials that will be imported into the
2879 system's set of credentials during the initrd → host transition: the
2880 /run/credentials/@initrd/ directory. Once the credentials placed
2881 there are imported into the system credential set they are deleted
2882 from this directory, and the directory itself is deleted afterwards
2885 * A new kernel command line option systemd.set_credential_binary= has
2886 been added, that is similar to the pre-existing
2887 systemd.set_credential= but accepts arbitrary binary credential data,
2888 encoded in Base64. Note that the kernel command line is not a
2889 recommend way to transfer credentials into a system, since it is
2890 world-readable from userspace.
2892 * The default machine ID to use may now be configured via the
2893 system.machine_id system credential. It will only be used if no
2894 machine ID was set yet on the host.
2896 * On Linux kernel 6.4 and newer system and service credentials will now
2897 be placed in a tmpfs instance that has the "noswap" mount option
2898 set. Previously, a "ramfs" instance was used. By switching to tmpfs
2899 ACL support and overall size limits can now be enforced, without
2900 compromising on security, as the memory is never paged out either
2903 * The service manager now can detect when it is running in a
2904 'Confidential Virtual Machine', and a corresponding 'cvm' value is now
2905 accepted by ConditionSecurity= for units that want to conditionalize
2906 themselves on this. systemd-detect-virt gained new 'cvm' and
2907 '--list-cvm' switches to respectively perform the detection or list
2908 all known flavours of confidential VM, depending on the vendor. The
2909 manager will publish a 'ConfidentialVirtualization' D-Bus property,
2910 and will also set a SYSTEMD_CONFIDENTIAL_VIRTUALIZATION= environment
2911 variable for unit generators. Finally, udev rules can match on a new
2912 'cvm' key that will be set when in a confidential VM.
2913 Additionally, when running in a 'Confidential Virtual Machine', SMBIOS
2914 strings and QEMU's fw_cfg protocol will not be used to import
2915 credentials and kernel command line parameters by the system manager,
2916 systemd-boot and systemd-stub, because the hypervisor is considered
2917 untrusted in this particular setting.
2921 * The sd-journal API gained a new call sd_journal_get_seqnum() to
2922 retrieve the current log record's sequence number and sequence number
2923 ID, which allows applications to order records the same way as
2924 journal does internally. The sequence number is now also exported in
2925 the JSON and "export" output of the journal.
2927 * journalctl gained a new switch --truncate-newline. If specified
2928 multi-line log records will be truncated at the first newline,
2929 i.e. only the first line of each log message will be shown.
2931 * systemd-journal-upload gained support for --namespace=, similar to
2932 the switch of the same name of journalctl.
2936 * systemd-repart's drop-in files gained a new ExcludeFiles= option which
2937 may be used to exclude certain files from the effect of CopyFiles=.
2939 * systemd-repart's Verity support now implements the Minimize= setting
2940 to minimize the size of the resulting partition.
2942 * systemd-repart gained a new --offline= switch, which may be used to
2943 control whether images shall be built "online" or "offline",
2944 i.e. whether to make use of kernel facilities such as loopback block
2945 devices and device mapper or not.
2947 * If systemd-repart is told to populate a newly created ESP or XBOOTLDR
2948 partition with some files, it will now default to VFAT rather than
2951 * systemd-repart gained a new --architecture= switch. If specified, the
2952 per-architecture GPT partition types (i.e. the root and /usr/
2953 partitions) configured in the partition drop-in files are
2954 automatically adjusted to match the specified CPU architecture, in
2955 order to simplify cross-architecture DDI building.
2957 * systemd-repart will now default to a minimum size of 300MB for XFS
2958 filesystems if no size parameter is specified. This matches what the
2959 XFS tools (xfsprogs) can support.
2961 systemd-boot, systemd-stub, ukify, bootctl, kernel-install:
2963 * gnu-efi is no longer required to build systemd-boot and systemd-stub.
2964 Instead, pyelftools is now needed, and it will be used to perform the
2965 ELF -> PE relocations at build time.
2967 * bootctl gained a new switch --print-root-device/-R that prints the
2968 block device the root file system is backed by. If specified twice,
2969 it returns the whole disk block device (as opposed to partition block
2970 device) the root file system is on. It's useful for invocations such
2971 as "cfdisk $(bootctl -RR)" to quickly show the partition table of the
2974 * systemd-stub will now look for the SMBIOS Type 1 field
2975 "io.systemd.stub.kernel-cmdline-extra" and append its value to the
2976 kernel command line it invokes. This is useful for VMMs such as qemu
2977 to pass additional kernel command lines into the system even when
2978 booting via full UEFI. The contents of the field are measured into
2981 * The KERNEL_INSTALL_LAYOUT= setting for kernel-install gained a new
2982 value "auto". With this value, a kernel will be automatically
2983 analyzed, and if it qualifies as UKI, it will be installed as if the
2984 setting was to set to "uki", otherwise as "bls".
2986 * systemd-stub can now optionally load UEFI PE "add-on" images that may
2987 contain additional kernel command line information. These "add-ons"
2988 superficially look like a regular UEFI executable, and are expected
2989 to be signed via SecureBoot/shim. However, they do not actually
2990 contain code, but instead a subset of the PE sections that UKIs
2991 support. They are supposed to provide a way to extend UKIs with
2992 additional resources in a secure and authenticated way. Currently,
2993 only the .cmdline PE section may be used in add-ons, in which case
2994 any specified string is appended to the command line embedded into
2995 the UKI itself. A new 'addon<EFI-ARCH>.efi.stub' is now provided that
2996 can be used to trivially create addons, via 'ukify' or 'objcopy'. In
2997 the future we expect other sections to be made extensible like this as
3000 * ukify has been updated to allow building these UEFI PE "add-on"
3001 images, using the new 'addon<EFI-ARCH>.efi.stub'.
3003 * ukify now accepts SBAT information to place in the .sbat PE section
3004 of UKIs and addons. If a UKI is built the SBAT information from the
3005 inner kernel is merged with any SBAT information associated with
3006 systemd-stub and the SBAT data specified on the ukify command line.
3008 * The kernel-install script has been rewritten in C, and reuses much of
3009 the infrastructure of existing tools such as bootctl. It also gained
3010 --esp-path= and --boot-path= options to override the path to the ESP,
3011 and the $BOOT partition. Options --make-entry-directory= and
3012 --entry-token= have been added as well, similar to bootctl's options
3015 * A new kernel-install plugin 60-ukify has been added which will
3016 combine kernel/initrd locally into a UKI and optionally sign them
3017 with a local key. This may be used to switch to UKI mode even on
3018 systems where a local kernel or initrd is used. (Typically UKIs are
3019 built and signed by the vendor.)
3021 * The ukify tool now supports "pesign" in addition to the pre-existing
3022 "sbsign" for signing UKIs.
3024 * systemd-measure and systemd-stub now look for the .uname PE section
3025 that should contain the kernel's "uname -r" string.
3027 * systemd-measure and ukify now calculate expected PCR hashes for a UKI
3028 "offline", i.e. without access to a TPM (physical or
3031 Memory Pressure & Control:
3033 * The sd-event API gained new calls sd_event_add_memory_pressure(),
3034 sd_event_source_set_memory_pressure_type(),
3035 sd_event_source_set_memory_pressure_period() to create and configure
3036 an event source that is called whenever the OS signals memory
3037 pressure. Another call sd_event_trim_memory() is provided that
3038 compacts the process' memory use by releasing allocated but unused
3039 malloc() memory back to the kernel. Services can also provide their
3040 own custom callback to do memory trimming. This should improve system
3041 behaviour under memory pressure, as on Linux traditionally provided
3042 no mechanism to return process memory back to the kernel if the
3043 kernel was under memory pressure. This makes use of the kernel's PSI
3044 interface. Most long-running services in systemd have been hooked up
3045 with this, and in particular systems with low memory should benefit
3048 * Service units gained new settings MemoryPressureWatch= and
3049 MemoryPressureThresholdSec= to configure the PSI memory pressure
3050 logic individually. If these options are used, the
3051 $MEMORY_PRESSURE_WATCH and $MEMORY_PRESSURE_WRITE environment
3052 variables will be set for the invoked processes to inform them about
3053 the requested memory pressure behaviour. (This is used by the
3054 aforementioned sd-events API additions, if set.)
3056 * systemd-analyze gained a new "malloc" verb that shows the output
3057 generated by glibc's malloc_info() on services that support it. Right
3058 now, only the service manager has been updated accordingly. This
3059 call requires privileges.
3061 User & Session Management:
3063 * The sd-login API gained a new call sd_session_get_username() to
3064 return the user name of the owner of a login session. It also gained
3065 a new call sd_session_get_start_time() to retrieve the time the login
3066 session started. A new call sd_session_get_leader() has been added to
3067 return the PID of the "leader" process of a session. A new call
3068 sd_uid_get_login_time() returns the time since the specified user has
3069 most recently been continuously logged in with at least one session.
3071 * JSON user records gained a new set of fields capabilityAmbientSet and
3072 capabilityBoundingSet which contain a list of POSIX capabilities to
3073 set for the logged in users in the ambient and bounding sets,
3074 respectively. homectl gained the ability to configure these two sets
3075 for users via --capability-bounding-set=/--capability-ambient-set=.
3077 * pam_systemd learnt two new module options
3078 default-capability-bounding-set= and default-capability-ambient-set=,
3079 which configure the default bounding sets for users as they are
3080 logging in, if the JSON user record doesn't specify this explicitly
3081 (see above). The built-in default for the ambient set now contains
3082 the CAP_WAKE_ALARM, thus allowing regular users who may log in
3083 locally to resume from a system suspend via a timer.
3085 * The Session D-Bus objects systemd-logind gained a new SetTTY() method
3086 call to update the TTY of a session after it has been allocated. This
3087 is useful for SSH sessions which are typically allocated first, and
3088 for which a TTY is added later.
3090 * The sd-login API gained a new call sd_pid_notifyf_with_fds() which
3091 combines the various other sd_pid_notify() flavours into one: takes a
3092 format string, an overriding PID, and a set of file descriptors to
3093 send. It also gained a new call sd_pid_notify_barrier() call which is
3094 equivalent to sd_notify_barrier() but allows the originating PID to
3097 * "loginctl list-users" and "loginctl list-sessions" will now show the
3098 state of each logged in user/session in their tabular output. It will
3099 also show the current idle state of sessions.
3103 * systemd-dissect will now show the intended CPU architecture of an
3106 * systemd-dissect will now install itself as mount helper for the "ddi"
3107 pseudo-file system type. This means you may now mount DDIs directly
3108 via /bin/mount or /etc/fstab, making full use of embedded Verity
3109 information and all other DDI features.
3111 Example: mount -t ddi myimage.raw /some/where
3113 * The systemd-dissect tool gained the new switches --attach/--detach to
3114 attach/detach a DDI to a loopback block device without mounting it.
3115 It will automatically derive the right sector size from the image
3116 and set up Verity and similar, but not mount the file systems in it.
3118 * When systemd-gpt-auto-generator or the DDI mounting logic mount an
3119 ESP or XBOOTLDR partition the MS_NOSYMFOLLOW mount option is now
3120 implied. Given that these file systems are typically untrusted, this
3121 should make mounting them automatically have less of a security
3124 * All tools that parse DDIs (such as systemd-nspawn, systemd-dissect,
3125 systemd-tmpfiles, …) now understand a new switch --image-policy= which
3126 takes a string encoding image dissection policy. With this mechanism
3127 automatic discovery and use of specific partition types and the
3128 cryptographic requirements on the partitions (Verity, LUKS, …) can be
3129 restricted, permitting better control of the exposed attack surfaces
3130 when mounting disk images. systemd-gpt-auto-generator will honour such
3131 an image policy too, configurable via the systemd.image_policy= kernel
3132 command line option. Unit files gained the RootImagePolicy=,
3133 MountImagePolicy= and ExtensionImagePolicy= to configure the same for
3134 disk images a service runs off.
3136 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "image-policy" to validate and
3137 parse image policy strings.
3139 * systemd-dissect gained support for a new --validate switch to
3140 superficially validate DDI structure, and check whether a specific
3141 image policy allows the DDI.
3143 * systemd-dissect gained support for a new --mtree-hash switch to
3144 optionally disable calculating mtree hashes, which can be slow on
3147 * systemd-dissect --copy-to, --copy-from, --list and --mtree switches
3148 are now able to operate on directories too, other than images.
3152 * networkd's GENEVE support as gained a new .network option
3153 InheritInnerProtocol=.
3155 * The [Tunnel] section in .netdev files has gained a new setting
3156 IgnoreDontFragment for controlling the IPv4 "DF" flag of datagrams.
3158 * A new global IPv6PrivacyExtensions= setting has been added that
3159 selects the default value of the per-network setting of the same
3162 * The predictable network interface naming logic was extended to
3163 include SR-IOV-R "representor" information in network interface
3164 names. Unfortunately, this feature was not enabled by default and can
3165 only be enabled at compilation time by setting
3166 -Ddefault-net-naming-scheme=v254.
3168 * The DHCPv4 + DHCPv6 + IPv6 RA logic in networkd gained support for
3169 the RFC8910 captive portal option.
3173 * udevadm gained the new "verify" verb for validating udev rules files
3176 * udev gained a new tool "iocost" that can be used to configure QoS IO
3177 cost data based on hwdb information onto suitable block devices. Also
3178 see https://github.com/iocost-benchmark/iocost-benchmarks.
3180 TPM2 Support + Disk Encryption & Authentication:
3182 * systemd-cryptenroll/systemd-cryptsetup will now install a TPM2 SRK
3183 ("Storage Root Key") as first step in the TPM2, and then use that
3184 for binding FDE to, if TPM2 support is used. This matches
3185 recommendations of TCG (see
3186 https://trustedcomputinggroup.org/wp-content/uploads/TCG-TPM-v2.0-Provisioning-Guidance-Published-v1r1.pdf)
3188 * systemd-cryptenroll and other tools that take TPM2 PCR parameters now
3189 understand textual identifiers for these PCRs.
3191 * systemd-veritysetup + /etc/veritytab gained support for a series of
3192 new options: hash-offset=, superblock=, format=, data-block-size=,
3193 hash-block-size=, data-blocks=, salt=, uuid=, hash=, fec-device=,
3194 fec-offset=, fec-roots= to configure various aspects of a Verity
3197 * systemd-cryptsetup + /etc/crypttab gained support for a new
3198 veracrypt-pim= option for setting the Personal Iteration Multiplier
3199 of veracrypt volumes.
3201 * systemd-integritysetup + /etc/integritytab gained support for a new
3202 mode= setting for controlling the dm-integrity mode (journal, bitmap,
3203 direct) for the volume.
3205 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "pcrs" that shows the known TPM PCR
3206 registers, their symbolic names and current values.
3210 * The ACL support in tmpfiles.d/ has been updated: if an uppercase "X"
3211 access right is specified this is equivalent to "x" but only if the
3212 inode in question already has the executable bit set for at least
3213 some user/group. Otherwise the "x" bit will be turned off.
3215 * tmpfiles.d/'s C line type now understands a new modifier "+": a line
3216 with C+ will result in a "merge" copy, i.e. all files of the source
3217 tree are copied into the target tree, even if that tree already
3218 exists, resulting in a combined tree of files already present in the
3219 target tree and those copied in.
3221 * systemd-tmpfiles gained a new --graceful switch. If specified lines
3222 with unknown users/groups will silently be skipped.
3226 * systemd-notify gained two new options --fd= and --fdname= for sending
3227 arbitrary file descriptors to the service manager (while specifying an
3228 explicit name for it).
3230 * systemd-notify gained a new --exec switch, which makes it execute the
3231 specified command line after sending the requested messages. This is
3232 useful for sending out READY=1 first, and then continuing invocation
3233 without changing process ID, so that the tool can be nicely used
3234 within an ExecStart= line of a unit file that uses Type=notify.
3236 sd-event + sd-bus APIs:
3238 * The sd-event API gained a new call sd_event_source_leave_ratelimit()
3239 which may be used to explicitly end a rate-limit state an event
3240 source might be in, resetting all rate limiting counters.
3242 * When the sd-bus library is used to make connections to AF_UNIX D-Bus
3243 sockets, it will now encode the "description" set via
3244 sd_bus_set_description() into the source socket address. It will also
3245 look for this information when accepting a connection. This is useful
3246 to track individual D-Bus connections on a D-Bus broker for debug
3251 * systemd-resolved gained a new resolved.conf setting
3252 StateRetentionSec= which may be used to retain cached DNS records
3253 even after their nominal TTL, and use them in case upstream DNS
3254 servers cannot be reached. This can be used to make name resolution
3255 more resilient in case of network problems.
3257 * resolvectl gained a new verb "show-cache" to show the current cache
3258 contents of systemd-resolved. This verb communicates with the
3259 systemd-resolved daemon and requires privileges.
3263 * Meson >= 0.60.0 is now required to build systemd.
3265 * The default keymap to apply may now be chosen at build-time via the
3266 new -Ddefault-keymap= meson option.
3268 * Most of systemd's long-running services now have a generic handler of
3269 the SIGRTMIN+18 signal handler which executes various operations
3270 depending on the sigqueue() parameter sent along. For example, values
3271 0x100…0x107 allow changing the maximum log level of such
3272 services. 0x200…0x203 allow changing the log target of such
3273 services. 0x300 make the services trim their memory similarly to the
3274 automatic PSI-triggered action, see above. 0x301 make the services
3275 output their malloc_info() data to the logs.
3277 * machinectl gained new "edit" and "cat" verbs for editing .nspawn
3278 files, inspired by systemctl's verbs of the same name which edit unit
3279 files. Similarly, networkctl gained the same verbs for editing
3280 .network, .netdev, .link files.
3282 * A new syscall filter group "@sandbox" has been added that contains
3283 syscalls for sandboxing system calls such as those for seccomp and
3286 * New documentation has been added:
3288 https://systemd.io/COREDUMP
3289 https://systemd.io/MEMORY_PRESSURE
3292 * systemd-firstboot gained a new --reset option. If specified, the
3293 settings in /etc/ it knows how to initialize are reset.
3295 * systemd-sysext is now a multi-call binary and is also installed under
3296 the systemd-confext alias name (via a symlink). When invoked that way
3297 it will operate on /etc/ instead of /usr/ + /opt/. It thus becomes a
3298 powerful, atomic, secure configuration management of sorts, that
3299 locally can merge configuration from multiple confext configuration
3300 images into a single immutable tree.
3302 * The --network-macvlan=, --network-ipvlan=, --network-interface=
3303 switches of systemd-nspawn may now optionally take the intended
3304 network interface inside the container.
3306 * All our programs will now send an sd_notify() message with their exit
3307 status in the EXIT_STATUS= field when exiting, using the usual
3308 protocol, including PID 1. This is useful for VMMs and container
3309 managers to collect an exit status from a system as it shuts down, as
3310 set via "systemctl exit …". This is particularly useful in test cases
3311 and similar, as invocations via a VM can now nicely propagate an exit
3312 status to the host, similar to local processes.
3314 * systemd-run gained a new switch --expand-environment=no to disable
3315 server-side environment variable expansion in specified command
3316 lines. Expansion defaults to enabled for all execution types except
3317 --scope, where it defaults to off (and prints a warning) for backward
3318 compatibility reasons. --scope will be flipped to enabled by default
3319 too in a future release. If you are using --scope and passing a '$'
3320 character in the payload you should start explicitly using
3321 --expand-environment=yes/no according to the use case.
3323 * The systemd-system-update-generator has been updated to also look for
3324 the special flag file /etc/system-update in addition to the existing
3325 support for /system-update to decide whether to enter system update
3328 * The /dev/hugepages/ file system is now mounted with nosuid + nodev
3329 mount options by default.
3331 * systemd-fstab-generator now understands two new kernel command line
3332 options systemd.mount-extra= and systemd.swap-extra=, which configure
3333 additional mounts or swaps in a format similar to /etc/fstab. 'fsck'
3334 will be ran on these block devices, like it already happens for
3335 'root='. It also now supports the new fstab.extra and
3336 fstab.extra.initrd credentials that may contain additional /etc/fstab
3337 lines to apply at boot.
3339 * systemd-getty-generator now understands two new credentials
3340 getty.ttys.container and getty.ttys.serial. These credentials may
3341 contain a list of TTY devices – one per line – to instantiate
3342 container-getty@.service and serial-getty@.service on.
3344 * The getty/serial-getty/container-getty units now import the 'agetty.*'
3345 and 'login.*' credentials, which are consumed by the 'login' and
3346 'agetty' programs starting from util-linux v2.40.
3348 * systemd-sysupdate's sysupdate.d/ drop-ins gained a new setting
3349 PathRelativeTo=, which can be set to "esp", "xbootldr", "boot", in
3350 which case the Path= setting is taken relative to the ESP or XBOOTLDR
3351 partitions, rather than the system's root directory /. The relevant
3352 directories are automatically discovered.
3354 * The systemd-ac-power tool gained a new switch --low, which reports
3355 whether the battery charge is considered "low", similar to how the
3356 s2h suspend logic checks this state to decide whether to enter system
3357 suspend or hibernation.
3359 * The /etc/os-release file can now have two new optional fields
3360 VENDOR_NAME= and VENDOR_URL= to carry information about the vendor of
3363 * When the system hibernates, information about the device and offset
3364 used is now written to a non-volatile EFI variable. On next boot the
3365 system will attempt to resume from the location indicated in this EFI
3366 variable. This should make hibernation a lot more robust, while
3367 requiring no manual configuration of the resume location.
3369 * The $XDG_STATE_HOME environment variable (added in more recent
3370 versions of the XDG basedir specification) is now honoured to
3371 implement the StateDirectory= setting in user services.
3373 * A new component "systemd-battery-check" has been added. It may run
3374 during early boot (usually in the initrd), and checks the battery
3375 charge level of the system. In case the charge level is very low the
3376 user is notified (graphically via Plymouth – if available – as well
3377 as in text form on the console), and the system is turned off after a
3378 10s delay. The feature can be disabled by passing
3379 systemd.battery_check=0 through the kernel command line.
3381 * The 'passwdqc' library is now supported as an alternative to the
3382 'pwquality' library and can be selected at build time.
3384 Contributions from: 김인수, 07416, Addison Snelling, Adrian Vovk,
3385 Aidan Dang, Alexander Krabler, Alfred Klomp, Anatoli Babenia,
3386 Andrei Stepanov, Andrew Baxter, Antonio Alvarez Feijoo,
3387 Arian van Putten, Arthur Shau, A S Alam,
3388 Asier Sarasua Garmendia, Balló György, Bastien Nocera,
3389 Benjamin Herrenschmidt, Benjamin Raison, Bill Peterson,
3390 Brad Fitzpatrick, Brett Holman, bri, Chen Qi, Chitoku,
3391 Christian Hesse, Christoph Anton Mitterer, Christopher Gurnee,
3392 Colin Walters, Cornelius Hoffmann, Cristian Rodríguez, cunshunxia,
3393 cvlc12, Cyril Roelandt, Daan De Meyer, Daniele Medri,
3394 Daniel P. Berrangé, Daniel Rusek, Dan Streetman, David Edmundson,
3395 David Schroeder, David Tardon, dependabot[bot],
3396 Dimitri John Ledkov, Dmitrii Fomchenkov, Dmitry V. Levin, dmkUK,
3397 Dominique Martinet, don bright, drosdeck, Edson Juliano Drosdeck,
3398 Egor Ignatov, EinBaum, Emanuele Giuseppe Esposito, Eric Curtin,
3399 Erik Sjölund, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Florian Klink, Franck Bui,
3400 François Rigault, Fran Diéguez, Franklin Yu, Frantisek Sumsal,
3401 Fuminobu TAKEYAMA, Gaël PORTAY, Gerd Hoffmann, Gertalitec,
3402 Gibeom Gwon, Gustavo Noronha Silva, Hannu Lounento,
3403 Hans de Goede, Haochen Tong, HATAYAMA Daisuke, Henrik Holst,
3404 Hoe Hao Cheng, Igor Tsiglyar, Ivan Vecera, James Hilliard,
3405 Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jan Luebbe, Jan Macku, Janne Sirén,
3406 jcg, Jeidnx, Joan Bruguera, Joerg Behrmann, jonathanmetzman,
3407 Jordan Rome, Josef Miegl, Joshua Goins, Joyce, Joyce Brum,
3408 Juno Computers, Kai Lueke, Kevin P. Fleming, Kiran Vemula, Klaus,
3409 Klaus Zipfel, Lawrence Thorpe, Lennart Poettering, licunlong,
3410 Lily Foster, Luca Boccassi, Ludwig Nussel, Luna Jernberg,
3411 maanyagoenka, Maanya Goenka, Maksim Kliazovich, Malte Poll,
3412 Marko Korhonen, Masatake YAMATO, Mateusz Poliwczak, Matt Johnston,
3413 Miao Wang, Micah Abbott, Michael A Cassaniti, Michal Koutný,
3414 Michal Sekletár, Mike Yuan, mooo, Morten Linderud, msizanoen,
3415 Nick Rosbrook, nikstur, Olivier Gayot, Omojola Joshua,
3416 Paolo Velati, Paul Barker, Pavel Borecki, Petr Menšík,
3417 Philipp Kern, Philip Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Quintin Hill,
3418 Rene Hollander, Richard Phibel, Robert Meijers, Robert Scheck,
3419 Roger Gammans, Romain Geissler, Ronan Pigott, Russell Harmon,
3420 saikat0511, Samanta Navarro, Sam James, Sam Morris,
3421 Simon Braunschmidt, Sjoerd Simons, Sorah Fukumori,
3422 Stanislaw Gruszka, Stefan Roesch, Steven Luo, Steve Ramage,
3423 Susant Sahani, taniishkaaa, Tanishka, Temuri Doghonadze,
3424 Thierry Martin, Thomas Blume, Thomas Genty, Thomas Weißschuh,
3425 Thorsten Kukuk, Times-Z, Tobias Powalowski, tofylion,
3426 Topi Miettinen, Uwe Kleine-König, Velislav Ivanov,
3427 Vitaly Kuznetsov, Vít Zikmund, Weblate, Will Fancher,
3428 William Roberts, Winterhuman, Wolfgang Müller, Xeonacid,
3429 Xiaotian Wu, Xi Ruoyao, Yuri Chornoivan, Yu Watanabe, Yuxiang Zhu,
3430 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, zhmylove, ZjYwMj,
3431 Дамјан Георгиевски, наб
3433 — Edinburgh, 2023-07-28
3437 Announcements of Future Feature Removals and Incompatible Changes:
3439 * We intend to remove cgroup v1 support from systemd release after the
3440 end of 2023. If you run services that make explicit use of cgroup v1
3441 features (i.e. the "legacy hierarchy" with separate hierarchies for
3442 each controller), please implement compatibility with cgroup v2 (i.e.
3443 the "unified hierarchy") sooner rather than later. Most of Linux
3444 userspace has been ported over already.
3446 * We intend to remove support for split-usr (/usr mounted separately
3447 during boot) and unmerged-usr (parallel directories /bin and
3448 /usr/bin, /lib and /usr/lib, etc). This will happen in the second
3449 half of 2023, in the first release that falls into that time window.
3450 For more details, see:
3451 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2022-September/048352.html
3453 * We intend to change behaviour w.r.t. units of the per-user service
3454 manager and sandboxing options, so that they work without having to
3455 manually enable PrivateUsers= as well, which is not required for
3456 system units. To make this work, we will implicitly enable user
3457 namespaces (PrivateUsers=yes) when a sandboxing option is enabled in a
3458 user unit. The drawback is that system users will no longer be visible
3459 (and appear as 'nobody') to the user unit when a sandboxing option is
3460 enabled. By definition a sandboxed user unit should run with reduced
3461 privileges, so impact should be small. This will remove a great source
3462 of confusion that has been reported by users over the years, due to
3463 how these options require an extra setting to be manually enabled when
3464 used in the per-user service manager, as opposed as to the system
3465 service manager. We plan to enable this change in the next release
3466 later this year. For more details, see:
3467 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2022-December/048682.html
3469 Deprecations and incompatible changes:
3471 * systemctl will now warn when invoked without /proc/ mounted
3472 (e.g. when invoked after chroot() into an directory tree without the
3473 API mount points like /proc/ being set up.) Operation in such an
3474 environment is not fully supported.
3476 * The return value of 'systemctl is-active|is-enabled|is-failed' for
3477 unknown units is changed: previously 1 or 3 were returned, but now 4
3478 (EXIT_PROGRAM_OR_SERVICES_STATUS_UNKNOWN) is used as documented.
3480 * 'udevadm hwdb' subcommand is deprecated and will emit a warning.
3481 systemd-hwdb (added in 2014) should be used instead.
3483 * 'bootctl --json' now outputs a single JSON array, instead of a stream
3484 of newline-separated JSON objects.
3486 * Udev rules in 60-evdev.rules have been changed to load hwdb
3487 properties for all modalias patterns. Previously only the first
3488 matching pattern was used. This could change what properties are
3489 assigned if the user has more and less specific patterns that could
3490 match the same device, but it is expected that the change will have
3491 no effect for most users.
3493 * systemd-networkd-wait-online exits successfully when all interfaces
3494 are ready or unmanaged. Previously, if neither '--any' nor
3495 '--interface=' options were used, at least one interface had to be in
3496 configured state. This change allows the case where systemd-networkd
3497 is enabled, but no interfaces are configured, to be handled
3498 gracefully. It may occur in particular when a different network
3499 manager is also enabled and used.
3501 * Some compatibility helpers were dropped: EmergencyAction= in the user
3502 manager, as well as measuring kernel command line into PCR 8 in
3503 systemd-stub, along with the -Defi-tpm-pcr-compat compile-time
3506 * The '-Dupdate-helper-user-timeout=' build-time option has been
3507 renamed to '-Dupdate-helper-user-timeout-sec=', and now takes an
3508 integer as parameter instead of a string.
3510 * The DDI image dissection logic (which backs RootImage= in service
3511 unit files, the --image= switch in various tools such as
3512 systemd-nspawn, as well as systemd-dissect) will now only mount file
3513 systems of types btrfs, ext4, xfs, erofs, squashfs, vfat. This list
3514 can be overridden via the $SYSTEMD_DISSECT_FILE_SYSTEMS environment
3515 variable. These file systems are fairly well supported and maintained
3516 in current kernels, while others are usually more niche, exotic or
3517 legacy and thus typically do not receive the same level of security
3520 * The default per-link multicast DNS mode is changed to "yes"
3521 (that was previously "no"). As the default global multicast DNS mode
3522 has been "yes" (but can be changed by the build option), now the
3523 multicast DNS is enabled on all links by default. You can disable the
3524 multicast DNS on all links by setting MulticastDNS= in resolved.conf,
3525 or on an interface by calling "resolvectl mdns INTERFACE no".
3529 * A tool 'ukify' tool to build, measure, and sign Unified Kernel Images
3530 (UKIs) has been added. This replaces functionality provided by
3531 'dracut --uefi' and extends it with automatic calculation of PE file
3532 offsets, insertion of signed PCR policies generated by
3533 systemd-measure, support for initrd concatenation, signing of the
3534 embedded Linux image and the combined image with sbsign, and
3535 heuristics to autodetect the kernel uname and verify the splash
3538 Changes in systemd and units:
3540 * A new service type Type=notify-reload is defined. When such a unit is
3541 reloaded a UNIX process signal (typically SIGHUP) is sent to the main
3542 service process. The manager will then wait until it receives a
3543 "RELOADING=1" followed by a "READY=1" notification from the unit as
3544 response (via sd_notify()). Otherwise, this type is the same as
3545 Type=notify. A new setting ReloadSignal= may be used to change the
3546 signal to send from the default of SIGHUP.
3548 user@.service, systemd-networkd.service, systemd-udevd.service, and
3549 systemd-logind have been updated to this type.
3551 * Initrd environments which are not on a pure memory file system (e.g.
3552 overlayfs combination as opposed to tmpfs) are now supported. With
3553 this change, during the initrd → host transition ("switch root")
3554 systemd will erase all files of the initrd only when the initrd is
3555 backed by a memory file system such as tmpfs.
3557 * New per-unit MemoryZSwapMax= option has been added to configure
3558 memory.zswap.max cgroup properties (the maximum amount of zswap
3561 * A new LogFilterPatterns= option has been added for units. It may be
3562 used to specify accept/deny regular expressions for log messages
3563 generated by the unit, that shall be enforced by systemd-journald.
3564 Rejected messages are neither stored in the journal nor forwarded.
3565 This option may be used to suppress noisy or uninteresting messages
3568 * The manager has a new
3569 org.freedesktop.systemd1.Manager.GetUnitByPIDFD() D-Bus method to
3570 query process ownership via a PIDFD, which is more resilient against
3571 PID recycling issues.
3573 * Scope units now support OOMPolicy=. Login session scopes default to
3574 OOMPolicy=continue, allowing login scopes to survive the OOM killer
3575 terminating some processes in the scope.
3577 * systemd-fstab-generator now supports x-systemd.makefs option for
3578 /sysroot/ (in the initrd).
3580 * The maximum rate at which daemon reloads are executed can now be
3581 limited with the new ReloadLimitIntervalSec=/ReloadLimitBurst=
3582 options. (Or the equivalent on the kernel command line:
3583 systemd.reload_limit_interval_sec=/systemd.reload_limit_burst=). In
3584 addition, systemd now logs the originating unit and PID when a reload
3585 request is received over D-Bus.
3587 * When enabling a swap device systemd will now reinitialize the device
3588 when the page size of the swap space does not match the page size of
3589 the running kernel. Note that this requires the 'swapon' utility to
3590 provide the '--fixpgsz' option, as implemented by util-linux, and it
3591 is not supported by busybox at the time of writing.
3593 * systemd now executes generator programs in a mount namespace
3594 "sandbox" with most of the file system read-only and write access
3595 restricted to the output directories, and with a temporary /tmp/
3596 mount provided. This provides a safeguard against programming errors
3597 in the generators, but also fixes here-docs in shells, which
3598 previously didn't work in early boot when /tmp/ wasn't available
3599 yet. (This feature has no security implications, because the code is
3600 still privileged and can trivially exit the sandbox.)
3602 * The system manager will now parse a new "vmm.notify_socket"
3603 system credential, which may be supplied to a VM via SMBIOS. If
3604 found, the manager will send a "READY=1" notification on the
3605 specified socket after boot is complete. This allows readiness
3606 notification to be sent from a VM guest to the VM host over a VSOCK
3609 * The sample PAM configuration file for systemd-user@.service now
3610 includes a call to pam_namespace. This puts children of user@.service
3611 in the expected namespace. (Many distributions replace their file
3612 with something custom, so this change has limited effect.)
3614 * A new environment variable $SYSTEMD_DEFAULT_MOUNT_RATE_LIMIT_BURST
3615 can be used to override the mount units burst late limit for
3616 parsing '/proc/self/mountinfo', which was introduced in v249.
3619 * Drop-ins for init.scope changing control group resource limits are
3620 now applied, while they were previously ignored.
3622 * New build-time configuration options '-Ddefault-timeout-sec=' and
3623 '-Ddefault-user-timeout-sec=' have been added, to let distributions
3624 choose the default timeout for starting/stopping/aborting system and
3625 user units respectively.
3627 * Service units gained a new setting OpenFile= which may be used to
3628 open arbitrary files in the file system (or connect to arbitrary
3629 AF_UNIX sockets in the file system), and pass the open file
3630 descriptor to the invoked process via the usual file descriptor
3631 passing protocol. This is useful to give unprivileged services access
3632 to select files which have restrictive access modes that would
3633 normally not allow this. It's also useful in case RootDirectory= or
3634 RootImage= is used to allow access to files from the host environment
3635 (which is after all not visible from the service if these two options
3640 * The new net naming scheme "v253" has been introduced. In the new
3641 scheme, ID_NET_NAME_PATH is also set for USB devices not connected via
3642 a PCI bus. This extends the coverage of predictable interface names
3643 in some embedded systems.
3645 The "amba" bus path is now included in ID_NET_NAME_PATH, resulting in
3646 a more informative path on some embedded systems.
3648 * Partition block devices will now also get symlinks in
3649 /dev/disk/by-diskseq/<seq>-part<n>, which may be used to reference
3650 block device nodes via the kernel's "diskseq" value. Previously those
3651 symlinks were only created for the main block device.
3653 * A new operator '-=' is supported for SYMLINK variables. This allows
3654 symlinks to be unconfigured even if an earlier rule added them.
3656 * 'udevadm --trigger --settle' now also works for network devices
3657 that are being renamed.
3659 Changes in sd-boot, bootctl, and the Boot Loader Specification:
3661 * systemd-boot now passes its random seed directly to the kernel's RNG
3662 via the LINUX_EFI_RANDOM_SEED_TABLE_GUID configuration table, which
3663 means the RNG gets seeded very early in boot before userspace has
3666 * systemd-boot will pass a disk-backed random seed – even when secure
3667 boot is enabled – if it can additionally get a random seed from EFI
3668 itself (via EFI's RNG protocol), or a prior seed in
3669 LINUX_EFI_RANDOM_SEED_TABLE_GUID from a preceding bootloader.
3671 * systemd-boot-system-token.service was renamed to
3672 systemd-boot-random-seed.service and extended to always save a random
3673 seed to ESP on every boot when a compatible boot loader is used. This
3674 allows a refreshed random seed to be used in the boot loader.
3676 * systemd-boot handles various seed inputs using a domain- and
3677 field-separated hashing scheme.
3679 * systemd-boot's 'random-seed-mode' option has been removed. A system
3680 token is now always required to be present for random seeds to be
3683 * systemd-boot now supports being loaded from other locations than the
3684 ESP, for example for direct kernel boot under QEMU or when embedded
3687 * systemd-boot now parses SMBIOS information to detect
3688 virtualization. This information is used to skip some warnings which
3689 are not useful in a VM and to conditionalize other aspects of
3692 * systemd-boot now supports a new 'if-safe' mode that will perform UEFI
3693 Secure Boot automated certificate enrollment from the ESP only if it
3694 is considered 'safe' to do so. At the moment 'safe' means running in
3697 * systemd-stub now processes random seeds in the same way as
3698 systemd-boot already does, in case a unified kernel image is being
3699 used from a different bootloader than systemd-boot, or without any
3702 * bootctl will now generate a system token on all EFI systems, even
3703 virtualized ones, and is activated in the case that the system token
3704 is missing from either sd-boot and sd-stub booted systems.
3706 * bootctl now implements two new verbs: 'kernel-identify' prints the
3707 type of a kernel image file, and 'kernel-inspect' provides
3708 information about the embedded command line and kernel version of
3711 * bootctl now honours $KERNEL_INSTALL_CONF_ROOT with the same meaning
3712 as for kernel-install.
3714 * The JSON output of "bootctl list" will now contain two more fields:
3715 isDefault and isSelected are boolean fields set to true on the
3716 default and currently booted boot menu entries.
3718 * bootctl gained a new verb "unlink" for removing a boot loader entry
3719 type #1 file from disk in a safe and robust way.
3721 * bootctl also gained a new verb "cleanup" that automatically removes
3722 all files from the ESP's and XBOOTLDR's "entry-token" directory, that
3723 is not referenced anymore by any installed Type #1 boot loader
3724 specification entry. This is particularly useful in environments where
3725 a large number of entries reference the same or partly the same
3726 resources (for example, for snapshot-based setups).
3728 Changes in kernel-install:
3730 * A new "installation layout" can be configured as layout=uki. With
3731 this setting, a Boot Loader Specification Type#1 entry will not be
3732 created. Instead, a new kernel-install plugin 90-uki-copy.install
3733 will copy any .efi files from the staging area into the boot
3734 partition. A plugin to generate the UKI .efi file must be provided
3737 Changes in systemctl:
3739 * 'systemctl reboot' has dropped support for accepting a positional
3740 argument as the argument to the reboot(2) syscall. Please use the
3741 --reboot-argument= option instead.
3743 * 'systemctl disable' will now warn when called on units without
3744 install information. A new --no-warn option has been added that
3745 silences this warning.
3747 * New option '--drop-in=' can be used to tell 'systemctl edit' the name
3748 of the drop-in to edit. (Previously, 'override.conf' was always
3751 * 'systemctl list-dependencies' now respects --type= and --state=.
3753 * 'systemctl kexec' now supports XEN VMM environments.
3755 * 'systemctl edit' will now tell the invoked editor to jump into the
3756 first line with actual unit file data, skipping over synthesized
3759 Changes in systemd-networkd and related tools:
3761 * The [DHCPv4] section in .network file gained new SocketPriority=
3762 setting that assigns the Linux socket priority used by the DHCPv4 raw
3763 socket. This may be used in conjunction with the
3764 EgressQOSMaps=setting in [VLAN] section of .netdev file to send the
3765 desired ethernet 802.1Q frame priority for DHCPv4 initial
3766 packets. This cannot be achieved with netfilter mangle tables because
3767 of the raw socket bypass.
3769 * The [DHCPv4] and [IPv6AcceptRA] sections in .network file gained a
3770 new QuickAck= boolean setting that enables the TCP quick ACK mode for
3771 the routes configured by the acquired DHCPv4 lease or received router
3772 advertisements (RAs).
3774 * The RouteMetric= option (for DHCPv4, DHCPv6, and IPv6 advertised
3775 routes) now accepts three values, for high, medium, and low preference
3776 of the router (which can be set with the RouterPreference=) setting.
3778 * systemd-networkd-wait-online now supports matching via alternative
3781 * The [DHCPv6] section in .network file gained new SendRelease=
3782 setting which enables the DHCPv6 client to send release when
3783 it stops. This is the analog of the [DHCPv4] SendRelease= setting.
3784 It is enabled by default.
3786 * If the Address= setting in [Network] or [Address] sections in .network
3787 specified without its prefix length, then now systemd-networkd assumes
3788 /32 for IPv4 or /128 for IPv6 addresses.
3790 * networkctl shows network and link file dropins in status output.
3792 Changes in systemd-dissect:
3794 * systemd-dissect gained a new option --list, to print the paths of
3795 all files and directories in a DDI.
3797 * systemd-dissect gained a new option --mtree, to generate a file
3798 manifest compatible with BSD mtree(5) of a DDI
3800 * systemd-dissect gained a new option --with, to execute a command with
3801 the specified DDI temporarily mounted and used as working
3802 directory. This is for example useful to convert a DDI to "tar"
3803 simply by running it within a "systemd-dissect --with" invocation.
3805 * systemd-dissect gained a new option --discover, to search for
3806 Discoverable Disk Images (DDIs) in well-known directories of the
3807 system. This will list machine, portable service and system extension
3810 * systemd-dissect now understands 2nd stage initrd images stored as a
3811 Discoverable Disk Image (DDI).
3813 * systemd-dissect will now display the main UUID of GPT DDIs (i.e. the
3814 disk UUID stored in the GPT header) among the other data it can show.
3816 * systemd-dissect gained a new --in-memory switch to operate on an
3817 in-memory copy of the specified DDI file. This is useful to access a
3818 DDI with write access without persisting any changes. It's also
3819 useful for accessing a DDI without keeping the originating file
3822 * The DDI dissection logic will now automatically detect the intended
3823 sector size of disk images stored in files, based on the GPT
3824 partition table arrangement. Loopback block devices for such DDIs
3825 will then be configured automatically for the right sector size. This
3826 is useful to make dealing with modern 4K sector size DDIs fully
3827 automatic. The systemd-dissect tool will now show the detected sector
3828 size among the other DDI information in its output.
3830 Changes in systemd-repart:
3832 * systemd-repart gained new options --include-partitions= and
3833 --exclude-partitions= to filter operation on partitions by type UUID.
3834 This allows systemd-repart to be used to build images in which the
3835 type of one partition is set based on the contents of another
3836 partition (for example when the boot partition shall include a verity
3837 hash of the root partition).
3839 * systemd-repart also gained a --defer-partitions= option that is
3840 similar to --exclude-partitions=, but the size of the partition is
3841 still taken into account when sizing partitions, but without
3844 * systemd-repart gained a new --sector-size= option to specify what
3845 sector size should be used when an image is created.
3847 * systemd-repart now supports generating erofs file systems via
3848 CopyFiles= (a read-only file system similar to squashfs).
3850 * The Minimize= option was extended to accept "best" (which means the
3851 most minimal image possible, but may require multiple attempts) and
3852 "guess" (which means a reasonably small image).
3854 * The systemd-growfs binary now comes with a regular unit file template
3855 systemd-growfs@.service which can be instantiated directly for any
3856 desired file system. (Previously, the unit was generated dynamically
3857 by various generators, but no regular unit file template was
3860 Changes in journal tools:
3862 * Various systemd tools will append extra fields to log messages when
3863 in debug mode, or when SYSTEMD_ENABLE_LOG_CONTEXT=1 is set. Currently
3864 this includes information about D-Bus messages when sd-bus is used,
3865 e.g. DBUS_SENDER=, DBUS_DESTINATION=, and DBUS_PATH=, and information
3866 about devices when sd-device is used, e.g. DEVNAME= and DRIVER=.
3867 Details of what is logged and when are subject to change.
3869 * The systemd-journald-audit.socket can now be disabled via the usual
3870 "systemctl disable" mechanism to stop collection of audit
3871 messages. Please note that it is not enabled statically anymore and
3872 must be handled by the preset/enablement logic in package
3873 installation scripts.
3875 * New options MaxUse=, KeepFree=, MaxFileSize=, and MaxFiles= can
3876 be used to curtail disk use by systemd-journal-remote. This is
3877 similar to the options supported by systemd-journald.
3879 Changes in systemd-cryptenroll, systemd-cryptsetup, and related
3882 * When enrolling new keys systemd-cryptenroll now supports unlocking
3883 via FIDO2 tokens (option --unlock-fido2-device=). Previously, a
3884 password was strictly required to be specified.
3886 * systemd-cryptsetup now supports pre-flight requests for FIDO2 tokens
3887 (except for tokens with user verification, UV) to identify tokens
3888 before authentication. Multiple FIDO2 tokens can now be enrolled at
3889 the same time, and systemd-cryptsetup will automatically select one
3890 that corresponds to one of the available LUKS key slots.
3892 * systemd-cryptsetup now supports new options tpm2-measure-bank= and
3893 tpm2-measure-pcr= in crypttab(5). These allow specifying the TPM2 PCR
3894 bank and number into which the volume key should be measured. This is
3895 automatically enabled for the encrypted root volume discovered and
3896 activated by systemd-gpt-auto-generator.
3898 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator mounts the ESP and XBOOTLDR partitions with
3899 "noexec,nosuid,nodev".
3901 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator will now honour the rootfstype= and
3902 rootflags= kernel command line switches for root file systems it
3903 discovers, to match behaviour in case an explicit root fs is
3904 specified via root=.
3906 * systemd-pcrphase gained new options --machine-id and --file-system=
3907 to measure the machine-id and mount point information into PCR 15.
3908 New service unit files systemd-pcrmachine.service and
3909 systemd-pcrfs@.service have been added that invoke the tool with
3910 these switches during early boot.
3912 * systemd-pcrphase gained a --graceful switch will make it exit cleanly
3913 with a success exit code even if no TPM device is detected.
3915 * systemd-cryptenroll now stores the user-supplied PIN with a salt,
3916 making it harder to brute-force.
3918 Changes in other tools:
3920 * systemd-homed gained support for luksPbkdfForceIterations (the
3921 intended number of iterations for the PBKDF operation on LUKS).
3923 * Environment variables $SYSTEMD_HOME_MKFS_OPTIONS_BTRFS,
3924 $SYSTEMD_HOME_MKFS_OPTIONS_EXT4, and $SYSTEMD_HOME_MKFS_OPTIONS_XFS
3925 may now be used to specify additional arguments for mkfs when
3926 systemd-homed formats a file system.
3928 * systemd-hostnamed now exports the contents of
3929 /sys/class/dmi/id/bios_vendor and /sys/class/dmi/id/bios_date via two
3930 new D-Bus properties: FirmwareVendor and FirmwareDate. This allows
3931 unprivileged code to access those values.
3933 systemd-hostnamed also exports the SUPPORT_END= field from
3934 os-release(5) as OperatingSystemSupportEnd. hostnamectl make uses of
3935 this to show the status of the installed system.
3937 * systemd-measure gained an --append= option to sign multiple phase
3938 paths with different signing keys. This allows secrets to be
3939 accessible only in certain parts of the boot sequence. Note that
3940 'ukify' provides similar functionality in a more accessible form.
3942 * systemd-timesyncd will now write a structured log message with
3943 MESSAGE_ID set to SD_MESSAGE_TIME_BUMP when it bumps the clock based
3944 on a on-disk timestamp, similarly to what it did when reaching
3945 synchronization via NTP.
3947 * systemd-timesyncd will now update the on-disk timestamp file on each
3948 boot at least once, making it more likely that the system time
3949 increases in subsequent boots.
3951 * systemd-vconsole-setup gained support for system/service credentials:
3952 vconsole.keymap/vconsole.keymap_toggle and
3953 vconsole.font/vconsole.font_map/vconsole.font_unimap are analogous
3954 the similarly-named options in vconsole.conf.
3956 * systemd-localed will now save the XKB keyboard configuration to
3957 /etc/vconsole.conf, and also read it from there with a higher
3958 preference than the /etc/X11/xorg.conf.d/00-keyboard.conf config
3959 file. Previously, this information was stored in the former file in
3960 converted form, and only in latter file in the original form. Tools
3961 which want to access keyboard configuration can now do so from a
3964 * systemd-resolved gained support for configuring the nameservers and
3965 search domains via kernel command line (nameserver=, domain=) and
3966 credentials (network.dns, network.search_domains).
3968 * systemd-resolved will now synthesize host names for the DNS stub
3969 addresses it supports. Specifically when "_localdnsstub" is resolved,
3970 127.0.0.53 is returned, and if "_localdnsproxy" is resolved
3971 127.0.0.54 is returned.
3973 * systemd-notify will now send a "RELOADING=1" notification when called
3974 with --reloading, and "STOPPING=1" when called with --stopping. This
3975 can be used to implement notifications from units where it's easier
3976 to call a program than to use the sd-daemon library.
3978 * systemd-analyze's 'plot' command can now output its information in
3979 JSON, controlled via the --json= switch. Also, new --table, and
3980 --no-legend options have been added.
3982 * 'machinectl enable' will now automatically enable machines.target
3983 unit in addition to adding the machine unit to the target.
3985 Similarly, 'machinectl start|stop' gained a --now option to enable or
3986 disable the machine unit when starting or stopping it.
3988 * systemd-sysusers will now create /etc/ if it is missing.
3990 * systemd-sleep 'HibernateDelaySec=' setting is changed back to
3991 pre-v252's behaviour, and a new 'SuspendEstimationSec=' setting is
3992 added to provide the new initial value for the new automated battery
3993 estimation functionality. If 'HibernateDelaySec=' is set to any value,
3994 the automated estimate (and thus the automated hibernation on low
3995 battery to avoid data loss) functionality will be disabled.
3997 * Default tmpfiles.d/ configuration will now automatically create
3998 credentials storage directory '/etc/credstore/' with the appropriate,
3999 secure permissions. If '/run/credstore/' exists, its permissions will
4000 be fixed too in case they are not correct.
4002 Changes in libsystemd and shared code:
4004 * sd-bus gained new convenience functions sd_bus_emit_signal_to(),
4005 sd_bus_emit_signal_tov(), and sd_bus_message_new_signal_to().
4007 * sd-id128 functions now return -EUCLEAN (instead of -EIO) when the
4008 128-bit ID in files such as /etc/machine-id has an invalid
4009 format. They also accept NULL as output parameter in more places,
4010 which is useful when the caller only wants to validate the inputs and
4011 does not need the output value.
4013 * sd-login gained new functions sd_pidfd_get_session(),
4014 sd_pidfd_get_owner_uid(), sd_pidfd_get_unit(),
4015 sd_pidfd_get_user_unit(), sd_pidfd_get_slice(),
4016 sd_pidfd_get_user_slice(), sd_pidfd_get_machine_name(), and
4017 sd_pidfd_get_cgroup(), that are analogous to sd_pid_get_*(),
4018 but accept a PIDFD instead of a PID.
4020 * sd-path (and systemd-path) now export four new paths:
4021 SD_PATH_SYSTEMD_SYSTEM_ENVIRONMENT_GENERATOR,
4022 SD_PATH_SYSTEMD_USER_ENVIRONMENT_GENERATOR,
4023 SD_PATH_SYSTEMD_SEARCH_SYSTEM_ENVIRONMENT_GENERATOR, and
4024 SD_PATH_SYSTEMD_SEARCH_USER_ENVIRONMENT_GENERATOR,
4026 * sd_notify() now supports AF_VSOCK as transport for notification
4027 messages (in addition to the existing AF_UNIX support). This is
4028 enabled if $NOTIFY_SOCKET is set in a "vsock:CID:port" format.
4030 * Detection of chroot() environments now works if /proc/ is not
4031 mounted. This affects systemd-detect-virt --chroot, but also means
4032 that systemd tools will silently skip various operations in such an
4035 * "Lockheed Martin Hardened Security for Intel Processors" (HS SRE)
4036 virtualization is now detected.
4038 Changes in the build system:
4040 * Standalone variants of systemd-repart and systemd-shutdown may now be
4041 built (if -Dstandalone=true).
4043 * systemd-ac-power has been moved from /usr/lib/ to /usr/bin/, to, for
4044 example, allow scripts to conditionalize execution on AC power
4047 * The libp11kit library is now loaded through dlopen(3).
4049 Changes in the documentation:
4051 * Specifications that are not closely tied to systemd have moved to
4052 https://uapi-group.org/specifications/: the Boot Loader Specification
4053 and the Discoverable Partitions Specification.
4055 Contributions from: 김인수, 13r0ck, Aidan Dang, Alberto Planas,
4056 Alvin Šipraga, Andika Triwidada, AndyChi, angus-p, Anita Zhang,
4057 Antonio Alvarez Feijoo, Arsen Arsenović, asavah, Benjamin Fogle,
4058 Benjamin Tissoires, berenddeschouwer, BerndAdameit,
4059 Bernd Steinhauser, blutch112, cake03, Callum Farmer, Carlo Teubner,
4060 Charles Hardin, chris, Christian Brauner, Christian Göttsche,
4061 Cristian Rodríguez, Daan De Meyer, Dan Streetman, DaPigGuy,
4062 Darrell Kavanagh, David Tardon, dependabot[bot], Dirk Su,
4063 Dmitry V. Levin, drosdeck, Edson Juliano Drosdeck, edupont,
4064 Eric DeVolder, Erik Moqvist, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabian Gurtner,
4065 Felix Riemann, Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, Geert Lorang,
4066 Gerd Hoffmann, Gio, Hannoskaj, Hans de Goede, Hugo Carvalho,
4067 igo95862, Ilya Leoshkevich, Ivan Shapovalov, Jacek Migacz,
4068 Jade Lovelace, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jan Macku, January,
4069 Jason A. Donenfeld, jcg, Jean-Tiare Le Bigot, Jelle van der Waa,
4070 Jeremy Linton, Jian Zhang, Jiayi Chen, Jia Zhang, Joerg Behrmann,
4071 Jörg Thalheim, Joshua Goins, joshuazivkovic, Joshua Zivkovic,
4072 Kai-Chuan Hsieh, Khem Raj, Koba Ko, Lennart Poettering, lichao,
4073 Li kunyu, Luca Boccassi, Luca BRUNO, Ludwig Nussel,
4074 Łukasz Stelmach, Lycowolf, marcel151, Marcus Schäfer, Marek Vasut,
4075 Mark Laws, Michael Biebl, Michał Kotyla, Michal Koutný,
4076 Michal Sekletár, Mike Gilbert, Mike Yuan, MkfsSion, ml,
4077 msizanoen1, mvzlb, MVZ Ludwigsburg, Neil Moore, Nick Rosbrook,
4078 noodlejetski, Pasha Vorobyev, Peter Cai, p-fpv, Phaedrus Leeds,
4079 Philipp Jungkamp, Quentin Deslandes, Raul Tambre, Ray Strode,
4080 reuben olinsky, Richard E. van der Luit, Richard Phibel,
4081 Ricky Tigg, Robin Humble, rogg, Rudi Heitbaum, Sam James,
4082 Samuel Cabrero, Samuel Thibault, Siddhesh Poyarekar, Simon Brand,
4083 Space Meyer, Spindle Security, Steve Ramage, Takashi Sakamoto,
4084 Thomas Haller, Tonći Galić, Topi Miettinen, Torsten Hilbrich,
4085 Tuetuopay, uerdogan, Ulrich Ölmann, Valentin David,
4086 Vitaly Kuznetsov, Vito Caputo, Waltibaba, Will Fancher,
4087 William Roberts, wouter bolsterlee, Youfu Zhang, Yu Watanabe,
4088 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Дамјан Георгиевски,
4091 — Warsaw, 2023-02-15
4095 Announcements of Future Feature Removals:
4097 * We intend to remove cgroup v1 support from systemd release after the
4098 end of 2023. If you run services that make explicit use of cgroup v1
4099 features (i.e. the "legacy hierarchy" with separate hierarchies for
4100 each controller), please implement compatibility with cgroup v2 (i.e.
4101 the "unified hierarchy") sooner rather than later. Most of Linux
4102 userspace has been ported over already.
4104 * We intend to remove support for split-usr (/usr mounted separately
4105 during boot) and unmerged-usr (parallel directories /bin and
4106 /usr/bin, /lib and /usr/lib, etc). This will happen in the second
4107 half of 2023, in the first release that falls into that time window.
4108 For more details, see:
4109 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2022-September/048352.html
4111 Compatibility Breaks:
4113 * ConditionKernelVersion= checks that use the '=' or '!=' operators
4114 will now do simple string comparisons (instead of version comparisons
4115 à la stverscmp()). Version comparisons are still done for the
4116 ordering operators '<', '>', '<=', '>='. Moreover, if no operator is
4117 specified, a shell-style glob match is now done. This creates a minor
4118 incompatibility compared to older systemd versions when the '*', '?',
4119 '[', ']' characters are used, as these will now match as shell globs
4120 instead of literally. Given that kernel version strings typically do
4121 not include these characters we expect little breakage through this
4124 * The service manager will now read the SELinux label used for SELinux
4125 access checks from the unit file at the time it loads the file.
4126 Previously, the label would be read at the moment of the access
4127 check, which was problematic since at that time the unit file might
4128 already have been updated or removed.
4132 * systemd-measure is a new tool for calculating and signing expected
4133 TPM2 PCR values for a given unified kernel image (UKI) booted via
4134 sd-stub. The public key used for the signature and the signed
4135 expected PCR information can be embedded inside the UKI. This
4136 information can be extracted from the UKI by external tools and code
4137 in the image itself and is made available to userspace in the booted
4140 systemd-cryptsetup, systemd-cryptenroll, and systemd-creds have been
4141 updated to make use of this information if available in the booted
4142 kernel: when locking an encrypted volume/credential to the TPM
4143 systemd-cryptenroll/systemd-creds will use the public key to bind the
4144 volume/credential to any kernel that carries PCR information signed
4145 by the same key pair. When unlocking such volumes/credentials
4146 systemd-cryptsetup/systemd-creds will use the signature embedded in
4147 the booted UKI to gain access.
4149 Binding TPM-based disk encryption to public keys/signatures of PCR
4150 values — instead of literal PCR values — addresses the inherent
4151 "brittleness" of traditional PCR-bound TPM disk encryption schemes:
4152 disks remain accessible even if the UKI is updated, without any TPM
4153 specific preparation during the OS update — as long as each UKI
4154 carries the necessary PCR signature information.
4156 Net effect: if you boot a properly prepared kernel, TPM-bound disk
4157 encryption now defaults to be locked to kernels which carry PCR
4158 signatures from the same key pair. Example: if a hypothetical distro
4159 FooOS prepares its UKIs like this, TPM-based disk encryption is now –
4160 by default – bound to only FooOS kernels, and encrypted volumes bound
4161 to the TPM cannot be unlocked on kernels from other sources. (But do
4162 note this behaviour requires preparation/enabling in the UKI, and of
4163 course users can always enroll non-TPM ways to unlock the volume.)
4165 * systemd-pcrphase is a new tool that is invoked at six places during
4166 system runtime, and measures additional words into TPM2 PCR 11, to
4167 mark milestones of the boot process. This allows binding access to
4168 specific TPM2-encrypted secrets to specific phases of the boot
4169 process. (Example: LUKS2 disk encryption key only accessible in the
4170 initrd, but not later.)
4172 Changes in systemd itself, i.e. the manager and units
4174 * The cpu controller is delegated to user manager units by default, and
4175 CPUWeight= settings are applied to the top-level user slice units
4176 (app.slice, background.slice, session.slice). This provides a degree
4177 of resource isolation between different user services competing for
4180 * Systemd can optionally do a full preset in the "first boot" condition
4181 (instead of just enable-only). This behaviour is controlled by the
4182 compile-time option -Dfirst-boot-full-preset. Right now it defaults
4183 to 'false', but the plan is to switch it to 'true' for the subsequent
4186 * Drop-ins are now allowed for transient units too.
4188 * Systemd will set the taint flag 'support-ended' if it detects that
4189 the OS image is past its end-of-support date. This date is declared
4190 in a new /etc/os-release field SUPPORT_END= described below.
4192 * Two new settings ConditionCredential= and AssertCredential= can be
4193 used to skip or fail units if a certain system credential is not
4196 * ConditionMemory= accepts size suffixes (K, M, G, T, …).
4198 * DefaultSmackProcessLabel= can be used in system.conf and user.conf to
4199 specify the SMACK security label to use when not specified in a unit
4202 * DefaultDeviceTimeoutSec= can be used in system.conf and user.conf to
4203 specify the default timeout when waiting for device units to
4206 * C.UTF-8 is used as the default locale if nothing else has been
4209 * [Condition|Assert]Firmware= have been extended to support certain
4210 SMBIOS fields. For example
4212 ConditionFirmware=smbios-field(board_name = "Custom Board")
4214 conditionalizes the unit to run only when
4215 /sys/class/dmi/id/board_name contains "Custom Board" (without the
4218 * ConditionFirstBoot= now correctly evaluates as true only during the
4219 boot phase of the first boot. A unit executed later, after booting
4220 has completed, will no longer evaluate this condition as true.
4222 * Socket units will now create sockets in the SELinuxContext= of the
4223 associated service unit, if any.
4225 * Boot phase transitions (start initrd → exit initrd → boot complete →
4226 shutdown) will be measured into TPM2 PCR 11, so that secrets can be
4227 bound to a specific runtime phase. E.g.: a LUKS encryption key can be
4228 unsealed only in the initrd.
4230 * Service credentials (i.e. SetCredential=/LoadCredential=/…) will now
4231 also be provided to ExecStartPre= processes.
4233 * Various units are now correctly ordered against
4234 initrd-switch-root.target where previously a conflict without
4235 ordering was configured. A stop job for those units would be queued,
4236 but without the ordering it could be executed only after
4237 initrd-switch-root.service, leading to units not being restarted in
4238 the host system as expected.
4240 * In order to fully support the IPMI watchdog driver, which has not yet
4241 been ported to the new common watchdog device interface,
4242 /dev/watchdog0 will be tried first and systemd will silently fallback
4243 to /dev/watchdog if it is not found.
4245 * New watchdog-related D-Bus properties are now published by systemd:
4246 WatchdogDevice, WatchdogLastPingTimestamp,
4247 WatchdogLastPingTimestampMonotonic.
4249 * At shutdown, API virtual files systems (proc, sys, etc.) will be
4252 * At shutdown, systemd will now log about processes blocking unmounting
4255 * A new meson build option 'clock-valid-range-usec-max' was added to
4256 allow disabling system time correction if RTC returns a timestamp far
4259 * Propagated restart jobs will no longer be discarded while a unit is
4262 * PID 1 will now import system credentials from SMBIOS Type 11 fields
4263 ("OEM vendor strings"), in addition to qemu_fwcfg. This provides a
4264 simple, fast and generic path for supplying credentials to a VM,
4265 without involving external tools such as cloud-init/ignition.
4267 * The CPUWeight= setting of unit files now accepts a new special value
4268 "idle", which configures "idle" level scheduling for the unit.
4270 * Service processes that are activated due to a .timer or .path unit
4271 triggering will now receive information about this via environment
4272 variables. Note that this is information is lossy, as activation
4273 might be coalesced and only one of the activating triggers will be
4274 reported. This is hence more suited for debugging or tracing rather
4275 than for behaviour decisions.
4277 * The riscv_flush_icache(2) system call has been added to the list of
4278 system calls allowed by default when SystemCallFilter= is used.
4280 * The selinux context derived from the target executable, instead of
4281 'init_t' used for the manager itself, is now used when creating
4282 listening sockets for units that specify SELinuxContextFromNet=yes.
4284 Changes in sd-boot, bootctl, and the Boot Loader Specification:
4286 * The Boot Loader Specification has been cleaned up and clarified.
4287 Various corner cases in version string comparisons have been fixed
4288 (e.g. comparisons for empty strings). Boot counting is now part of
4289 the main specification.
4291 * New PCRs measurements are performed during boot: PCR 11 for the
4292 kernel+initrd combo, PCR 13 for any sysext images. If a measurement
4293 took place this is now reported to userspace via the new
4294 StubPcrKernelImage and StubPcrInitRDSysExts EFI variables.
4296 * As before, systemd-stub will measure kernel parameters and system
4297 credentials into PCR 12. It will now report this fact via the
4298 StubPcrKernelParameters EFI variable to userspace.
4300 * The UEFI monotonic boot counter is now included in the updated random
4301 seed file maintained by sd-boot, providing some additional entropy.
4303 * sd-stub will use LoadImage/StartImage to execute the kernel, instead
4304 of arranging the image manually and jumping to the kernel entry
4305 point. sd-stub also installs a temporary UEFI SecurityOverride to
4306 allow the (unsigned) nested image to be booted. This is safe because
4307 the outer (signed) stub+kernel binary must have been verified before
4308 the stub was executed.
4310 * Booting in EFI mixed mode (a 64-bit kernel over 32-bit UEFI firmware)
4311 is now supported by sd-boot.
4313 * bootctl gained a bunch of new options: --all-architectures to install
4314 binaries for all supported EFI architectures, --root= and --image=
4315 options to operate on a directory or disk image, and
4316 --install-source= to specify the source for binaries to install,
4317 --efi-boot-option-description= to control the name of the boot entry.
4319 * The sd-boot stub exports a StubFeatures flag, which is used by
4320 bootctl to show features supported by the stub that was used to boot.
4322 * The PE section offsets that are used by tools that assemble unified
4323 kernel images have historically been hard-coded. This may lead to
4324 overlapping PE sections which may break on boot. The UKI will now try
4325 to detect and warn about this.
4327 Any tools that assemble UKIs must update to calculate these offsets
4328 dynamically. Future sd-stub versions may use offsets that will not
4329 work with the currently used set of hard-coded offsets!
4331 * sd-stub now accepts (and passes to the initrd and then to the full
4332 OS) new PE sections '.pcrsig' and '.pcrkey' that can be used to embed
4333 signatures of expected PCR values, to allow sealing secrets via the
4334 TPM2 against pre-calculated PCR measurements.
4336 Changes in the hardware database:
4338 * 'systemd-hwdb query' now supports the --root= option.
4340 Changes in systemctl:
4342 * systemctl now supports --state= and --type= options for the 'show'
4345 * systemctl gained a new verb 'list-automounts' to list automount
4348 * systemctl gained support for a new --image= switch to be able to
4349 operate on the specified disk image (similar to the existing --root=
4350 which operates relative to some directory).
4352 Changes in systemd-networkd:
4354 * networkd can set Linux NetLabel labels for integration with the
4355 network control in security modules via a new NetLabel= option.
4357 * The RapidCommit= is (re-)introduced to enable faster configuration
4358 via DHCPv6 (RFC 3315).
4360 * networkd gained a new option TCPCongestionControlAlgorithm= that
4361 allows setting a per-route TCP algorithm.
4363 * networkd gained a new option KeepFileDescriptor= to allow keeping a
4364 reference (file descriptor) open on TUN/TAP interfaces, which is
4365 useful to avoid link flaps while the underlying service providing the
4366 interface is being serviced.
4368 * RouteTable= now also accepts route table names.
4370 Changes in systemd-nspawn:
4372 * The --bind= and --overlay= options now support relative paths.
4374 * The --bind= option now supports a 'rootidmap' value, which will
4375 use id-mapped mounts to map the root user inside the container to the
4376 owner of the mounted directory on the host.
4378 Changes in systemd-resolved:
4380 * systemd-resolved now persists DNSOverTLS in its state file too. This
4381 fixes a problem when used in combination with NetworkManager, which
4382 sends the setting only once, causing it to be lost if resolved was
4383 restarted at any point.
4385 * systemd-resolved now exposes a Varlink socket at
4386 /run/systemd/resolve/io.systemd.Resolve.Monitor, accessible only for
4387 root. Processed DNS requests in a JSON format will be published to
4388 any clients connected to this socket.
4390 resolvectl gained a 'monitor' verb to make use of this.
4392 * systemd-resolved now treats unsupported DNSSEC algorithms as INSECURE
4393 instead of returning SERVFAIL, as per RFC:
4394 https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc6840#section-5.2
4396 * OpenSSL is the default crypto backend for systemd-resolved. (gnutls
4397 is still supported.)
4399 Changes in libsystemd and other libraries:
4401 * libsystemd now exports sd_bus_error_setfv() (a convenience function
4402 for setting bus errors), sd_id128_string_equal (a convenience
4403 function for 128-bit ID string comparisons), and
4404 sd_bus_message_read_strv_extend() (a function to incrementally read
4407 * libsystemd now exports sd_device_get_child_first()/_next() as a
4408 high-level interface for enumerating child devices. It also supports
4409 sd_device_new_child() for opening a child device given a device
4412 * libsystemd now exports sd_device_monitor_set()/get_description()
4413 which allow setting a custom description that will be used in log
4414 messages by sd_device_monitor*.
4416 * Private shared libraries (libsystemd-shared-nnn.so,
4417 libsystemd-core-nnn.so) are now installed into arch-specific
4418 directories to allow multi-arch installs.
4420 * A new sd-gpt.h header is now published, listing GUIDs from the
4421 Discoverable Partitions specification. For more details see:
4422 https://systemd.io/DISCOVERABLE_PARTITIONS/
4424 * A new function sd_hwdb_new_from_path() has been added to open a hwdb
4425 database given an explicit path to the file.
4427 * The signal number argument to sd_event_add_signal() now can now be
4428 ORed with the SD_EVENT_SIGNAL_PROCMASK flag, causing sigprocmask() to
4429 be automatically invoked to block the specified signal. This is
4430 useful to simplify invocations as the caller doesn't have to do this
4433 * A new convenience call sd_event_set_signal_exit() has been added to
4434 sd-event to set up signal handling so that the event loop
4435 automatically terminates cleanly on SIGTERM/SIGINT.
4437 Changes in other components:
4439 * systemd-sysusers, systemd-tmpfiles, and systemd-sysctl configuration
4440 can now be provided via the credential mechanism.
4442 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb 'compare-versions' that implements
4443 comparisons for versions strings (similarly to 'rpmdev-vercmp' and
4444 'dpkg --compare-versions').
4446 * 'systemd-analyze dump' is extended to accept glob patterns for unit
4447 names to limit the output to matching units.
4449 * tmpfiles.d/ lines can read file contents to write from a credential.
4450 The new modifier char '^' is used to specify that the argument is a
4451 credential name. This mechanism is used to automatically populate
4452 /etc/motd, /etc/issue, and /etc/hosts from credentials.
4454 * tmpfiles.d/ may now be configured to avoid changing uid/gid/mode of
4455 an inode if the specification is prefixed with ':' and the inode
4458 * Default tmpfiles.d/ configuration now carries a line to automatically
4459 use an 'ssh.authorized_keys.root' credential if provided to set up
4460 the SSH authorized_keys file for the root user.
4462 * systemd-tmpfiles will now gracefully handle absent source of "C" copy
4465 * tmpfiles.d/ F/w lines now optionally permit encoding of the payload
4466 in base64. This is useful to write arbitrary binary data into files.
4468 * The pkgconfig and rpm macros files now export the directory for user
4469 units as 'user_tmpfiles_dir' and '%_user_tmpfilesdir'.
4471 * Detection of Apple Virtualization and detection of Parallels and
4472 KubeVirt virtualization on non-x86 archs have been added.
4474 * os-release gained a new field SUPPORT_END=YYYY-MM-DD to inform the
4475 user when their system will become unsupported.
4477 * When performing suspend-then-hibernate, the system will estimate the
4478 discharge rate and use that to set the delay until hibernation and
4479 hibernate immediately instead of suspending when running from a
4480 battery and the capacity is below 5%.
4482 * systemd-sysctl gained a --strict option to fail when a sysctl
4483 setting is unknown to the kernel.
4485 * machinectl supports --force for the 'copy-to' and 'copy-from'
4488 * coredumpctl gained the --root and --image options to look for journal
4489 files under the specified root directory, image, or block device.
4491 * 'journalctl -o' and similar commands now implement a new output mode
4492 "short-delta". It is similar to "short-monotonic", but also shows the
4493 time delta between subsequent messages.
4495 * journalctl now respects the --quiet flag when verifying consistency
4498 * Journal log messages gained a new implicit field _RUNTIME_SCOPE= that
4499 will indicate whether a message was logged in the 'initrd' phase or
4500 in the 'system' phase of the boot process.
4502 * Journal files gained a new compatibility flag
4503 'HEADER_INCOMPATIBLE_COMPACT'. Files with this flag implement changes
4504 to the storage format that allow reducing size on disk. As with other
4505 compatibility flags, older journalctl versions will not be able to
4506 read journal files using this new format. The environment variable
4507 'SYSTEMD_JOURNAL_COMPACT=0' can be passed to systemd-journald to
4508 disable this functionality. It is enabled by default.
4510 * systemd-run's --working-directory= switch now works when used in
4511 combination with --scope.
4513 * portablectl gained a --force flag to skip certain sanity checks. This
4514 is implemented using new flags accepted by systemd-portabled for the
4515 *WithExtensions() D-Bus methods: SD_SYSTEMD_PORTABLE_FORCE_ATTACH
4516 flag now means that the attach/detach checks whether the units are
4517 already present and running will be skipped. Similarly,
4518 SD_SYSTEMD_PORTABLE_FORCE_SYSEXT flag means that the check whether
4519 image name matches the name declared inside of the image will be
4520 skipped. Callers must be sure to do those checks themselves if
4523 * systemd-portabled will now use the original filename to check
4524 extension-release.NAME for correctness, in case it is passed a
4527 * systemd-portabled now uses PrivateTmp=yes in the 'trusted' profile
4530 * sysext's extension-release files now support '_any' as a special
4531 value for the ID= field, to allow distribution-independent extensions
4532 (e.g.: fully statically compiled binaries, scripts). It also gained
4533 support for a new ARCHITECTURE= field that may be used to explicitly
4534 restrict an image to hosts of a specific architecture.
4536 * systemd-repart now supports creating squashfs partitions. This
4537 requires mksquashfs from squashfs-tools.
4539 * systemd-repart gained a --split flag to also generate split
4540 artifacts, i.e. a separate file for each partition. This is useful in
4541 conjunction with systemd-sysupdate or other tools, or to generate
4542 split dm-verity artifacts.
4544 * systemd-repart is now able to generate dm-verity partitions, including
4547 * systemd-repart can now set a partition UUID to zero, allowing it to
4548 be filled in later, such as when using verity partitions.
4550 * systemd-repart now supports drop-ins for its configuration files.
4552 * Package metadata logged by systemd-coredump in the system journal is
4555 * xdg-autostart-service now expands 'tilde' characters in Exec lines.
4557 * systemd-oomd now automatically links against libatomic, if available.
4559 * systemd-oomd now sends out a 'Killed' D-Bus signal when a cgroup is
4562 * scope units now also provide oom-kill status.
4564 * systemd-pstore will now try to load only the efi_pstore kernel module
4565 before running, ensuring that pstore can be used.
4567 * systemd-logind gained a new StopIdleSessionSec= option to stop an idle
4568 session after a preconfigure timeout.
4570 * systemd-homed will now wait up to 30 seconds for workers to terminate,
4571 rather than indefinitely.
4573 * homectl gained a new '--luks-sector-size=' flag that allows users to
4574 select the preferred LUKS sector size. Must be a power of 2 between 512
4575 and 4096. systemd-userdbd records gained a corresponding field.
4577 * systemd-sysusers will now respect the 'SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH' environment
4578 variable when generating the 'sp_lstchg' field, to ensure an image
4579 build can be reproducible.
4581 * 'udevadm wait' will now listen to kernel uevents too when called with
4584 * When naming network devices udev will now consult the DeviceTree
4585 "alias" fields for the device.
4587 * systemd-udev will now create infiniband/by-path and
4588 infiniband/by-ibdev links for Infiniband verbs devices.
4590 * systemd-udev-trigger.service will now also prioritize input devices.
4592 * ConditionACPower= and systemd-ac-power will now assume the system is
4593 running on AC power if no battery can be found.
4595 * All features and tools using the TPM2 will now communicate with it
4596 using a bind key. Beforehand, the tpm2 support used encrypted sessions
4597 by creating a primary key that was used to encrypt traffic. This
4598 creates a problem as the key created for encrypting the traffic could
4599 be faked by an active interposer on the bus. In cases when a pin is
4600 used, a bind key will be used. The pin is used as the auth value for
4601 the seal key, aka the disk encryption key, and that auth value will be
4602 used in the session establishment. An attacker would need the pin
4603 value to create the secure session and thus an active interposer
4604 without the pin cannot interpose on TPM2 traffic.
4606 * systemd-growfs no longer requires udev to run.
4608 * systemd-backlight now will better support systems with multiple
4611 * systemd-cryptsetup's keyfile-timeout= option now also works when a
4612 device is used as a keyfile.
4614 * systemd-cryptenroll gained a new --unlock-key-file= option to get the
4615 unlocking key from a key file (instead of prompting the user). Note
4616 that this is the key for unlocking the volume in order to be able to
4617 enroll a new key, but it is not the key that is enrolled.
4619 * systemd-dissect gained a new --umount switch that will safely and
4620 synchronously unmount all partitions of an image previously mounted
4621 with 'systemd-dissect --mount'.
4623 * When using gcrypt, all systemd tools and services will now configure
4624 it to prefer the OS random number generator if present.
4626 * All example code shipped with documentation has been relicensed from CC0
4629 * Unit tests will no longer fail when running on a system without
4632 Experimental features:
4634 * BPF programs can now be compiled with bpf-gcc (requires libbpf >= 1.0
4635 and bpftool >= 7.0).
4637 * sd-boot can automatically enroll SecureBoot keys from files found on
4638 the ESP. This enrollment can be either automatic ('force' mode) or
4639 controlled by the user ('manual' mode). It is sufficient to place the
4640 SecureBoot keys in the right place in the ESP and they will be picked
4641 up by sd-boot and shown in the boot menu.
4643 * The mkosi config in systemd gained support for automatically
4644 compiling a kernel with the configuration appropriate for testing
4645 systemd. This may be useful when developing or testing systemd in
4646 tandem with the kernel.
4648 Contributions from: 김인수, Adam Williamson, adrian5, Aidan Dang,
4649 Akihiko Odaki, Alban Bedel, Albert Mikaelyan, Aleksey Vasenev,
4650 Alexander Graf, Alexander Shopov, Alexander Wilson,
4651 Alper Nebi Yasak, anarcat, Anders Jonsson, Andre Kalb,
4652 Andrew Stone, Andrey Albershteyn, Anita Zhang, Ansgar Burchardt,
4653 Antonio Alvarez Feijoo, Arnaud Ferraris, Aryan singh, asavah,
4654 Avamander, Avram Lubkin, Balázs Meskó, Bastien Nocera,
4655 Benjamin Franzke, BerndAdameit, bin456789, Celeste Liu,
4656 Chih-Hsuan Yen, Christian Brauner, Christian Göttsche,
4657 Christian Hesse, Clyde Byrd III, codefiles, Colin Walters,
4658 Cristian Rodríguez, Daan De Meyer, Daniel Braunwarth,
4659 Daniel Rusek, Dan Streetman, Darsey Litzenberger, David Edmundson,
4660 David Jaša, David Rheinsberg, David Seifert, David Tardon,
4661 dependabot[bot], Devendra Tewari, Dominique Martinet, drosdeck,
4662 Edson Juliano Drosdeck, Eduard Tolosa, eggfly, Einsler Lee,
4663 Elias Probst, Eli Schwartz, Evgeny Vereshchagin, exploide, Fei Li,
4664 Foster Snowhill, Franck Bui, Frank Dana, Frantisek Sumsal,
4665 Gerd Hoffmann, Gio, Goffredo Baroncelli, gtwang01,
4666 Guillaume W. Bres, H A, Hans de Goede, Heinrich Schuchardt,
4667 Hugo Carvalho, i-do-cpp, igo95862, j00512545, Jacek Migacz,
4668 Jade Bilkey, James Hilliard, Jan B, Janis Goldschmidt,
4669 Jan Janssen, Jan Kuparinen, Jan Luebbe, Jan Macku,
4670 Jason A. Donenfeld, Javkhlanbayar Khongorzul, Jeremy Soller,
4671 JeroenHD, jiangchuangang, João Loureiro,
4672 Joaquín Ignacio Aramendía, Jochen Sprickerhof,
4673 Johannes Schauer Marin Rodrigues, Jonas Kümmerlin,
4674 Jonas Witschel, Jonathan Kang, Jonathan Lebon, Joost Heitbrink,
4675 Jörg Thalheim, josh-gordon-fb, Joyce, Kai Lueke, lastkrick,
4676 Lennart Poettering, Leon M. George, licunlong, Li kunyu,
4677 LockBlock-dev, Loïc Collignon, Lubomir Rintel, Luca Boccassi,
4678 Luca BRUNO, Ludwig Nussel, Łukasz Stelmach, Maccraft123,
4679 Marc Kleine-Budde, Marius Vollmer, Martin Wilck, matoro,
4680 Matthias Lisin, Max Gautier, Maxim Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl,
4681 Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletár, Michal Stanke, Mike Gilbert,
4682 Mitchell Freiderich, msizanoen1, Nick Rosbrook, nl6720, Oğuz Ersen,
4683 Oleg Solovyov, Olga Smirnova, Pablo Ceballos, Pavel Zhukov,
4684 Phaedrus Leeds, Philipp Gortan, Piotr Drąg, Pyfisch,
4685 Quentin Deslandes, Rahil Bhimjiani, Rene Hollander, Richard Huang,
4686 Richard Phibel, Rudi Heitbaum, Sam James, Sarah Brofeldt,
4687 Sean Anderson, Sebastian Scheibner, Shreenidhi Shedi,
4688 Sonali Srivastava, Steve Ramage, Suraj Krishnan, Swapnil Devesh,
4689 Takashi Sakamoto, Ted X. Toth, Temuri Doghonadze, Thomas Blume,
4690 Thomas Haller, Thomas Hebb, Tomáš Hnyk, Tomasz Paweł Gajc,
4691 Topi Miettinen, Ulrich Ölmann, undef, Uriel Corfa,
4692 Victor Westerhuis, Vincent Dagonneau, Vishal Chillara Srinivas,
4693 Vito Caputo, Weblate, Wenchao Hao, William Roberts, williamsumendap,
4694 wineway, xiaoyang, Yuri Chornoivan, Yu Watanabe,
4695 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zhaofeng Li, наб
4697 – The Great Beyond, 2022-10-31 👻
4701 Backwards-incompatible changes:
4703 * The minimum kernel version required has been bumped from 3.13 to 4.15,
4704 and CLOCK_BOOTTIME is now assumed to always exist.
4706 * C11 with GNU extensions (aka "gnu11") is now used to build our
4707 components. Public API headers are still restricted to ISO C89.
4709 * In v250, a systemd-networkd feature that automatically configures
4710 routes to addresses specified in AllowedIPs= was added and enabled by
4711 default. However, this causes network connectivity issues in many
4712 existing setups. Hence, it has been disabled by default since
4713 systemd-stable 250.3. The feature can still be used by explicitly
4714 configuring RouteTable= setting in .netdev files.
4716 * Jobs started via StartUnitWithFlags() will no longer return 'skipped'
4717 when a Condition*= check does not succeed, restoring the JobRemoved
4718 signal to the behaviour it had before v250.
4720 * The org.freedesktop.portable1 methods GetMetadataWithExtensions() and
4721 GetImageMetadataWithExtensions() have been fixed to provide an extra
4722 return parameter, containing the actual extension release metadata.
4723 The current implementation was judged to be broken and unusable, and
4724 thus the usual procedure of adding a new set of methods was skipped,
4725 and backward compatibility broken instead on the assumption that
4726 nobody can be affected given the current state of this interface.
4728 * All kernels supported by systemd mix bytes returned by RDRAND (or
4729 similar) into the entropy pool at early boot. This means that on
4730 those systems, even if /dev/urandom is not yet initialized, it still
4731 returns bytes that are of at least RDRAND quality. For that reason,
4732 we no longer have reason to invoke RDRAND from systemd itself, which
4733 has historically been a source of bugs. Furthermore, kernels ≥5.6
4734 provide the getrandom(GRND_INSECURE) interface for returning random
4735 bytes before the entropy pool is initialized without warning into
4736 kmsg, which is what we attempt to use if available. systemd's direct
4737 usage of RDRAND has been removed. x86 systems ≥Broadwell that are
4738 running an older kernel may experience kmsg warnings that were not
4739 seen with 250. For newer kernels, non-x86 systems, or older x86
4740 systems, there should be no visible changes.
4742 * sd-boot will now measure the kernel command line into TPM PCR 12
4743 rather than PCR 8. This improves usefulness of the measurements on
4744 systems where sd-boot is chainloaded from Grub. Grub measures all
4745 commands its executes into PCR 8, which makes it very hard to use
4746 reasonably, hence separate ourselves from that and use PCR 12
4747 instead, which is what certain Ubuntu editions already do. To retain
4748 compatibility with systems running older systemd systems a new meson
4749 option 'efi-tpm-pcr-compat' has been added (which defaults to false).
4750 If enabled, the measurement is done twice: into the new-style PCR 12
4751 *and* the old-style PCR 8. It's strongly advised to migrate all users
4752 to PCR 12 for this purpose in the long run, as we intend to remove
4753 this compatibility feature in two years' time.
4755 * busctl capture now writes output in the newer pcapng format instead
4758 * A udev rule that imported hwdb matches for USB devices with lowercase
4759 hexadecimal vendor/product ID digits was added in systemd 250. This
4760 has been reverted, since uppercase hexadecimal digits are supposed to
4761 be used, and we already had a rule with the appropriate match.
4763 Users might need to adjust their local hwdb entries.
4765 * arch_prctl(2) has been moved to the @default set in the syscall filters
4766 (as exposed via the SystemCallFilter= setting in service unit files).
4767 It is apparently used by the linker now.
4769 * The tmpfiles entries that create the /run/systemd/netif directory and
4770 its subdirectories were moved from tmpfiles.d/systemd.conf to
4771 tmpfiles.d/systemd-network.conf.
4773 Users might need to adjust their files that override tmpfiles.d/systemd.conf
4774 to account for this change.
4776 * The requirement for Portable Services images to contain a well-formed
4777 os-release file (i.e.: contain at least an ID field) is now enforced.
4778 This applies to base images and extensions, and also to systemd-sysext.
4780 Changes in the Boot Loader Specification, kernel-install and sd-boot:
4782 * kernel-install's and bootctl's Boot Loader Specification Type #1
4783 entry generation logic has been reworked. The user may now pick
4784 explicitly by which "token" string to name the installation's boot
4785 entries, via the new /etc/kernel/entry-token file or the new
4786 --entry-token= switch to bootctl. By default — as before — the
4787 entries are named after the local machine ID. However, in "golden
4788 image" environments, where the machine ID shall be initialized on
4789 first boot (as opposed to at installation time before first boot) the
4790 machine ID will not be available at build time. In this case the
4791 --entry-token= switch to bootctl (or the /etc/kernel/entry-token
4792 file) may be used to override the "token" for the entries, for
4793 example the IMAGE_ID= or ID= fields from /etc/os-release. This will
4794 make the OS images independent of any machine ID, and ensure that the
4795 images will not carry any identifiable information before first boot,
4796 but on the other hand means that multiple parallel installations of
4797 the very same image on the same disk cannot be supported.
4799 Summary: if you are building golden images that shall acquire
4800 identity information exclusively on first boot, make sure to both
4801 remove /etc/machine-id *and* to write /etc/kernel/entry-token to the
4802 value of the IMAGE_ID= or ID= field of /etc/os-release or another
4803 suitable identifier before deploying the image.
4805 * The Boot Loader Specification has been extended with
4806 /loader/entries.srel file located in the EFI System Partition (ESP)
4807 that disambiguates the format of the entries in the /loader/entries/
4808 directory (in order to discern them from incompatible uses of this
4809 directory by other projects). For entries that follow the
4810 Specification, the string "type1" is stored in this file.
4812 bootctl will now write this file automatically when installing the
4813 systemd-boot boot loader.
4815 * kernel-install supports a new initrd_generator= setting in
4816 /etc/kernel/install.conf, that is exported as
4817 $KERNEL_INSTALL_INITRD_GENERATOR to kernel-install plugins. This
4818 allows choosing different initrd generators.
4820 * kernel-install will now create a "staging area" (an initially-empty
4821 directory to gather files for a Boot Loader Specification Type #1
4822 entry). The path to this directory is exported as
4823 $KERNEL_INSTALL_STAGING_AREA to kernel-install plugins, which should
4824 drop files there instead of writing them directly to the final
4825 location. kernel-install will move them when all files have been
4826 prepared successfully.
4828 * New option sort-key= has been added to the Boot Loader Specification
4829 to override the sorting order of the entries in the boot menu. It is
4830 read by sd-boot and bootctl, and will be written by kernel-install,
4831 with the default value of IMAGE_ID= or ID= fields from
4832 os-release. Together, this means that on multiboot installations,
4833 entries should be grouped and sorted in a predictable way.
4835 * The sort order of boot entries has been updated: entries which have
4836 the new field sort-key= are sorted by it first, and all entries
4837 without it are ordered later. After that, entries are sorted by
4838 version so that newest entries are towards the beginning of the list.
4840 * The kernel-install tool gained a new 'inspect' verb which shows the
4841 paths and other settings used.
4843 * sd-boot can now optionally beep when the menu is shown and menu
4844 entries are selected, which can be useful on machines without a
4845 working display. (Controllable via a loader.conf setting.)
4847 * The --make-machine-id-directory= switch to bootctl has been replaced
4848 by --make-entry-directory=, given that the entry directory is not
4849 necessarily named after the machine ID, but after some other suitable
4850 ID as selected via --entry-token= described above. The old name of
4851 the option is still understood to maximize compatibility.
4853 * 'bootctl list' gained support for a new --json= switch to output boot
4854 menu entries in JSON format.
4856 * 'bootctl is-installed' now supports the --graceful, and various verbs
4857 omit output with the new option --quiet.
4859 Changes in systemd-homed:
4861 * Starting with v250 systemd-homed uses UID/GID mapping on the mounts
4862 of activated home directories it manages (if the kernel and selected
4863 file systems support it). So far it mapped three UID ranges: the
4864 range from 0…60000, the user's own UID, and the range 60514…65534,
4865 leaving everything else unmapped (in other words, the 16-bit UID range
4866 is mapped almost fully, with the exception of the UID subrange used
4867 for systemd-homed users, with one exception: the user's own UID).
4868 Unmapped UIDs may not be used for file ownership in the home
4869 directory — any chown() attempts with them will fail. With this
4870 release a fourth range is added to these mappings:
4871 524288…1879048191. This range is the UID range intended for container
4874 https://systemd.io/UIDS-GIDS
4876 This range may be used for container managers that place container OS
4877 trees in the home directory (which is a questionable approach, for
4878 quota, permission, SUID handling and network file system
4879 compatibility reasons, but nonetheless apparently commonplace). Note
4880 that this mapping is mapped 1:1 in a pass-through fashion, i.e. the
4881 UID assignments from the range are not managed or mapped by
4882 `systemd-homed`, and must be managed with other mechanisms, in the
4883 context of the local system.
4885 Typically, a better approach to user namespacing in relevant
4886 container managers would be to leave container OS trees on disk at
4887 UID offset 0, but then map them to a dynamically allocated runtime
4888 UID range via another UID mount map at container invocation
4889 time. That way user namespace UID ranges become strictly a runtime
4890 concept, and do not leak into persistent file systems, persistent
4891 user databases or persistent configuration, thus greatly simplifying
4892 handling, and improving compatibility with home directories intended
4893 to be portable like the ones managed by systemd-homed.
4895 Changes in shared libraries:
4897 * A new libsystemd-core-<version>.so private shared library is
4898 installed under /usr/lib/systemd/system, mirroring the existing
4899 libsystemd-shared-<version>.so library. This allows the total
4900 installation size to be reduced by binary code reuse.
4902 * The <version> tag used in the name of libsystemd-shared.so and
4903 libsystemd-core.so can be configured via the meson option
4904 'shared-lib-tag'. Distributions may build subsequent versions of the
4905 systemd package with unique tags (e.g. the full package version),
4906 thus allowing multiple installations of those shared libraries to be
4907 available at the same time. This is intended to fix an issue where
4908 programs that link to those libraries would fail to execute because
4909 they were installed earlier or later than the appropriate version of
4912 * The sd-id128 API gained a new call sd_id128_to_uuid_string() that is
4913 similar to sd_id128_to_string() but formats the ID in RFC 4122 UUID
4914 format instead of as a simple series of hex characters.
4916 * The sd-device API gained two new calls sd_device_new_from_devname()
4917 and sd_device_new_from_path() which permit allocating an sd_device
4918 object from a device node name or file system path.
4920 * sd-device also gained a new call sd_device_open() which will open the
4921 device node associated with a device for which an sd_device object
4922 has been allocated. The call is supposed to address races around
4923 device nodes being removed/recycled due to hotplug events, or media
4924 change events: the call checks internally whether the major/minor of
4925 the device node and the "diskseq" (in case of block devices) match
4926 with the metadata loaded in the sd_device object, thus ensuring that
4927 the device once opened really matches the provided sd_device object.
4929 Changes in PID1, systemctl, and systemd-oomd:
4931 * A new set of service monitor environment variables will be passed to
4932 OnFailure=/OnSuccess= handlers, but only if exactly one unit lists the
4933 handler unit as OnFailure=/OnSuccess=. The variables are:
4934 $MONITOR_SERVICE_RESULT, $MONITOR_EXIT_CODE, $MONITOR_EXIT_STATUS,
4935 $MONITOR_INVOCATION_ID and $MONITOR_UNIT. For cases when a single
4936 handler needs to watch multiple units, use a templated handler.
4938 * A new ExtensionDirectories= setting in service unit files allows
4939 system extensions to be loaded from a directory. (It is similar to
4940 ExtensionImages=, but takes paths to directories, instead of
4943 'portablectl attach --extension=' now also accepts directory paths.
4945 * The user.delegate and user.invocation_id extended attributes on
4946 cgroups are used in addition to trusted.delegate and
4947 trusted.invocation_id. The latter pair requires privileges to set,
4948 but the former doesn't and can be also set by the unprivileged user
4951 (Only supported on kernels ≥5.6.)
4953 * Units that were killed by systemd-oomd will now have a service result
4954 of 'oom-kill'. The number of times a service was killed is tallied
4955 in the 'user.oomd_ooms' extended attribute.
4957 The OOMPolicy= unit file setting is now also honoured by
4960 * In unit files the new %y/%Y specifiers can be used to refer to
4961 normalized unit file path, which is particularly useful for symlinked
4964 The new %q specifier resolves to the pretty hostname
4965 (i.e. PRETTY_HOSTNAME= from /etc/machine-info).
4967 The new %d specifier resolves to the credentials directory of a
4968 service (same as $CREDENTIALS_DIRECTORY).
4970 * The RootDirectory=, MountAPIVFS=, ExtensionDirectories=,
4971 *Capabilities*=, ProtectHome=, *Directory=, TemporaryFileSystem=,
4972 PrivateTmp=, PrivateDevices=, PrivateNetwork=, NetworkNamespacePath=,
4973 PrivateIPC=, IPCNamespacePath=, PrivateUsers=, ProtectClock=,
4974 ProtectKernelTunables=, ProtectKernelModules=, ProtectKernelLogs=,
4975 MountFlags= service settings now also work in unprivileged user
4976 services, i.e. those run by the user's --user service manager, as long
4977 as user namespaces are enabled on the system.
4979 * Services with Restart=always and a failing ExecCondition= will no
4980 longer be restarted, to bring ExecCondition= behaviour in line with
4981 Condition*= settings.
4983 * LoadCredential= now accepts a directory as the argument; all files
4984 from the directory will be loaded as credentials.
4986 * A new D-Bus property ControlGroupId is now exposed on service units,
4987 that encapsulates the service's numeric cgroup ID that newer kernels
4988 assign to each cgroup.
4990 * PID 1 gained support for configuring the "pre-timeout" of watchdog
4991 devices and the associated governor, via the new
4992 RuntimeWatchdogPreSec= and RuntimeWatchdogPreGovernor= configuration
4993 options in /etc/systemd/system.conf.
4995 * systemctl's --timestamp= option gained a new choice "unix", to show
4996 timestamp as unix times, i.e. seconds since 1970, Jan 1st.
4998 * A new "taint" flag named "old-kernel" is introduced which is set when
4999 the kernel systemd runs on is older then the current baseline version
5000 (see above). The flag is shown in "systemctl status" output.
5002 * Two additional taint flags "short-uid-range" and "short-gid-range"
5003 have been added as well, which are set when systemd notices it is run
5004 within a userns namespace that does not define the full 0…65535 UID
5007 * A new "unmerged-usr" taint flag has been added that is set whenever
5008 running on systems where /bin/ + /sbin/ are *not* symlinks to their
5009 counterparts in /usr/, i.e. on systems where the /usr/-merge has not
5012 * Generators invoked by PID 1 will now have a couple of useful
5013 environment variables set describing the execution context a
5014 bit. $SYSTEMD_SCOPE encodes whether the generator is called from the
5015 system service manager, or from the per-user service
5016 manager. $SYSTEMD_IN_INITRD encodes whether the generator is invoked
5017 in initrd context or on the host. $SYSTEMD_FIRST_BOOT encodes whether
5018 systemd considers the current boot to be a "first"
5019 boot. $SYSTEMD_VIRTUALIZATION encode whether virtualization is
5020 detected and which type of hypervisor/container
5021 manager. $SYSTEMD_ARCHITECTURE indicates which architecture the
5022 kernel is built for.
5024 * PID 1 will now automatically pick up system credentials from qemu's
5025 fw_cfg interface, thus allowing passing arbitrary data into VM
5026 systems similar to how this is already supported for passing them
5027 into `systemd-nspawn` containers. Credentials may now also be passed
5028 in via the new kernel command line option `systemd.set_credential=`
5029 (note that kernel command line options are world-readable during
5030 runtime, and only useful for credentials that require no
5031 confidentiality). The credentials that can be passed to unified
5032 kernels that use the `systemd-stub` UEFI stub are now similarly
5033 picked up automatically. Automatic importing of system credentials
5034 this way can be turned off via the new
5035 `systemd.import_credentials=no` kernel command line option.
5037 * LoadCredential= will now automatically look for credentials in the
5038 /etc/credstore/, /run/credstore/, /usr/lib/credstore/ directories if
5039 the argument is not an absolute path. Similarly,
5040 LoadCredentialEncrypted= will check the same directories plus
5041 /etc/credstore.encrypted/, /run/credstore.encrypted/ and
5042 /usr/lib/credstore.encrypted/. The idea is to use those directories
5043 as the system-wide location for credentials that services should pick
5046 * System and service credentials are described in great detail in a new
5049 https://systemd.io/CREDENTIALS
5051 Changes in systemd-journald:
5053 * The journal JSON export format has been added to listed of stable
5054 interfaces (https://systemd.io/PORTABILITY_AND_STABILITY/).
5056 * journalctl --list-boots now supports JSON output and the --reverse option.
5058 * Under docs/: JOURNAL_EXPORT_FORMATS was imported from the wiki and
5059 updated, BUILDING_IMAGES is new:
5061 https://systemd.io/JOURNAL_EXPORT_FORMATS
5062 https://systemd.io/BUILDING_IMAGES
5066 * Two new hwdb files have been added. One lists "handhelds" (PDAs,
5067 calculators, etc.), the other AV production devices (DJ tables,
5068 keypads, etc.) that should accessible to the seat owner user by
5071 * udevadm trigger gained a new --prioritized-subsystem= option to
5072 process certain subsystems (and all their parent devices) earlier.
5074 systemd-udev-trigger.service now uses this new option to trigger
5075 block and TPM devices first, hopefully making the boot a bit faster.
5077 * udevadm trigger now implements --type=all, --initialized-match,
5078 --initialized-nomatch to trigger both subsystems and devices, only
5079 already-initialized devices, and only devices which haven't been
5080 initialized yet, respectively.
5082 * udevadm gained a new "wait" command for safely waiting for a specific
5083 device to show up in the udev device database. This is useful in
5084 scripts that asynchronously allocate a block device (e.g. through
5085 repartitioning, or allocating a loopback device or similar) and need
5086 to synchronize on the creation to complete.
5088 * udevadm gained a new "lock" command for locking one or more block
5089 devices while formatting it or writing a partition table to it. It is
5090 an implementation of https://systemd.io/BLOCK_DEVICE_LOCKING and
5091 usable in scripts dealing with block devices.
5093 * udevadm info will show a couple of additional device fields in its
5094 output, and will not apply a limited set of coloring to line types.
5096 * udevadm info --tree will now show a tree of objects (i.e. devices and
5097 suchlike) in the /sys/ hierarchy.
5099 * Block devices will now get a new set of device symlinks in
5100 /dev/disk/by-diskseq/<nr>, which may be used to reference block
5101 device nodes via the kernel's "diskseq" value. Note that this does
5102 not guarantee that opening a device by a symlink like this will
5103 guarantee that the opened device actually matches the specified
5104 diskseq value. To be safe against races, the actual diskseq value of
5105 the opened device (BLKGETDISKSEQ ioctl()) must still be compred with
5106 the one in the symlink path.
5108 * .link files gained support for setting MDI/MID-X on a link.
5110 * .link files gained support for [Match] Firmware= setting to match on
5111 the device firmware description string. By mistake, it was previously
5112 only supported in .network files.
5114 * .link files gained support for [Link] SR-IOVVirtualFunctions= setting
5115 and [SR-IOV] section to configure SR-IOV virtual functions.
5117 Changes in systemd-networkd:
5119 * The default scope for unicast routes configured through [Route]
5120 section is changed to "link", to make the behavior consistent with
5121 "ip route" command. The manual configuration of [Route] Scope= is
5124 * A new unit systemd-networkd-wait-online@<interface>.service has been
5125 added that can be used to wait for a specific network interface to be
5128 * systemd-networkd gained a new [Bridge] Isolated=true|false setting
5129 that configures the eponymous kernel attribute on the bridge.
5131 * .netdev files now can be used to create virtual WLAN devices, and
5132 configure various settings on them, via the [WLAN] section.
5134 * .link/.network files gained support for [Match] Kind= setting to match
5135 on device kind ("bond", "bridge", "gre", "tun", "veth", etc.)
5137 This value is also shown by 'networkctl status'.
5139 * The Local= setting in .netdev files for various virtual network
5140 devices gained support for specifying, in addition to the network
5141 address, the name of a local interface which must have the specified
5144 * systemd-networkd gained a new [Tunnel] External= setting in .netdev
5145 files, to configure tunnels in external mode (a.k.a. collect metadata
5148 * [Network] L2TP= setting was removed. Please use interface specifier in
5149 Local= setting in .netdev files of corresponding L2TP interface.
5151 * New [DHCPServer] BootServerName=, BootServerAddress=, and
5152 BootFilename= settings can be used to configure the server address,
5153 server name, and file name sent in the DHCP packet (e.g. to configure
5156 Changes in systemd-resolved:
5158 * systemd-resolved is started earlier (in sysinit.target), so it
5159 available earlier and will also be started in the initrd if installed
5162 Changes in disk encryption:
5164 * systemd-cryptenroll can now control whether to require the user to
5165 enter a PIN when using TPM-based unlocking of a volume via the new
5166 --tpm2-with-pin= option.
5168 Option tpm2-pin= can be used in /etc/crypttab.
5170 * When unlocking devices via TPM, TPM2 parameter encryption is now
5171 used, to ensure that communication between CPU and discrete TPM chips
5172 cannot be eavesdropped to acquire disk encryption keys.
5174 * A new switch --fido2-credential-algorithm= has been added to
5175 systemd-cryptenroll allowing selection of the credential algorithm to
5176 use when binding encryption to FIDO2 tokens.
5178 Changes in systemd-hostnamed:
5180 * HARDWARE_VENDOR= and HARDWARE_MODEL= can be set in /etc/machine-info
5181 to override the values gleaned from the hwdb.
5183 * A ID_CHASSIS property can be set in the hwdb (for the DMI device
5184 /sys/class/dmi/id) to override the chassis that is reported by
5187 * hostnamed's D-Bus interface gained a new method GetHardwareSerial()
5188 for reading the hardware serial number, as reportd by DMI. It also
5189 exposes a new method D-Bus property FirmwareVersion that encode the
5190 firmware version of the system.
5192 Changes in other components:
5194 * /etc/locale.conf is now populated through tmpfiles.d factory /etc/
5195 handling with the values that were configured during systemd build
5196 (if /etc/locale.conf has not been created through some other
5197 mechanism). This means that /etc/locale.conf should always have
5198 reasonable contents and we avoid a potential mismatch in defaults.
5200 * The userdbctl tool will now show UID range information as part of the
5201 list of known users.
5203 * A new build-time configuration setting default-user-shell= can be
5204 used to set the default shell for user records and nspawn shell
5205 invocations (instead of the default /bin/bash).
5207 * systemd-timesyncd now provides a D-Bus API for receiving NTP server
5208 information dynamically at runtime via IPC.
5210 * The systemd-creds tool gained a new "has-tpm2" verb, which reports
5211 whether a functioning TPM2 infrastructure is available, i.e. if
5212 firmware, kernel driver and systemd all have TPM2 support enabled and
5215 * The systemd-creds tool gained support for generating encrypted
5216 credentials that are using an empty encryption key. While this
5217 provides no integrity nor confidentiality it's useful to implement
5218 codeflows that work the same on TPM-ful and TPM2-less systems. The
5219 service manager will only accept credentials "encrypted" that way if
5220 a TPM2 device cannot be detected, to ensure that credentials
5221 "encrypted" like that cannot be used to trick TPM2 systems.
5223 * When deciding whether to colorize output, all systemd programs now
5224 also check $COLORTERM (in addition to $NO_COLOR, $SYSTEMD_COLORS, and
5227 * Meson's new install_tag feature is now in use for several components,
5228 allowing to build and install select binaries only: pam, nss, devel
5229 (pkg-config files), systemd-boot, libsystemd, libudev. Example:
5230 $ meson build systemd-boot
5231 $ meson install --tags systemd-boot --no-rebuild
5232 https://mesonbuild.com/Installing.html#installation-tags
5234 * A new build configuration option has been added, to allow selecting the
5235 default compression algorithm used by systemd-journald and systemd-coredump.
5236 This allows to build-in support for decompressing all supported formats,
5237 but choose a specific one for compression. E.g.:
5238 $ meson -Ddefault-compression=xz
5240 Experimental features:
5242 * sd-boot gained a new *experimental* setting "reboot-for-bitlocker" in
5243 loader.conf that implements booting Microsoft Windows from the
5244 sd-boot in a way that first reboots the system, to reset the TPM
5245 PCRs. This improves compatibility with BitLocker's TPM use, as the
5246 PCRs will only record the Windows boot process, and not sd-boot
5247 itself, thus retaining the PCR measurements not involving sd-boot.
5248 Note that this feature is experimental for now, and is likely going
5249 to be generalized and renamed in a future release, without retaining
5250 compatibility with the current implementation.
5252 * A new systemd-sysupdate component has been added that automatically
5253 discovers, downloads, and installs A/B-style updates for the host
5254 installation itself, or container images, portable service images,
5255 and other assets. See the new systemd-sysupdate man page for updates.
5257 Contributions from: 4piu, Adam Williamson, adrian5, Albert Brox,
5258 AlexCatze, Alex Henrie, Alfonso Sánchez-Beato, Alice S,
5259 Alvin Šipraga, amarjargal, Amarjargal, Andrea Pappacoda,
5260 Andreas Rammhold, Andy Chi, Anita Zhang, Antonio Alvarez Feijoo,
5261 Arfrever Frehtes Taifersar Arahesis, ash, Bastien Nocera, Be,
5262 bearhoney, Ben Efros, Benjamin Berg, Benjamin Franzke,
5263 Brett Holman, Christian Brauner, Clyde Byrd III, Curtis Klein,
5264 Daan De Meyer, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Danilo Krummrich,
5265 David, David Bond, Davide Cavalca, David Tardon, davijosw,
5266 dependabot[bot], Donald Chan, Dorian Clay, Eduard Tolosa,
5267 Elias Probst, Eli Schwartz, Erik Sjölund, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
5268 Federico Ceratto, Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, Gaël PORTAY,
5269 Georges Basile Stavracas Neto, Gibeom Gwon, Goffredo Baroncelli,
5270 Grigori Goronzy, Hans de Goede, Heiko Becker, Hugo Carvalho,
5271 Jakob Lell, James Hilliard, Jan Janssen, Jason A. Donenfeld,
5272 Joan Bruguera, Joerie de Gram, Josh Triplett, Julia Kartseva,
5273 Kazuo Moriwaka, Khem Raj, ksa678491784, Lance, Lan Tian,
5274 Laura Barcziova, Lennart Poettering, Leviticoh, licunlong,
5275 Lidong Zhong, lincoln auster, Lubomir Rintel, Luca Boccassi,
5276 Luca BRUNO, lucagoc, Ludwig Nussel, Marcel Hellwig, march1993,
5277 Marco Scardovi, Mario Limonciello, Mariusz Tkaczyk,
5278 Markus Weippert, Martin, Martin Liska, Martin Wilck, Matija Skala,
5279 Matthew Blythe, Matthias Lisin, Matthijs van Duin, Matt Walton,
5280 Max Gautier, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michal Koutný,
5281 Michal Sekletár, Mike Gilbert, MkfsSion, Morten Linderud,
5282 Nick Rosbrook, Nikolai Grigoriev, Nikolai Kostrigin,
5283 Nishal Kulkarni, Noel Kuntze, Pablo Ceballos, Peter Hutterer,
5284 Peter Morrow, Pigmy-penguin, Piotr Drąg, prumian, Richard Neill,
5285 Rike-Benjamin Schuppner, rodin-ia, Romain Naour, Ruben Kerkhof,
5286 Ryan Hendrickson, Santa Wiryaman, Sebastian Pucilowski, Seth Falco,
5287 Simon Ellmann, Sonali Srivastava, Stefan Seering,
5288 Stephen Hemminger, tawefogo, techtino, Temuri Doghonadze,
5289 Thomas Batten, Thomas Haller, Thomas Weißschuh, Tobias Stoeckmann,
5290 Tomasz Pala, Tyson Whitehead, Vishal Chillara Srinivas,
5291 Vivien Didelot, w30023233, wangyuhang, Weblate, Xiaotian Wu,
5292 yangmingtai, YmrDtnJu, Yonathan Randolph, Yutsuten, Yu Watanabe,
5293 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, наб
5295 — Edinburgh, 2022-05-21
5299 * Support for encrypted and authenticated credentials has been added.
5300 This extends the credential logic introduced with v247 to support
5301 non-interactive symmetric encryption and authentication, based on a
5302 key that is stored on the /var/ file system or in the TPM2 chip (if
5303 available), or the combination of both (by default if a TPM2 chip
5304 exists the combination is used, otherwise the /var/ key only). The
5305 credentials are automatically decrypted at the moment a service is
5306 started, and are made accessible to the service itself in unencrypted
5307 form. A new tool 'systemd-creds' encrypts credentials for this
5308 purpose, and two new service file settings LoadCredentialEncrypted=
5309 and SetCredentialEncrypted= configure such credentials.
5311 This feature is useful to store sensitive material such as SSL
5312 certificates, passwords and similar securely at rest and only decrypt
5313 them when needed, and in a way that is tied to the local OS
5314 installation or hardware.
5316 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator can now automatically set up discoverable
5317 LUKS2 encrypted swap partitions.
5319 * The GPT Discoverable Partitions Specification has been substantially
5320 extended with support for root and /usr/ partitions for the majority
5321 of architectures systemd supports. This includes platforms that do
5322 not natively support UEFI, because even though GPT is specified under
5323 UEFI umbrella, it is useful on other systems too. Specifically,
5324 systemd-nspawn, systemd-sysext, systemd-gpt-auto-generator and
5325 Portable Services use the concept without requiring UEFI.
5327 * The GPT Discoverable Partitions Specifications has been extended with
5328 a new set of partitions that may carry PKCS#7 signatures for Verity
5329 partitions, encoded in a simple JSON format. This implements a simple
5330 mechanism for building disk images that are fully authenticated and
5331 can be tested against a set of cryptographic certificates. This is
5332 now implemented for the various systemd tools that can operate with
5333 disk images, such as systemd-nspawn, systemd-sysext, systemd-dissect,
5334 Portable services/RootImage=, systemd-tmpfiles, and systemd-sysusers.
5335 The PKCS#7 signatures are passed to the kernel (where they are
5336 checked against certificates from the kernel keyring), or can be
5337 verified against certificates provided in userspace (via a simple
5338 drop-in file mechanism).
5340 * systemd-dissect's inspection logic will now report for which uses a
5341 disk image is intended. Specifically, it will display whether an
5342 image is suitable for booting on UEFI or in a container (using
5343 systemd-nspawn's --image= switch), whether it can be used as portable
5344 service, or attached as system extension.
5346 * The system-extension.d/ drop-in files now support a new field
5347 SYSEXT_SCOPE= that may encode which purpose a system extension image
5348 is for: one of "initrd", "system" or "portable". This is useful to
5349 make images more self-descriptive, and to ensure system extensions
5350 cannot be attached in the wrong contexts.
5352 * The os-release file learnt a new PORTABLE_PREFIXES= field which may
5353 be used in portable service images to indicate which unit prefixes
5356 * The GPT image dissection logic in systemd-nspawn/systemd-dissect/…
5357 now is able to decode images for non-native architectures as well.
5358 This allows systemd-nspawn to boot images of non-native architectures
5359 if the corresponding user mode emulator is installed and
5360 systemd-binfmtd is running.
5362 * systemd-logind gained new settings HandlePowerKeyLongPress=,
5363 HandleRebootKeyLongPress=, HandleSuspendKeyLongPress= and
5364 HandleHibernateKeyLongPress= which may be used to configure actions
5365 when the relevant keys are pressed for more than 5s. This is useful
5366 on devices that only have hardware for a subset of these keys. By
5367 default, if the reboot key is pressed long the poweroff operation is
5368 now triggered, and when the suspend key is pressed long the hibernate
5369 operation is triggered. Long pressing the other two keys currently
5370 does not trigger any operation by default.
5372 * When showing unit status updates on the console during boot and
5373 shutdown, and a service is slow to start so that the cylon animation
5374 is shown, the most recent sd_notify() STATUS= text is now shown as
5375 well. Services may use this to make the boot/shutdown output easier
5376 to understand, and to indicate what precisely a service that is slow
5377 to start or stop is waiting for. In particular, the per-user service
5378 manager instance now reports what it is doing and which service it is
5379 waiting for this way to the system service manager.
5381 * The service manager will now re-execute on reception of the
5382 SIGRTMIN+25 signal. It previously already did that on SIGTERM — but
5383 only when running as PID 1. There was no signal to request this when
5384 running as per-user service manager, i.e. as any other PID than 1.
5385 SIGRTMIN+25 works for both system and user managers.
5387 * The hardware watchdog logic in PID 1 gained support for operating
5388 with the default timeout configured in the hardware, instead of
5389 insisting on re-configuring it. Set RuntimeWatchdogSec=default to
5390 request this behavior.
5392 * A new kernel command line option systemd.watchdog_sec= is now
5393 understood which may be used to override the hardware watchdog
5394 timeout for the boot.
5396 * A new setting DefaultOOMScoreAdjust= is now supported in
5397 /etc/systemd/system.conf and /etc/systemd/user.conf. It may be used
5398 to set the default process OOM score adjustment value for processes
5399 started by the service manager. For per-user service managers this
5400 now defaults to 100, but for per-system service managers is left as
5401 is. This means that by default now services forked off the user
5402 service manager are more likely to be killed by the OOM killer than
5403 system services or the managers themselves.
5405 * A new per-service setting RestrictFileSystems= as been added that
5406 restricts the file systems a service has access to by their type.
5407 This is based on the new BPF LSM of the Linux kernel. It provides an
5408 effective way to make certain API file systems unavailable to
5409 services (and thus minimizing attack surface). A new command
5410 "systemd-analyze filesystems" has been added that lists all known
5411 file system types (and how they are grouped together under useful
5414 * Services now support a new setting RestrictNetworkInterfaces= for
5415 restricting access to specific network interfaces.
5417 * Service unit files gained new settings StartupAllowedCPUs= and
5418 StartupAllowedMemoryNodes=. These are similar to their counterparts
5419 without the "Startup" prefix and apply during the boot process
5420 only. This is useful to improve boot-time behavior of the system and
5421 assign resources differently during boot than during regular
5422 runtime. This is similar to the preexisting StartupCPUWeight=
5425 * Related to this: the various StartupXYZ= settings
5426 (i.e. StartupCPUWeight=, StartupAllowedCPUs=, …) are now also applied
5427 during shutdown. The settings not prefixed with "Startup" hence apply
5428 during regular runtime, and those that are prefixed like that apply
5429 during boot and shutdown.
5431 * A new per-unit set of conditions/asserts
5432 [Condition|Assert][Memory|CPU|IO]Pressure= have been added to make a
5433 unit skip/fail activation if the system's (or a slice's) memory/cpu/io
5434 pressure is above the configured threshold, using the kernel PSI
5435 feature. For more details see systemd.unit(5) and
5436 https://docs.kernel.org/accounting/psi.html
5438 * The combination of ProcSubset=pid and ProtectKernelTunables=yes and/or
5439 ProtectKernelLogs=yes can now be used.
5441 * The default maximum numbers of inodes have been raised from 64k to 1M
5442 for /dev/, and from 400k to 1M for /tmp/.
5444 * The per-user service manager learnt support for communicating with
5445 systemd-oomd to acquire OOM kill information.
5447 * A new service setting ExecSearchPath= has been added that allows
5448 changing the search path for executables for services. It affects
5449 where we look for the binaries specified in ExecStart= and similar,
5450 and the specified directories are also added the $PATH environment
5451 variable passed to invoked processes.
5453 * A new setting RuntimeRandomizedExtraSec= has been added for service
5454 and scope units that allows extending the runtime timeout as
5455 configured by RuntimeMaxSec= with a randomized amount.
5457 * The syntax of the service unit settings RuntimeDirectory=,
5458 StateDirectory=, CacheDirectory=, LogsDirectory= has been extended:
5459 if the specified value is now suffixed with a colon, followed by
5460 another filename, the latter will be created as symbolic link to the
5461 specified directory. This allows creating these service directories
5462 together with alias symlinks to make them available under multiple
5465 * Service unit files gained two new settings TTYRows=/TTYColumns= for
5466 configuring rows/columns of the TTY device passed to
5467 stdin/stdout/stderr of the service. This is useful to propagate TTY
5468 dimensions to a virtual machine.
5470 * A new service unit file setting ExitType= has been added that
5471 specifies when to assume a service has exited. By default systemd
5472 only watches the main process of a service. By setting
5473 ExitType=cgroup it can be told to wait for the last process in a
5476 * Automount unit files gained a new setting ExtraOptions= that can be
5477 used to configure additional mount options to pass to the kernel when
5478 mounting the autofs instance.
5480 * "Urlification" (generation of ESC sequences that generate clickable
5481 hyperlinks in modern terminals) may now be turned off altogether
5484 * Path units gained new TriggerLimitBurst= and TriggerLimitIntervalSec=
5485 settings that default to 200 and 2 s respectively. The ratelimit
5486 ensures that a path unit cannot cause PID1 to busy-loop when it is
5487 trying to trigger a service that is skipped because of a Condition*=
5488 not being satisfied. This matches the configuration and behaviour of
5491 * The TPM2/FIDO2/PKCS11 support in systemd-cryptsetup is now also built
5492 as a plug-in for cryptsetup. This means the plain cryptsetup command
5493 may now be used to unlock volumes set up this way.
5495 * The TPM2 logic in cryptsetup will now automatically detect systems
5496 where the TPM2 chip advertises SHA256 PCR banks but the firmware only
5497 updates the SHA1 banks. In such a case PCR policies will be
5498 automatically bound to the latter, not the former. This makes the PCR
5499 policies reliable, but of course do not provide the same level of
5500 trust as SHA256 banks.
5502 * The TPM2 logic in systemd-cryptsetup/systemd-cryptsetup now supports
5503 RSA primary keys in addition to ECC, improving compatibility with
5504 TPM2 chips that do not support ECC. RSA keys are much slower to use
5505 than ECC, and hence are only used if ECC is not available.
5507 * /etc/crypttab gained support for a new token-timeout= setting for
5508 encrypted volumes that allows configuration of the maximum time to
5509 wait for PKCS#11/FIDO2 tokens to be plugged in. If the time elapses
5510 the logic will query the user for a regular passphrase/recovery key
5513 * Support for activating dm-integrity volumes at boot via a new file
5514 /etc/integritytab and the tool systemd-integritysetup have been
5515 added. This is similar to /etc/crypttab and /etc/veritytab, but deals
5516 with dm-integrity instead of dm-crypt/dm-verity.
5518 * The systemd-veritysetup-generator now understands a new usrhash=
5519 kernel command line option for specifying the Verity root hash for
5520 the partition backing the /usr/ file system. A matching set of
5521 systemd.verity_usr_* kernel command line options has been added as
5522 well. These all work similar to the corresponding options for the
5525 * The sd-device API gained a new API call sd_device_get_diskseq() to
5526 return the DISKSEQ property of a device structure. The "disk
5527 sequence" concept is a new feature recently introduced to the Linux
5528 kernel that allows detecting reuse cycles of block devices, i.e. can
5529 be used to recognize when loopback block devices are reused for a
5530 different purpose or CD-ROM drives get their media changed.
5532 * A new unit systemd-boot-update.service has been added. If enabled
5533 (the default) and the sd-boot loader is detected to be installed, it
5534 is automatically updated to the newest version when out of date. This
5535 is useful to ensure the boot loader remains up-to-date, and updates
5536 automatically propagate from the OS tree in /usr/.
5538 * sd-boot will now build with SBAT by default in order to facilitate
5539 working with recent versions of Shim that require it to be present.
5541 * sd-boot can now parse Microsoft Windows' Boot Configuration Data.
5542 This is used to robustly generate boot entry titles for Windows.
5544 * A new generic target unit factory-reset.target has been added. It is
5545 hooked into systemd-logind similar in fashion to
5546 reboot/poweroff/suspend/hibernate, and is supposed to be used to
5547 initiate a factory reset operation. What precisely this operation
5548 entails is up for the implementer to decide, the primary goal of the
5549 new unit is provide a framework where to plug in the implementation
5550 and how to trigger it.
5552 * A new meson build-time option 'clock-valid-range-usec-max' has been
5553 added which takes a time in µs and defaults to 15 years. If the RTC
5554 time is noticed to be more than the specified time ahead of the
5555 built-in epoch of systemd (which by default is the release timestamp
5556 of systemd) it is assumed that the RTC is not working correctly, and
5557 the RTC is reset to the epoch. (It already is reset to the epoch when
5558 noticed to be before it.) This should increase the chance that time
5559 doesn't accidentally jump too far ahead due to faulty hardware or
5562 * A new setting SaveIntervalSec= has been added to systemd-timesyncd,
5563 which may be used to automatically save the current system time to
5564 disk in regular intervals. This is useful to maintain a roughly
5565 monotonic clock even without RTC hardware and with some robustness
5566 against abnormal system shutdown.
5568 * systemd-analyze verify gained support for a pair of new --image= +
5569 --root= switches for verifying units below a specific root
5570 directory/image instead of on the host.
5572 * systemd-analyze verify gained support for verifying unit files under
5573 an explicitly specified unit name, independently of what the filename
5576 * systemd-analyze verify gained a new switch --recursive-errors= which
5577 controls whether to only fail on errors found in the specified units
5578 or recursively any dependent units.
5580 * systemd-analyze security now supports a new --offline mode for
5581 analyzing unit files stored on disk instead of loaded units. It may
5582 be combined with --root=/--image to analyze unit files under a root
5583 directory or disk image. It also learnt a new --threshold= parameter
5584 for specifying an exposure level threshold: if the exposure level
5585 exceeds the specified value the call will fail. It also gained a new
5586 --security-policy= switch for configuring security policies to
5587 enforce on the units. A policy is a JSON file that lists which tests
5588 shall be weighted how much to determine the overall exposure
5589 level. Altogether these new features are useful for fully automatic
5590 analysis and enforcement of security policies on unit files.
5592 * systemd-analyze security gain a new --json= switch for JSON output.
5594 * systemd-analyze learnt a new --quiet switch for reducing
5595 non-essential output. It's honored by the "dot", "syscall-filter",
5596 "filesystems" commands.
5598 * systemd-analyze security gained a --profile= option that can be used
5599 to take into account a portable profile when analyzing portable
5600 services, since a lot of the security-related settings are enabled
5603 * systemd-analyze learnt a new inspect-elf verb that parses ELF core
5604 files, binaries and executables and prints metadata information,
5605 including the build-id and other info described on:
5606 https://systemd.io/COREDUMP_PACKAGE_METADATA/
5608 * .network files gained a new UplinkInterface= in the [IPv6SendRA]
5609 section, for automatically propagating DNS settings from other
5612 * The static lease DHCP server logic in systemd-networkd may now serve
5613 IP addresses outside of the configured IP pool range for the server.
5615 * CAN support in systemd-networkd gained four new settings Loopback=,
5616 OneShot=, PresumeAck=, ClassicDataLengthCode= for tweaking CAN
5617 control modes. It gained a number of further settings for tweaking
5620 * The [CAN] section in .network file gained new TimeQuantaNSec=,
5621 PropagationSegment=, PhaseBufferSegment1=, PhaseBufferSegment2=,
5622 SyncJumpWidth=, DataTimeQuantaNSec=, DataPropagationSegment=,
5623 DataPhaseBufferSegment1=, DataPhaseBufferSegment2=, and
5624 DataSyncJumpWidth= settings to control bit-timing processed by the
5627 * DHCPv4 client support in systemd-networkd learnt a new Label= option
5628 for configuring the address label to apply to configure IPv4
5631 * The [IPv6AcceptRA] section of .network files gained support for a new
5632 UseMTU= setting that may be used to control whether to apply the
5633 announced MTU settings to the local interface.
5635 * The [DHCPv4] section in .network file gained a new Use6RD= boolean
5636 setting to control whether the DHCPv4 client request and process the
5639 * The [DHCPv6PrefixDelegation] section in .network file is renamed to
5640 [DHCPPrefixDelegation], as now the prefix delegation is also supported
5641 with DHCPv4 protocol by enabling the Use6RD= setting.
5643 * The [DHCPPrefixDelegation] section in .network file gained a new
5644 setting UplinkInterface= to specify the upstream interface.
5646 * The [DHCPv6] section in .network file gained a new setting
5647 UseDelegatedPrefix= to control whether the delegated prefixes will be
5648 propagated to the downstream interfaces.
5650 * The [IPv6AcceptRA] section of .network files now understands two new
5651 settings UseGateway=/UseRoutePrefix= for explicitly configuring
5652 whether to use the relevant fields from the IPv6 Router Advertisement
5655 * The ForceDHCPv6PDOtherInformation= setting in the [DHCPv6] section
5656 has been removed. Please use the WithoutRA= and UseDelegatedPrefix=
5657 settings in the [DHCPv6] section and the DHCPv6Client= setting in the
5658 [IPv6AcceptRA] section to control when the DHCPv6 client is started
5659 and how the delegated prefixes are handled by the DHCPv6 client.
5661 * The IPv6Token= section in the [Network] section is deprecated, and
5662 the [IPv6AcceptRA] section gained the Token= setting for its
5663 replacement. The [IPv6Prefix] section also gained the Token= setting.
5664 The Token= setting gained 'eui64' mode to explicitly configure an
5665 address with the EUI64 algorithm based on the interface MAC address.
5666 The 'prefixstable' mode can now optionally take a secret key. The
5667 Token= setting in the [DHCPPrefixDelegation] section now supports all
5668 algorithms supported by the same settings in the other sections.
5670 * The [RoutingPolicyRule] section of .network file gained a new
5671 SuppressInterfaceGroup= setting.
5673 * The IgnoreCarrierLoss= setting in the [Network] section of .network
5674 files now allows a duration to be specified, controlling how long to
5675 wait before reacting to carrier loss.
5677 * The [DHCPServer] section of .network file gained a new Router=
5678 setting to specify the router address.
5680 * The [CAKE] section of .network files gained various new settings
5681 AutoRateIngress=, CompensationMode=, FlowIsolationMode=, NAT=,
5682 MPUBytes=, PriorityQueueingPreset=, FirewallMark=, Wash=, SplitGSO=,
5683 and UseRawPacketSize= for configuring CAKE.
5685 * systemd-networkd now ships with new default .network files:
5686 80-container-vb.network which matches host-side network bridge device
5687 created by systemd-nspawn's --network-bridge or --network-zone
5688 switch, and 80-6rd-tunnel.network which matches automatically created
5689 sit tunnel with 6rd prefix when the DHCP 6RD option is received.
5691 * systemd-networkd's handling of Endpoint= resolution for WireGuard
5692 interfaces has been improved.
5694 * systemd-networkd will now automatically configure routes to addresses
5695 specified in AllowedIPs=. This feature can be controlled via
5696 RouteTable= and RouteMetric= settings in [WireGuard] or
5697 [WireGuardPeer] sections.
5699 * systemd-networkd will now once again automatically generate persistent
5700 MAC addresses for batadv and bridge interfaces. Users can disable this
5701 by using MACAddress=none in .netdev files.
5703 * systemd-networkd and systemd-udevd now support IP over InfiniBand
5704 interfaces. The Kind= setting in .netdev file accepts "ipoib". And
5705 systemd.netdev files gained the [IPoIB] section.
5707 * systemd-networkd and systemd-udevd now support net.ifname_policy=
5708 option on the kernel command-line. This is implemented through the
5709 systemd-network-generator service that automatically generates
5710 appropriate .link, .network, and .netdev files.
5712 * The various systemd-udevd "ethtool" buffer settings now understand
5713 the special value "max" to configure the buffers to the maximum the
5716 * systemd-udevd's .link files may now configure a large variety of
5717 NIC coalescing settings, plus more hardware offload settings.
5719 * .link files gained a new WakeOnLanPassword= setting in the [Link]
5720 section that allows to specify a WoL "SecureOn" password on hardware
5723 * systemd-nspawn's --setenv= switch now supports an additional syntax:
5724 if only a variable name is specified (i.e. without being suffixed by
5725 a '=' character and a value) the current value of the environment
5726 variable is propagated to the container. e.g. --setenv=FOO will
5727 lookup the current value of $FOO in the environment, and pass it down
5728 to the container. Similar behavior has been added to homectl's,
5729 machinectl's and systemd-run's --setenv= switch.
5731 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch --suppress-sync= which may be used
5732 to optionally suppress the effect of the sync()/fsync()/fdatasync()
5733 system calls for the container payload. This is useful for build
5734 system environments where safety against abnormal system shutdown is
5735 not essential as all build artifacts can be regenerated any time, but
5736 the performance win is beneficial.
5738 * systemd-nspawn will now raise the RLIMIT_NOFILE hard limit to the
5739 same value that PID 1 uses for most forked off processes.
5741 * systemd-nspawn's --bind=/--bind-ro= switches now optionally take
5742 uidmap/nouidmap options as last parameter. If "uidmap" is used the
5743 bind mounts are created with UID mapping taking place that ensures
5744 the host's file ownerships are mapped 1:1 to container file
5745 ownerships, even if user namespacing is used. This way
5746 files/directories bound into containers will no longer show up as
5747 owned by the nobody user as they typically did if no special care was
5748 taken to shift them manually.
5750 * When discovering Windows installations sd-boot will now attempt to
5751 show the Windows version.
5753 * The color scheme to use in sd-boot may now be configured at
5756 * sd-boot gained the ability to change screen resolution during
5757 boot-time, by hitting the "r" key. This will cycle through available
5758 resolutions and save the last selection.
5760 * sd-boot learnt a new hotkey "f". When pressed the system will enter
5761 firmware setup. This is useful in environments where it is difficult
5762 to hit the right keys early enough to enter the firmware, and works
5763 on any firmware regardless which key it natively uses.
5765 * sd-boot gained support for automatically booting into the menu item
5766 selected on the last boot (using the "@saved" identifier for menu
5769 * sd-boot gained support for automatically loading all EFI drivers
5770 placed in the /EFI/systemd/drivers/ subdirectory of the EFI System
5771 Partition (ESP). These drivers are loaded before the menu entries are
5772 loaded. This is useful e.g. to load additional file system drivers
5773 for the XBOOTLDR partition.
5775 * systemd-boot will now paint the input cursor on its own instead of
5776 relying on the firmware to do so, increasing compatibility with broken
5777 firmware that doesn't make the cursor reasonably visible.
5779 * sd-boot now embeds a .osrel PE section like we expect from Boot
5780 Loader Specification Type #2 Unified Kernels. This means sd-boot
5781 itself may be used in place of a Type #2 Unified Kernel. This is
5782 useful for debugging purposes as it allows chain-loading one a
5783 (development) sd-boot instance from another.
5785 * sd-boot now supports a new "devicetree" field in Boot Loader
5786 Specification Type #1 entries: if configured the specified device
5787 tree file is installed before the kernel is invoked. This is useful
5788 for installing/applying new devicetree files without updating the
5791 * Similarly, sd-stub now can read devicetree data from a PE section
5792 ".dtb" and apply it before invoking the kernel.
5794 * sd-stub (the EFI stub that can be glued in front of a Linux kernel)
5795 gained the ability to pick up credentials and sysext files, wrap them
5796 in a cpio archive, and pass as an additional initrd to the invoked
5797 Linux kernel, in effect placing those files in the /.extra/ directory
5798 of the initrd environment. This is useful to implement trusted initrd
5799 environments which are fully authenticated but still can be extended
5800 (via sysexts) and parameterized (via encrypted/authenticated
5801 credentials, see above).
5803 Credentials can be located next to the kernel image file (credentials
5804 specific to a single boot entry), or in one of the shared directories
5805 (credentials applicable to multiple boot entries).
5807 * sd-stub now comes with a full man page, that explains its feature set
5808 and how to combine a kernel image, an initrd and the stub to build a
5809 complete EFI unified kernel image, implementing Boot Loader
5810 Specification Type #2.
5812 * sd-stub may now provide the initrd to the executed kernel via the
5813 LINUX_EFI_INITRD_MEDIA_GUID EFI protocol, adding compatibility for
5814 non-x86 architectures.
5816 * bootctl learnt new set-timeout and set-timeout-oneshot commands that
5817 may be used to set the boot menu timeout of the boot loader (for all
5818 or just the subsequent boot).
5820 * bootctl and kernel-install will now read variables
5821 KERNEL_INSTALL_LAYOUT= from /etc/machine-info and layout= from
5822 /etc/kernel/install.conf. When set, it specifies the layout to use
5823 for installation directories on the boot partition, so that tools
5824 don't need to guess it based on the already-existing directories. The
5825 only value that is defined natively is "bls", corresponding to the
5827 https://systemd.io/BOOT_LOADER_SPECIFICATION/. Plugins for
5828 kernel-install that implement a different layout can declare other
5829 values for this variable.
5831 'bootctl install' will now write KERNEL_INSTALL_LAYOUT=bls, on the
5832 assumption that if the user installed sd-boot to the ESP, they intend
5833 to use the entry layout understood by sd-boot. It'll also write
5834 KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID= if it creates any directories using the ID
5835 (and it wasn't specified in the config file yet). Similarly,
5836 kernel-install will now write KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID= (if it
5837 wasn't specified in the config file yet). Effectively, those changes
5838 mean that the machine-id used for boot loader entry installation is
5839 "frozen" upon first use and becomes independent of the actual
5842 Configuring KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID fixes the following problem:
5843 images created for distribution ("golden images") are built with no
5844 machine-id, so that a unique machine-id can be created on the first
5845 boot. But those images may contain boot loader entries with the
5846 machine-id used during build included in paths. Using a "frozen"
5847 value allows unambiguously identifying entries that match the
5848 specific installation, while still permitting parallel installations
5851 Configuring KERNEL_INSTALL_LAYOUT obviates the need for
5852 kernel-install to guess the installation layout. This fixes the
5853 problem where a (possibly empty) directory in the boot partition is
5854 created from a different layout causing kernel-install plugins to
5855 assume the wrong layout. A particular example of how this may happen
5856 is the grub2 package in Fedora which includes directories under /boot
5857 directly in its file list. Various other packages pull in grub2 as a
5858 dependency, so it may be installed even if unused, breaking
5859 installations that use the bls layout.
5861 * bootctl and systemd-bless-boot can now be linked statically.
5863 * systemd-sysext now optionally doesn't insist on extension-release.d/
5864 files being placed in the image under the image's file name. If the
5865 file system xattr user.extension-release.strict is set on the
5866 extension release file, it is accepted regardless of its name. This
5867 relaxes security restrictions a bit, as system extension may be
5868 attached under a wrong name this way.
5870 * udevadm's test-builtin command learnt a new --action= switch for
5871 testing the built-in with the specified action (in place of the
5874 * udevadm info gained new switches --property=/--value for showing only
5875 specific udev properties/values instead of all.
5877 * A new hwdb database has been added that contains matches for various
5878 types of signal analyzers (protocol analyzers, logic analyzers,
5879 oscilloscopes, multimeters, bench power supplies, etc.) that should
5880 be accessible to regular users.
5882 * A new hwdb database entry has been added that carries information
5883 about types of cameras (regular or infrared), and in which direction
5884 they point (front or back).
5886 * A new rule to allow console users access to rfkill by default has been
5889 * Device nodes for the Software Guard eXtension enclaves (sgx_vepc) are
5890 now also owned by the system group "sgx".
5892 * A new build-time meson option "extra-net-naming-schemes=" has been
5893 added to define additional naming schemes for udev's network
5894 interface naming logic. This is useful for enterprise distributions
5895 and similar which want to pin the schemes of certain distribution
5896 releases under a specific name and previously had to patch the
5897 sources to introduce new named schemes.
5899 * The predictable naming logic for network interfaces has been extended
5900 to generate stable names from Xen netfront device information.
5902 * hostnamed's chassis property can now be sourced from chassis-type
5903 field encoded in devicetree (in addition to the existing DMI
5906 * systemd-cgls now optionally displays cgroup IDs and extended
5907 attributes for each cgroup. (Controllable via the new --xattr= +
5908 --cgroup-id= switches.)
5910 * coredumpctl gained a new --all switch for operating on all
5911 Journal files instead of just the local ones.
5913 * systemd-coredump will now use libdw/libelf via dlopen() rather than
5914 directly linking, allowing users to easily opt-out of backtrace/metadata
5915 analysis of core files, and reduce image sizes when this is not needed.
5917 * systemd-coredump will now analyze core files with libdw/libelf in a
5918 forked, sandboxed process.
5920 * systemd-homed will now try to unmount an activate home area in
5921 regular intervals once the user logged out fully. Previously this was
5922 attempted exactly once but if the home directory was busy for some
5923 reason it was not tried again.
5925 * systemd-homed's LUKS2 home area backend will now create a BSD file
5926 system lock on the image file while the home area is active
5927 (i.e. mounted). If a home area is found to be locked, logins are
5928 politely refused. This should improve behavior when using home areas
5929 images that are accessible via the network from multiple clients, and
5930 reduce the chance of accidental file system corruption in that case.
5932 * Optionally, systemd-homed will now drop the kernel buffer cache once
5933 a user has fully logged out, configurable via the new --drop-caches=
5936 * systemd-homed now makes use of UID mapped mounts for the home areas.
5937 If the kernel and used file system support it, files are now
5938 internally owned by the "nobody" user (i.e. the user typically used
5939 for indicating "this ownership is not mapped"), and dynamically
5940 mapped to the UID used locally on the system via the UID mapping
5941 mount logic of recent kernels. This makes migrating home areas
5942 between different systems cheaper because recursively chown()ing file
5943 system trees is no longer necessary.
5945 * systemd-homed's CIFS backend now optionally supports CIFS service
5946 names with a directory suffix, in order to place home directories in
5947 a subdirectory of a CIFS share, instead of the top-level directory.
5949 * systemd-homed's CIFS backend gained support for specifying additional
5950 mount options in the JSON user record (cifsExtraMountOptions field,
5951 and --cifs-extra-mount-options= homectl switch). This is for example
5952 useful for configuring mount options such as "noserverino" that some
5953 SMB3 services require (use that to run a homed home directory from a
5954 FritzBox SMB3 share this way).
5956 * systemd-homed will now default to btrfs' zstd compression for home
5957 areas. This is inspired by Fedora's recent decision to switch to zstd
5960 * Additional mount options to use when mounting the file system of
5961 LUKS2 volumes in systemd-homed has been added. Via the
5962 $SYSTEMD_HOME_MOUNT_OPTIONS_BTRFS, $SYSTEMD_HOME_MOUNT_OPTIONS_EXT4,
5963 $SYSTEMD_HOME_MOUNT_OPTIONS_XFS environment variables to
5964 systemd-homed or via the luksExtraMountOptions user record JSON
5965 property. (Exposed via homectl --luks-extra-mount-options)
5967 * homectl's resize command now takes the special size specifications
5968 "min" and "max" to shrink/grow the home area to the minimum/maximum
5969 size possible, taking disk usage/space constraints and file system
5970 limitations into account. Resizing is now generally graceful: the
5971 logic will try to get as close to the specified size as possible, but
5972 not consider it a failure if the request couldn't be fulfilled
5975 * systemd-homed gained the ability to automatically shrink home areas
5976 on logout to their minimal size and grow them again on next
5977 login. This ensures that while inactive, a home area only takes up
5978 the minimal space necessary, but once activated, it provides
5979 sufficient space for the user's needs. This behavior is only
5980 supported if btrfs is used as file system inside the home area
5981 (because only for btrfs online growing/shrinking is implemented in
5982 the kernel). This behavior is now enabled by default, but may be
5983 controlled via the new --auto-resize-mode= setting of homectl.
5985 * systemd-homed gained support for automatically re-balancing free disk
5986 space among active home areas, in case the LUKS2 backends are used,
5987 and no explicit disk size was requested. This way disk space is
5988 automatically managed and home areas resized in regular intervals and
5989 manual resizing when disk space becomes scarce should not be
5990 necessary anymore. This behavior is only supported if btrfs is used
5991 within the home areas (as only then online shrinking and growing is
5992 supported), and may be configured via the new rebalanceWeight JSON
5993 user record field (as exposed via the new --rebalance-weight= homectl
5994 setting). Re-balancing is mostly automatic, but can also be requested
5995 explicitly via "homectl rebalance", which is synchronous, and thus
5996 may be used to wait until the rebalance run is complete.
5998 * userdbctl gained a --json= switch for configured the JSON formatting
5999 to use when outputting user or group records.
6001 * userdbctl gained a new --multiplexer= switch for explicitly
6002 configuring whether to use the systemd-userdbd server side user
6003 record resolution logic.
6005 * userdbctl's ssh-authorized-keys command learnt a new --chain switch,
6006 for chaining up another command to execute after completing the
6007 look-up. Since the OpenSSH's AuthorizedKeysCommand only allows
6008 configuration of a single command to invoke, this maybe used to
6009 invoke multiple: first userdbctl's own implementation, and then any
6010 other also configured in the command line.
6012 * The sd-event API gained a new function sd_event_add_inotify_fd() that
6013 is similar to sd_event_add_inotify() but accepts a file descriptor
6014 instead of a path in the file system for referencing the inode to
6017 * The sd-event API gained a new function
6018 sd_event_source_set_ratelimit_expire_callback() that may be used to
6019 define a callback function that is called whenever an event source
6020 leaves the rate limiting phase.
6022 * New documentation has been added explaining which steps are necessary
6023 to port systemd to a new architecture:
6025 https://systemd.io/PORTING_TO_NEW_ARCHITECTURES
6027 * The x-systemd.makefs option in /etc/fstab now explicitly supports
6028 ext2, ext3, and f2fs file systems.
6030 * Mount units and units generated from /etc/fstab entries with 'noauto'
6031 are now ordered the same as other units. Effectively, they will be
6032 started earlier (if something actually pulled them in) and stopped
6033 later, similarly to normal mount units that are part of
6034 fs-local.target. This change should be invisible to users, but
6035 should prevent those units from being stopped too early during
6038 * The systemd-getty-generator now honors a new kernel command line
6039 argument systemd.getty_auto= and a new environment variable
6040 $SYSTEMD_GETTY_AUTO that allows turning it off at boot. This is for
6041 example useful to turn off gettys inside of containers or similar
6044 * systemd-resolved now listens on a second DNS stub address: 127.0.0.54
6045 (in addition to 127.0.0.53, as before). If DNS requests are sent to
6046 this address they are propagated in "bypass" mode only, i.e. are
6047 almost not processed locally, but mostly forwarded as-is to the
6048 current upstream DNS servers. This provides a stable DNS server
6049 address that proxies all requests dynamically to the right upstream
6050 DNS servers even if these dynamically change. This stub does not do
6051 mDNS/LLMNR resolution. However, it will translate look-ups to
6052 DNS-over-TLS if necessary. This new stub is particularly useful in
6053 container/VM environments, or for tethering setups: use DNAT to
6054 redirect traffic to any IP address to this stub.
6056 * systemd-importd now honors new environment variables
6057 $SYSTEMD_IMPORT_BTRFS_SUBVOL, $SYSTEMD_IMPORT_BTRFS_QUOTA,
6058 $SYSTEMD_IMPORT_SYNC, which may be used disable btrfs subvolume
6059 generation, btrfs quota setup and disk synchronization.
6061 * systemd-importd and systemd-resolved can now be optionally built with
6062 OpenSSL instead of libgcrypt.
6064 * systemd-repart no longer requires OpenSSL.
6066 * systemd-sysusers will no longer create the redundant 'nobody' group
6067 by default, as the 'nobody' user is already created with an
6068 appropriate primary group.
6070 * If a unit uses RuntimeMaxSec, systemctl show will now display it.
6072 * systemctl show-environment gained support for --output=json.
6074 * pam_systemd will now first try to use the X11 abstract socket, and
6075 fallback to the socket file in /tmp/.X11-unix/ only if that does not
6078 * systemd-journald will no longer go back to volatile storage
6079 regardless of configuration when its unit is restarted.
6081 * Initial support for the LoongArch architecture has been added (system
6082 call lists, GPT partition table UUIDs, etc).
6084 * systemd-journald's own logging messages are now also logged to the
6085 journal itself when systemd-journald logs to /dev/kmsg.
6087 * systemd-journald now re-enables COW for archived journal files on
6088 filesystems that support COW. One benefit of this change is that
6089 archived journal files will now get compressed on btrfs filesystems
6090 that have compression enabled.
6092 * systemd-journald now deduplicates fields in a single log message
6093 before adding it to the journal. In archived journal files, it will
6094 also punch holes for unused parts and truncate the file as
6095 appropriate, leading to reductions in disk usage.
6097 * journalctl --verify was extended with more informative error
6100 * More of sd-journal's functions are now resistant against journal file
6103 * The shutdown command learnt a new option --show, to display the
6106 * A LICENSES/ directory is now included in the git tree. It contains a
6107 README.md file that explains the licenses used by source files in
6108 this repository. It also contains the text of all applicable
6109 licenses as they appear on spdx.org.
6111 Contributions from: Aakash Singh, acsfer, Adolfo Jayme Barrientos,
6112 Adrian Vovk, Albert Brox, Alberto Mardegan, Alexander Kanavin,
6113 alexlzhu, Alfonso Sánchez-Beato, Alvin Šipraga, Alyssa Ross,
6114 Amir Omidi, Anatol Pomozov, Andika Triwidada, Andreas Rammhold,
6115 Andreas Valder, Andrej Lajovic, Andrew Soutar, Andrew Stone, Andy Chi,
6116 Anita Zhang, Anssi Hannula, Antonio Alvarez Feijoo,
6117 Antony Deepak Thomas, Arnaud Ferraris, Arvid E. Picciani,
6118 Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Berg, Benjamin Herrenschmidt, Ben Stockett,
6119 Bogdan Seniuc, Boqun Feng, Carl Lei, chlorophyll-zz, Chris Packham,
6120 Christian Brauner, Christian Göttsche, Christian Wehrli,
6121 Christoph Anton Mitterer, Cristian Rodríguez, Daan De Meyer,
6122 Daniel Maixner, Dann Frazier, Dan Streetman, Davide Cavalca,
6123 David Seifert, David Tardon, dependabot[bot], Dimitri John Ledkov,
6124 Dimitri Papadopoulos, Dimitry Ishenko, Dmitry Khlebnikov,
6125 Dominique Martinet, duament, Egor, Egor Ignatov, Emil Renner Berthing,
6126 Emily Gonyer, Ettore Atalan, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Florian Klink,
6127 Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, Geass-LL, Gibeom Gwon, GnunuX,
6128 Gogo Gogsi, gregzuro, Greg Zuro, Gustavo Costa, Hans de Goede,
6129 Hela Basa, Henri Chain, hikigaya58, Hugo Carvalho,
6130 Hugo Osvaldo Barrera, Iago Lopez Galeiras, Iago López Galeiras,
6131 I-dont-need-name, igo95862, Jack Dähn, James Hilliard, Jan Janssen,
6132 Jan Kuparinen, Jan Macku, Jan Palus, Jarkko Sakkinen, Jayce Fayne,
6133 jiangchuangang, jlempen, John Lindgren, Jonas Dreßler, Jonas Jelten,
6134 Jonas Witschel, Joris Hartog, José Expósito, Julia Kartseva,
6135 Kai-Heng Feng, Kai Wohlfahrt, Kay Siver Bø, KennthStailey,
6136 Kevin Kuehler, Kevin Orr, Khem Raj, Kristian Klausen, Kyle Laker,
6137 lainahai, LaserEyess, Lennart Poettering, Lia Lenckowski, longpanda,
6138 Luca Boccassi, Luca BRUNO, Ludwig Nussel, Lukas Senionis,
6139 Maanya Goenka, Maciek Borzecki, Marcel Menzel, Marco Scardovi,
6140 Marcus Harrison, Mark Boudreau, Matthijs van Duin, Mauricio Vásquez,
6141 Maxime de Roucy, Max Resch, MertsA, Michael Biebl, Michael Catanzaro,
6142 Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletár, Miika Karanki, Mike Gilbert,
6143 Milo Turner, ml, monosans, Nacho Barrientos, nassir90, Nishal Kulkarni,
6144 nl6720, Ondrej Kozina, Paulo Neves, Pavel Březina, pedro martelletto,
6145 Peter Hutterer, Peter Morrow, Piotr Drąg, Rasmus Villemoes, ratijas,
6146 Raul Tambre, rene, Riccardo Schirone, Robert-L-Turner, Robert Scheck,
6147 Ross Jennings, saikat0511, Scott Lamb, Scott Worley,
6148 Sergei Trofimovich, Sho Iizuka, Slava Bacherikov, Slimane Selyan Amiri,
6149 StefanBruens, Steven Siloti, svonohr, Taiki Sugawara, Takashi Sakamoto,
6150 Takuro Onoue, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Thomas Mühlbacher,
6151 Tianlu Shao, Toke Høiland-Jørgensen, Tom Yan, Tony Asleson,
6152 Topi Miettinen, Ulrich Ölmann, Urs Ritzmann, Vincent Bernat,
6153 Vito Caputo, Vladimir Panteleev, WANG Xuerui, Wind/owZ, Wu Xiaotian,
6154 xdavidwu, Xiaotian Wu, xujing, yangmingtai, Yao Wei, Yao Wei (魏銘廷),
6155 Yegor Alexeyev, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek,
6156 Дамјан Георгиевски, наб
6158 — Warsaw, 2021-12-23
6162 * When operating on disk images via the --image= switch of various
6163 tools (such as systemd-nspawn or systemd-dissect), or when udev finds
6164 no 'root=' parameter on the kernel command line, and multiple
6165 suitable root or /usr/ partitions exist in the image, then a simple
6166 comparison inspired by strverscmp() is done on the GPT partition
6167 label, and the newest partition is picked. This permits a simple and
6168 generic whole-file-system A/B update logic where new operating system
6169 versions are dropped into partitions whose label is then updated with
6170 a matching version identifier.
6172 * systemd-sysusers now supports querying the passwords to set for the
6173 users it creates via the "credentials" logic introduced in v247: the
6174 passwd.hashed-password.<user> and passwd.plaintext-password.<user>
6175 credentials are consulted for the password to use (either in UNIX
6176 hashed form, or literally). By default these credentials are inherited
6177 down from PID1 (which in turn imports it from a container manager if
6178 there is one). This permits easy configuration of user passwords
6179 during first boot. Example:
6181 # systemd-nspawn -i foo.raw --volatile=yes --set-credential=passwd.plaintext-password.root:foo
6183 Note that systemd-sysusers operates in purely additive mode: it
6184 executes no operation if the declared users already exist, and hence
6185 doesn't set any passwords as effect of the command line above if the
6186 specified root user exists already in the image. (Note that
6187 --volatile=yes ensures it doesn't, though.)
6189 * systemd-firstboot now also supports querying various system
6190 parameters via the credential subsystems. Thus, as above this may be
6191 used to initialize important system parameters on first boot of
6192 previously unprovisioned images (i.e. images with a mostly empty
6195 * PID 1 may now show both the unit name and the unit description
6196 strings in its status output during boot. This may be configured with
6197 StatusUnitFormat=combined in system.conf or
6198 systemd.status-unit-format=combined on the kernel command line.
6200 * The systemd-machine-id-setup tool now supports a --image= switch for
6201 provisioning a machine ID file into an OS disk image, similar to how
6202 --root= operates on an OS file tree. This matches the existing switch
6203 of the same name for systemd-tmpfiles, systemd-firstboot, and
6204 systemd-sysusers tools.
6206 * Similarly, systemd-repart gained support for the --image= switch too.
6207 In combination with the existing --size= option, this makes the tool
6208 particularly useful for easily growing disk images in a single
6209 invocation, following the declarative rules included in the image
6212 * systemd-repart's partition configuration files gained support for a
6213 new switch MakeDirectories= which may be used to create arbitrary
6214 directories inside file systems that are created, before registering
6215 them in the partition table. This is useful in particular for root
6216 partitions to create mount point directories for other partitions
6217 included in the image. For example, a disk image that contains a
6218 root, /home/, and /var/ partitions, may set MakeDirectories=yes to
6219 create /home/ and /var/ as empty directories in the root file system
6220 on its creation, so that the resulting image can be mounted
6221 immediately, even in read-only mode.
6223 * systemd-repart's CopyBlocks= setting gained support for the special
6224 value "auto". If used, a suitable matching partition on the booted OS
6225 is found as source to copy blocks from. This is useful when
6226 implementing replicating installers, that are booted from one medium
6227 and then stream their own root partition onto the target medium.
6229 * systemd-repart's partition configuration files gained support for a
6230 Flags=, a ReadOnly= and a NoAuto= setting, allowing control of these
6231 GPT partition flags for the created partitions: this is useful for
6232 marking newly created partitions as read-only, or as not being
6233 subject for automatic mounting from creation on.
6235 * The /etc/os-release file has been extended with two new (optional)
6236 variables IMAGE_VERSION= and IMAGE_ID=, carrying identity and version
6237 information for OS images that are updated comprehensively and
6238 atomically as one image. Two new specifiers %M, %A now resolve to
6239 these two fields in the various configuration options that resolve
6242 * portablectl gained a new switch --extension= for enabling portable
6243 service images with extensions that follow the extension image
6244 concept introduced with v248, and thus allows layering multiple
6245 images when setting up the root filesystem of the service.
6247 * systemd-coredump will now extract ELF build-id information from
6248 processes dumping core and include it in the coredump report.
6249 Moreover, it will look for ELF .note.package sections with
6250 distribution packaging meta-information about the crashing process.
6251 This is useful to directly embed the rpm or deb (or any other)
6252 package name and version in ELF files, making it easy to match
6253 coredump reports with the specific package for which the software was
6254 compiled. This is particularly useful on environments with ELF files
6255 from multiple vendors, different distributions and versions, as is
6256 common today in our containerized and sand-boxed world. For further
6259 https://systemd.io/COREDUMP_PACKAGE_METADATA
6261 * A new udev hardware database has been added for FireWire devices
6264 * The "net_id" built-in of udev has been updated with three
6265 backwards-incompatible changes:
6267 - PCI hotplug slot names on s390 systems are now parsed as
6268 hexadecimal numbers. They were incorrectly parsed as decimal
6269 previously, or ignored if the name was not a valid decimal
6272 - PCI onboard indices up to 65535 are allowed. Previously, numbers
6273 above 16383 were rejected. This primarily impacts s390 systems,
6274 where values up to 65535 are used.
6276 - Invalid characters in interface names are replaced with "_".
6278 The new version of the net naming scheme is "v249". The previous
6279 scheme can be selected via the "net.naming_scheme=v247" kernel
6280 command line parameter.
6282 * sd-bus' sd_bus_is_ready() and sd_bus_is_open() calls now accept a
6283 NULL bus object, for which they will return false. Or in other words,
6284 an unallocated bus connection is neither ready nor open.
6286 * The sd-device API acquired a new API function
6287 sd_device_get_usec_initialized() that returns the monotonic time when
6288 the udev device first appeared in the database.
6290 * sd-device gained a new APIs sd_device_trigger_with_uuid() and
6291 sd_device_get_trigger_uuid(). The former is similar to
6292 sd_device_trigger() but returns a randomly generated UUID that is
6293 associated with the synthetic uevent generated by the call. This UUID
6294 may be read from the sd_device object a monitor eventually receives,
6295 via the sd_device_get_trigger_uuid(). This interface requires kernel
6296 4.13 or above to work, and allows tracking a synthetic uevent through
6297 the entire device management stack. The "udevadm trigger --settle"
6298 logic has been updated to make use of this concept if available to
6299 wait precisely for the uevents it generates. "udevadm trigger" also
6300 gained a new parameter --uuid that prints the UUID for each generated
6303 * sd-device also gained new APIs sd_device_new_from_ifname() and
6304 sd_device_new_from_ifindex() for allocating an sd-device object for
6305 the specified network interface. The former accepts an interface name
6306 (either a primary or an alternative name), the latter an interface
6309 * The native Journal protocol has been documented. Clients may talk
6310 this as alternative to the classic BSD syslog protocol for locally
6311 delivering log records to the Journal. The protocol has been stable
6312 for a long time and in fact been implemented already in a variety
6313 of alternative client libraries. This documentation makes the support
6316 https://systemd.io/JOURNAL_NATIVE_PROTOCOL
6318 * A new BPFProgram= setting has been added to service files. It may be
6319 set to a path to a loaded kernel BPF program, i.e. a path to a bpffs
6320 file, or a bind mount or symlink to one. This may be used to upload
6321 and manage BPF programs externally and then hook arbitrary systemd
6324 * The "home.arpa" domain that has been officially declared as the
6325 choice for domain for local home networks per RFC 8375 has been added
6326 to the default NTA list of resolved, since DNSSEC is generally not
6327 available on private domains.
6329 * The CPUAffinity= setting of unit files now resolves "%" specifiers.
6331 * A new ManageForeignRoutingPolicyRules= setting has been added to
6332 .network files which may be used to exclude foreign-created routing
6333 policy rules from systemd-networkd management.
6335 * systemd-network-wait-online gained two new switches -4 and -6 that
6336 may be used to tweak whether to wait for only IPv4 or only IPv6
6339 * .network files gained a new RequiredFamilyForOnline= setting to
6340 fine-tune whether to require an IPv4 or IPv6 address in order to
6341 consider an interface "online".
6343 * networkctl will now show an over-all "online" state in the per-link
6346 * In .network files a new OutgoingInterface= setting has been added to
6347 specify the output interface in bridge FDB setups.
6349 * In .network files the Multipath group ID may now be configured for
6350 [NextHop] entries, via the new Group= setting.
6352 * The DHCP server logic configured in .network files gained a new
6353 setting RelayTarget= that turns the server into a DHCP server relay.
6354 The RelayAgentCircuitId= and RelayAgentRemoteId= settings may be used
6355 to further tweak the DHCP relay behaviour.
6357 * The DHCP server logic also gained a new ServerAddress= setting in
6358 .network files that explicitly specifies the server IP address to
6359 use. If not specified, the address is determined automatically, as
6362 * The DHCP server logic in systemd-networkd gained support for static
6363 DHCP leases, configurable via the [DHCPServerStaticLease]
6364 section. This allows explicitly mapping specific MAC addresses to
6365 fixed IP addresses and vice versa.
6367 * The RestrictAddressFamilies= setting in service files now supports a
6368 new special value "none". If specified sockets of all address
6369 families will be made unavailable to services configured that way.
6371 * systemd-fstab-generator and systemd-repart have been updated to
6372 support booting from disks that carry only a /usr/ partition but no
6373 root partition yet, and where systemd-repart can add it in on the
6374 first boot. This is useful for implementing systems that ship with a
6375 single /usr/ file system, and whose root file system shall be set up
6376 and formatted on a LUKS-encrypted volume whose key is generated
6377 locally (and possibly enrolled in the TPM) during the first boot.
6379 * The [Address] section of .network files now accepts a new
6380 RouteMetric= setting that configures the routing metric to use for
6381 the prefix route created as effect of the address configuration.
6382 Similarly, the [DHCPv6PrefixDelegation] and [IPv6Prefix] sections
6383 gained matching settings for their prefix routes. (The option of the
6384 same name in the [DHCPv6] section is moved to [IPv6AcceptRA], since
6385 it conceptually belongs there; the old option is still understood for
6388 * The DHCPv6 IAID and DUID are now explicitly configurable in .network
6391 * A new udev property ID_NET_DHCP_BROADCAST on network interface
6392 devices is now honoured by systemd-networkd, controlling whether to
6393 issue DHCP offers via broadcasting. This is used to ensure that s390
6394 layer 3 network interfaces work out-of-the-box with systemd-networkd.
6396 * nss-myhostname and systemd-resolved will now synthesize address
6397 records for a new special hostname "_outbound". The name will always
6398 resolve to the local IP addresses most likely used for outbound
6399 connections towards the default routes. On multi-homed hosts this is
6400 useful to have a stable handle referring to "the" local IP address
6401 that matters most, to the point where this is defined.
6403 * The Discoverable Partition Specification has been updated with a new
6404 GPT partition flag "grow-file-system" defined for its partition
6405 types. Whenever partitions with this flag set are automatically
6406 mounted (i.e. via systemd-gpt-auto-generator or the --image= switch
6407 of systemd-nspawn or other tools; and as opposed to explicit mounting
6408 via /etc/fstab), the file system within the partition is
6409 automatically grown to the full size of the partition. If the file
6410 system size already matches the partition size this flag has no
6411 effect. Previously, this functionality has been available via the
6412 explicit x-systemd.growfs mount option, and this new flag extends
6413 this to automatically discovered mounts. A new GrowFileSystem=
6414 setting has been added to systemd-repart drop-in files that allows
6415 configuring this partition flag. This new flag defaults to on for
6416 partitions automatically created by systemd-repart, except if they
6417 are marked read-only. See the specification for further details:
6419 https://systemd.io/DISCOVERABLE_PARTITIONS
6421 * .network files gained a new setting RoutesToNTP= in the [DHCPv4]
6422 section. If enabled (which is the default), and an NTP server address
6423 is acquired through a DHCP lease on this interface an explicit route
6424 to this address is created on this interface to ensure that NTP
6425 traffic to the NTP server acquired on an interface is also routed
6426 through that interface. The pre-existing RoutesToDNS= setting that
6427 implements the same for DNS servers is now enabled by default.
6429 * A pair of service settings SocketBindAllow= + SocketBindDeny= have
6430 been added that may be used to restrict the network interfaces
6431 sockets created by the service may be bound to. This is implemented
6434 * A new ConditionFirmware= setting has been added to unit files to
6435 conditionalize on certain firmware features. At the moment it may
6436 check whether running on a UEFI system, a device.tree system, or if
6437 the system is compatible with some specified device-tree feature.
6439 * A new ConditionOSRelease= setting has been added to unit files to
6440 check os-release(5) fields. The "=", "!=", "<", "<=", ">=", ">"
6441 operators may be used to check if some field has some specific value
6442 or do an alphanumerical comparison. Equality comparisons are useful
6443 for fields like ID, but relative comparisons for fields like
6444 VERSION_ID or IMAGE_VERSION.
6446 * hostnamed gained a new Describe() D-Bus method that returns a JSON
6447 serialization of the host data it exposes. This is exposed via
6448 "hostnamectl --json=" to acquire a host identity description in JSON.
6449 It's our intention to add a similar features to most services and
6450 objects systemd manages, in order to simplify integration with
6451 program code that can consume JSON.
6453 * Similarly, networkd gained a Describe() method on its Manager and
6454 Link bus objects. This is exposed via "networkctl --json=".
6456 * hostnamectl's various "get-xyz"/"set-xyz" verb pairs
6457 (e.g. "hostnamectl get-hostname", "hostnamectl "set-hostname") have
6458 been replaced by a single "xyz" verb (e.g. "hostnamectl hostname")
6459 that is used both to get the value (when no argument is given), and
6460 to set the value (when an argument is specified). The old names
6461 continue to be supported for compatibility.
6463 * systemd-detect-virt and ConditionVirtualization= are now able to
6464 correctly identify Amazon EC2 environments.
6466 * The LogLevelMax= setting of unit files now applies not only to log
6467 messages generated *by* the service, but also to log messages
6468 generated *about* the service by PID 1. To suppress logs concerning a
6469 specific service comprehensively, set this option to a high log
6472 * bootctl gained support for a new --make-machine-id-directory= switch
6473 that allows precise control on whether to create the top-level
6474 per-machine directory in the boot partition that typically contains
6475 Type 1 boot loader entries.
6477 * During build SBAT data to include in the systemd-boot EFI PE binaries
6478 may be specified now.
6480 * /etc/crypttab learnt a new option "headless". If specified any
6481 requests to query the user interactively for passwords or PINs will
6482 be skipped. This is useful on systems that are headless, i.e. where
6483 an interactive user is generally not present.
6485 * /etc/crypttab also learnt a new option "password-echo=" that allows
6486 configuring whether the encryption password prompt shall echo the
6487 typed password and if so, do so literally or via asterisks. (The
6488 default is the same behaviour as before: provide echo feedback via
6491 * FIDO2 support in systemd-cryptenroll/systemd-cryptsetup and
6492 systemd-homed has been updated to allow explicit configuration of the
6493 "user presence" and "user verification" checks, as well as whether a
6494 PIN is required for authentication, via the new switches
6495 --fido2-with-user-presence=, --fido2-with-user-verification=,
6496 --fido2-with-client-pin= to systemd-cryptenroll and homectl. Which
6497 features are available, and may be enabled or disabled depends on the
6500 * systemd-nspawn's --private-user= switch now accepts the special value
6501 "identity" which configures a user namespacing environment with an
6502 identity mapping of 65535 UIDs. This means the container UID 0 is
6503 mapped to the host UID 0, and the UID 1 to host UID 1. On first look
6504 this doesn't appear to be useful, however it does reduce the attack
6505 surface a bit, since the resulting container will possess process
6506 capabilities only within its namespace and not on the host.
6508 * systemd-nspawn's --private-user-chown switch has been replaced by a
6509 more generic --private-user-ownership= switch that accepts one of
6510 three values: "chown" is equivalent to the old --private-user-chown,
6511 and "off" is equivalent to the absence of the old switch. The value
6512 "map" uses the new UID mapping mounts of Linux 5.12 to map ownership
6513 of files and directories of the underlying image to the chosen UID
6514 range for the container. "auto" is equivalent to "map" if UID mapping
6515 mount are supported, otherwise it is equivalent to "chown". The short
6516 -U switch systemd-nspawn now implies --private-user-ownership=auto
6517 instead of the old --private-user-chown. Effectively this means: if
6518 the backing file system supports UID mapping mounts the feature is
6519 now used by default if -U is used. Generally, it's a good idea to use
6520 UID mapping mounts instead of recursive chown()ing, since it allows
6521 running containers off immutable images (since no modifications of
6522 the images need to take place), and share images between multiple
6523 instances. Moreover, the recursive chown()ing operation is slow and
6524 can be avoided. Conceptually it's also a good thing if transient UID
6525 range uses do not leak into persistent file ownership anymore. TLDR:
6526 finally, the last major drawback of user namespacing has been
6527 removed, and -U should always be used (unless you use btrfs, where
6528 UID mapped mounts do not exist; or your container actually needs
6529 privileges on the host).
6531 * nss-systemd now synthesizes user and group shadow records in addition
6532 to the main user and group records. Thus, hashed passwords managed by
6533 systemd-homed are now accessible via the shadow database.
6535 * The userdb logic (and thus nss-systemd, and so on) now read
6536 additional user/group definitions in JSON format from the drop-in
6537 directories /etc/userdb/, /run/userdb/, /run/host/userdb/ and
6538 /usr/lib/userdb/. This is a simple and powerful mechanism for making
6539 additional users available to the system, with full integration into
6540 NSS including the shadow databases. Since the full JSON user/group
6541 record format is supported this may also be used to define users with
6542 resource management settings and other runtime settings that
6543 pam_systemd and systemd-logind enforce at login.
6545 * The userdbctl tool gained two new switches --with-dropin= and
6546 --with-varlink= which can be used to fine-tune the sources used for
6547 user database lookups.
6549 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch --bind-user= for binding a host
6550 user account into the container. This does three things: the user's
6551 home directory is bind mounted from the host into the container,
6552 below the /run/userdb/home/ hierarchy. A free UID is picked in the
6553 container, and a user namespacing UID mapping to the host user's UID
6554 installed. And finally, a minimal JSON user and group record (along
6555 with its hashed password) is dropped into /run/host/userdb/. These
6556 records are picked up automatically by the userdb drop-in logic
6557 describe above, and allow the user to login with the same password as
6558 on the host. Effectively this means: if host and container run new
6559 enough systemd versions making a host user available to the container
6560 is trivially simple.
6562 * systemd-journal-gatewayd now supports the switches --user, --system,
6563 --merge, --file= that are equivalent to the same switches of
6564 journalctl, and permit exposing only the specified subset of the
6567 * The OnFailure= dependency between units is now augmented with a
6568 implicit reverse dependency OnFailureOf= (this new dependency cannot
6569 be configured directly it's only created as effect of an OnFailure=
6570 dependency in the reverse order — it's visible in "systemctl show"
6571 however). Similar, Slice= now has an reverse dependency SliceOf=,
6572 that is also not configurable directly, but useful to determine all
6573 units that are members of a slice.
6575 * A pair of new dependency types between units PropagatesStopTo= +
6576 StopPropagatedFrom= has been added, that allows propagation of unit
6577 stop events between two units. It operates similar to the existing
6578 PropagatesReloadTo= + ReloadPropagatedFrom= dependencies.
6580 * A new dependency type OnSuccess= has been added (plus the reverse
6581 dependency OnSuccessOf=, which cannot be configured directly, but
6582 exists only as effect of the reverse OnSuccess=). It is similar to
6583 OnFailure=, but triggers in the opposite case: when a service exits
6584 cleanly. This allows "chaining up" of services where one or more
6585 services are started once another service has successfully completed.
6587 * A new dependency type Upholds= has been added (plus the reverse
6588 dependency UpheldBy=, which cannot be configured directly, but exists
6589 only as effect of Upholds=). This dependency type is a stronger form
6590 of Wants=: if a unit has an UpHolds= dependency on some other unit
6591 and the former is active then the latter is started whenever it is
6592 found inactive (and no job is queued for it). This is an alternative
6593 to Restart= inside service units, but less configurable, and the
6594 request to uphold a unit is not encoded in the unit itself but in
6595 another unit that intends to uphold it.
6597 * The systemd-ask-password tool now also supports reading passwords
6598 from the credentials subsystem, via the new --credential= switch.
6600 * The systemd-ask-password tool learnt a new switch --emoji= which may
6601 be used to explicit control whether the lock and key emoji (🔐) is
6602 shown in the password prompt on suitable TTYs.
6604 * The --echo switch of systemd-ask-password now optionally takes a
6605 parameter that controls character echo. It may either show asterisks
6606 (default, as before), turn echo off entirely, or echo the typed
6607 characters literally.
6609 * The systemd-ask-password tool also gained a new -n switch for
6610 suppressing output of a trailing newline character when writing the
6611 acquired password to standard output, similar to /bin/echo's -n
6614 * New documentation has been added that describes the organization of
6615 the systemd source code tree:
6617 https://systemd.io/ARCHITECTURE
6619 * Units using ConditionNeedsUpdate= will no longer be activated in
6622 * It is now possible to list a template unit in the WantedBy= or
6623 RequiredBy= settings of the [Install] section of another template
6624 unit, which will be instantiated using the same instance name.
6626 * A new MemoryAvailable property is available for units. If the unit,
6627 or the slices it is part of, have a memory limit set via MemoryMax=/
6628 MemoryHigh=, MemoryAvailable will indicate how much more memory the
6629 unit can claim before hitting the limits.
6631 * systemd-coredump will now try to stay below the cgroup memory limit
6632 placed on itself or one of the slices it runs under, if the storage
6633 area for core files (/var/lib/systemd/coredump/) is placed on a tmpfs,
6634 since files written on such filesystems count toward the cgroup memory
6635 limit. If there is not enough available memory in such cases to store
6636 the core file uncompressed, systemd-coredump will skip to compressed
6637 storage directly (if enabled) and it will avoid analyzing the core file
6638 to print backtrace and metadata in the journal.
6640 * tmpfiles.d/ drop-ins gained a new '=' modifier to check if the type
6641 of a path matches the configured expectations, and remove it if not.
6643 * tmpfiles.d/'s 'Age' now accepts an 'age-by' argument, which allows to
6644 specify which of the several available filesystem timestamps (access
6645 time, birth time, change time, modification time) to look at when
6646 deciding whether a path has aged enough to be cleaned.
6648 * A new IPv6StableSecretAddress= setting has been added to .network
6649 files, which takes an IPv6 address to use as secret for IPv6 address
6652 * The [DHCPServer] logic in .network files gained support for a new
6653 UplinkInterface= setting that permits configuration of the uplink
6654 interface name to propagate DHCP lease information from.
6656 * The WakeOnLan= setting in .link files now accepts a list of flags
6657 instead of a single one, to configure multiple wake-on-LAN policies.
6659 * User-space defined tracepoints (USDT) have been added to udev at
6660 strategic locations. This is useful for tracing udev behaviour and
6661 performance with bpftrace and similar tools.
6663 * systemd-journald-upload gained a new NetworkTimeoutSec= option for
6664 setting a network timeout time.
6666 * If a system service is running in a new mount namespace (RootDirectory=
6667 and friends), all file systems will be mounted with MS_NOSUID by
6668 default, unless the system is running with SELinux enabled.
6670 * When enumerating time zones the timedatectl tool will now consult the
6671 'tzdata.zi' file shipped by the IANA time zone database package, in
6672 addition to 'zone1970.tab', as before. This makes sure time zone
6673 aliases are now correctly supported. Some distributions so far did
6674 not install this additional file, most do however. If you
6675 distribution does not install it yet, it might make sense to change
6678 * Intel HID rfkill event is no longer masked, since it's the only
6679 source of rfkill event on newer HP laptops. To have both backward and
6680 forward compatibility, userspace daemon needs to debounce duplicated
6681 events in a short time window.
6683 Contributions from: Aakash Singh, adrian5, Albert Brox,
6684 Alexander Sverdlin, Alexander Tsoy, Alexey Rubtsov, alexlzhu,
6685 Allen Webb, Alvin Šipraga, Alyssa Ross, Anders Wenhaug,
6686 Andrea Pappacoda, Anita Zhang, asavah, Balint Reczey, Bertrand Jacquin,
6687 borna-blazevic, caoxia2008cxx, Carlo Teubner, Christian Göttsche,
6688 Christian Hesse, Daniel Schaefer, Dan Streetman,
6689 David Santamaría Rogado, David Tardon, Deepak Rawat, dgcampea,
6690 Dimitri John Ledkov, ei-ke, Emilio Herrera, Emil Renner Berthing,
6691 Eric Cook, Flos Lonicerae, Franck Bui, Francois Gervais,
6692 Frantisek Sumsal, Gibeom Gwon, gitm0, Hamish Moffatt, Hans de Goede,
6693 Harsh Barsaiyan, Henri Chain, Hristo Venev, Icenowy Zheng, Igor Zhbanov,
6694 imayoda, Jakub Warczarek, James Buren, Jan Janssen, Jan Macku,
6695 Jan Synacek, Jason Francis, Jayanth Ananthapadmanaban, Jeremy Szu,
6696 Jérôme Carretero, Jesse Stricker, jiangchuangang, Joerg Behrmann,
6697 Jóhann B. Guðmundsson, Jörg Deckert, Jörg Thalheim, Juergen Hoetzel,
6698 Julia Kartseva, Kai-Heng Feng, Khem Raj, KoyamaSohei, laineantti,
6699 Lennart Poettering, LetzteInstanz, Luca Adrian L, Luca Boccassi,
6700 Lucas Magasweran, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marco Antonio Mauro, Mark Wielaard,
6701 Masahiro Matsuya, Matt Johnston, Michael Catanzaro, Michal Koutný,
6702 Michal Sekletár, Mike Crowe, Mike Kazantsev, Milan, milaq,
6703 Miroslav Suchý, Morten Linderud, nerdopolis, nl6720, Noah Meyerhans,
6704 Oleg Popov, Olle Lundberg, Ondrej Kozina, Paweł Marciniak, Perry.Yuan,
6705 Peter Hutterer, Peter Kjellerstedt, Peter Morrow, Phaedrus Leeds,
6706 plattrap, qhill, Raul Tambre, Roman Beranek, Roshan Shariff,
6707 Ryan Hendrickson, Samuel BF, scootergrisen, Sebastian Blunt,
6708 Seong-ho Cho, Sergey Bugaev, Sevan Janiyan, Sibo Dong, simmon,
6709 Simon Watts, Srinidhi Kaushik, Štěpán Němec, Steve Bonds, Susant Sahani,
6710 sverdlin, syyhao1994, Takashi Sakamoto, Topi Miettinen, tramsay,
6711 Trent Piepho, Uwe Kleine-König, Viktor Mihajlovski, Vincent Dechenaux,
6712 Vito Caputo, William A. Kennington III, Yangyang Shen, Yegor Alexeyev,
6713 Yi Gao, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, zsien, наб
6715 — Edinburgh, 2021-07-07
6719 * A concept of system extension images is introduced. Such images may
6720 be used to extend the /usr/ and /opt/ directory hierarchies at
6721 runtime with additional files (even if the file system is read-only).
6722 When a system extension image is activated, its /usr/ and /opt/
6723 hierarchies and os-release information are combined via overlayfs
6724 with the file system hierarchy of the host OS.
6726 A new systemd-sysext tool can be used to merge, unmerge, list, and
6727 refresh system extension hierarchies. See
6728 https://www.freedesktop.org/software/systemd/man/systemd-sysext.html.
6730 The systemd-sysext.service automatically merges installed system
6731 extensions during boot (before basic.target, but not in very early
6732 boot, since various file systems have to be mounted first).
6734 The SYSEXT_LEVEL= field in os-release(5) may be used to specify the
6735 supported system extension level.
6737 * A new ExtensionImages= unit setting can be used to apply the same
6738 system extension image concept from systemd-sysext to the namespaced
6739 file hierarchy of specific services, following the same rules and
6742 * Support for a new special "root=tmpfs" kernel command-line option has
6743 been added. When specified, a tmpfs is mounted on /, and mount.usr=
6744 should be used to point to the operating system implementation.
6746 * A new configuration file /etc/veritytab may be used to configure
6747 dm-verity integrity protection for block devices. Each line is in the
6748 format "volume-name data-device hash-device roothash options",
6749 similar to /etc/crypttab.
6751 * A new kernel command-line option systemd.verity.root_options= may be
6752 used to configure dm-verity behaviour for the root device.
6754 * The key file specified in /etc/crypttab (the third field) may now
6755 refer to an AF_UNIX/SOCK_STREAM socket in the file system. The key is
6756 acquired by connecting to that socket and reading from it. This
6757 allows the implementation of a service to provide key information
6758 dynamically, at the moment when it is needed.
6760 * When the hostname is set explicitly to "localhost", systemd-hostnamed
6761 will respect this. Previously such a setting would be mostly silently
6762 ignored. The goal is to honour configuration as specified by the
6765 * The fallback hostname that will be used by the system manager and
6766 systemd-hostnamed can now be configured in two new ways: by setting
6767 DEFAULT_HOSTNAME= in os-release(5), or by setting
6768 $SYSTEMD_DEFAULT_HOSTNAME in the environment block. As before, it can
6769 also be configured during compilation. The environment variable is
6770 intended for testing and local overrides, the os-release(5) field is
6771 intended to allow customization by different variants of a
6772 distribution that share the same compiled packages.
6774 * The environment block of the manager itself may be configured through
6775 a new ManagerEnvironment= setting in system.conf or user.conf. This
6776 complements existing ways to set the environment block (the kernel
6777 command line for the system manager, the inherited environment and
6778 user@.service unit file settings for the user manager).
6780 * systemd-hostnamed now exports the default hostname and the source of
6781 the configured hostname ("static", "transient", or "default") as
6784 * systemd-hostnamed now exports the "HardwareVendor" and
6785 "HardwareModel" D-Bus properties, which are supposed to contain a
6786 pair of cleaned up, human readable strings describing the system's
6787 vendor and model. It's typically sourced from the firmware's DMI
6788 tables, but may be augmented from a new hwdb database. hostnamectl
6789 shows this in the status output.
6791 * Support has been added to systemd-cryptsetup for extracting the
6792 PKCS#11 token URI and encrypted key from the LUKS2 JSON embedded
6793 metadata header. This allows the information how to open the
6794 encrypted device to be embedded directly in the device and obviates
6795 the need for configuration in an external file.
6797 * systemd-cryptsetup gained support for unlocking LUKS2 volumes using
6798 TPM2 hardware, as well as FIDO2 security tokens (in addition to the
6799 pre-existing support for PKCS#11 security tokens).
6801 * systemd-repart may enroll encrypted partitions using TPM2
6802 hardware. This may be useful for example to create an encrypted /var
6803 partition bound to the machine on first boot.
6805 * A new systemd-cryptenroll tool has been added to enroll TPM2, FIDO2
6806 and PKCS#11 security tokens to LUKS volumes, list and destroy
6809 https://0pointer.net/blog/unlocking-luks2-volumes-with-tpm2-fido2-pkcs11-security-hardware-on-systemd-248.html
6811 It also supports enrolling "recovery keys" and regular passphrases.
6813 * The libfido2 dependency is now based on dlopen(), so that the library
6814 is used at runtime when installed, but is not a hard runtime
6817 * systemd-cryptsetup gained support for two new options in
6818 /etc/crypttab: "no-write-workqueue" and "no-read-workqueue" which
6819 request synchronous processing of encryption/decryption IO.
6821 * The manager may be configured at compile time to use the fexecve()
6822 instead of the execve() system call when spawning processes. Using
6823 fexecve() closes a window between checking the security context of an
6824 executable and spawning it, but unfortunately the kernel displays
6825 stale information in the process' "comm" field, which impacts ps
6828 * The configuration option -Dcompat-gateway-hostname has been dropped.
6829 "_gateway" is now the only supported name.
6831 * The ConditionSecurity=tpm2 unit file setting may be used to check if
6832 the system has at least one TPM2 (tpmrm class) device.
6834 * A new ConditionCPUFeature= has been added that may be used to
6835 conditionalize units based on CPU features. For example,
6836 ConditionCPUFeature=rdrand will condition a unit so that it is only
6837 run when the system CPU supports the RDRAND opcode.
6839 * The existing ConditionControlGroupController= setting has been
6840 extended with two new values "v1" and "v2". "v2" means that the
6841 unified v2 cgroup hierarchy is used, and "v1" means that legacy v1
6842 hierarchy or the hybrid hierarchy are used.
6844 * A new PrivateIPC= setting on a unit file allows executed processes to
6845 be moved into a private IPC namespace, with separate System V IPC
6846 identifiers and POSIX message queues.
6848 A new IPCNamespacePath= allows the unit to be joined to an existing
6851 * The tables of system calls in seccomp filters are now automatically
6852 generated from kernel lists exported on
6853 https://fedora.juszkiewicz.com.pl/syscalls.html.
6855 The following architectures should now have complete lists:
6856 alpha, arc, arm64, arm, i386, ia64, m68k, mips64n32, mips64, mipso32,
6857 powerpc, powerpc64, s390, s390x, tilegx, sparc, x86_64, x32.
6859 * The MountAPIVFS= service file setting now additionally mounts a tmpfs
6860 on /run/ if it is not already a mount point. A writable /run/ has
6861 always been a requirement for a functioning system, but this was not
6862 guaranteed when using a read-only image.
6864 Users can always specify BindPaths= or InaccessiblePaths= as
6865 overrides, and they will take precedence. If the host's root mount
6866 point is used, there is no change in behaviour.
6868 * New bind mounts and file system image mounts may be injected into the
6869 mount namespace of a service (without restarting it). This is exposed
6870 respectively as 'systemctl bind <unit> <path>…' and
6871 'systemctl mount-image <unit> <image>…'.
6873 * The StandardOutput= and StandardError= settings can now specify files
6874 to be truncated for output (as "truncate:<path>").
6876 * The ExecPaths= and NoExecPaths= settings may be used to specify
6877 noexec for parts of the file system.
6879 * sd-bus has a new function sd_bus_open_user_machine() to open a
6880 connection to the session bus of a specific user in a local container
6881 or on the local host. This is exposed in the existing -M switch to
6882 systemctl and similar tools:
6884 systemctl --user -M lennart@foobar start foo
6886 This will connect to the user bus of a user "lennart" in container
6887 "foobar". If no container name is specified, the specified user on
6888 the host itself is connected to
6890 systemctl --user -M lennart@ start quux
6892 * sd-bus also gained a convenience function sd_bus_message_send() to
6893 simplify invocations of sd_bus_send(), taking only a single
6894 parameter: the message to send.
6896 * sd-event allows rate limits to be set on event sources, for dealing
6897 with high-priority event sources that might starve out others. See
6898 the new man page sd_event_source_set_ratelimit(3) for details.
6900 * systemd.link files gained a [Link] Promiscuous= switch, which allows
6901 the device to be raised in promiscuous mode.
6903 New [Link] TransmitQueues= and ReceiveQueues= settings allow the
6904 number of TX and RX queues to be configured.
6906 New [Link] TransmitQueueLength= setting allows the size of the TX
6907 queue to be configured.
6909 New [Link] GenericSegmentOffloadMaxBytes= and
6910 GenericSegmentOffloadMaxSegments= allow capping the packet size and
6911 the number of segments accepted in Generic Segment Offload.
6913 * systemd-networkd gained support for the "B.A.T.M.A.N. advanced"
6914 wireless routing protocol that operates on ISO/OSI Layer 2 only and
6915 uses ethernet frames to route/bridge packets. This encompasses a new
6916 "batadv" netdev Type=, a new [BatmanAdvanced] section with a bunch of
6917 new settings in .netdev files, and a new BatmanAdvanced= setting in
6920 * systemd.network files gained a [Network] RouteTable= configuration
6921 switch to select the routing policy table.
6923 systemd.network files gained a [RoutingPolicyRule] Type=
6924 configuration switch (one of "blackhole, "unreachable", "prohibit").
6926 systemd.network files gained a [IPv6AcceptRA] RouteDenyList= and
6927 RouteAllowList= settings to ignore/accept route advertisements from
6928 routers matching specified prefixes. The DenyList= setting has been
6929 renamed to PrefixDenyList= and a new PrefixAllowList= option has been
6932 systemd.network files gained a [DHCPv6] UseAddress= setting to
6933 optionally ignore the address provided in the lease.
6935 systemd.network files gained a [DHCPv6PrefixDelegation]
6936 ManageTemporaryAddress= switch.
6938 systemd.network files gained a new ActivationPolicy= setting which
6939 allows configuring how the UP state of an interface shall be managed,
6940 i.e. whether the interface is always upped, always downed, or may be
6941 upped/downed by the user using "ip link set dev".
6943 * The default for the Broadcast= setting in .network files has slightly
6944 changed: the broadcast address will not be configured for wireguard
6947 * systemd.netdev files gained a [VLAN] Protocol=, IngressQOSMaps=,
6948 EgressQOSMaps=, and [MACVLAN] BroadcastMulticastQueueLength=
6949 configuration options for VLAN packet handling.
6951 * udev rules may now set log_level= option. This allows debug logs to
6952 be enabled for select events, e.g. just for a specific subsystem or
6953 even a single device.
6955 * udev now exports the VOLUME_ID, LOGICAL_VOLUME_ID, VOLUME_SET_ID, and
6956 DATA_PREPARED_ID properties for block devices with ISO9660 file
6959 * udev now exports decoded DMI information about installed memory slots
6960 as device properties under the /sys/class/dmi/id/ pseudo device.
6962 * /dev/ is not mounted noexec anymore. This didn't provide any
6963 significant security benefits and would conflict with the executable
6964 mappings used with /dev/sgx device nodes. The previous behaviour can
6965 be restored for individual services with NoExecPaths=/dev (or by allow-
6966 listing and excluding /dev from ExecPaths=).
6968 * Permissions for /dev/vsock are now set to 0o666, and /dev/vhost-vsock
6969 and /dev/vhost-net are owned by the kvm group.
6971 * The hardware database has been extended with a list of fingerprint
6972 readers that correctly support USB auto-suspend using data from
6975 * systemd-resolved can now answer DNSSEC questions through the stub
6976 resolver interface in a way that allows local clients to do DNSSEC
6977 validation themselves. For a question with DO+CD set, it'll proxy the
6978 DNS query and respond with a mostly unmodified packet received from
6979 the upstream server.
6981 * systemd-resolved learnt a new boolean option CacheFromLocalhost= in
6982 resolved.conf. If true the service will provide caching even for DNS
6983 lookups made to an upstream DNS server on the 127.0.0.1/::1
6984 addresses. By default (and when the option is false) systemd-resolved
6985 will not cache such lookups, in order to avoid duplicate local
6986 caching, under the assumption the local upstream server caches
6989 * systemd-resolved now implements RFC5001 NSID in its local DNS
6990 stub. This may be used by local clients to determine whether they are
6991 talking to the DNS resolver stub or a different DNS server.
6993 * When resolving host names and other records resolvectl will now
6994 report where the data was acquired from (i.e. the local cache, the
6995 network, locally synthesized, …) and whether the network traffic it
6996 effected was encrypted or not. Moreover the tool acquired a number of
6997 new options --cache=, --synthesize=, --network=, --zone=,
6998 --trust-anchor=, --validate= that take booleans and may be used to
6999 tweak a lookup, i.e. whether it may be answered from cached
7000 information, locally synthesized information, information acquired
7001 through the network, the local mDNS/LLMNR zone, the DNSSEC trust
7002 anchor, and whether DNSSEC validation shall be executed for the
7005 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --ambient-capability= setting
7006 (AmbientCapability= in .nspawn files) to configure ambient
7007 capabilities passed to the container payload.
7009 * systemd-nspawn gained the ability to configure the firewall using the
7010 nftables subsystem (in addition to the existing iptables support).
7011 Similarly, systemd-networkd's IPMasquerade= option now supports
7012 nftables as back-end, too. In both cases NAT on IPv6 is now supported
7013 too, in addition to IPv4 (the iptables back-end still is IPv4-only).
7015 "IPMasquerade=yes", which was the same as "IPMasquerade=ipv4" before,
7016 retains its meaning, but has been deprecated. Please switch to either
7017 "ivp4" or "both" (if covering IPv6 is desired).
7019 * systemd-importd will now download .verity and .roothash.p7s files
7020 along with the machine image (as exposed via machinectl pull-raw).
7022 * systemd-oomd now gained a new DefaultMemoryPressureDurationSec=
7023 setting to configure the time a unit's cgroup needs to exceed memory
7024 pressure limits before action will be taken, and a new
7025 ManagedOOMPreference=none|avoid|omit setting to avoid killing certain
7028 systemd-oomd is now considered fully supported (the usual
7029 backwards-compatibility promises apply). Swap is not required for
7030 operation, but it is still recommended.
7032 * systemd-timesyncd gained a new ConnectionRetrySec= setting which
7033 configures the retry delay when trying to contact servers.
7035 * systemd-stdio-bridge gained --system/--user options to connect to the
7036 system bus (previous default) or the user session bus.
7038 * systemd-localed may now call locale-gen to generate missing locales
7039 on-demand (UTF-8-only). This improves integration with Debian-based
7040 distributions (Debian/Ubuntu/PureOS/Tanglu/...) and Arch Linux.
7042 * systemctl --check-inhibitors=true may now be used to obey inhibitors
7043 even when invoked non-interactively. The old --ignore-inhibitors
7044 switch is now deprecated and replaced by --check-inhibitors=false.
7046 * systemctl import-environment will now emit a warning when called
7047 without any arguments (i.e. to import the full environment block of
7048 the called program). This command will usually be invoked from a
7049 shell, which means that it'll inherit a bunch of variables which are
7050 specific to that shell, and usually to the TTY the shell is connected
7051 to, and don't have any meaning in the global context of the system or
7052 user service manager. Instead, only specific variables should be
7053 imported into the manager environment block.
7055 Similarly, programs which update the manager environment block by
7056 directly calling the D-Bus API of the manager, should also push
7057 specific variables, and not the full inherited environment.
7059 * systemctl's status output now shows unit state with a more careful
7060 choice of Unicode characters: units in maintenance show a "○" symbol
7061 instead of the usual "●", failed units show "×", and services being
7064 * coredumpctl gained a --debugger-arguments= switch to pass arguments
7065 to the debugger. It also gained support for showing coredump info in
7066 a simple JSON format.
7068 * systemctl/loginctl/machinectl's --signal= option now accept a special
7069 value "list", which may be used to show a brief table with known
7070 process signals and their numbers.
7072 * networkctl now shows the link activation policy in status.
7074 * Various tools gained --pager/--no-pager/--json= switches to
7075 enable/disable the pager and provide JSON output.
7077 * Various tools now accept two new values for the SYSTEMD_COLORS
7078 environment variable: "16" and "256", to configure how many terminal
7079 colors are used in output.
7081 * less 568 or newer is now required for the auto-paging logic of the
7082 various tools. Hyperlink ANSI sequences in terminal output are now
7083 used even if a pager is used, and older versions of less are not able
7084 to display these sequences correctly. SYSTEMD_URLIFY=0 may be used to
7085 disable this output again.
7087 * Builds with support for separate / and /usr/ hierarchies ("split-usr"
7088 builds, non-merged-usr builds) are now officially deprecated. A
7089 warning is emitted during build. Support is slated to be removed in
7090 about a year (when the Debian Bookworm release development starts).
7092 * Systems with the legacy cgroup v1 hierarchy are now marked as
7093 "tainted", to make it clearer that using the legacy hierarchy is not
7096 * systemd-localed will now refuse to configure a keymap which is not
7097 installed in the file system. This is intended as a bug fix, but
7098 could break cases where systemd-localed was used to configure the
7099 keymap in advanced of it being installed. It is necessary to install
7100 the keymap file first.
7102 * The main git development branch has been renamed to 'main'.
7104 * mmcblk[0-9]boot[0-9] devices will no longer be probed automatically
7105 for partitions, as in the vast majority of cases they contain none
7106 and are used internally by the bootloader (eg: uboot).
7108 * systemd will now set the $SYSTEMD_EXEC_PID environment variable for
7109 spawned processes to the PID of the process itself. This may be used
7110 by programs for detecting whether they were forked off by the service
7111 manager itself or are a process forked off further down the tree.
7113 * The sd-device API gained four new calls: sd_device_get_action() to
7114 determine the uevent add/remove/change/… action the device object has
7115 been seen for, sd_device_get_seqno() to determine the uevent sequence
7116 number, sd_device_new_from_stat_rdev() to allocate a new sd_device
7117 object from stat(2) data of a device node, and sd_device_trigger() to
7118 write to the 'uevent' attribute of a device.
7120 * For most tools the --no-legend= switch has been replaced by
7121 --legend=no and --legend=yes, to force whether tables are shown with
7124 * Units acquired a new property "Markers" that takes a list of zero,
7125 one or two of the following strings: "needs-reload" and
7126 "needs-restart". These markers may be set via "systemctl
7127 set-property". Once a marker is set, "systemctl reload-or-restart
7128 --marked" may be invoked to execute the operation the units are
7129 marked for. This is useful for package managers that want to mark
7130 units for restart/reload while updating, but effect the actual
7131 operations at a later step at once.
7133 * The sd_bus_message_read_strv() API call of sd-bus may now also be
7134 used to parse arrays of D-Bus signatures and D-Bus paths, in addition
7137 * bootctl will now report whether the UEFI firmware used a TPM2 device
7138 and measured the boot process into it.
7140 * systemd-tmpfiles learnt support for a new environment variable
7141 $SYSTEMD_TMPFILES_FORCE_SUBVOL which takes a boolean value. If true
7142 the v/q/Q lines in tmpfiles.d/ snippets will create btrfs subvolumes
7143 even if the root fs of the system is not itself a btrfs volume.
7145 * systemd-detect-virt/ConditionVirtualization= will now explicitly
7146 detect Docker/Podman environments where possible. Moreover, they
7147 should be able to generically detect any container manager as long as
7148 it assigns the container a cgroup.
7150 * portablectl gained a new "reattach" verb for detaching/reattaching a
7151 portable service image, useful for updating images on-the-fly.
7153 * Intel SGX enclave device nodes (which expose a security feature of
7154 newer Intel CPUs) will now be owned by a new system group "sgx".
7156 Contributions from: Adam Nielsen, Adrian Vovk, AJ Jordan, Alan Perry,
7157 Alastair Pharo, Alexander Batischev, Ali Abdallah, Andrew Balmos,
7158 Anita Zhang, Annika Wickert, Ansgar Burchardt, Antonio Terceiro,
7159 Antonius Frie, Ardy, Arian van Putten, Ariel Fermani, Arnaud T,
7160 A S Alam, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Berg, Benjamin Robin, Björn Daase,
7161 caoxia, Carlo Wood, Charles Lee, ChopperRob, chri2, Christian Ehrhardt,
7162 Christian Hesse, Christopher Obbard, clayton craft, corvusnix, cprn,
7163 Daan De Meyer, Daniele Medri, Daniel Rusek, Dan Sanders, Dan Streetman,
7164 Darren Ng, David Edmundson, David Tardon, Deepak Rawat, Devon Pringle,
7165 Dmitry Borodaenko, dropsignal, Einsler Lee, Endre Szabo,
7166 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabian Affolter, Fangrui Song, Felipe Borges,
7167 feliperodriguesfr, Felix Stupp, Florian Hülsmann, Florian Klink,
7168 Florian Westphal, Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, Gablegritule,
7169 Gaël PORTAY, Gaurav, Giedrius Statkevičius, Greg Depoire-Ferrer,
7170 Gustavo Costa, Hans de Goede, Hela Basa, heretoenhance, hide,
7171 Iago López Galeiras, igo95862, Ilya Dmitrichenko, Jameer Pathan,
7172 Jan Tojnar, Jiehong, Jinyuan Si, Joerg Behrmann, John Slade,
7173 Jonathan G. Underwood, Jonathan McDowell, Josh Triplett, Joshua Watt,
7174 Julia Cartwright, Julien Humbert, Kairui Song, Karel Zak,
7175 Kevin Backhouse, Kevin P. Fleming, Khem Raj, Konomi, krissgjeng,
7176 l4gfcm, Lajos Veres, Lennart Poettering, Lincoln Ramsay, Luca Boccassi,
7177 Luca BRUNO, Lucas Werkmeister, Luka Kudra, Luna Jernberg,
7178 Marc-André Lureau, Martin Wilck, Matthias Klumpp, Matt Turner,
7179 Michael Gisbers, Michael Marley, Michael Trapp, Michal Fabik,
7180 Michał Kopeć, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletár, Michele Guerini Rocco,
7181 Mike Gilbert, milovlad, moson-mo, Nick, nihilix-melix, Oğuz Ersen,
7182 Ondrej Mosnacek, pali, Pavel Hrdina, Pavel Sapezhko, Perry Yuan,
7183 Peter Hutterer, Pierre Dubouilh, Piotr Drąg, Pjotr Vertaalt,
7184 Richard Laager, RussianNeuroMancer, Sam Lunt, Sebastiaan van Stijn,
7185 Sergey Bugaev, shenyangyang4, simmon, Simonas Kazlauskas,
7186 Slimane Selyan Amiri, Stefan Agner, Steve Ramage, Susant Sahani,
7187 Sven Mueller, Tad Fisher, Takashi Iwai, Thomas Haller, Tom Shield,
7188 Topi Miettinen, Torsten Hilbrich, tpgxyz, Tyler Hicks, ulf-f,
7189 Ulrich Ölmann, Vincent Pelletier, Vinnie Magro, Vito Caputo, Vlad,
7190 walbit-de, Whired Planck, wouter bolsterlee, Xℹ Ruoyao, Yangyang Shen,
7191 Yuri Chornoivan, Yu Watanabe, Zach Smith, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek,
7192 Zmicer Turok, Дамјан Георгиевски
7194 — Berlin, 2021-03-30
7198 * KERNEL API INCOMPATIBILITY: Linux 4.14 introduced two new uevents
7199 "bind" and "unbind" to the Linux device model. When this kernel
7200 change was made, systemd-udevd was only minimally updated to handle
7201 and propagate these new event types. The introduction of these new
7202 uevents (which are typically generated for USB devices and devices
7203 needing a firmware upload before being functional) resulted in a
7204 number of issues which we so far didn't address. We hoped the kernel
7205 maintainers would themselves address these issues in some form, but
7206 that did not happen. To handle them properly, many (if not most) udev
7207 rules files shipped in various packages need updating, and so do many
7208 programs that monitor or enumerate devices with libudev or sd-device,
7209 or otherwise process uevents. Please note that this incompatibility
7210 is not fault of systemd or udev, but caused by an incompatible kernel
7211 change that happened back in Linux 4.14, but is becoming more and
7212 more visible as the new uevents are generated by more kernel drivers.
7214 To minimize issues resulting from this kernel change (but not avoid
7215 them entirely) starting with systemd-udevd 247 the udev "tags"
7216 concept (which is a concept for marking and filtering devices during
7217 enumeration and monitoring) has been reworked: udev tags are now
7218 "sticky", meaning that once a tag is assigned to a device it will not
7219 be removed from the device again until the device itself is removed
7220 (i.e. unplugged). This makes sure that any application monitoring
7221 devices that match a specific tag is guaranteed to both see uevents
7222 where the device starts being relevant, and those where it stops
7223 being relevant (the latter now regularly happening due to the new
7224 "unbind" uevent type). The udev tags concept is hence now a concept
7225 tied to a *device* instead of a device *event* — unlike for example
7226 udev properties whose lifecycle (as before) is generally tied to a
7227 device event, meaning that the previously determined properties are
7228 forgotten whenever a new uevent is processed.
7230 With the newly redefined udev tags concept, sometimes it's necessary
7231 to determine which tags are the ones applied by the most recent
7232 uevent/database update, in order to discern them from those
7233 originating from earlier uevents/database updates of the same
7234 device. To accommodate for this a new automatic property CURRENT_TAGS
7235 has been added that works similar to the existing TAGS property but
7236 only lists tags set by the most recent uevent/database
7237 update. Similarly, the libudev/sd-device API has been updated with
7238 new functions to enumerate these 'current' tags, in addition to the
7239 existing APIs that now enumerate the 'sticky' ones.
7241 To properly handle "bind"/"unbind" on Linux 4.14 and newer it is
7242 essential that all udev rules files and applications are updated to
7243 handle the new events. Specifically:
7245 • All rule files that currently use a header guard similar to
7246 ACTION!="add|change",GOTO="xyz_end" should be updated to use
7247 ACTION=="remove",GOTO="xyz_end" instead, so that the
7248 properties/tags they add are also applied whenever "bind" (or
7249 "unbind") is seen. (This is most important for all physical device
7250 types — those for which "bind" and "unbind" are currently
7251 generated, for all other device types this change is still
7252 recommended but not as important — but certainly prepares for
7253 future kernel uevent type additions).
7255 • Similarly, all code monitoring devices that contains an 'if' branch
7256 discerning the "add" + "change" uevent actions from all other
7257 uevents actions (i.e. considering devices only relevant after "add"
7258 or "change", and irrelevant on all other events) should be reworked
7259 to instead negatively check for "remove" only (i.e. considering
7260 devices relevant after all event types, except for "remove", which
7261 invalidates the device). Note that this also means that devices
7262 should be considered relevant on "unbind", even though conceptually
7263 this — in some form — invalidates the device. Since the precise
7264 effect of "unbind" is not generically defined, devices should be
7265 considered relevant even after "unbind", however I/O errors
7266 accessing the device should then be handled gracefully.
7268 • Any code that uses device tags for deciding whether a device is
7269 relevant or not most likely needs to be updated to use the new
7270 udev_device_has_current_tag() API (or sd_device_has_current_tag()
7271 in case sd-device is used), to check whether the tag is set at the
7272 moment an uevent is seen (as opposed to the existing
7273 udev_device_has_tag() API which checks if the tag ever existed on
7274 the device, following the API concept redefinition explained
7277 We are very sorry for this breakage and the requirement to update
7278 packages using these interfaces. We'd again like to underline that
7279 this is not caused by systemd/udev changes, but result of a kernel
7282 * UPCOMING INCOMPATIBILITY: So far most downstream distribution
7283 packages have not retriggered devices once the udev package (or any
7284 auxiliary package installing additional udev rules) is updated. We
7285 intend to work with major distributions to change this, so that
7286 "udevadm trigger -c change" is issued on such upgrades, ensuring that
7287 the updated ruleset is applied to the devices already discovered, so
7288 that (asynchronously) after the upgrade completed the udev database
7289 is consistent with the updated rule set. This means udev rules must
7290 be ready to be retriggered with a "change" action any time, and
7291 result in correct and complete udev database entries. While the
7292 majority of udev rule files known to us currently get this right,
7293 some don't. Specifically, there are udev rules files included in
7294 various packages that only set udev properties on the "add" action,
7295 but do not handle the "change" action. If a device matching those
7296 rules is retriggered with the "change" action (as is intended here)
7297 it would suddenly lose the relevant properties. This always has been
7298 problematic, but as soon as all udev devices are triggered on relevant
7299 package upgrades this will become particularly so. It is strongly
7300 recommended to fix offending rules so that they can handle a "change"
7301 action at any time, and acquire all necessary udev properties even
7302 then. Or in other words: the header guard mentioned above
7303 (ACTION=="remove",GOTO="xyz_end") is the correct approach to handle
7304 this, as it makes sure rules are rerun on "change" correctly, and
7305 accumulate the correct and complete set of udev properties. udev rule
7306 definitions that cannot handle "change" events being triggered at
7307 arbitrary times should be considered buggy.
7309 * The MountAPIVFS= service file setting now defaults to on if
7310 RootImage= and RootDirectory= are used, which means that with those
7311 two settings /proc/, /sys/ and /dev/ are automatically properly set
7312 up for services. Previous behaviour may be restored by explicitly
7313 setting MountAPIVFS=off.
7315 * Since PAM 1.2.0 (2015) configuration snippets may be placed in
7316 /usr/lib/pam.d/ in addition to /etc/pam.d/. If a file exists in the
7317 latter it takes precedence over the former, similar to how most of
7318 systemd's own configuration is handled. Given that PAM stack
7319 definitions are primarily put together by OS vendors/distributions
7320 (though possibly overridden by users), this systemd release moves its
7321 own PAM stack configuration for the "systemd-user" PAM service (i.e.
7322 for the PAM session invoked by the per-user user@.service instance)
7323 from /etc/pam.d/ to /usr/lib/pam.d/. We recommend moving all
7324 packages' vendor versions of their PAM stack definitions from
7325 /etc/pam.d/ to /usr/lib/pam.d/, but if such OS-wide migration is not
7326 desired the location to which systemd installs its PAM stack
7327 configuration may be changed via the -Dpamconfdir Meson option.
7329 * The runtime dependencies on libqrencode, libpcre2, libidn/libidn2,
7330 libpwquality and libcryptsetup have been changed to be based on
7331 dlopen(): instead of regular dynamic library dependencies declared in
7332 the binary ELF headers, these libraries are now loaded on demand
7333 only, if they are available. If the libraries cannot be found the
7334 relevant operations will fail gracefully, or a suitable fallback
7335 logic is chosen. This is supposed to be useful for general purpose
7336 distributions, as it allows minimizing the list of dependencies the
7337 systemd packages pull in, permitting building of more minimal OS
7338 images, while still making use of these "weak" dependencies should
7339 they be installed. Since many package managers automatically
7340 synthesize package dependencies from ELF shared library dependencies,
7341 some additional manual packaging work has to be done now to replace
7342 those (slightly downgraded from "required" to "recommended" or
7343 whatever is conceptually suitable for the package manager). Note that
7344 this change does not alter build-time behaviour: as before the
7345 build-time dependencies have to be installed during build, even if
7346 they now are optional during runtime.
7348 * sd-event.h gained a new call sd_event_add_time_relative() for
7349 installing timers relative to the current time. This is mostly a
7350 convenience wrapper around the pre-existing sd_event_add_time() call
7351 which installs absolute timers.
7353 * sd-event event sources may now be placed in a new "exit-on-failure"
7354 mode, which may be controlled via the new
7355 sd_event_source_get_exit_on_failure() and
7356 sd_event_source_set_exit_on_failure() functions. If enabled, any
7357 failure returned by the event source handler functions will result in
7358 exiting the event loop (unlike the default behaviour of just
7359 disabling the event source but continuing with the event loop). This
7360 feature is useful to set for all event sources that define "primary"
7361 program behaviour (where failure should be fatal) in contrast to
7362 "auxiliary" behaviour (where failure should remain local).
7364 * Most event source types sd-event supports now accept a NULL handler
7365 function, in which case the event loop is exited once the event
7366 source is to be dispatched, using the userdata pointer — converted to
7367 a signed integer — as exit code of the event loop. Previously this
7368 was supported for IO and signal event sources already. Exit event
7369 sources still do not support this (simply because it makes little
7370 sense there, as the event loop is already exiting when they are
7373 * A new per-unit setting RootImageOptions= has been added which allows
7374 tweaking the mount options for any file system mounted as effect of
7375 the RootImage= setting.
7377 * Another new per-unit setting MountImages= has been added, that allows
7378 mounting additional disk images into the file system tree accessible
7381 * Timer units gained a new FixedRandomDelay= boolean setting. If
7382 enabled, the random delay configured with RandomizedDelaySec= is
7383 selected in a way that is stable on a given system (though still
7384 different for different units).
7386 * Socket units gained a new setting Timestamping= that takes "us", "ns"
7387 or "off". This controls the SO_TIMESTAMP/SO_TIMESTAMPNS socket
7390 * systemd-repart now generates JSON output when requested with the new
7393 * systemd-machined's OpenMachineShell() bus call will now pass
7394 additional policy metadata data fields to the PolicyKit
7395 authentication request.
7397 * systemd-tmpfiles gained a new -E switch, which is equivalent to
7398 --exclude-prefix=/dev --exclude-prefix=/proc --exclude=/run
7399 --exclude=/sys. It's particularly useful in combination with --root=,
7400 when operating on OS trees that do not have any of these four runtime
7401 directories mounted, as this means no files below these subtrees are
7402 created or modified, since those mount points should probably remain
7405 * systemd-tmpfiles gained a new --image= switch which is like --root=,
7406 but takes a disk image instead of a directory as argument. The
7407 specified disk image is mounted inside a temporary mount namespace
7408 and the tmpfiles.d/ drop-ins stored in the image are executed and
7409 applied to the image. systemd-sysusers similarly gained a new
7410 --image= switch, that allows the sysusers.d/ drop-ins stored in the
7411 image to be applied onto the image.
7413 * Similarly, the journalctl command also gained an --image= switch,
7414 which is a quick one-step solution to look at the log data included
7417 * journalctl's --output=cat option (which outputs the log content
7418 without any metadata, just the pure text messages) will now make use
7419 of terminal colors when run on a suitable terminal, similarly to the
7422 * JSON group records now support a "description" string that may be
7423 used to add a human-readable textual description to such groups. This
7424 is supposed to match the user's GECOS field which traditionally
7425 didn't have a counterpart for group records.
7427 * The "systemd-dissect" tool that may be used to inspect OS disk images
7428 and that was previously installed to /usr/lib/systemd/ has now been
7429 moved to /usr/bin/, reflecting its updated status of an officially
7430 supported tool with a stable interface. It gained support for a new
7431 --mkdir switch which when combined with --mount has the effect of
7432 creating the directory to mount the image to if it is missing
7433 first. It also gained two new commands --copy-from and --copy-to for
7434 copying files and directories in and out of an OS image without the
7435 need to manually mount it. It also acquired support for a new option
7436 --json= to generate JSON output when inspecting an OS image.
7438 * The cgroup2 file system is now mounted with the
7439 "memory_recursiveprot" mount option, supported since kernel 5.7. This
7440 means that the MemoryLow= and MemoryMin= unit file settings now apply
7441 recursively to whole subtrees.
7443 * systemd-homed now defaults to using the btrfs file system — if
7444 available — when creating home directories in LUKS volumes. This may
7445 be changed with the DefaultFileSystemType= setting in homed.conf.
7446 It's now the default file system in various major distributions and
7447 has the major benefit for homed that it can be grown and shrunk while
7448 mounted, unlike the other contenders ext4 and xfs, which can both be
7449 grown online, but not shrunk (in fact xfs is the technically most
7450 limited option here, as it cannot be shrunk at all).
7452 * JSON user records managed by systemd-homed gained support for
7453 "recovery keys". These are basically secondary passphrases that can
7454 unlock user accounts/home directories. They are computer-generated
7455 rather than user-chosen, and typically have greater entropy.
7456 homectl's --recovery-key= option may be used to add a recovery key to
7457 a user account. The generated recovery key is displayed as a QR code,
7458 so that it can be scanned to be kept in a safe place. This feature is
7459 particularly useful in combination with systemd-homed's support for
7460 FIDO2 or PKCS#11 authentication, as a secure fallback in case the
7461 security tokens are lost. Recovery keys may be entered wherever the
7462 system asks for a password.
7464 * systemd-homed now maintains a "dirty" flag for each LUKS encrypted
7465 home directory which indicates that a home directory has not been
7466 deactivated cleanly when offline. This flag is useful to identify
7467 home directories for which the offline discard logic did not run when
7468 offlining, and where it would be a good idea to log in again to catch
7471 * systemctl gained a new parameter --timestamp= which may be used to
7472 change the style in which timestamps are output, i.e. whether to show
7473 them in local timezone or UTC, or whether to show µs granularity.
7475 * Alibaba's "pouch" container manager is now detected by
7476 systemd-detect-virt, ConditionVirtualization= and similar
7477 constructs. Similar, they now also recognize IBM PowerVM machine
7480 * systemd-nspawn has been reworked to use the /run/host/incoming/ as
7481 place to use for propagating external mounts into the
7482 container. Similarly /run/host/notify is now used as the socket path
7483 for container payloads to communicate with the container manager
7484 using sd_notify(). The container manager now uses the
7485 /run/host/inaccessible/ directory to place "inaccessible" file nodes
7486 of all relevant types which may be used by the container payload as
7487 bind mount source to over-mount inodes to make them inaccessible.
7488 /run/host/container-manager will now be initialized with the same
7489 string as the $container environment variable passed to the
7490 container's PID 1. /run/host/container-uuid will be initialized with
7491 the same string as $container_uuid. This means the /run/host/
7492 hierarchy is now the primary way to make host resources available to
7493 the container. The Container Interface documents these new files and
7496 https://systemd.io/CONTAINER_INTERFACE
7498 * Support for the "ConditionNull=" unit file condition has been
7499 deprecated and undocumented for 6 years. systemd started to warn
7500 about its use 1.5 years ago. It has now been removed entirely.
7502 * sd-bus.h gained a new API call sd_bus_error_has_names(), which takes
7503 a sd_bus_error struct and a list of error names, and checks if the
7504 error matches one of these names. It's a convenience wrapper that is
7505 useful in cases where multiple errors shall be handled the same way.
7507 * A new system call filter list "@known" has been added, that contains
7508 all system calls known at the time systemd was built.
7510 * Behaviour of system call filter allow lists has changed slightly:
7511 system calls that are contained in @known will result in EPERM by
7512 default, while those not contained in it result in ENOSYS. This
7513 should improve compatibility because known system calls will thus be
7514 communicated as prohibited, while unknown (and thus newer ones) will
7515 be communicated as not implemented, which hopefully has the greatest
7516 chance of triggering the right fallback code paths in client
7519 * "systemd-analyze syscall-filter" will now show two separate sections
7520 at the bottom of the output: system calls known during systemd build
7521 time but not included in any of the filter groups shown above, and
7522 system calls defined on the local kernel but known during systemd
7525 * If the $SYSTEMD_LOG_SECCOMP=1 environment variable is set for
7526 systemd-nspawn all system call filter violations will be logged by
7527 the kernel (audit). This is useful for tracking down system calls
7528 invoked by container payloads that are prohibited by the container's
7529 system call filter policy.
7531 * If the $SYSTEMD_SECCOMP=0 environment variable is set for
7532 systemd-nspawn (and other programs that use seccomp) all seccomp
7533 filtering is turned off.
7535 * Two new unit file settings ProtectProc= and ProcSubset= have been
7536 added that expose the hidepid= and subset= mount options of procfs.
7537 All processes of the unit will only see processes in /proc that are
7538 are owned by the unit's user. This is an important new sandboxing
7539 option that is recommended to be set on all system services. All
7540 long-running system services that are included in systemd itself set
7541 this option now. This option is only supported on kernel 5.8 and
7542 above, since the hidepid= option supported on older kernels was not a
7543 per-mount option but actually applied to the whole PID namespace.
7545 * Socket units gained a new boolean setting FlushPending=. If enabled
7546 all pending socket data/connections are flushed whenever the socket
7547 unit enters the "listening" state, i.e. after the associated service
7550 * The unit file setting NUMAMask= gained a new "all" value: when used,
7551 all existing NUMA nodes are added to the NUMA mask.
7553 * A new "credentials" logic has been added to system services. This is
7554 a simple mechanism to pass privileged data to services in a safe and
7555 secure way. It's supposed to be used to pass per-service secret data
7556 such as passwords or cryptographic keys but also associated less
7557 private information such as user names, certificates, and similar to
7558 system services. Each credential is identified by a short user-chosen
7559 name and may contain arbitrary binary data. Two new unit file
7560 settings have been added: SetCredential= and LoadCredential=. The
7561 former allows setting a credential to a literal string, the latter
7562 sets a credential to the contents of a file (or data read from a
7563 user-chosen AF_UNIX stream socket). Credentials are passed to the
7564 service via a special credentials directory, one file for each
7565 credential. The path to the credentials directory is passed in a new
7566 $CREDENTIALS_DIRECTORY environment variable. Since the credentials
7567 are passed in the file system they may be easily referenced in
7568 ExecStart= command lines too, thus no explicit support for the
7569 credentials logic in daemons is required (though ideally daemons
7570 would look for the bits they need in $CREDENTIALS_DIRECTORY
7571 themselves automatically, if set). The $CREDENTIALS_DIRECTORY is
7572 backed by unswappable memory if privileges allow it, immutable if
7573 privileges allow it, is accessible only to the service's UID, and is
7574 automatically destroyed when the service stops.
7576 * systemd-nspawn supports the same credentials logic. It can both
7577 consume credentials passed to it via the aforementioned
7578 $CREDENTIALS_DIRECTORY protocol as well as pass these credentials on
7579 to its payload. The service manager/PID 1 has been updated to match
7580 this: it can also accept credentials from the container manager that
7581 invokes it (in fact: any process that invokes it), and passes them on
7582 to its services. Thus, credentials can be propagated recursively down
7583 the tree: from a system's service manager to a systemd-nspawn
7584 service, to the service manager that runs as container payload and to
7585 the service it runs below. Credentials may also be added on the
7586 systemd-nspawn command line, using new --set-credential= and
7587 --load-credential= command line switches that match the
7588 aforementioned service settings.
7590 * systemd-repart gained new settings Format=, Encrypt=, CopyFiles= in
7591 the partition drop-ins which may be used to format/LUKS
7592 encrypt/populate any created partitions. The partitions are
7593 encrypted/formatted/populated before they are registered in the
7594 partition table, so that they appear atomically: either the
7595 partitions do not exist yet or they exist fully encrypted, formatted,
7596 and populated — there is no time window where they are
7597 "half-initialized". Thus the system is robust to abrupt shutdown: if
7598 the tool is terminated half-way during its operations on next boot it
7599 will start from the beginning.
7601 * systemd-repart's --size= operation gained a new "auto" value. If
7602 specified, and operating on a loopback file it is automatically sized
7603 to the minimal size the size constraints permit. This is useful to
7604 use "systemd-repart" as an image builder for minimally sized images.
7606 * systemd-resolved now gained a third IPC interface for requesting name
7607 resolution: besides D-Bus and local DNS to 127.0.0.53 a Varlink
7608 interface is now supported. The nss-resolve NSS module has been
7609 modified to use this new interface instead of D-Bus. Using Varlink
7610 has a major benefit over D-Bus: it works without a broker service,
7611 and thus already during earliest boot, before the dbus daemon has
7612 been started. This means name resolution via systemd-resolved now
7613 works at the same time systemd-networkd operates: from earliest boot
7614 on, including in the initrd.
7616 * systemd-resolved gained support for a new DNSStubListenerExtra=
7617 configuration file setting which may be used to specify additional IP
7618 addresses the built-in DNS stub shall listen on, in addition to the
7619 main one on 127.0.0.53:53.
7621 * Name lookups issued via systemd-resolved's D-Bus and Varlink
7622 interfaces (and thus also via glibc NSS if nss-resolve is used) will
7623 now honour a trailing dot in the hostname: if specified the search
7624 path logic is turned off. Thus "resolvectl query foo." is now
7625 equivalent to "resolvectl query --search=off foo.".
7627 * systemd-resolved gained a new D-Bus property "ResolvConfMode" that
7628 exposes how /etc/resolv.conf is currently managed: by resolved (and
7629 in which mode if so) or another subsystem. "resolvctl" will display
7630 this property in its status output.
7632 * The resolv.conf snippets systemd-resolved provides will now set "."
7633 as the search domain if no other search domain is known. This turns
7634 off the derivation of an implicit search domain by nss-dns for the
7635 hostname, when the hostname is set to an FQDN. This change is done to
7636 make nss-dns using resolv.conf provided by systemd-resolved behave
7637 more similarly to nss-resolve.
7639 * systemd-tmpfiles' file "aging" logic (i.e. the automatic clean-up of
7640 /tmp/ and /var/tmp/ based on file timestamps) now looks at the
7641 "birth" time (btime) of a file in addition to the atime, mtime, and
7644 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "capability" that lists all known
7645 capabilities by the systemd build and by the kernel.
7647 * If a file /usr/lib/clock-epoch exists, PID 1 will read its mtime and
7648 advance the system clock to it at boot if it is noticed to be before
7649 that time. Previously, PID 1 would only advance the time to an epoch
7650 time that is set during build-time. With this new file OS builders
7651 can change this epoch timestamp on individual OS images without
7652 having to rebuild systemd.
7654 * systemd-logind will now listen to the KEY_RESTART key from the Linux
7655 input layer and reboot the system if it is pressed, similarly to how
7656 it already handles KEY_POWER, KEY_SUSPEND or KEY_SLEEP. KEY_RESTART
7657 was originally defined in the Multimedia context (to restart playback
7658 of a song or film), but is now primarily used in various embedded
7659 devices for "Reboot" buttons. Accordingly, systemd-logind will now
7660 honour it as such. This may configured in more detail via the new
7661 HandleRebootKey= and RebootKeyIgnoreInhibited=.
7663 * systemd-nspawn/systemd-machined will now reconstruct hardlinks when
7664 copying OS trees, for example in "systemd-nspawn --ephemeral",
7665 "systemd-nspawn --template=", "machinectl clone" and similar. This is
7666 useful when operating with OSTree images, which use hardlinks heavily
7667 throughout, and where such copies previously resulting in "exploding"
7670 * systemd-nspawn's --console= setting gained support for a new
7671 "autopipe" value, which is identical to "interactive" when invoked on
7672 a TTY, and "pipe" otherwise.
7674 * systemd-networkd's .network files gained support for explicitly
7675 configuring the multicast membership entries of bridge devices in the
7676 [BridgeMDB] section. It also gained support for the PIE queuing
7677 discipline in the [FlowQueuePIE] sections.
7679 * systemd-networkd's .netdev files may now be used to create "BareUDP"
7680 tunnels, configured in the new [BareUDP] setting.
7682 * systemd-networkd's Gateway= setting in .network files now accepts the
7683 special values "_dhcp4" and "_ipv6ra" to configure additional,
7684 locally defined, explicit routes to the gateway acquired via DHCP or
7685 IPv6 Router Advertisements. The old setting "_dhcp" is deprecated,
7686 but still accepted for backwards compatibility.
7688 * systemd-networkd's [IPv6PrefixDelegation] section and
7689 IPv6PrefixDelegation= options have been renamed as [IPv6SendRA] and
7690 IPv6SendRA= (the old names are still accepted for backwards
7693 * systemd-networkd's .network files gained the DHCPv6PrefixDelegation=
7694 boolean setting in [Network] section. If enabled, the delegated prefix
7695 gained by another link will be configured, and an address within the
7696 prefix will be assigned.
7698 * systemd-networkd's .network files gained the Announce= boolean setting
7699 in [DHCPv6PrefixDelegation] section. When enabled, the delegated
7700 prefix will be announced through IPv6 router advertisement (IPv6 RA).
7701 The setting is enabled by default.
7703 * VXLAN tunnels may now be marked as independent of any underlying
7704 network interface via the new Independent= boolean setting.
7706 * systemctl gained support for two new verbs: "service-log-level" and
7707 "service-log-target" may be used on services that implement the
7708 generic org.freedesktop.LogControl1 D-Bus interface to dynamically
7709 adjust the log level and target. All of systemd's long-running
7710 services support this now, but ideally all system services would
7711 implement this interface to make the system more uniformly
7714 * The SystemCallErrorNumber= unit file setting now accepts the new
7715 "kill" and "log" actions, in addition to arbitrary error number
7716 specifications as before. If "kill" the processes are killed on the
7717 event, if "log" the offending system call is audit logged.
7719 * A new SystemCallLog= unit file setting has been added that accepts a
7720 list of system calls that shall be logged about (audit).
7722 * The OS image dissection logic (as used by RootImage= in unit files or
7723 systemd-nspawn's --image= switch) has gained support for identifying
7724 and mounting explicit /usr/ partitions, which are now defined in the
7725 discoverable partition specification. This should be useful for
7726 environments where the root file system is
7727 generated/formatted/populated dynamically on first boot and combined
7728 with an immutable /usr/ tree that is supplied by the vendor.
7730 * In the final phase of shutdown, within the systemd-shutdown binary
7731 we'll now try to detach MD devices (i.e software RAID) in addition to
7732 loopback block devices and DM devices as before. This is supposed to
7733 be a safety net only, in order to increase robustness if things go
7734 wrong. Storage subsystems are expected to properly detach their
7735 storage volumes during regular shutdown already (or in case of
7736 storage backing the root file system: in the initrd hook we return to
7739 * If the SYSTEMD_LOG_TID environment variable is set all systemd tools
7740 will now log the thread ID in their log output. This is useful when
7741 working with heavily threaded programs.
7743 * If the SYSTEMD_RDRAND environment variable is set to "0", systemd will
7744 not use the RDRAND CPU instruction. This is useful in environments
7745 such as replay debuggers where non-deterministic behaviour is not
7748 * The autopaging logic in systemd's various tools (such as systemctl)
7749 has been updated to turn on "secure" mode in "less"
7750 (i.e. $LESSECURE=1) if execution in a "sudo" environment is
7751 detected. This disables invoking external programs from the pager,
7752 via the pipe logic. This behaviour may be overridden via the new
7753 $SYSTEMD_PAGERSECURE environment variable.
7755 * Units which have resource limits (.service, .mount, .swap, .slice,
7756 .socket, and .slice) gained new configuration settings
7757 ManagedOOMSwap=, ManagedOOMMemoryPressure=, and
7758 ManagedOOMMemoryPressureLimitPercent= that specify resource pressure
7759 limits and optional action taken by systemd-oomd.
7761 * A new service systemd-oomd has been added. It monitors resource
7762 contention for selected parts of the unit hierarchy using the PSI
7763 information reported by the kernel, and kills processes when memory
7764 or swap pressure is above configured limits. This service is only
7765 enabled by default in developer mode (see below) and should be
7766 considered a preview in this release. Behaviour details and option
7767 names are subject to change without the usual backwards-compatibility
7770 * A new helper oomctl has been added to introspect systemd-oomd state.
7771 It is only enabled by default in developer mode and should be
7772 considered a preview without the usual backwards-compatibility
7775 * New meson option -Dcompat-mutable-uid-boundaries= has been added. If
7776 enabled, systemd reads the system UID boundaries from /etc/login.defs
7777 at runtime, instead of using the built-in values selected during
7778 build. This is an option to improve compatibility for upgrades from
7779 old systems. It's strongly recommended not to make use of this
7780 functionality on new systems (or even enable it during build), as it
7781 makes something runtime-configurable that is mostly an implementation
7782 detail of the OS, and permits avoidable differences in deployments
7783 that create all kinds of problems in the long run.
7785 * New meson option '-Dmode=developer|release' has been added. When
7786 'developer', additional checks and features are enabled that are
7787 relevant during upstream development, e.g. verification that
7788 semi-automatically-generated documentation has been properly updated
7789 following API changes. Those checks are considered hints for
7790 developers and are not actionable in downstream builds. In addition,
7791 extra features that are not ready for general consumption may be
7792 enabled in developer mode. It is thus recommended to set
7793 '-Dmode=release' in end-user and distro builds.
7795 * systemd-cryptsetup gained support for processing detached LUKS
7796 headers specified on the kernel command line via the header=
7797 parameter of the luks.options= kernel command line option. The same
7798 device/path syntax as for key files is supported for header files
7801 * The "net_id" built-in of udev has been updated to ignore ACPI _SUN
7802 slot index data for devices that are connected through a PCI bridge
7803 where the _SUN index is associated with the bridge instead of the
7804 network device itself. Previously this would create ambiguous device
7805 naming if multiple network interfaces were connected to the same PCI
7806 bridge. Since this is a naming scheme incompatibility on systems that
7807 possess hardware like this it has been introduced as new naming
7808 scheme "v247". The previous scheme can be selected via the
7809 "net.naming_scheme=v245" kernel command line parameter.
7811 * ConditionFirstBoot= semantics have been modified to be safe towards
7812 abnormal system power-off during first boot. Specifically, the
7813 "systemd-machine-id-commit.service" service now acts as boot
7814 milestone indicating when the first boot process is sufficiently
7815 complete in order to not consider the next following boot also a
7816 first boot. If the system is reset before this unit is reached the
7817 first time, the next boot will still be considered a first boot; once
7818 it has been reached, no further boots will be considered a first
7819 boot. The "first-boot-complete.target" unit now acts as official hook
7820 point to order against this. If a service shall be run on every boot
7821 until the first boot fully succeeds it may thus be ordered before
7822 this target unit (and pull it in) and carry ConditionFirstBoot=
7825 * bootctl's set-default and set-oneshot commands now accept the three
7826 special strings "@default", "@oneshot", "@current" in place of a boot
7827 entry id. These strings are resolved to the current default and
7828 oneshot boot loader entry, as well as the currently booted one. Thus
7829 a command "bootctl set-default @current" may be used to make the
7830 currently boot menu item the new default for all subsequent boots.
7832 * "systemctl edit" has been updated to show the original effective unit
7833 contents in commented form in the text editor.
7835 * Units in user mode are now segregated into three new slices:
7836 session.slice (units that form the core of graphical session),
7837 app.slice ("normal" user applications), and background.slice
7838 (low-priority tasks). Unless otherwise configured, user units are
7839 placed in app.slice. The plan is to add resource limits and
7840 protections for the different slices in the future.
7842 * New GPT partition types for RISCV32/64 for the root and /usr
7843 partitions, and their associated Verity partitions have been defined,
7844 and are now understood by systemd-gpt-auto-generator, and the OS
7845 image dissection logic.
7847 Contributions from: Adolfo Jayme Barrientos, afg, Alec Moskvin, Alyssa
7848 Ross, Amitanand Chikorde, Andrew Hangsleben, Anita Zhang, Ansgar
7849 Burchardt, Arian van Putten, Aurelien Jarno, Axel Rasmussen, bauen1,
7850 Beniamino Galvani, Benjamin Berg, Bjørn Mork, brainrom, Chandradeep
7851 Dey, Charles Lee, Chris Down, Christian Göttsche, Christof Efkemann,
7852 Christoph Ruegge, Clemens Gruber, Daan De Meyer, Daniele Medri, Daniel
7853 Mack, Daniel Rusek, Dan Streetman, David Tardon, Dimitri John Ledkov,
7854 Dmitry Borodaenko, Elias Probst, Elisei Roca, ErrantSpore, Etienne
7855 Doms, Fabrice Fontaine, fangxiuning, Felix Riemann, Florian Klink,
7856 Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, fwSmit, George Rawlinson, germanztz,
7857 Gibeom Gwon, Glen Whitney, Gogo Gogsi, Göran Uddeborg, Grant Mathews,
7858 Hans de Goede, Hans Ulrich Niedermann, Haochen Tong, Harald Seiler,
7859 huangyong, Hubert Kario, igo95862, Ikey Doherty, Insun Pyo, Jan Chren,
7860 Jan Schlüter, Jérémy Nouhaud, Jian-Hong Pan, Joerg Behrmann, Jonathan
7861 Lebon, Jörg Thalheim, Josh Brobst, Juergen Hoetzel, Julien Humbert,
7862 Kai-Chuan Hsieh, Kairui Song, Kamil Dudka, Kir Kolyshkin, Kristijan
7863 Gjoshev, Kyle Huey, Kyle Russell, Lee Whalen, Lennart Poettering,
7864 lichangze, Luca Boccassi, Lucas Werkmeister, Luca Weiss, Marc
7865 Kleine-Budde, Marco Wang, Martin Wilck, Marti Raudsepp, masmullin2000,
7866 Máté Pozsgay, Matt Fenwick, Michael Biebl, Michael Scherer, Michal
7867 Koutný, Michal Sekletár, Michal Suchanek, Mikael Szreder, Milo
7868 Casagrande, mirabilos, Mitsuha_QuQ, mog422, Muhammet Kara, Nazar
7869 Vinnichuk, Nicholas Narsing, Nicolas Fella, Njibhu, nl6720, Oğuz Ersen,
7870 Olivier Le Moal, Ondrej Kozina, onlybugreports, Pass Automated Testing
7871 Suite, Pat Coulthard, Pavel Sapezhko, Pedro Ruiz, perry_yuan, Peter
7872 Hutterer, Phaedrus Leeds, PhoenixDiscord, Piotr Drąg, Plan C,
7873 Purushottam choudhary, Rasmus Villemoes, Renaud Métrich, Robert Marko,
7874 Roman Beranek, Ronan Pigott, Roy Chen (陳彥廷), RussianNeuroMancer,
7875 Samanta Navarro, Samuel BF, scootergrisen, Sorin Ionescu, Steve Dodd,
7876 Susant Sahani, Timo Rothenpieler, Tobias Hunger, Tobias Kaufmann, Topi
7877 Miettinen, vanou, Vito Caputo, Weblate, Wen Yang, Whired Planck,
7878 williamvds, Yu, Li-Yu, Yuri Chornoivan, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
7879 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zmicer Turok, Дамјан Георгиевски
7881 – Warsaw, 2020-11-26
7885 * The service manager gained basic support for cgroup v2 freezer. Units
7886 can now be suspended or resumed either using new systemctl verbs,
7887 freeze and thaw respectively, or via D-Bus.
7889 * PID 1 may now automatically load pre-compiled AppArmor policies from
7890 /etc/apparmor/earlypolicy during early boot.
7892 * The CPUAffinity= setting in service unit files now supports a new
7893 special value "numa" that causes the CPU affinity masked to be set
7894 based on the NUMA mask.
7896 * systemd will now log about all left-over processes remaining in a
7897 unit when the unit is stopped. It will now warn about services using
7898 KillMode=none, as this is generally an unsafe thing to make use of.
7900 * Two new unit file settings
7901 ConditionPathIsEncrypted=/AssertPathIsEncrypted= have been
7902 added. They may be used to check whether a specific file system path
7903 resides on a block device that is encrypted on the block level
7904 (i.e. using dm-crypt/LUKS).
7906 * Another pair of new settings ConditionEnvironment=/AssertEnvironment=
7907 has been added that may be used for simple environment checks. This
7908 is particularly useful when passing in environment variables from a
7909 container manager (or from PAM in case of the systemd --user
7912 * .service unit files now accept a new setting CoredumpFilter= which
7913 allows configuration of the memory sections coredumps of the
7914 service's processes shall include.
7916 * .mount units gained a new ReadWriteOnly= boolean option. If set
7917 it will not be attempted to mount a file system read-only if mounting
7918 in read-write mode doesn't succeed. An option x-systemd.rw-only is
7919 available in /etc/fstab to control the same.
7921 * .socket units gained a new boolean setting PassPacketInfo=. If
7922 enabled, the kernel will attach additional per-packet metadata to all
7923 packets read from the socket, as an ancillary message. This controls
7924 the IP_PKTINFO, IPV6_RECVPKTINFO, NETLINK_PKTINFO socket options,
7925 depending on socket type.
7927 * .service units gained a new setting RootHash= which may be used to
7928 specify the root hash for verity enabled disk images which are
7929 specified in RootImage=. RootVerity= may be used to specify a path to
7930 the Verity data matching a RootImage= file system. (The latter is
7931 only useful for images that do not contain the Verity data embedded
7932 into the same image that carries a GPT partition table following the
7933 Discoverable Partition Specification). Similarly, systemd-nspawn
7934 gained a new switch --verity-data= that takes a path to a file with
7935 the verity data of the disk image supplied in --image=, if the image
7936 doesn't contain the verity data itself.
7938 * .service units gained a new setting RootHashSignature= which takes
7939 either a base64 encoded PKCS#7 signature of the root hash specified
7940 with RootHash=, or a path to a file to read the signature from. This
7941 allows validation of the root hash against public keys available in
7942 the kernel keyring, and is only supported on recent kernels
7943 (>= 5.4)/libcryptsetup (>= 2.30). A similar switch has been added to
7944 systemd-nspawn and systemd-dissect (--root-hash-sig=). Support for
7945 this mechanism has also been added to systemd-veritysetup.
7947 * .service unit files gained two new options
7948 TimeoutStartFailureMode=/TimeoutStopFailureMode= that may be used to
7949 tune behaviour if a start or stop timeout is hit, i.e. whether to
7950 terminate the service with SIGTERM, SIGABRT or SIGKILL.
7952 * Most options in systemd that accept hexadecimal values prefixed with
7953 0x in additional to the usual decimal notation now also support octal
7954 notation when the 0o prefix is used and binary notation if the 0b
7957 * Various command line parameters and configuration file settings that
7958 configure key or certificate files now optionally take paths to
7959 AF_UNIX sockets in the file system. If configured that way a stream
7960 connection is made to the socket and the required data read from
7961 it. This is a simple and natural extension to the existing regular
7962 file logic, and permits other software to provide keys or
7963 certificates via simple IPC services, for example when unencrypted
7964 storage on disk is not desired. Specifically, systemd-networkd's
7965 Wireguard and MACSEC key file settings as well as
7966 systemd-journal-gatewayd's and systemd-journal-remote's PEM
7967 key/certificate parameters support this now.
7969 * Unit files, tmpfiles.d/ snippets, sysusers.d/ snippets and other
7970 configuration files that support specifier expansion learnt six new
7971 specifiers: %a resolves to the current architecture, %o/%w/%B/%W
7972 resolve to the various ID fields from /etc/os-release, %l resolves to
7973 the "short" hostname of the system, i.e. the hostname configured in
7974 the kernel truncated at the first dot.
7976 * Support for the .include syntax in unit files has been removed. The
7977 concept has been obsolete for 6 years and we started warning about
7978 its pending removal 2 years ago (also see NEWS file below). It's
7981 * StandardError= and StandardOutput= in unit files no longer support
7982 the "syslog" and "syslog-console" switches. They were long removed
7983 from the documentation, but will now result in warnings when used,
7984 and be converted to "journal" and "journal+console" automatically.
7986 * If the service setting User= is set to the "nobody" user, a warning
7987 message is now written to the logs (but the value is nonetheless
7988 accepted). Setting User=nobody is unsafe, since the primary purpose
7989 of the "nobody" user is to own all files whose owner cannot be mapped
7990 locally. It's in particular used by the NFS subsystem and in user
7991 namespacing. By running a service under this user's UID it might get
7992 read and even write access to all these otherwise unmappable files,
7993 which is quite likely a major security problem.
7995 * tmpfs mounts automatically created by systemd (/tmp, /run, /dev/shm,
7996 and others) now have a size and inode limits applied (50% of RAM for
7997 /tmp and /dev/shm, 10% of RAM for other mounts, etc.). Please note
7998 that the implicit kernel default is 50% too, so there is no change
7999 in the size limit for /tmp and /dev/shm.
8001 * nss-mymachines lost support for resolution of users and groups, and
8002 now only does resolution of hostnames. This functionality is now
8003 provided by nss-systemd. Thus, the 'mymachines' entry should be
8004 removed from the 'passwd:' and 'group:' lines in /etc/nsswitch.conf
8005 (and 'systemd' added if it is not already there).
8007 * A new kernel command line option systemd.hostname= has been added
8008 that allows controlling the hostname that is initialized early during
8011 * A kernel command line option "udev.blockdev_read_only" has been
8012 added. If specified all hardware block devices that show up are
8013 immediately marked as read-only by udev. This option is useful for
8014 making sure that a specific boot under no circumstances modifies data
8015 on disk. Use "blockdev --setrw" to undo the effect of this, per
8018 * A new boolean kernel command line option systemd.swap= has been
8019 added, which may be used to turn off automatic activation of swap
8020 devices listed in /etc/fstab.
8022 * New kernel command line options systemd.condition_needs_update= and
8023 systemd.condition_first_boot= have been added, which override the
8024 result of the ConditionNeedsUpdate= and ConditionFirstBoot=
8027 * A new kernel command line option systemd.clock_usec= has been added
8028 that allows setting the system clock to the specified time in µs
8029 since Jan 1st, 1970 early during boot. This is in particular useful
8030 in order to make test cases more reliable.
8032 * The fs.suid_dumpable sysctl is set to 2 / "suidsafe". This allows
8033 systemd-coredump to save core files for suid processes. When saving
8034 the core file, systemd-coredump will use the effective uid and gid of
8035 the process that faulted.
8037 * The /sys/module/kernel/parameters/crash_kexec_post_notifiers file is
8038 now automatically set to "Y" at boot, in order to enable pstore
8039 generation for collection with systemd-pstore.
8041 * We provide a set of udev rules to enable auto-suspend on PCI and USB
8042 devices that were tested to correctly support it. Previously, this
8043 was distributed as a set of udev rules, but has now been replaced by
8044 by a set of hwdb entries (and a much shorter udev rule to take action
8045 if the device modalias matches one of the new hwdb entries).
8047 As before, entries are periodically imported from the database
8048 maintained by the ChromiumOS project. If you have a device that
8049 supports auto-suspend correctly and where it should be enabled by
8050 default, please submit a patch that adds it to the database (see
8051 /usr/lib/udev/hwdb.d/60-autosuspend.hwdb).
8053 * systemd-udevd gained the new configuration option timeout_signal= as well
8054 as a corresponding kernel command line option udev.timeout_signal=.
8055 The option can be used to configure the UNIX signal that the main
8056 daemon sends to the worker processes on timeout. Setting the signal
8057 to SIGABRT is useful for debugging.
8059 * .link files managed by systemd-udevd gained options RxFlowControl=,
8060 TxFlowControl=, AutoNegotiationFlowControl= in the [Link] section, in
8061 order to configure various flow control parameters. They also gained
8062 RxMiniBufferSize= and RxJumboBufferSize= in order to configure jumbo
8063 frame ring buffer sizes.
8065 * networkd.conf gained a new boolean setting ManageForeignRoutes=. If
8066 enabled systemd-networkd manages all routes configured by other tools.
8068 * .network files managed by systemd-networkd gained a new section
8069 [SR-IOV], in order to configure SR-IOV capable network devices.
8071 * systemd-networkd's [IPv6Prefix] section in .network files gained a
8072 new boolean setting Assign=. If enabled an address from the prefix is
8073 automatically assigned to the interface.
8075 * systemd-networkd gained a new section [DHCPv6PrefixDelegation] which
8076 controls delegated prefixes assigned by DHCPv6 client. The section
8077 has three settings: SubnetID=, Assign=, and Token=. The setting
8078 SubnetID= allows explicit configuration of the preferred subnet that
8079 systemd-networkd's Prefix Delegation logic assigns to interfaces. If
8080 Assign= is enabled (which is the default) an address from any acquired
8081 delegated prefix is automatically chosen and assigned to the
8082 interface. The setting Token= specifies an optional address generation
8085 * systemd-networkd's [Network] section gained a new setting
8086 IPv4AcceptLocal=. If enabled the interface accepts packets with local
8089 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring the HTB queuing
8090 discipline in the [HierarchyTokenBucket] and
8091 [HierarchyTokenBucketClass] sections. Similar the "pfifo" qdisc may
8092 be configured in the [PFIFO] section, "GRED" in
8093 [GenericRandomEarlyDetection], "SFB" in [StochasticFairBlue], "cake"
8094 in [CAKE], "PIE" in [PIE], "DRR" in [DeficitRoundRobinScheduler] and
8095 [DeficitRoundRobinSchedulerClass], "BFIFO" in [BFIFO],
8096 "PFIFOHeadDrop" in [PFIFOHeadDrop], "PFIFOFast" in [PFIFOFast], "HHF"
8097 in [HeavyHitterFilter], "ETS" in [EnhancedTransmissionSelection] and
8098 "QFQ" in [QuickFairQueueing] and [QuickFairQueueingClass].
8100 * systemd-networkd gained support for a new Termination= setting in the
8101 [CAN] section for configuring the termination resistor. It also
8102 gained a new ListenOnly= setting for controlling whether to only
8103 listen on CAN interfaces, without interfering with traffic otherwise
8104 (which is useful for debugging/monitoring CAN network
8105 traffic). DataBitRate=, DataSamplePoint=, FDMode=, FDNonISO= have
8106 been added to configure various CAN-FD aspects.
8108 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPv6] section gained a new option WithoutRA=.
8109 When enabled, DHCPv6 will be attempted right-away without requiring an
8110 Router Advertisement packet suggesting it first (i.e. without the 'M'
8111 or 'O' flags set). The [IPv6AcceptRA] section gained a boolean option
8112 DHCPv6Client= that may be used to turn off the DHCPv6 client even if
8113 the RA packets suggest it.
8115 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPv4] section gained a new setting UseGateway=
8116 which may be used to turn off use of the gateway information provided
8117 by the DHCP lease. A new FallbackLeaseLifetimeSec= setting may be
8118 used to configure how to process leases that lack a lifetime option.
8120 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPv4] and [DHCPServer] sections gained a new
8121 setting SendVendorOption= allowing configuration of additional vendor
8122 options to send in the DHCP requests/responses. The [DHCPv6] section
8123 gained a new SendOption= setting for sending arbitrary DHCP
8124 options. RequestOptions= has been added to request arbitrary options
8125 from the server. UserClass= has been added to set the DHCP user class
8128 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPServer] section gained a new set of options
8129 EmitPOP3=/POP3=, EmitSMTP=/SMTP=, EmitLPR=/LPR= for including server
8130 information about these three protocols in the DHCP lease. It also
8131 gained support for including "MUD" URLs ("Manufacturer Usage
8132 Description"). Support for "MUD" URLs was also added to the LLDP
8133 stack, configurable in the [LLDP] section in .network files.
8135 * The Mode= settings in [MACVLAN] and [MACVTAP] now support 'source'
8136 mode. Also, the sections now support a new setting SourceMACAddress=.
8138 * systemd-networkd's .netdev files now support a new setting
8139 VLANProtocol= in the [Bridge] section that allows configuration of
8140 the VLAN protocol to use.
8142 * systemd-networkd supports a new Group= setting in the [Link] section
8143 of the .network files, to control the link group.
8145 * systemd-networkd's [Network] section gained a new
8146 IPv6LinkLocalAddressGenerationMode= setting, which specifies how IPv6
8147 link local address is generated.
8149 * A new default .network file is now shipped that matches TUN/TAP
8150 devices that begin with "vt-" in their name. Such interfaces will
8151 have IP routing onto the host links set up automatically. This is
8152 supposed to be used by VM managers to trivially acquire a network
8153 interface which is fully set up for host communication, simply by
8154 carefully picking an interface name to use.
8156 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPv6] section gained a new setting RouteMetric=
8157 which sets the route priority for routes specified by the DHCP server.
8159 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPv6] section gained a new setting VendorClass=
8160 which configures the vendor class information sent to DHCP server.
8162 * The BlackList= settings in .network files' [DHCPv4] and
8163 [IPv6AcceptRA] sections have been renamed DenyList=. The old names
8164 are still understood to provide compatibility.
8166 * networkctl gained the new "forcerenew" command for forcing all DHCP
8167 server clients to renew their lease. The interface "status" output
8168 will now show numerous additional fields of information about an
8169 interface. There are new "up" and "down" commands to bring specific
8170 interfaces up or down.
8172 * systemd-resolved's DNS= configuration option now optionally accepts a
8173 port number (after ":") and a host name (after "#"). When the host
8174 name is specified, the DNS-over-TLS certificate is validated to match
8175 the specified hostname. Additionally, in case of IPv6 addresses, an
8176 interface may be specified (after "%").
8178 * systemd-resolved may be configured to forward single-label DNS names.
8179 This is not standard-conformant, but may make sense in setups where
8180 public DNS servers are not used.
8182 * systemd-resolved's DNS-over-TLS support gained SNI validation.
8184 * systemd-nspawn's --resolv-conf= switch gained a number of new
8185 supported values. Specifically, options starting with "replace-" are
8186 like those prefixed "copy-" but replace any existing resolv.conf
8187 file. And options ending in "-uplink" and "-stub" can now be used to
8188 propagate other flavours of resolv.conf into the container (as
8189 defined by systemd-resolved).
8191 * The various programs included in systemd can now optionally output
8192 their log messages on stderr prefixed with a timestamp, controlled by
8193 the $SYSTEMD_LOG_TIME environment variable.
8195 * systemctl gained a new "-P" switch that is a shortcut for "--value
8198 * "systemctl list-units" and "systemctl list-machines" no longer hide
8199 their first output column with --no-legend. To hide the first column,
8202 * "systemctl reboot" takes the option "--reboot-argument=".
8203 The optional positional argument to "systemctl reboot" is now
8204 being deprecated in favor of this option.
8206 * systemd-run gained a new switch --slice-inherit. If specified the
8207 unit it generates is placed in the same slice as the systemd-run
8210 * systemd-journald gained support for zstd compression of large fields
8211 in journal files. The hash tables in journal files have been hardened
8212 against hash collisions. This is an incompatible change and means
8213 that journal files created with new systemd versions are not readable
8214 with old versions. If the $SYSTEMD_JOURNAL_KEYED_HASH boolean
8215 environment variable for systemd-journald.service is set to 0 this
8216 new hardening functionality may be turned off, so that generated
8217 journal files remain compatible with older journalctl
8220 * journalctl will now include a clickable link in the default output for
8221 each log message for which a URL with further documentation is
8222 known. This is only supported on terminal emulators that support
8223 clickable hyperlinks, and is turned off if a pager is used (since
8224 "less" still doesn't support hyperlinks,
8225 unfortunately). Documentation URLs may be included in log messages
8226 either by including a DOCUMENTATION= journal field in it, or by
8227 associating a journal message catalog entry with the log message's
8228 MESSAGE_ID, which then carries a "Documentation:" tag.
8230 * journald.conf gained a new boolean setting Audit= that may be used to
8231 control whether systemd-journald will enable audit during
8234 * when systemd-journald's log stream is broken up into multiple lines
8235 because the PID of the sender changed this is indicated in the
8236 generated log records via the _LINE_BREAK=pid-change field.
8238 * journalctl's "-o cat" output mode will now show one or more journal
8239 fields specified with --output-fields= instead of unconditionally
8240 MESSAGE=. This is useful to retrieve a very specific set of fields
8241 without any decoration.
8243 * The sd-journal.h API gained two new functions:
8244 sd_journal_enumerate_available_unique() and
8245 sd_journal_enumerate_available_data() that operate like their
8246 counterparts that lack the _available_ in the name, but skip items
8247 that cannot be read and processed by the local implementation
8248 (i.e. are compressed in an unsupported format or such),
8250 * coredumpctl gained a new --file= switch, matching the same one in
8251 journalctl: a specific journal file may be specified to read the
8254 * coredumps collected by systemd-coredump may now be compressed using
8257 * systemd-binfmt gained a new switch --unregister for unregistering all
8258 registered entries at once. This is now invoked automatically at
8259 shutdown, so that binary formats registered with the "F" flag will
8260 not block clean file system unmounting.
8262 * systemd-notify's --pid= switch gained new values: "parent", "self",
8263 "auto" for controlling which PID to send to the service manager: the
8264 systemd-notify process' PID, or the one of the process invoking it.
8266 * systemd-logind's Session bus object learnt a new method call
8267 SetType() for temporarily updating the session type of an already
8268 allocated session. This is useful for upgrading tty sessions to
8269 graphical ones once a compositor is invoked.
8271 * systemd-socket-proxy gained a new switch --exit-idle-time= for
8272 configuring an exit-on-idle time.
8274 * systemd-repart's --empty= setting gained a new value "create". If
8275 specified a new empty regular disk image file is created under the
8276 specified name. Its size may be specified with the new --size=
8277 option. The latter is also supported without the "create" mode, in
8278 order to grow existing disk image files to the specified size. These
8279 two new options are useful when creating or manipulating disk images
8280 instead of operating on actual block devices.
8282 * systemd-repart drop-ins now support a new UUID= setting to control
8283 the UUID to assign to a newly created partition.
8285 * systemd-repart's SizeMin= per-partition parameter now defaults to 10M
8288 * systemd-repart's Label= setting now support the usual, simple
8289 specifier expansion.
8291 * systemd-homed's LUKS backend gained the ability to discard empty file
8292 system blocks automatically when the user logs out. This is enabled
8293 by default to ensure that home directories take minimal space when
8294 logged out but get full size guarantees when logged in. This may be
8295 controlled with the new --luks-offline-discard= switch to homectl.
8297 * If systemd-homed detects that /home/ is encrypted as a whole it will
8298 now default to the directory or subvolume backends instead of the
8299 LUKS backend, in order to avoid double encryption. The default
8300 storage and file system may now be configured explicitly, too, via
8301 the new /etc/systemd/homed.conf configuration file.
8303 * systemd-homed now supports unlocking home directories with FIDO2
8304 security tokens that support the 'hmac-secret' extension, in addition
8305 to the existing support for PKCS#11 security token unlocking
8306 support. Note that many recent hardware security tokens support both
8307 interfaces. The FIDO2 support is accessible via homectl's
8308 --fido2-device= option.
8310 * homectl's --pkcs11-uri= setting now accepts two special parameters:
8311 if "auto" is specified and only one suitable PKCS#11 security token
8312 is plugged in, its URL is automatically determined and enrolled for
8313 unlocking the home directory. If "list" is specified a brief table of
8314 suitable PKCS#11 security tokens is shown. Similar, the new
8315 --fido2-device= option also supports these two special values, for
8316 automatically selecting and listing suitable FIDO2 devices.
8318 * The /etc/crypttab tmp option now optionally takes an argument
8319 selecting the file system to use. Moreover, the default is now
8320 changed from ext2 to ext4.
8322 * There's a new /etc/crypttab option "keyfile-erase". If specified the
8323 key file listed in the same line is removed after use, regardless if
8324 volume activation was successful or not. This is useful if the key
8325 file is only acquired transiently at runtime and shall be erased
8326 before the system continues to boot.
8328 * There's also a new /etc/crypttab option "try-empty-password". If
8329 specified, before asking the user for a password it is attempted to
8330 unlock the volume with an empty password. This is useful for
8331 installing encrypted images whose password shall be set on first boot
8332 instead of at installation time.
8334 * systemd-cryptsetup will now attempt to load the keys to unlock
8335 volumes with automatically from files in
8336 /etc/cryptsetup-keys.d/<volume>.key and
8337 /run/cryptsetup-keys.d/<volume>.key, if any of these files exist.
8339 * systemd-cryptsetup may now activate Microsoft BitLocker volumes via
8340 /etc/crypttab, during boot.
8342 * logind.conf gained a new RuntimeDirectoryInodesMax= setting to
8343 control the inode limit for the per-user $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR tmpfs
8346 * A new generator systemd-xdg-autostart-generator has been added. It
8347 generates systemd unit files from XDG autostart .desktop files, and
8348 may be used to let the systemd user instance manage services that are
8349 started automatically as part of the desktop session.
8351 * "bootctl" gained a new verb "reboot-to-firmware" that may be used
8352 to query and change the firmware's 'Reboot Into Firmware Interface'
8355 * systemd-firstboot gained a new switch --kernel-command-line= that may
8356 be used to initialize the /etc/kernel/cmdline file of the image. It
8357 also gained a new switch --root-password-hashed= which is like
8358 --root-password= but accepts a pre-hashed UNIX password as
8359 argument. The new option --delete-root-password may be used to unset
8360 any password for the root user (dangerous!). The --root-shell= switch
8361 may be used to control the shell to use for the root account. A new
8362 --force option may be used to override any already set settings with
8363 the parameters specified on the command line (by default, the tool
8364 will not override what has already been set before, i.e. is purely
8367 * systemd-firstboot gained support for a new --image= switch, which is
8368 similar to --root= but accepts the path to a disk image file, on
8369 which it then operates.
8371 * A new sd-path.h API has been added to libsystemd. It provides a
8372 simple API for retrieving various search paths and primary
8373 directories for various resources.
8375 * A new call sd_notify_barrier() has been added to the sd-daemon.h
8376 API. The call will block until all previously sent sd_notify()
8377 messages have been processed by the service manager. This is useful
8378 to remove races caused by a process already having disappeared at the
8379 time a notification message is processed by the service manager,
8380 making correct attribution impossible. The systemd-notify tool will
8381 now make use of this call implicitly, but this can be turned off again
8382 via the new --no-block switch.
8384 * When sending a file descriptor (fd) to the service manager to keep
8385 track of, using the sd_notify() mechanism, a new parameter FDPOLL=0
8386 may be specified. If passed the service manager will refrain from
8387 poll()ing on the file descriptor. Traditionally (and when the
8388 parameter is not specified), the service manager will poll it for
8389 POLLHUP or POLLERR events, and immediately close the fds in that
8392 * The service manager (PID1) gained a new D-Bus method call
8393 SetShowStatus() which may be used to control whether it shall show
8394 boot-time status output on the console. This method has a similar
8395 effect to sending SIGRTMIN+20/SIGRTMIN+21 to PID 1.
8397 * The sd-bus API gained a number of convenience functions that take
8398 va_list arguments rather than "...". For example, there's now
8399 sd_bus_call_methodv() to match sd_bus_call_method(). Those calls make
8400 it easier to build wrappers that accept variadic arguments and want
8401 to pass a ready va_list structure to sd-bus.
8403 * sd-bus vtable entries can have a new SD_BUS_VTABLE_ABSOLUTE_OFFSET
8404 flag which alters how the userdata pointer to pass to the callbacks
8405 is determined. When the flag is set, the offset field is converted
8406 as-is into a pointer, without adding it to the object pointer the
8407 vtable is associated with.
8409 * sd-bus now exposes four new functions:
8410 sd_bus_interface_name_is_valid() + sd_bus_service_name_is_valid() +
8411 sd_bus_member_name_is_valid() + sd_bus_object_path_is_valid() will
8412 validate strings to check if they qualify as various D-Bus concepts.
8414 * The sd-bus API gained the SD_BUS_METHOD_WITH_ARGS(),
8415 SD_BUS_METHOD_WITH_ARGS_OFFSET() and SD_BUS_SIGNAL_WITH_ARGS() macros
8416 that simplify adding argument names to D-Bus methods and signals.
8418 * The man pages for the sd-bus and sd-hwdb APIs have been completed.
8420 * Various D-Bus APIs of systemd daemons now have man pages that
8421 document the methods, signals and properties.
8423 * The expectations on user/group name syntax are now documented in
8424 detail; documentation on how classic home directories may be
8425 converted into home directories managed by homed has been added;
8426 documentation regarding integration of homed/userdb functionality in
8427 desktops has been added:
8429 https://systemd.io/USER_NAMES
8430 https://systemd.io/CONVERTING_TO_HOMED
8431 https://systemd.io/USERDB_AND_DESKTOPS
8433 * Documentation for the on-disk Journal file format has been updated
8434 and has now moved to:
8436 https://systemd.io/JOURNAL_FILE_FORMAT
8438 * The interface for containers (https://systemd.io/CONTAINER_INTERFACE)
8439 has been extended by a set of environment variables that expose
8440 select fields from the host's os-release file to the container
8441 payload. Similarly, host's os-release files can be mounted into the
8442 container underneath /run/host. Together, those mechanisms provide a
8443 standardized way to expose information about the host to the
8444 container payload. Both interfaces are implemented in systemd-nspawn.
8446 * All D-Bus services shipped in systemd now implement the generic
8447 LogControl1 D-Bus API which allows clients to change log level +
8448 target of the service during runtime.
8450 * Only relevant for developers: the mkosi.default symlink has been
8451 dropped from version control. Please create a symlink to one of the
8452 distribution-specific defaults in .mkosi/ based on your preference.
8454 Contributions from: 24bisquitz, Adam Nielsen, Alan Perry, Alexander
8455 Malafeev, Amitanand.Chikorde, Alin Popa, Alvin Šipraga, Amos Bird,
8456 Andreas Rammhold, AndreRH, Andrew Doran, Anita Zhang, Ankit Jain,
8457 antznin, Arnaud Ferraris, Arthur Moraes do Lago, Arusekk, Balaji
8458 Punnuru, Balint Reczey, Bastien Nocera, bemarek, Benjamin Berg,
8459 Benjamin Dahlhoff, Benjamin Robin, Chris Down, Chris Kerr, Christian
8460 Göttsche, Christian Hesse, Christian Oder, Ciprian Hacman, Clinton Roy,
8461 codicodi, Corey Hinshaw, Daan De Meyer, Dana Olson, Dan Callaghan,
8462 Daniel Fullmer, Daniel Rusek, Dan Streetman, Dave Reisner, David
8463 Edmundson, David Wood, Denis Pronin, Diego Escalante Urrelo, Dimitri
8464 John Ledkov, dolphrundgren, duguxy, Einsler Lee, Elisei Roca, Emmanuel
8465 Garette, Eric Anderson, Eric DeVolder, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
8466 ExtinctFire, fangxiuning, Ferran Pallarès Roca, Filipe Brandenburger,
8467 Filippo Falezza, Finn, Florian Klink, Florian Mayer, Franck Bui,
8468 Frantisek Sumsal, gaurav, Georg Müller, Gergely Polonkai, Giedrius
8469 Statkevičius, Gigadoc2, gogogogi, Gaurav Singh, gzjsgdsb, Hans de
8470 Goede, Haochen Tong, ianhi, ignapk, Jakov Smolic, James T. Lee, Jan
8471 Janssen, Jan Klötzke, Jan Palus, Jay Burger, Jeremy Cline, Jérémy
8472 Rosen, Jian-Hong Pan, Jiri Slaby, Joel Shapiro, Joerg Behrmann, Jörg
8473 Thalheim, Jouke Witteveen, Kai-Heng Feng, Kenny Levinsen, Kevin
8474 Kuehler, Kumar Kartikeya Dwivedi, layderv, laydervus, Lénaïc Huard,
8475 Lennart Poettering, Lidong Zhong, Luca Boccassi, Luca BRUNO, Lucas
8476 Werkmeister, Lukas Klingsbo, Lukáš Nykrýn, Łukasz Stelmach, Maciej
8477 S. Szmigiero, MadMcCrow, Marc-André Lureau, Marcel Holtmann, Marc
8478 Kleine-Budde, Martin Hundebøll, Matthew Leeds, Matt Ranostay, Maxim
8479 Fomin, MaxVerevkin, Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michael Gubbels,
8480 Michael Marley, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletár,
8481 Mike Gilbert, Mike Kazantsev, Mikhail Novosyolov, ml, Motiejus Jakštys,
8482 nabijaczleweli, nerdopolis, Niccolò Maggioni, Niklas Hambüchen, Norbert
8483 Lange, Paul Cercueil, pelzvieh, Peter Hutterer, Piero La Terza, Pieter
8484 Lexis, Piotr Drąg, Rafael Fontenelle, Richard Petri, Ronan Pigott, Ross
8485 Lagerwall, Rubens Figueiredo, satmandu, Sean-StarLabs, Sebastian
8486 Jennen, sterlinghughes, Surhud More, Susant Sahani, szb512, Thomas
8487 Haller, Tobias Hunger, Tom, Tomáš Pospíšek, Tomer Shechner, Tom Hughes,
8488 Topi Miettinen, Tudor Roman, Uwe Kleine-König, Valery0xff, Vito Caputo,
8489 Vladimir Panteleev, Vladyslav Tronko, Wen Yang, Yegor Vialov, Yigal
8490 Korman, Yi Gao, YmrDtnJu, Yuri Chornoivan, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
8491 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zhu Li, Дамјан Георгиевски, наб
8493 – Warsaw, 2020-07-30
8497 * A new tool "systemd-repart" has been added, that operates as an
8498 idempotent declarative repartitioner for GPT partition tables.
8499 Specifically, a set of partitions that must or may exist can be
8500 configured via drop-in files, and during every boot the partition
8501 table on disk is compared with these files, creating missing
8502 partitions or growing existing ones based on configurable relative
8503 and absolute size constraints. The tool is strictly incremental,
8504 i.e. does not delete, shrink or move partitions, but only adds and
8505 grows them. The primary use-case is OS images that ship in minimized
8506 form, that on first boot are grown to the size of the underlying
8507 block device or augmented with additional partitions. For example,
8508 the root partition could be extended to cover the whole disk, or a
8509 swap or /home partitions could be added on first boot. It can also be
8510 used for systems that use an A/B update scheme but ship images with
8511 just the A partition, with B added on first boot. The tool is
8512 primarily intended to be run in the initrd, shortly before
8513 transitioning into the host OS, but can also be run after the
8514 transition took place. It automatically discovers the disk backing
8515 the root file system, and should hence not require any additional
8516 configuration besides the partition definition drop-ins. If no
8517 configuration drop-ins are present, no action is taken.
8519 * A new component "userdb" has been added, along with a small daemon
8520 "systemd-userdbd.service" and a client tool "userdbctl". The framework
8521 allows defining rich user and group records in a JSON format,
8522 extending on the classic "struct passwd" and "struct group"
8523 structures. Various components in systemd have been updated to
8524 process records in this format, including systemd-logind and
8525 pam-systemd. The user records are intended to be extensible, and
8526 allow setting various resource management, security and runtime
8527 parameters that shall be applied to processes and sessions of the
8528 user as they log in. This facility is intended to allow associating
8529 such metadata directly with user/group records so that they can be
8530 produced, extended and consumed in unified form. We hope that
8531 eventually frameworks such as sssd will generate records this way, so
8532 that for the first time resource management and various other
8533 per-user settings can be configured in LDAP directories and then
8534 provided to systemd (specifically to systemd-logind and pam-system)
8535 to apply on login. For further details see:
8537 https://systemd.io/USER_RECORD
8538 https://systemd.io/GROUP_RECORD
8539 https://systemd.io/USER_GROUP_API
8541 * A small new service systemd-homed.service has been added, that may be
8542 used to securely manage home directories with built-in encryption.
8543 The complete user record data is unified with the home directory,
8544 thus making home directories naturally migratable. Its primary
8545 back-end is based on LUKS volumes, but fscrypt, plain directories,
8546 and other storage schemes are also supported. This solves a couple of
8547 problems we saw with traditional ways to manage home directories, in
8548 particular when it comes to encryption. For further discussion of
8549 this, see the video of Lennart's talk at AllSystemsGo! 2019:
8551 https://media.ccc.de/v/ASG2019-164-reinventing-home-directories
8553 For further details about the format and expectations on home
8554 directories this new daemon makes, see:
8556 https://systemd.io/HOME_DIRECTORY
8558 * systemd-journald is now multi-instantiable. In addition to the main
8559 instance systemd-journald.service there's now a template unit
8560 systemd-journald@.service, with each instance defining a new named
8561 log 'namespace' (whose name is specified via the instance part of the
8562 unit name). A new unit file setting LogNamespace= has been added,
8563 taking such a namespace name, that assigns services to the specified
8564 log namespaces. As each log namespace is serviced by its own
8565 independent journal daemon, this functionality may be used to improve
8566 performance and increase isolation of applications, at the price of
8567 losing global message ordering. Each instance of journald has a
8568 separate set of configuration files, with possibly different disk
8569 usage limitations and other settings.
8571 journalctl now takes a new option --namespace= to show logs from a
8572 specific log namespace. The sd-journal.h API gained
8573 sd_journal_open_namespace() for opening the log stream of a specific
8574 log namespace. systemd-journald also gained the ability to exit on
8575 idle, which is useful in the context of log namespaces, as this means
8576 log daemons for log namespaces can be activated automatically on
8577 demand and will stop automatically when no longer used, minimizing
8580 * When systemd-tmpfiles copies a file tree using the 'C' line type it
8581 will now label every copied file according to the SELinux database.
8583 * When systemd/PID 1 detects it is used in the initrd it will now boot
8584 into initrd.target rather than default.target by default. This should
8585 make it simpler to build initrds with systemd as for many cases the
8586 only difference between a host OS image and an initrd image now is
8587 the presence of the /etc/initrd-release file.
8589 * A new kernel command line option systemd.cpu_affinity= is now
8590 understood. It's equivalent to the CPUAffinity= option in
8591 /etc/systemd/system.conf and allows setting the CPU mask for PID 1
8592 itself and the default for all other processes.
8594 * When systemd/PID 1 is reloaded (with systemctl daemon-reload or
8595 equivalent), the SELinux database is now reloaded, ensuring that
8596 sockets and other file system objects are generated taking the new
8597 database into account.
8599 * systemd/PID 1 accepts a new "systemd.show-status=error" setting, and
8600 "quiet" has been changed to imply that instead of
8601 "systemd.show-status=auto". In this mode, only messages about errors
8602 and significant delays in boot are shown on the console.
8604 * The sd-event.h API gained native support for the new Linux "pidfd"
8605 concept. This permits watching processes using file descriptors
8606 instead of PID numbers, which fixes a number of races and makes
8607 process supervision more robust and efficient. All of systemd's
8608 components will now use pidfds if the kernel supports it for process
8609 watching, with the exception of PID 1 itself, unfortunately. We hope
8610 to move PID 1 to exclusively using pidfds too eventually, but this
8611 requires some more kernel work first. (Background: PID 1 watches
8612 processes using waitid() with the P_ALL flag, and that does not play
8613 together nicely with pidfds yet.)
8615 * Closely related to this, the sd-event.h API gained two new calls
8616 sd_event_source_send_child_signal() (for sending a signal to a
8617 watched process) and sd_event_source_get_child_process_own() (for
8618 marking a process so that it is killed automatically whenever the
8619 event source watching it is freed).
8621 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring Token Bucket Filter
8622 (TBF) parameters in its qdisc configuration support. Similarly,
8623 support for Stochastic Fairness Queuing (SFQ), Controlled-Delay
8624 Active Queue Management (CoDel), and Fair Queue (FQ) has been added.
8626 * systemd-networkd gained support for Intermediate Functional Block
8627 (IFB) network devices.
8629 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring multi-path IP routes,
8630 using the new MultiPathRoute= setting in the [Route] section.
8632 * systemd-networkd's DHCPv4 client has been updated to support a new
8633 SendDecline= option. If enabled, duplicate address detection is done
8634 after a DHCP offer is received from the server. If a conflict is
8635 detected, the address is declined. The DHCPv4 client also gained
8636 support for a new RouteMTUBytes= setting that allows to configure the
8637 MTU size to be used for routes generated from DHCPv4 leases.
8639 * The PrefixRoute= setting in systemd-networkd's [Address] section of
8640 .network files has been deprecated, and replaced by AddPrefixRoute=,
8641 with its sense inverted.
8643 * The Gateway= setting of [Route] sections of .network files gained
8644 support for a special new value "_dhcp". If set, the configured
8645 static route uses the gateway host configured via DHCP.
8647 * New User= and SuppressPrefixLength= settings have been implemented
8648 for the [RoutingPolicyRule] section of .network files to configure
8649 source routing based on UID ranges and prefix length, respectively.
8651 * The Type= match property of .link files has been generalized to
8652 always match the device type shown by 'networkctl status', even for
8653 devices where udev does not set DEVTYPE=. This allows e.g. Type=ether
8656 * sd-bus gained a new API call sd_bus_message_sensitive() that marks a
8657 D-Bus message object as "sensitive". Those objects are erased from
8658 memory when they are freed. This concept is intended to be used for
8659 messages that contain security sensitive data. A new flag
8660 SD_BUS_VTABLE_SENSITIVE has been introduced as well to mark methods
8661 in sd-bus vtables, causing any incoming and outgoing messages of
8662 those methods to be implicitly marked as "sensitive".
8664 * sd-bus gained a new API call sd_bus_message_dump() for dumping the
8665 contents of a message (or parts thereof) to standard output for
8668 * systemd-sysusers gained support for creating users with the primary
8669 group named differently than the user.
8671 * systemd-growfs (i.e. the x-systemd.growfs mount option in /etc/fstab)
8672 gained support for growing XFS partitions. Previously it supported
8673 only ext4 and btrfs partitions.
8675 * The support for /etc/crypttab gained a new x-initrd.attach option. If
8676 set, the specified encrypted volume is unlocked already in the
8677 initrd. This concept corresponds to the x-initrd.mount option in
8680 * systemd-cryptsetup gained native support for unlocking encrypted
8681 volumes utilizing PKCS#11 smartcards, i.e. for example to bind
8682 encryption of volumes to YubiKeys. This is exposed in the new
8683 pkcs11-uri= option in /etc/crypttab.
8685 * The /etc/fstab support in systemd now supports two new mount options
8686 x-systemd.{required,wanted}-by=, for explicitly configuring the units
8687 that the specified mount shall be pulled in by, in place of
8688 the usual local-fs.target/remote-fs.target.
8690 * The https://systemd.io/ web site has been relaunched, directly
8691 populated with most of the documentation included in the systemd
8692 repository. systemd also acquired a new logo, thanks to Tobias
8695 * systemd-udevd gained support for managing "alternative" network
8696 interface names, as supported by new Linux kernels. For the first
8697 time this permits assigning multiple (and longer!) names to a network
8698 interface. systemd-udevd will now by default assign the names
8699 generated via all supported naming schemes to each interface. This
8700 may be further tweaked with .link files and the AlternativeName= and
8701 AlternativeNamesPolicy= settings. Other components of systemd have
8702 been updated to support the new alternative names wherever
8703 appropriate. For example, systemd-nspawn will now generate
8704 alternative interface names for the host-facing side of container
8705 veth links based on the full container name without truncation.
8707 * systemd-nspawn interface naming logic has been updated in another way
8708 too: if the main interface name (i.e. as opposed to new-style
8709 "alternative" names) based on the container name is truncated, a
8710 simple hashing scheme is used to give different interface names to
8711 multiple containers whose names all begin with the same prefix. Since
8712 this changes the primary interface names pointing to containers if
8713 truncation happens, the old scheme may still be requested by
8714 selecting an older naming scheme, via the net.naming_scheme= kernel
8715 command line option.
8717 * PrivateUsers= in service files now works in services run by the
8718 systemd --user per-user instance of the service manager.
8720 * A new per-service sandboxing option ProtectClock= has been added that
8721 locks down write access to the system clock. It takes away device
8722 node access to /dev/rtc as well as the system calls that set the
8723 system clock and the CAP_SYS_TIME and CAP_WAKE_ALARM capabilities.
8724 Note that this option does not affect access to auxiliary services
8725 that allow changing the clock, for example access to
8728 * The systemd-id128 tool gained a new "show" verb for listing or
8729 resolving a number of well-known UUIDs/128-bit IDs, currently mostly
8730 GPT partition table types.
8732 * The Discoverable Partitions Specification has been updated to support
8733 /var and /var/tmp partition discovery. Support for this has been
8734 added to systemd-gpt-auto-generator. For details see:
8736 https://systemd.io/DISCOVERABLE_PARTITIONS
8738 * "systemctl list-unit-files" has been updated to show a new column
8739 with the suggested enablement state based on the vendor preset files
8740 for the respective units.
8742 * "systemctl" gained a new option "--with-dependencies". If specified
8743 commands such as "systemctl status" or "systemctl cat" will now show
8744 all specified units along with all units they depend on.
8746 * networkctl gained support for showing per-interface logs in its
8749 * systemd-networkd-wait-online gained support for specifying the maximum
8750 operational state to wait for, and to wait for interfaces to
8753 * The [Match] section of .link and .network files now supports a new
8754 option PermanentMACAddress= which may be used to check against the
8755 permanent MAC address of a network device even if a randomized MAC
8758 * The [TrafficControlQueueingDiscipline] section in .network files has
8759 been renamed to [NetworkEmulator] with the "NetworkEmulator" prefix
8760 dropped from the individual setting names.
8762 * Any .link and .network files that have an empty [Match] section (this
8763 also includes empty and commented-out files) will now be
8764 rejected. systemd-udev and systemd-networkd started warning about
8765 such files in version 243.
8767 * systemd-logind will now validate access to the operation of changing
8768 the virtual terminal via a polkit action. By default, only users
8769 with at least one session on a local VT are granted permission.
8771 * When systemd sets up PAM sessions that invoked service processes
8772 shall run in, the pam_setcred() API is now invoked, thus permitting
8773 PAM modules to set additional credentials for the processes.
8775 * portablectl attach/detach verbs now accept --now and --enable options
8776 to combine attachment with enablement and invocation, or detachment
8777 with stopping and disablement.
8779 * UPGRADE ISSUE: a bug where some jobs were trimmed as redundant was
8780 fixed, which in turn exposed bugs in unit configuration of services
8781 which have Type=oneshot and should only run once, but do not have
8782 RemainAfterExit=yes set. Without RemainAfterExit=yes, a one-shot
8783 service may be started again after exiting successfully, for example
8784 as a dependency in another transaction. Affected services included
8785 some internal systemd services (most notably
8786 systemd-vconsole-setup.service, which was updated to have
8787 RemainAfterExit=yes), and plymouth-start.service. Please ensure that
8788 plymouth has been suitably updated or patched before upgrading to
8789 this systemd release. See
8790 https://bugzilla.redhat.com/show_bug.cgi?id=1807771 for some
8791 additional discussion.
8793 Contributions from: AJ Bagwell, Alin Popa, Andreas Rammhold, Anita
8794 Zhang, Ansgar Burchardt, Antonio Russo, Arian van Putten, Ashley Davis,
8795 Balint Reczey, Bart Willems, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Dahlhoff, Charles
8796 (Chas) Williams, cheese1, Chris Down, Chris Murphy, Christian Ehrhardt,
8797 Christian Göttsche, cvoinf, Daan De Meyer, Daniele Medri, Daniel Rusek,
8798 Daniel Shahaf, Dann Frazier, Dan Streetman, Dariusz Gadomski, David
8799 Michael, Dimitri John Ledkov, Emmanuel Bourg, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
8800 ezst036, Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Florian Klink, Franck
8801 Bui, Fran Dieguez, Frantisek Sumsal, Greg "GothAck" Miell, Guilhem
8802 Lettron, Guillaume Douézan-Grard, Hans de Goede, HATAYAMA Daisuke, Iain
8803 Lane, James Buren, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig), Jérémy Rosen, Jin
8804 Park, Jun'ichi Nomura, Kai Krakow, Kevin Kuehler, Kevin P. Fleming,
8805 Lennart Poettering, Leonid Bloch, Leonid Evdokimov, lothrond, Luca
8806 Boccassi, Lukas K, Lynn Kirby, Mario Limonciello, Mark Deneen, Matthew
8807 Leeds, Michael Biebl, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletár, Mike Auty, Mike
8808 Gilbert, mtron, nabijaczleweli, Naïm Favier, Nate Jones, Norbert Lange,
8809 Oliver Giles, Paul Davey, Paul Menzel, Peter Hutterer, Piotr Drąg, Rafa
8810 Couto, Raphael, rhn, Robert Scheck, Rocka, Romain Naour, Ryan Attard,
8811 Sascha Dewald, Shengjing Zhu, Slava Kardakov, Spencer Michaels, Sylvain
8812 Plantefeve, Stanislav Angelovič, Susant Sahani, Thomas Haller, Thomas
8813 Schmitt, Timo Schlüßler, Timo Wilken, Tobias Bernard, Tobias Klauser,
8814 Tobias Stoeckmann, Topi Miettinen, tsia, WataruMatsuoka, Wieland
8815 Hoffmann, Wilhelm Schuster, Will Fleming, xduugu, Yong Cong Sin, Yuri
8816 Chornoivan, Yu Watanabe, Zach Smith, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeyu
8819 – Warsaw, 2020-03-06
8823 * Support for the cpuset cgroups v2 controller has been added.
8824 Processes may be restricted to specific CPUs using the new
8825 AllowedCPUs= setting, and to specific memory NUMA nodes using the new
8826 AllowedMemoryNodes= setting.
8828 * The signal used in restart jobs (as opposed to e.g. stop jobs) may
8829 now be configured using a new RestartKillSignal= setting. This
8830 allows units which signals to request termination to implement
8831 different behaviour when stopping in preparation for a restart.
8833 * "systemctl clean" may now be used also for socket, mount, and swap
8836 * systemd will also read configuration options from the EFI variable
8837 SystemdOptions. This may be used to configure systemd behaviour when
8838 modifying the kernel command line is inconvenient, but configuration
8839 on disk is read too late, for example for the options related to
8840 cgroup hierarchy setup. 'bootctl systemd-efi-options' may be used to
8841 set the EFI variable.
8843 * systemd will now disable printk ratelimits in early boot. This should
8844 allow us to capture more logs from the early boot phase where normal
8845 storage is not available and the kernel ring buffer is used for
8846 logging. Configuration on the kernel command line has higher priority
8847 and overrides the systemd setting.
8849 systemd programs which log to /dev/kmsg directly use internal
8850 ratelimits to prevent runaway logging. (Normally this is only used
8851 during early boot, so in practice this change has very little
8854 * Unit files now support top level dropin directories of the form
8855 <unit_type>.d/ (e.g. service.d/) that may be used to add configuration
8856 that affects all corresponding unit files.
8858 * systemctl gained support for 'stop --job-mode=triggering' which will
8859 stop the specified unit and any units which could trigger it.
8861 * Unit status display now includes units triggering and triggered by
8862 the unit being shown.
8864 * The RuntimeMaxSec= setting is now supported by scopes, not just
8865 .service units. This is particularly useful for PAM sessions which
8866 create a scope unit for the user login. systemd.runtime_max_sec=
8867 setting may used with the pam_systemd module to limit the duration
8868 of the PAM session, for example for time-limited logins.
8870 * A new @pkey system call group is now defined to make it easier to
8871 allow-list memory protection syscalls for containers and services
8872 which need to use them.
8874 * systemd-udevd: removed the 30s timeout for killing stale workers on
8875 exit. systemd-udevd now waits for workers to finish. The hard-coded
8876 exit timeout of 30s was too short for some large installations, where
8877 driver initialization could be prematurely interrupted during initrd
8878 processing if the root file system had been mounted and init was
8879 preparing to switch root. If udevd is run without systemd and workers
8880 are hanging while udevd receives an exit signal, udevd will now exit
8881 when udev.event_timeout is reached for the last hanging worker. With
8882 systemd, the exit timeout can additionally be configured using
8883 TimeoutStopSec= in systemd-udevd.service.
8885 * udev now provides a program (fido_id) that identifies FIDO CTAP1
8886 ("U2F")/CTAP2 security tokens based on the usage declared in their
8887 report and descriptor and outputs suitable environment variables.
8888 This replaces the externally maintained allow lists of all known
8889 security tokens that were used previously.
8891 * Automatically generated autosuspend udev rules for allow-listed
8892 devices have been imported from the Chromium OS project. This should
8893 improve power saving with many more devices.
8895 * udev gained a new "CONST{key}=value" setting that allows matching
8896 against system-wide constants without forking a helper binary.
8897 Currently "arch" and "virt" keys are supported.
8899 * udev now opens CDROMs in non-exclusive mode when querying their
8900 capabilities. This should fix issues where other programs trying to
8901 use the CDROM cannot gain access to it, but carries a risk of
8902 interfering with programs writing to the disk, if they did not open
8903 the device in exclusive mode as they should.
8905 * systemd-networkd does not create a default route for IPv4 link local
8906 addressing anymore. The creation of the route was unexpected and was
8907 breaking routing in various cases, but people who rely on it being
8908 created implicitly will need to adjust. Such a route may be requested
8909 with DefaultRouteOnDevice=yes.
8911 Similarly, systemd-networkd will not assign a link-local IPv6 address
8912 when IPv6 link-local routing is not enabled.
8914 * Receive and transmit buffers may now be configured on links with
8915 the new RxBufferSize= and TxBufferSize= settings.
8917 * systemd-networkd may now advertise additional IPv6 routes. A new
8918 [IPv6RoutePrefix] section with Route= and LifetimeSec= options is
8921 * systemd-networkd may now configure "next hop" routes using the
8922 [NextHop] section and Gateway= and Id= settings.
8924 * systemd-networkd will now retain DHCP config on restarts by default
8925 (but this may be overridden using the KeepConfiguration= setting).
8926 The default for SendRelease= has been changed to true.
8928 * The DHCPv4 client now uses the OPTION_INFORMATION_REFRESH_TIME option
8929 received from the server.
8931 The client will use the received SIP server list if UseSIP=yes is
8934 The client may be configured to request specific options from the
8935 server using a new RequestOptions= setting.
8937 The client may be configured to send arbitrary options to the server
8938 using a new SendOption= setting.
8940 A new IPServiceType= setting has been added to configure the "IP
8941 service type" value used by the client.
8943 * The DHCPv6 client learnt a new PrefixDelegationHint= option to
8944 request prefix hints in the DHCPv6 solicitation.
8946 * The DHCPv4 server may be configured to send arbitrary options using
8947 a new SendOption= setting.
8949 * The DHCPv4 server may now be configured to emit SIP server list using
8950 the new EmitSIP= and SIP= settings.
8952 * systemd-networkd and networkctl may now renew DHCP leases on demand.
8953 networkctl has a new 'networkctl renew' verb.
8955 * systemd-networkd may now reconfigure links on demand. networkctl
8956 gained two new verbs: "reload" will reload the configuration, and
8957 "reconfigure DEVICE…" will reconfigure one or more devices.
8959 * .network files may now match on SSID and BSSID of a wireless network,
8960 i.e. the access point name and hardware address using the new SSID=
8961 and BSSID= options. networkctl will display the current SSID and
8962 BSSID for wireless links.
8964 .network files may also match on the wireless network type using the
8965 new WLANInterfaceType= option.
8967 * systemd-networkd now includes default configuration that enables
8968 link-local addressing when connected to an ad-hoc wireless network.
8970 * systemd-networkd may configure the Traffic Control queueing
8971 disciplines in the kernel using the new
8972 [TrafficControlQueueingDiscipline] section and Parent=,
8973 NetworkEmulatorDelaySec=, NetworkEmulatorDelayJitterSec=,
8974 NetworkEmulatorPacketLimit=, NetworkEmulatorLossRate=,
8975 NetworkEmulatorDuplicateRate= settings.
8977 * systemd-tmpfiles gained a new w+ setting to append to files.
8979 * systemd-analyze dump will now report when the memory configuration in
8980 the kernel does not match what systemd has configured (usually,
8981 because some external program has modified the kernel configuration
8984 * systemd-analyze gained a new --base-time= switch instructs the
8985 'calendar' verb to resolve times relative to that timestamp instead
8986 of the present time.
8988 * journalctl --update-catalog now produces deterministic output (making
8989 reproducible image builds easier).
8991 * A new devicetree-overlay setting is now documented in the Boot Loader
8994 * The default value of the WatchdogSec= setting used in systemd
8995 services (the ones bundled with the project itself) may be set at
8996 configuration time using the -Dservice-watchdog= setting. If set to
8997 empty, the watchdogs will be disabled.
8999 * systemd-resolved validates IP addresses in certificates now when GnuTLS
9002 * libcryptsetup >= 2.0.1 is now required.
9004 * A configuration option -Duser-path= may be used to override the $PATH
9005 used by the user service manager. The default is again to use the same
9006 path as the system manager.
9008 * The systemd-id128 tool gained a new switch "-u" (or "--uuid") for
9009 outputting the 128-bit IDs in UUID format (i.e. in the "canonical
9012 * Service units gained a new sandboxing option ProtectKernelLogs= which
9013 makes sure the program cannot get direct access to the kernel log
9014 buffer anymore, i.e. the syslog() system call (not to be confused
9015 with the API of the same name in libc, which is not affected), the
9016 /proc/kmsg and /dev/kmsg nodes and the CAP_SYSLOG capability are made
9017 inaccessible to the service. It's recommended to enable this setting
9018 for all services that should not be able to read from or write to the
9019 kernel log buffer, which are probably almost all.
9021 Contributions from: Aaron Plattner, Alcaro, Anita Zhang, Balint Reczey,
9022 Bastien Nocera, Baybal Ni, Benjamin Bouvier, Benjamin Gilbert, Carlo
9023 Teubner, cbzxt, Chen Qi, Chris Down, Christian Rebischke, Claudio
9024 Zumbo, ClydeByrdIII, crashfistfight, Cyprien Laplace, Daniel Edgecumbe,
9025 Daniel Gorbea, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Stuart, Dan Streetman, David
9026 Pedersen, David Tardon, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dominique Martinet, Donald
9027 A. Cupp Jr, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabian Henneke, Filipe Brandenburger,
9028 Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, Georg Müller, Hans de Goede, Haochen
9029 Tong, HATAYAMA Daisuke, Iwan Timmer, Jan Janssen, Jan Kundrát, Jan
9030 Synacek, Jan Tojnar, Jay Strict, Jérémy Rosen, Jóhann B. Guðmundsson,
9031 Jonas Jelten, Jonas Thelemann, Justin Trudell, J. Xing, Kai-Heng Feng,
9032 Kenneth D'souza, Kevin Becker, Kevin Kuehler, Lennart Poettering,
9033 Léonard Gérard, Lorenz Bauer, Luca Boccassi, Maciej Stanczew, Mario
9034 Limonciello, Marko Myllynen, Mark Stosberg, Martin Wilck, matthiasroos,
9035 Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Tretter, Michal Sekletar,
9036 Michal Sekletár, Michal Suchanek, Mike Gilbert, Mike Kazantsev, Nicolas
9037 Douma, nikolas, Norbert Lange, pan93412, Pascal de Bruijn, Paul Menzel,
9038 Pavel Hrdina, Peter Wu, Philip Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Rafael Fontenelle,
9039 Renaud Métrich, Riccardo Schirone, RoadrunnerWMC, Ronan Pigott, Ryan
9040 Attard, Sebastian Wick, Serge, Siddharth Chandrasekara, Steve Ramage,
9041 Steve Traylen, Susant Sahani, Thibault Nélis, Tim Teichmann, Tom
9042 Fitzhenry, Tommy J, Torsten Hilbrich, Vito Caputo, ypf791, Yu Watanabe,
9043 Zach Smith, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9045 – Warsaw, 2019-11-29
9049 * This release enables unprivileged programs (i.e. requiring neither
9050 setuid nor file capabilities) to send ICMP Echo (i.e. ping) requests
9051 by turning on the "net.ipv4.ping_group_range" sysctl of the Linux
9052 kernel for the whole UNIX group range, i.e. all processes. This
9053 change should be reasonably safe, as the kernel support for it was
9054 specifically implemented to allow safe access to ICMP Echo for
9055 processes lacking any privileges. If this is not desirable, it can be
9056 disabled again by setting the parameter to "1 0".
9058 * Previously, filters defined with SystemCallFilter= would have the
9059 effect that any calling of an offending system call would terminate
9060 the calling thread. This behaviour never made much sense, since
9061 killing individual threads of unsuspecting processes is likely to
9062 create more problems than it solves. With this release the default
9063 action changed from killing the thread to killing the whole
9064 process. For this to work correctly both a kernel version (>= 4.14)
9065 and a libseccomp version (>= 2.4.0) supporting this new seccomp
9066 action is required. If an older kernel or libseccomp is used the old
9067 behaviour continues to be used. This change does not affect any
9068 services that have no system call filters defined, or that use
9069 SystemCallErrorNumber= (and thus see EPERM or another error instead
9070 of being killed when calling an offending system call). Note that
9071 systemd documentation always claimed that the whole process is
9072 killed. With this change behaviour is thus adjusted to match the
9075 * On 64 bit systems, the "kernel.pid_max" sysctl is now bumped to
9076 4194304 by default, i.e. the full 22bit range the kernel allows, up
9077 from the old 16-bit range. This should improve security and
9078 robustness, as PID collisions are made less likely (though certainly
9079 still possible). There are rumours this might create compatibility
9080 problems, though at this moment no practical ones are known to
9081 us. Downstream distributions are hence advised to undo this change in
9082 their builds if they are concerned about maximum compatibility, but
9083 for everybody else we recommend leaving the value bumped. Besides
9084 improving security and robustness this should also simplify things as
9085 the maximum number of allowed concurrent tasks was previously bounded
9086 by both "kernel.pid_max" and "kernel.threads-max" and now effectively
9087 only a single knob is left ("kernel.threads-max"). There have been
9088 concerns that usability is affected by this change because larger PID
9089 numbers are harder to type, but we believe the change from 5 digits
9090 to 7 digits doesn't hamper usability.
9092 * MemoryLow= and MemoryMin= gained hierarchy-aware counterparts,
9093 DefaultMemoryLow= and DefaultMemoryMin=, which can be used to
9094 hierarchically set default memory protection values for a particular
9095 subtree of the unit hierarchy.
9097 * Memory protection directives can now take a value of zero, allowing
9098 explicit opting out of a default value propagated by an ancestor.
9100 * systemd now defaults to the "unified" cgroup hierarchy setup during
9101 build-time, i.e. -Ddefault-hierarchy=unified is now the build-time
9102 default. Previously, -Ddefault-hierarchy=hybrid was the default. This
9103 change reflects the fact that cgroupsv2 support has matured
9104 substantially in both systemd and in the kernel, and is clearly the
9105 way forward. Downstream production distributions might want to
9106 continue to use -Ddefault-hierarchy=hybrid (or even =legacy) for
9107 their builds as unfortunately the popular container managers have not
9108 caught up with the kernel API changes.
9110 * Man pages are not built by default anymore (html pages were already
9111 disabled by default), to make development builds quicker. When
9112 building systemd for a full installation with documentation, meson
9113 should be called with -Dman=true and/or -Dhtml=true as appropriate.
9114 The default was changed based on the assumption that quick one-off or
9115 repeated development builds are much more common than full optimized
9116 builds for installation, and people need to pass various other
9117 options to when doing "proper" builds anyway, so the gain from making
9118 development builds quicker is bigger than the one time disruption for
9121 Two scripts are created in the *build* directory to generate and
9122 preview man and html pages on demand, e.g.:
9124 build/man/man systemctl
9125 build/man/html systemd.index
9127 * libidn2 is used by default if both libidn2 and libidn are installed.
9128 Please use -Dlibidn=true if libidn is preferred.
9130 * The D-Bus "wire format" of the CPUAffinity= attribute is changed on
9131 big-endian machines. Before, bytes were written and read in native
9132 machine order as exposed by the native libc __cpu_mask interface.
9133 Now, little-endian order is always used (CPUs 0–7 are described by
9134 bits 0–7 in byte 0, CPUs 8–15 are described by byte 1, and so on).
9135 This change fixes D-Bus calls that cross endianness boundary.
9137 The presentation format used for CPUAffinity= by "systemctl show" and
9138 "systemd-analyze dump" is changed to present CPU indices instead of
9139 the raw __cpu_mask bitmask. For example, CPUAffinity=0-1 would be
9140 shown as CPUAffinity=03000000000000000000000000000… (on
9141 little-endian) or CPUAffinity=00000000000000300000000000000… (on
9142 64-bit big-endian), and is now shown as CPUAffinity=0-1, matching the
9143 input format. The maximum integer that will be printed in the new
9144 format is 8191 (four digits), while the old format always used a very
9145 long number (with the length varying by architecture), so they can be
9146 unambiguously distinguished.
9148 * /usr/sbin/halt.local is no longer supported. Implementation in
9149 distributions was inconsistent and it seems this functionality was
9152 To replace this functionality, users should:
9153 - either define a new unit and make it a dependency of final.target
9154 (systemctl add-wants final.target my-halt-local.service)
9155 - or move the shutdown script to /usr/lib/systemd/system-shutdown/
9156 and ensure that it accepts "halt", "poweroff", "reboot", and
9157 "kexec" as an argument, see the description in systemd-shutdown(8).
9159 * When a [Match] section in .link or .network file is empty (contains
9160 no match patterns), a warning will be emitted. Please add any "match
9161 all" pattern instead, e.g. OriginalName=* or Name=* in case all
9162 interfaces should really be matched.
9164 * A new setting NUMAPolicy= may be used to set process memory
9165 allocation policy. This setting can be specified in
9166 /etc/systemd/system.conf and hence will set the default policy for
9167 PID1. The default policy can be overridden on a per-service
9168 basis. The related setting NUMAMask= is used to specify NUMA node
9169 mask that should be associated with the selected policy.
9171 * PID 1 will now listen to Out-Of-Memory (OOM) events the kernel
9172 generates when processes it manages are reaching their memory limits,
9173 and will place their units in a special state, and optionally kill or
9174 stop the whole unit.
9176 * The service manager will now expose bus properties for the IO
9177 resources used by units. This information is also shown in "systemctl
9178 status" now (for services that have IOAccounting=yes set). Moreover,
9179 the IO accounting data is included in the resource log message
9180 generated whenever a unit stops.
9182 * Units may now configure an explicit timeout to wait for when killed
9183 with SIGABRT, for example when a service watchdog is hit. Previously,
9184 the regular TimeoutStopSec= timeout was applied in this case too —
9185 now a separate timeout may be set using TimeoutAbortSec=.
9187 * Services may now send a special WATCHDOG=trigger message with
9188 sd_notify() to trigger an immediate "watchdog missed" event, and thus
9189 trigger service termination. This is useful both for testing watchdog
9190 handling, but also for defining error paths in services, that shall
9191 be handled the same way as watchdog events.
9193 * There are two new per-unit settings IPIngressFilterPath= and
9194 IPEgressFilterPath= which allow configuration of a BPF program
9195 (usually by specifying a path to a program uploaded to /sys/fs/bpf/)
9196 to apply to the IP packet ingress/egress path of all processes of a
9197 unit. This is useful to allow running systemd services with BPF
9198 programs set up externally.
9200 * systemctl gained a new "clean" verb for removing the state, cache,
9201 runtime or logs directories of a service while it is terminated. The
9202 new verb may also be used to remove the state maintained on disk for
9203 timer units that have Persistent= configured.
9205 * During the last phase of shutdown systemd will now automatically
9206 increase the log level configured in the "kernel.printk" sysctl so
9207 that any relevant loggable events happening during late shutdown are
9208 made visible. Previously, loggable events happening so late during
9209 shutdown were generally lost if the "kernel.printk" sysctl was set to
9210 high thresholds, as regular logging daemons are terminated at that
9211 time and thus nothing is written to disk.
9213 * If processes terminated during the last phase of shutdown do not exit
9214 quickly systemd will now show their names after a short time, to make
9215 debugging easier. After a longer timeout they are forcibly killed,
9218 * journalctl (and the other tools that display logs) will now highlight
9219 warnings in yellow (previously, both LOG_NOTICE and LOG_WARNING where
9220 shown in bright bold, now only LOG_NOTICE is). Moreover, audit logs
9221 are now shown in blue color, to separate them visually from regular
9222 logs. References to configuration files are now turned into clickable
9223 links on terminals that support that.
9225 * systemd-journald will now stop logging to /var/log/journal during
9226 shutdown when /var/ is on a separate mount, so that it can be
9227 unmounted safely during shutdown.
9229 * systemd-resolved gained support for a new 'strict' DNS-over-TLS mode.
9231 * systemd-resolved "Cache=" configuration option in resolved.conf has
9232 been extended to also accept the 'no-negative' value. Previously,
9233 only a boolean option was allowed (yes/no), having yes as the
9234 default. If this option is set to 'no-negative', negative answers are
9235 not cached while the old cache heuristics are used positive answers.
9236 The default remains unchanged.
9238 * The predictable naming scheme for network devices now supports
9239 generating predictable names for "netdevsim" devices.
9241 Moreover, the "en" prefix was dropped from the ID_NET_NAME_ONBOARD
9244 Those two changes form a new net.naming_scheme= entry. Distributions
9245 which want to preserve naming stability may want to set the
9246 -Ddefault-net-naming-scheme= configuration option.
9248 * systemd-networkd now supports MACsec, nlmon, IPVTAP and Xfrm
9249 interfaces natively.
9251 * systemd-networkd's bridge FDB support now allows configuration of a
9252 destination address for each entry (Destination=), as well as the
9253 VXLAN VNI (VNI=), as well as an option to declare what an entry is
9254 associated with (AssociatedWith=).
9256 * systemd-networkd's DHCPv4 support now understands a new MaxAttempts=
9257 option for configuring the maximum number of DHCP lease requests. It
9258 also learnt a new BlackList= option for deny-listing DHCP servers (a
9259 similar setting has also been added to the IPv6 RA client), as well
9260 as a SendRelease= option for configuring whether to send a DHCP
9261 RELEASE message when terminating.
9263 * systemd-networkd's DHCPv4 and DHCPv6 stacks can now be configured
9264 separately in the [DHCPv4] and [DHCPv6] sections.
9266 * systemd-networkd's DHCP support will now optionally create an
9267 implicit host route to the DNS server specified in the DHCP lease, in
9268 addition to the routes listed explicitly in the lease. This should
9269 ensure that in multi-homed systems DNS traffic leaves the systems on
9270 the interface that acquired the DNS server information even if other
9271 routes such as default routes exist. This behaviour may be turned on
9272 with the new RoutesToDNS= option.
9274 * systemd-networkd's VXLAN support gained a new option
9275 GenericProtocolExtension= for enabling VXLAN Generic Protocol
9276 Extension support, as well as IPDoNotFragment= for setting the IP
9277 "Don't fragment" bit on outgoing packets. A similar option has been
9278 added to the GENEVE support.
9280 * In systemd-networkd's [Route] section you may now configure
9281 FastOpenNoCookie= for configuring per-route TCP fast-open support, as
9282 well as TTLPropagate= for configuring Label Switched Path (LSP) TTL
9283 propagation. The Type= setting now supports local, broadcast,
9284 anycast, multicast, any, xresolve routes, too.
9286 * systemd-networkd's [Network] section learnt a new option
9287 DefaultRouteOnDevice= for automatically configuring a default route
9288 onto the network device.
9290 * systemd-networkd's bridging support gained two new options ProxyARP=
9291 and ProxyARPWifi= for configuring proxy ARP behaviour as well as
9292 MulticastRouter= for configuring multicast routing behaviour. A new
9293 option MulticastIGMPVersion= may be used to change bridge's multicast
9294 Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) version.
9296 * systemd-networkd's FooOverUDP support gained the ability to configure
9297 local and peer IP addresses via Local= and Peer=. A new option
9298 PeerPort= may be used to configure the peer's IP port.
9300 * systemd-networkd's TUN support gained a new setting VnetHeader= for
9301 tweaking Generic Segment Offload support.
9303 * The address family for policy rules may be specified using the new
9304 Family= option in the [RoutingPolicyRule] section.
9306 * networkctl gained a new "delete" command for removing virtual network
9307 devices, as well as a new "--stats" switch for showing device
9310 * networkd.conf gained a new setting SpeedMeter= and
9311 SpeedMeterIntervalSec=, to measure bitrate of network interfaces. The
9312 measured speed may be shown by 'networkctl status'.
9314 * "networkctl status" now displays MTU and queue lengths, and more
9315 detailed information about VXLAN and bridge devices.
9317 * systemd-networkd's .network and .link files gained a new Property=
9318 setting in the [Match] section, to match against devices with
9319 specific udev properties.
9321 * systemd-networkd's tunnel support gained a new option
9322 AssignToLoopback= for selecting whether to use the loopback device
9323 "lo" as underlying device.
9325 * systemd-networkd's MACAddress= setting in the [Neighbor] section has
9326 been renamed to LinkLayerAddress=, and it now allows configuration of
9329 * systemd-networkd's handling of the kernel's disable_ipv6 sysctl is
9330 simplified: systemd-networkd will disable the sysctl (enable IPv6) if
9331 IPv6 configuration (static or DHCPv6) was found for a given
9332 interface. It will not touch the sysctl otherwise.
9334 * The order of entries is $PATH used by the user manager instance was
9335 changed to put bin/ entries before the corresponding sbin/ entries.
9336 It is recommended to not rely on this order, and only ever have one
9337 binary with a given name in the system paths under /usr.
9339 * A new tool systemd-network-generator has been added that may generate
9340 .network, .netdev and .link files from IP configuration specified on
9341 the kernel command line in the format used by Dracut.
9343 * The CriticalConnection= setting in .network files is now deprecated,
9344 and replaced by a new KeepConfiguration= setting which allows more
9345 detailed configuration of the IP configuration to keep in place.
9347 * systemd-analyze gained a few new verbs:
9349 - "systemd-analyze timestamp" parses and converts timestamps. This is
9350 similar to the existing "systemd-analyze calendar" command which
9351 does the same for recurring calendar events.
9353 - "systemd-analyze timespan" parses and converts timespans (i.e.
9354 durations as opposed to points in time).
9356 - "systemd-analyze condition" will parse and test ConditionXYZ=
9359 - "systemd-analyze exit-status" will parse and convert exit status
9360 codes to their names and back.
9362 - "systemd-analyze unit-files" will print a list of all unit
9363 file paths and unit aliases.
9365 * SuccessExitStatus=, RestartPreventExitStatus=, and
9366 RestartForceExitStatus= now accept exit status names (e.g. "DATAERR"
9367 is equivalent to "65"). Those exit status name mappings may be
9368 displayed with the systemd-analyze exit-status verb describe above.
9370 * systemd-logind now exposes a per-session SetBrightness() bus call,
9371 which may be used to securely change the brightness of a kernel
9372 brightness device, if it belongs to the session's seat. By using this
9373 call unprivileged clients can make changes to "backlight" and "leds"
9374 devices securely with strict requirements on session membership.
9375 Desktop environments may use this to generically make brightness
9376 changes to such devices without shipping private SUID binaries or
9377 udev rules for that purpose.
9379 * "udevadm info" gained a --wait-for-initialization switch to wait for
9380 a device to be initialized.
9382 * systemd-hibernate-resume-generator will now look for resumeflags= on
9383 the kernel command line, which is similar to rootflags= and may be
9384 used to configure device timeout for the hibernation device.
9386 * sd-event learnt a new API call sd_event_source_disable_unref() for
9387 disabling and unref'ing an event source in a single function. A
9388 related call sd_event_source_disable_unrefp() has been added for use
9389 with gcc's cleanup extension.
9391 * The sd-id128.h public API gained a new definition
9392 SD_ID128_UUID_FORMAT_STR for formatting a 128-bit ID in UUID format
9395 * "busctl introspect" gained a new switch --xml-interface for dumping
9396 XML introspection data unmodified.
9398 * PID 1 may now show the unit name instead of the unit description
9399 string in its status output during boot. This may be configured in
9400 the StatusUnitFormat= setting in /etc/systemd/system.conf or the
9401 kernel command line option systemd.status_unit_format=.
9403 * PID 1 now understands a new option KExecWatchdogSec= in
9404 /etc/systemd/system.conf to set a watchdog timeout for kexec reboots.
9405 Previously watchdog functionality was only available for regular
9406 reboots. The new setting defaults to off, because we don't know in
9407 the general case if the watchdog will be reset after kexec (some
9408 drivers do reset it, but not all), and the new userspace might not be
9409 configured to handle the watchdog.
9411 Moreover, the old ShutdownWatchdogSec= setting has been renamed to
9412 RebootWatchdogSec= to more clearly communicate what it is about. The
9413 old name is still accepted for compatibility.
9415 * The systemd.debug_shell kernel command line option now optionally
9416 takes a tty name to spawn the debug shell on, which allows a
9417 different tty to be selected than the built-in default.
9419 * Service units gained a new ExecCondition= setting which will run
9420 before ExecStartPre= and either continue execution of the unit (for
9421 clean exit codes), stop execution without marking the unit failed
9422 (for exit codes 1 through 254), or stop execution and fail the unit
9423 (for exit code 255 or abnormal termination).
9425 * A new service systemd-pstore.service has been added that pulls data
9426 from /sys/fs/pstore/ and saves it to /var/lib/pstore for later
9429 * timedatectl gained new verbs for configuring per-interface NTP
9430 service configuration for systemd-timesyncd.
9432 * "localectl list-locales" won't list non-UTF-8 locales anymore. It's
9433 2019. (You can set non-UTF-8 locales though, if you know their name.)
9435 * If variable assignments in sysctl.d/ files are prefixed with "-" any
9436 failures to apply them are now ignored.
9438 * systemd-random-seed.service now optionally credits entropy when
9439 applying the seed to the system. Set $SYSTEMD_RANDOM_SEED_CREDIT to
9440 true for the service to enable this behaviour, but please consult the
9441 documentation first, since this comes with a couple of caveats.
9443 * systemd-random-seed.service is now a synchronization point for full
9444 initialization of the kernel's entropy pool. Services that require
9445 /dev/urandom to be correctly initialized should be ordered after this
9448 * The systemd-boot boot loader has been updated to optionally maintain
9449 a random seed file in the EFI System Partition (ESP). During the boot
9450 phase, this random seed is read and updated with a new seed
9451 cryptographically derived from it. Another derived seed is passed to
9452 the OS. The latter seed is then credited to the kernel's entropy pool
9453 very early during userspace initialization (from PID 1). This allows
9454 systems to boot up with a fully initialized kernel entropy pool from
9455 earliest boot on, and thus entirely removes all entropy pool
9456 initialization delays from systems using systemd-boot. Special care
9457 is taken to ensure different seeds are derived on system images
9458 replicated to multiple systems. "bootctl status" will show whether
9459 a seed was received from the boot loader.
9461 * bootctl gained two new verbs:
9463 - "bootctl random-seed" will generate the file in ESP and an EFI
9464 variable to allow a random seed to be passed to the OS as described
9467 - "bootctl is-installed" checks whether systemd-boot is currently
9470 * bootctl will warn if it detects that boot entries are misconfigured
9471 (for example if the kernel image was removed without purging the
9474 * A new document has been added describing systemd's use and support
9475 for the kernel's entropy pool subsystem:
9477 https://systemd.io/RANDOM_SEEDS
9479 * When the system is hibernated the swap device to write the
9480 hibernation image to is now automatically picked from all available
9481 swap devices, preferring the swap device with the highest configured
9482 priority over all others, and picking the device with the most free
9483 space if there are multiple devices with the highest priority.
9485 * /etc/crypttab support has learnt a new keyfile-timeout= per-device
9486 option that permits selecting the timeout how long to wait for a
9487 device with an encryption key before asking for the password.
9489 * IOWeight= has learnt to properly set the IO weight when using the
9490 BFQ scheduler officially found in kernels 5.0+.
9492 * A new mailing list has been created for reporting of security issues:
9493 systemd-security@redhat.com. For mode details, see
9494 https://systemd.io/CONTRIBUTING#security-vulnerability-reports.
9496 Contributions from: Aaron Barany, Adrian Bunk, Alan Jenkins, Albrecht
9497 Lohofener, Andrej Valek, Anita Zhang, Arian van Putten, Balint Reczey,
9498 Bastien Nocera, Ben Boeckel, Benjamin Robin, camoz, Chen Qi, Chris
9499 Chiu, Chris Down, Christian Göttsche, Christian Kellner, Clinton Roy,
9500 Connor Reeder, Daniel Black, Daniel Lublin, Daniele Medri, Dan
9501 Streetman, Dave Reisner, Dave Ross, David Art, David Tardon, Debarshi
9502 Ray, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dominick Grift, Donald Buczek, Douglas
9503 Christman, Eric DeVolder, EtherGraf, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Feldwor,
9504 Felix Riemann, Florian Dollinger, Francesco Pennica, Franck Bui,
9505 Frantisek Sumsal, Franz Pletz, frederik, Hans de Goede, Iago López
9506 Galeiras, Insun Pyo, Ivan Shapovalov, Iwan Timmer, Jack, Jakob
9507 Unterwurzacher, Jan Chren, Jan Klötzke, Jan Losinski, Jan Pokorný, Jan
9508 Synacek, Jan-Michael Brummer, Jeka Pats, Jeremy Soller, Jérémy Rosen,
9509 Jiri Pirko, Joe Lin, Joerg Behrmann, Joe Richey, Jóhann B. Guðmundsson,
9510 Johannes Christ, Johannes Schmitz, Jonathan Rouleau, Jorge Niedbalski,
9511 Jörg Thalheim, Kai Krakow, Kai Lüke, Karel Zak, Kashyap Chamarthy,
9512 Krayushkin Konstantin, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Luca
9513 Boccassi, Luís Ferreira, Marc-André Lureau, Markus Felten, Martin Pitt,
9514 Matthew Leeds, Mattias Jernberg, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich,
9515 Michael Prokop, Michael Stapelberg, Michael Zhivich, Michal Koutný,
9516 Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Milan Broz, Miroslav Lichvar, mpe85,
9517 Mr-Foo, Network Silence, Oliver Harley, pan93412, Paul Menzel, pEJipE,
9518 Peter A. Bigot, Philip Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Rafael Fontenelle, Robert
9519 Scheck, Roberto Santalla, Ronan Pigott, root, RussianNeuroMancer,
9520 Sebastian Jennen, shinygold, Shreyas Behera, Simon Schricker, Susant
9521 Sahani, Thadeu Lima de Souza Cascardo, Theo Ouzhinski, Thiebaud
9522 Weksteen, Thomas Haller, Thomas Weißschuh, Tomas Mraz, Tommi Rantala,
9523 Topi Miettinen, VD-Lycos, ven, Vladimir Yerilov, Wieland Hoffmann,
9524 William A. Kennington III, William Wold, Xi Ruoyao, Yuri Chornoivan,
9525 Yu Watanabe, Zach Smith, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zhang Xianwei
9527 – Camerino, 2019-09-03
9531 * In .link files, MACAddressPolicy=persistent (the default) is changed
9532 to cover more devices. For devices like bridges, tun, tap, bond, and
9533 similar interfaces that do not have other identifying information,
9534 the interface name is used as the basis for persistent seed for MAC
9535 and IPv4LL addresses. The way that devices that were handled
9536 previously is not changed, and this change is about covering more
9537 devices then previously by the "persistent" policy.
9539 MACAddressPolicy=random may be used to force randomized MACs and
9540 IPv4LL addresses for a device if desired.
9542 Hint: the log output from udev (at debug level) was enhanced to
9543 clarify what policy is followed and which attributes are used.
9544 `SYSTEMD_LOG_LEVEL=debug udevadm test-builtin net_setup_link /sys/class/net/<name>`
9545 may be used to view this.
9547 Hint: if a bridge interface is created without any slaves, and gains
9548 a slave later, then now the bridge does not inherit slave's MAC.
9549 To inherit slave's MAC, for example, create the following file:
9551 # /etc/systemd/network/98-bridge-inherit-mac.link
9556 MACAddressPolicy=none
9559 * The .device units generated by systemd-fstab-generator and other
9560 generators do not automatically pull in the corresponding .mount unit
9561 as a Wants= dependency. This means that simply plugging in the device
9562 will not cause the mount unit to be started automatically. But please
9563 note that the mount unit may be started for other reasons, in
9564 particular if it is part of local-fs.target, and any unit which
9565 (transitively) depends on local-fs.target is started.
9567 * networkctl list/status/lldp now accept globbing wildcards for network
9568 interface names to match against all existing interfaces.
9570 * The $PIDFILE environment variable is set to point the absolute path
9571 configured with PIDFile= for processes of that service.
9573 * The fallback DNS server list was augmented with Cloudflare public DNS
9574 servers. Use `-Ddns-servers=` to set a different fallback.
9576 * A new special target usb-gadget.target will be started automatically
9577 when a USB Device Controller is detected (which means that the system
9578 is a USB peripheral).
9580 * A new unit setting CPUQuotaPeriodSec= assigns the time period
9581 relatively to which the CPU time quota specified by CPUQuota= is
9584 * A new unit setting ProtectHostname= may be used to prevent services
9585 from modifying hostname information (even if they otherwise would
9586 have privileges to do so).
9588 * A new unit setting NetworkNamespacePath= may be used to specify a
9589 namespace for service or socket units through a path referring to a
9590 Linux network namespace pseudo-file.
9592 * The PrivateNetwork= setting and JoinsNamespaceOf= dependencies now
9593 have an effect on .socket units: when used the listening socket is
9594 created within the configured network namespace instead of the host
9597 * ExecStart= command lines in unit files may now be prefixed with ':'
9598 in which case environment variable substitution is
9599 disabled. (Supported for the other ExecXYZ= settings, too.)
9601 * .timer units gained two new boolean settings OnClockChange= and
9602 OnTimezoneChange= which may be used to also trigger a unit when the
9603 system clock is changed or the local timezone is
9604 modified. systemd-run has been updated to make these options easily
9605 accessible from the command line for transient timers.
9607 * Two new conditions for units have been added: ConditionMemory= may be
9608 used to conditionalize a unit based on installed system
9609 RAM. ConditionCPUs= may be used to conditionalize a unit based on
9610 installed CPU cores.
9612 * The @default system call filter group understood by SystemCallFilter=
9613 has been updated to include the new rseq() system call introduced in
9616 * A new time-set.target has been added that indicates that the system
9617 time has been set from a local source (possibly imprecise). The
9618 existing time-sync.target is stronger and indicates that the time has
9619 been synchronized with a precise external source. Services where
9620 approximate time is sufficient should use the new target.
9622 * "systemctl start" (and related commands) learnt a new
9623 --show-transaction option. If specified brief information about all
9624 jobs queued because of the requested operation is shown.
9626 * systemd-networkd recognizes a new operation state 'enslaved', used
9627 (instead of 'degraded' or 'carrier') for interfaces which form a
9628 bridge, bond, or similar, and an new 'degraded-carrier' operational
9629 state used for the bond or bridge master interface when one of the
9630 enslaved devices is not operational.
9632 * .network files learnt the new IgnoreCarrierLoss= option for leaving
9633 networks configured even if the carrier is lost.
9635 * The RequiredForOnline= setting in .network files may now specify a
9636 minimum operational state required for the interface to be considered
9637 "online" by systemd-networkd-wait-online. Related to this
9638 systemd-networkd-wait-online gained a new option --operational-state=
9639 to configure the same, and its --interface= option was updated to
9640 optionally also take an operational state specific for an interface.
9642 * systemd-networkd-wait-online gained a new setting --any for waiting
9643 for only one of the requested interfaces instead of all of them.
9645 * systemd-networkd now implements L2TP tunnels.
9647 * Two new .network settings UseAutonomousPrefix= and UseOnLinkPrefix=
9648 may be used to cause autonomous and onlink prefixes received in IPv6
9649 Router Advertisements to be ignored.
9651 * New MulticastFlood=, NeighborSuppression=, and Learning= .network
9652 file settings may be used to tweak bridge behaviour.
9654 * The new TripleSampling= option in .network files may be used to
9655 configure CAN triple sampling.
9657 * A new .netdev settings PrivateKeyFile= and PresharedKeyFile= may be
9658 used to point to private or preshared key for a WireGuard interface.
9660 * /etc/crypttab now supports the same-cpu-crypt and
9661 submit-from-crypt-cpus options to tweak encryption work scheduling
9664 * systemd-tmpfiles will now take a BSD file lock before operating on a
9665 contents of directory. This may be used to temporarily exclude
9666 directories from aging by taking the same lock (useful for example
9667 when extracting a tarball into /tmp or /var/tmp as a privileged user,
9668 which might create files with really old timestamps, which
9669 nevertheless should not be deleted). For further details, see:
9671 https://systemd.io/TEMPORARY_DIRECTORIES
9673 * systemd-tmpfiles' h line type gained support for the
9674 FS_PROJINHERIT_FL ('P') file attribute (introduced in kernel 4.5),
9675 controlling project quota inheritance.
9677 * sd-boot and bootctl now implement support for an Extended Boot Loader
9678 (XBOOTLDR) partition, that is intended to be mounted to /boot, in
9679 addition to the ESP partition mounted to /efi or /boot/efi.
9680 Configuration file fragments, kernels, initrds and other EFI images
9681 to boot will be loaded from both the ESP and XBOOTLDR partitions.
9682 The XBOOTLDR partition was previously described by the Boot Loader
9683 Specification, but implementation was missing in sd-boot. Support for
9684 this concept allows using the sd-boot boot loader in more
9685 conservative scenarios where the boot loader itself is placed in the
9686 ESP but the kernels to boot (and their metadata) in a separate
9689 * A system may now be booted with systemd.volatile=overlay on the
9690 kernel command line, which causes the root file system to be set up
9691 an overlayfs mount combining the root-only root directory with a
9692 writable tmpfs. In this setup, the underlying root device is not
9693 modified, and any changes are lost at reboot.
9695 * Similar, systemd-nspawn can now boot containers with a volatile
9696 overlayfs root with the new --volatile=overlay switch.
9698 * systemd-nspawn can now consume OCI runtime bundles using a new
9699 --oci-bundle= option. This implementation is fully usable, with most
9700 features in the specification implemented, but since this a lot of
9701 new code and functionality, this feature should most likely not
9702 be used in production yet.
9704 * systemd-nspawn now supports various options described by the OCI
9705 runtime specification on the command-line and in .nspawn files:
9706 --inaccessible=/Inaccessible= may be used to mask parts of the file
9707 system tree, --console=/--pipe may be used to configure how standard
9708 input, output, and error are set up.
9710 * busctl learned the `emit` verb to generate D-Bus signals.
9712 * systemd-analyze cat-config may be used to gather and display
9713 configuration spread over multiple files, for example system and user
9714 presets, tmpfiles.d, sysusers.d, udev rules, etc.
9716 * systemd-analyze calendar now takes an optional new parameter
9717 --iterations= which may be used to show a maximum number of iterations
9718 the specified expression will elapse next.
9720 * The sd-bus C API gained support for naming method parameters in the
9723 * systemd-logind gained D-Bus APIs to specify the "reboot parameter"
9724 the reboot() system call expects.
9726 * journalctl learnt a new --cursor-file= option that points to a file
9727 from which a cursor should be loaded in the beginning and to which
9728 the updated cursor should be stored at the end.
9730 * ACRN hypervisor and Windows Subsystem for Linux (WSL) are now
9731 detected by systemd-detect-virt (and may also be used in
9732 ConditionVirtualization=).
9734 * The behaviour of systemd-logind may now be modified with environment
9735 variables $SYSTEMD_REBOOT_TO_FIRMWARE_SETUP,
9736 $SYSTEMD_REBOOT_TO_BOOT_LOADER_MENU, and
9737 $SYSTEMD_REBOOT_TO_BOOT_LOADER_ENTRY. They cause logind to either
9738 skip the relevant operation completely (when set to false), or to
9739 create a flag file in /run/systemd (when set to true), instead of
9740 actually commencing the real operation when requested. The presence
9741 of /run/systemd/reboot-to-firmware-setup,
9742 /run/systemd/reboot-to-boot-loader-menu, and
9743 /run/systemd/reboot-to-boot-loader-entry, may be used by alternative
9744 boot loader implementations to replace some steps logind performs
9745 during reboot with their own operations.
9747 * systemctl can be used to request a reboot into the boot loader menu
9748 or a specific boot loader entry with the new --boot-load-menu= and
9749 --boot-loader-entry= options to a reboot command. (This requires a
9750 boot loader that supports this, for example sd-boot.)
9752 * kernel-install will no longer unconditionally create the output
9753 directory (e.g. /efi/<machine-id>/<kernel-version>) for boot loader
9754 snippets, but will do only if the machine-specific parent directory
9755 (i.e. /efi/<machine-id>/) already exists. bootctl has been modified
9756 to create this parent directory during sd-boot installation.
9758 This makes it easier to use kernel-install with plugins which support
9759 a different layout of the bootloader partitions (for example grub2).
9761 * During package installation (with `ninja install`), we would create
9762 symlinks for getty@tty1.service, systemd-networkd.service,
9763 systemd-networkd.socket, systemd-resolved.service,
9764 remote-cryptsetup.target, remote-fs.target,
9765 systemd-networkd-wait-online.service, and systemd-timesyncd.service
9766 in /etc, as if `systemctl enable` was called for those units, to make
9767 the system usable immediately after installation. Now this is not
9768 done anymore, and instead calling `systemctl preset-all` is
9769 recommended after the first installation of systemd.
9771 * A new boolean sandboxing option RestrictSUIDSGID= has been added that
9772 is built on seccomp. When turned on creation of SUID/SGID files is
9775 * The NoNewPrivileges= and the new RestrictSUIDSGID= options are now
9776 implied if DynamicUser= is turned on for a service. This hardens
9777 these services, so that they neither can benefit from nor create
9778 SUID/SGID executables. This is a minor compatibility breakage, given
9779 that when DynamicUser= was first introduced SUID/SGID behaviour was
9780 unaffected. However, the security benefit of these two options is
9781 substantial, and the setting is still relatively new, hence we opted
9782 to make it mandatory for services with dynamic users.
9784 Contributions from: Adam Jackson, Alexander Tsoy, Andrey Yashkin,
9785 Andrzej Pietrasiewicz, Anita Zhang, Balint Reczey, Beniamino Galvani,
9786 Ben Iofel, Benjamin Berg, Benjamin Dahlhoff, Chris, Chris Morin,
9787 Christopher Wong, Claudius Ellsel, Clemens Gruber, dana, Daniel Black,
9788 Davide Cavalca, David Michael, David Rheinsberg, emersion, Evgeny
9789 Vereshchagin, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal,
9790 Giacinto Cifelli, Hans de Goede, Hugo Kindel, Ignat Korchagin, Insun
9791 Pyo, Jan Engelhardt, Jonas Dorel, Jonathan Lebon, Jonathon Kowalski,
9792 Jörg Sommer, Jörg Thalheim, Jussi Pakkanen, Kai-Heng Feng, Lennart
9793 Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Luís Ferreira, Martin Pitt, Matthias
9794 Klumpp, Michael Biebl, Michael Niewöhner, Michael Olbrich, Michal
9795 Sekletar, Mike Lothian, Paul Menzel, Piotr Drąg, Riccardo Schirone,
9796 Robin Elvedi, Roman Kulikov, Ronald Tschalär, Ross Burton, Ryan
9797 Gonzalez, Sebastian Krzyszkowiak, Stephane Chazelas, StKob, Susant
9798 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Szabolcs Fruhwald, Taro Yamada, Theo
9799 Ouzhinski, Thomas Haller, Tobias Jungel, Tom Yan, Tony Asleson, Topi
9800 Miettinen, unixsysadmin, Van Laser, Vesa Jääskeläinen, Yu, Li-Yu,
9801 Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9803 — Warsaw, 2019-04-11
9807 * The default locale can now be configured at compile time. Otherwise,
9808 a suitable default will be selected automatically (one of C.UTF-8,
9809 en_US.UTF-8, and C).
9811 * The version string shown by systemd and other tools now includes the
9812 git commit hash when built from git. An override may be specified
9813 during compilation, which is intended to be used by distributions to
9814 include the package release information.
9816 * systemd-cat can now filter standard input and standard error streams
9817 for different syslog priorities using the new --stderr-priority=
9820 * systemd-journald and systemd-journal-remote reject entries which
9821 contain too many fields (CVE-2018-16865) and set limits on the
9822 process' command line length (CVE-2018-16864).
9824 * $DBUS_SESSION_BUS_ADDRESS environment variable is set by pam_systemd
9827 * A new network device NamePolicy "keep" is implemented for link files,
9828 and used by default in 99-default.link (the fallback configuration
9829 provided by systemd). With this policy, if the network device name
9830 was already set by userspace, the device will not be renamed again.
9831 This matches the naming scheme that was implemented before
9832 systemd-240. If naming-scheme < 240 is specified, the "keep" policy
9833 is also enabled by default, even if not specified. Effectively, this
9834 means that if naming-scheme >= 240 is specified, network devices will
9835 be renamed according to the configuration, even if they have been
9836 renamed already, if "keep" is not specified as the naming policy in
9837 the .link file. The 99-default.link file provided by systemd includes
9838 "keep" for backwards compatibility, but it is recommended for user
9839 installed .link files to *not* include it.
9841 The "kernel" policy, which keeps kernel names declared to be
9842 "persistent", now works again as documented.
9844 * kernel-install script now optionally takes the paths to one or more
9845 initrd files, and passes them to all plugins.
9847 * The mincore() system call has been dropped from the @system-service
9848 system call filter group, as it is pretty exotic and may potentially
9849 used for side-channel attacks.
9851 * -fPIE is dropped from compiler and linker options. Please specify
9852 -Db_pie=true option to meson to build position-independent
9853 executables. Note that the meson option is supported since meson-0.49.
9855 * The fs.protected_regular and fs.protected_fifos sysctls, which were
9856 added in Linux 4.19 to make some data spoofing attacks harder, are
9857 now enabled by default. While this will hopefully improve the
9858 security of most installations, it is technically a backwards
9859 incompatible change; to disable these sysctls again, place the
9860 following lines in /etc/sysctl.d/60-protected.conf or a similar file:
9862 fs.protected_regular = 0
9863 fs.protected_fifos = 0
9865 Note that the similar hardlink and symlink protection has been
9866 enabled since v199, and may be disabled likewise.
9868 * The files read from the EnvironmentFile= setting in unit files now
9869 parse backslashes inside quotes literally, matching the behaviour of
9872 * udevadm trigger, udevadm control, udevadm settle and udevadm monitor
9873 now automatically become NOPs when run in a chroot() environment.
9875 * The tmpfiles.d/ "C" line type will now copy directory trees not only
9876 when the destination is so far missing, but also if it already exists
9877 as a directory and is empty. This is useful to cater for systems
9878 where directory trees are put together from multiple separate mount
9879 points but otherwise empty.
9881 * A new function sd_bus_close_unref() (and the associated
9882 sd_bus_close_unrefp()) has been added to libsystemd, that combines
9883 sd_bus_close() and sd_bus_unref() in one.
9885 * udevadm control learnt a new option for --ping for testing whether a
9886 systemd-udevd instance is running and reacting.
9888 * udevadm trigger learnt a new option for --wait-daemon for waiting
9889 systemd-udevd daemon to be initialized.
9891 Contributions from: Aaron Plattner, Alberts Muktupāvels, Alex Mayer,
9892 Ayman Bagabas, Beniamino Galvani, Burt P, Chris Down, Chris Lamb, Chris
9893 Morin, Christian Hesse, Claudius Ellsel, dana, Daniel Axtens, Daniele
9894 Medri, Dave Reisner, David Santamaría Rogado, Diego Canuhe, Dimitri
9895 John Ledkov, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabrice Fontaine, Filipe
9896 Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, govwin, Hans de Goede,
9897 James Hilliard, Jan Engelhardt, Jani Uusitalo, Jan Janssen, Jan
9898 Synacek, Jonathan McDowell, Jonathan Roemer, Jonathon Kowalski, Joost
9899 Heitbrink, Jörg Thalheim, Lance, Lennart Poettering, Louis Taylor,
9900 Lucas Werkmeister, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
9901 marvelousblack, Michael Biebl, Michael Sloan, Michal Sekletar, Mike
9902 Auty, Mike Gilbert, Mikhail Kasimov, Neil Brown, Niklas Hambüchen,
9903 Patrick Williams, Paul Seyfert, Peter Hutterer, Philip Withnall, Roger
9904 James, Ronnie P. Thomas, Ryan Gonzalez, Sam Morris, Stephan Edel,
9905 Stephan Gerhold, Susant Sahani, Taro Yamada, Thomas Haller, Topi
9906 Miettinen, YiFei Zhu, YmrDtnJu, YunQiang Su, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
9907 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, zsergeant77, Дамјан Георгиевски
9909 — Berlin, 2019-02-14
9913 * NoNewPrivileges=yes has been set for all long-running services
9914 implemented by systemd. Previously, this was problematic due to
9915 SELinux (as this would also prohibit the transition from PID1's label
9916 to the service's label). This restriction has since been lifted, but
9917 an SELinux policy update is required.
9918 (See e.g. https://github.com/fedora-selinux/selinux-policy/pull/234.)
9920 * DynamicUser=yes is dropped from systemd-networkd.service,
9921 systemd-resolved.service and systemd-timesyncd.service, which was
9922 enabled in v239 for systemd-networkd.service and systemd-resolved.service,
9923 and since v236 for systemd-timesyncd.service. The users and groups
9924 systemd-network, systemd-resolve and systemd-timesync are created
9925 by systemd-sysusers again. Distributors or system administrators
9926 may need to create these users and groups if they not exist (or need
9927 to re-enable DynamicUser= for those units) while upgrading systemd.
9928 Also, the clock file for systemd-timesyncd may need to move from
9929 /var/lib/private/systemd/timesync/clock to /var/lib/systemd/timesync/clock.
9931 * When unit files are loaded from disk, previously systemd would
9932 sometimes (depending on the unit loading order) load units from the
9933 target path of symlinks in .wants/ or .requires/ directories of other
9934 units. This meant that unit could be loaded from different paths
9935 depending on whether the unit was requested explicitly or as a
9936 dependency of another unit, not honouring the priority of directories
9937 in search path. It also meant that it was possible to successfully
9938 load and start units which are not found in the unit search path, as
9939 long as they were requested as a dependency and linked to from
9940 .wants/ or .requires/. The target paths of those symlinks are not
9941 used for loading units anymore and the unit file must be found in
9944 * A new service type has been added: Type=exec. It's very similar to
9945 Type=simple but ensures the service manager will wait for both fork()
9946 and execve() of the main service binary to complete before proceeding
9947 with follow-up units. This is primarily useful so that the manager
9948 propagates any errors in the preparation phase of service execution
9949 back to the job that requested the unit to be started. For example,
9950 consider a service that has ExecStart= set to a file system binary
9951 that doesn't exist. With Type=simple starting the unit would be
9952 considered instantly successful, as only fork() has to complete
9953 successfully and the manager does not wait for execve(), and hence
9954 its failure is seen "too late". With the new Type=exec service type
9955 starting the unit will fail, as the manager will wait for the
9956 execve() and notice its failure, which is then propagated back to the
9959 NOTE: with the next release 241 of systemd we intend to change the
9960 systemd-run tool to default to Type=exec for transient services
9961 started by it. This should be mostly safe, but in specific corner
9962 cases might result in problems, as the systemd-run tool will then
9963 block on NSS calls (such as user name look-ups due to User=) done
9964 between the fork() and execve(), which under specific circumstances
9965 might cause problems. It is recommended to specify "-p Type=simple"
9966 explicitly in the few cases where this applies. For regular,
9967 non-transient services (i.e. those defined with unit files on disk)
9968 we will continue to default to Type=simple.
9970 * The Linux kernel's current default RLIMIT_NOFILE resource limit for
9971 userspace processes is set to 1024 (soft) and 4096
9972 (hard). Previously, systemd passed this on unmodified to all
9973 processes it forked off. With this systemd release the hard limit
9974 systemd passes on is increased to 512K, overriding the kernel's
9975 defaults and substantially increasing the number of simultaneous file
9976 descriptors unprivileged userspace processes can allocate. Note that
9977 the soft limit remains at 1024 for compatibility reasons: the
9978 traditional UNIX select() call cannot deal with file descriptors >=
9979 1024 and increasing the soft limit globally might thus result in
9980 programs unexpectedly allocating a high file descriptor and thus
9981 failing abnormally when attempting to use it with select() (of
9982 course, programs shouldn't use select() anymore, and prefer
9983 poll()/epoll, but the call unfortunately remains undeservedly popular
9984 at this time). This change reflects the fact that file descriptor
9985 handling in the Linux kernel has been optimized in more recent
9986 kernels and allocating large numbers of them should be much cheaper
9987 both in memory and in performance than it used to be. Programs that
9988 want to take benefit of the increased limit have to "opt-in" into
9989 high file descriptors explicitly by raising their soft limit. Of
9990 course, when they do that they must acknowledge that they cannot use
9991 select() anymore (and neither can any shared library they use — or
9992 any shared library used by any shared library they use and so on).
9993 Which default hard limit is most appropriate is of course hard to
9994 decide. However, given reports that ~300K file descriptors are used
9995 in real-life applications we believe 512K is sufficiently high as new
9996 default for now. Note that there are also reports that using very
9997 high hard limits (e.g. 1G) is problematic: some software allocates
9998 large arrays with one element for each potential file descriptor
9999 (Java, …) — a high hard limit thus triggers excessively large memory
10000 allocations in these applications. Hopefully, the new default of 512K
10001 is a good middle ground: higher than what real-life applications
10002 currently need, and low enough for avoid triggering excessively large
10003 allocations in problematic software. (And yes, somebody should fix
10006 * The fs.nr_open and fs.file-max sysctls are now automatically bumped
10007 to the highest possible values, as separate accounting of file
10008 descriptors is no longer necessary, as memcg tracks them correctly as
10009 part of the memory accounting anyway. Thus, from the four limits on
10010 file descriptors currently enforced (fs.file-max, fs.nr_open,
10011 RLIMIT_NOFILE hard, RLIMIT_NOFILE soft) we turn off the first two,
10012 and keep only the latter two. A set of build-time options
10013 (-Dbump-proc-sys-fs-file-max=false and -Dbump-proc-sys-fs-nr-open=false)
10014 has been added to revert this change in behaviour, which might be
10015 an option for systems that turn off memcg in the kernel.
10017 * When no /etc/locale.conf file exists (and hence no locale settings
10018 are in place), systemd will now use the "C.UTF-8" locale by default,
10019 and set LANG= to it. This locale is supported by various
10020 distributions including Fedora, with clear indications that upstream
10021 glibc is going to make it available too. This locale enables UTF-8
10022 mode by default, which appears appropriate for 2018.
10024 * The "net.ipv4.conf.all.rp_filter" sysctl will now be set to 2 by
10025 default. This effectively switches the RFC3704 Reverse Path filtering
10026 from Strict mode to Loose mode. This is more appropriate for hosts
10027 that have multiple links with routes to the same networks (e.g.
10028 a client with a Wi-Fi and Ethernet both connected to the internet).
10030 Consult the kernel documentation for details on this sysctl:
10031 https://docs.kernel.org/networking/ip-sysctl.html
10033 * The v239 change to turn on "net.ipv4.tcp_ecn" by default has been
10036 * CPUAccounting=yes no longer enables the CPU controller when using
10037 kernel 4.15+ and the unified cgroup hierarchy, as required accounting
10038 statistics are now provided independently from the CPU controller.
10040 * Support for disabling a particular cgroup controller within a sub-tree
10041 has been added through the DisableControllers= directive.
10043 * cgroup_no_v1=all on the kernel command line now also implies
10044 using the unified cgroup hierarchy, unless one explicitly passes
10045 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=0 on the kernel command line.
10047 * The new "MemoryMin=" unit file property may now be used to set the
10048 memory usage protection limit of processes invoked by the unit. This
10049 controls the cgroup v2 memory.min attribute. Similarly, the new
10050 "IODeviceLatencyTargetSec=" property has been added, wrapping the new
10051 cgroup v2 io.latency cgroup property for configuring per-service I/O
10054 * systemd now supports the cgroup v2 devices BPF logic, as counterpart
10055 to the cgroup v1 "devices" cgroup controller.
10057 * systemd-escape now is able to combine --unescape with --template. It
10058 also learnt a new option --instance for extracting and unescaping the
10059 instance part of a unit name.
10061 * sd-bus now provides the sd_bus_message_readv() which is similar to
10062 sd_bus_message_read() but takes a va_list object. The pair
10063 sd_bus_set_method_call_timeout() and sd_bus_get_method_call_timeout()
10064 has been added for configuring the default method call timeout to
10065 use. sd_bus_error_move() may be used to efficiently move the contents
10066 from one sd_bus_error structure to another, invalidating the
10067 source. sd_bus_set_close_on_exit() and sd_bus_get_close_on_exit() may
10068 be used to control whether a bus connection object is automatically
10069 flushed when an sd-event loop is exited.
10071 * When processing classic BSD syslog log messages, journald will now
10072 save the original time-stamp string supplied in the new
10073 SYSLOG_TIMESTAMP= journal field. This permits consumers to
10074 reconstruct the original BSD syslog message more correctly.
10076 * StandardOutput=/StandardError= in service files gained support for
10077 new "append:…" parameters, for connecting STDOUT/STDERR of a service
10078 to a file, and appending to it.
10080 * The signal to use as last step of killing of unit processes is now
10081 configurable. Previously it was hard-coded to SIGKILL, which may now
10082 be overridden with the new KillSignal= setting. Note that this is the
10083 signal used when regular termination (i.e. SIGTERM) does not suffice.
10084 Similarly, the signal used when aborting a program in case of a
10085 watchdog timeout may now be configured too (WatchdogSignal=).
10087 * The XDG_SESSION_DESKTOP environment variable may now be configured in
10088 the pam_systemd argument line, using the new desktop= switch. This is
10089 useful to initialize it properly from a display manager without
10090 having to touch C code.
10092 * Most configuration options that previously accepted percentage values
10093 now also accept permille values with the '‰' suffix (instead of '%').
10095 * systemd-resolved may now optionally use OpenSSL instead of GnuTLS for
10098 * systemd-resolved's configuration file resolved.conf gained a new
10099 option ReadEtcHosts= which may be used to turn off processing and
10100 honoring /etc/hosts entries.
10102 * The "--wait" switch may now be passed to "systemctl
10103 is-system-running", in which case the tool will synchronously wait
10104 until the system finished start-up.
10106 * hostnamed gained a new bus call to determine the DMI product UUID.
10108 * On x86-64 systemd will now prefer using the RDRAND processor
10109 instruction over /dev/urandom whenever it requires randomness that
10110 neither has to be crypto-grade nor should be reproducible. This
10111 should substantially reduce the amount of entropy systemd requests
10112 from the kernel during initialization on such systems, though not
10113 reduce it to zero. (Why not zero? systemd still needs to allocate
10114 UUIDs and such uniquely, which require high-quality randomness.)
10116 * networkd gained support for Foo-Over-UDP, ERSPAN and ISATAP
10117 tunnels. It also gained a new option ForceDHCPv6PDOtherInformation=
10118 for forcing the "Other Information" bit in IPv6 RA messages. The
10119 bonding logic gained four new options AdActorSystemPriority=,
10120 AdUserPortKey=, AdActorSystem= for configuring various 802.3ad
10121 aspects, and DynamicTransmitLoadBalancing= for enabling dynamic
10122 shuffling of flows. The tunnel logic gained a new
10123 IPv6RapidDeploymentPrefix= option for configuring IPv6 Rapid
10124 Deployment. The policy rule logic gained four new options IPProtocol=,
10125 SourcePort= and DestinationPort=, InvertRule=. The bridge logic gained
10126 support for the MulticastToUnicast= option. networkd also gained
10127 support for configuring static IPv4 ARP or IPv6 neighbor entries.
10129 * .preset files (as read by 'systemctl preset') may now be used to
10130 instantiate services.
10132 * /etc/crypttab now understands the sector-size= option to configure
10133 the sector size for an encrypted partition.
10135 * Key material for encrypted disks may now be placed on a formatted
10136 medium, and referenced from /etc/crypttab by the UUID of the file
10137 system, followed by "=" suffixed by the path to the key file.
10139 * The "collect" udev component has been removed without replacement, as
10140 it is neither used nor maintained.
10142 * When the RuntimeDirectory=, StateDirectory=, CacheDirectory=,
10143 LogsDirectory=, ConfigurationDirectory= settings are used in a
10144 service the executed processes will now receive a set of environment
10145 variables containing the full paths of these directories.
10146 Specifically, RUNTIME_DIRECTORY=, STATE_DIRECTORY, CACHE_DIRECTORY,
10147 LOGS_DIRECTORY, CONFIGURATION_DIRECTORY are now set if these options
10148 are used. Note that these options may be used multiple times per
10149 service in which case the resulting paths will be concatenated and
10150 separated by colons.
10152 * Predictable interface naming has been extended to cover InfiniBand
10153 NICs. They will be exposed with an "ib" prefix.
10155 * tmpfiles.d/ line types may now be suffixed with a '-' character, in
10156 which case the respective line failing is ignored.
10158 * .link files may now be used to configure the equivalent to the
10159 "ethtool advertise" commands.
10161 * The sd-device.h and sd-hwdb.h APIs are now exported, as an
10162 alternative to libudev.h. Previously, the latter was just an internal
10163 wrapper around the former, but now these two APIs are exposed
10166 * sd-id128.h gained a new function sd_id128_get_boot_app_specific()
10167 which calculates an app-specific boot ID similar to how
10168 sd_id128_get_machine_app_specific() generates an app-specific machine
10171 * A new tool systemd-id128 has been added that can be used to determine
10172 and generate various 128-bit IDs.
10174 * /etc/os-release gained two new standardized fields DOCUMENTATION_URL=
10177 * systemd-hibernate-resume-generator will now honor the "noresume"
10178 kernel command line option, in which case it will bypass resuming
10179 from any hibernated image.
10181 * The systemd-sleep.conf configuration file gained new options
10182 AllowSuspend=, AllowHibernation=, AllowSuspendThenHibernate=,
10183 AllowHybridSleep= for prohibiting specific sleep modes even if the
10184 kernel exports them.
10186 * portablectl is now officially supported and has thus moved to
10189 * bootctl learnt the two new commands "set-default" and "set-oneshot"
10190 for setting the default boot loader item to boot to (either
10191 persistently or only for the next boot). This is currently only
10192 compatible with sd-boot, but may be implemented on other boot loaders
10193 too, that follow the boot loader interface. The updated interface is
10194 now documented here:
10196 https://systemd.io/BOOT_LOADER_INTERFACE
10198 * A new kernel command line option systemd.early_core_pattern= is now
10199 understood which may be used to influence the core_pattern PID 1
10200 installs during early boot.
10202 * busctl learnt two new options -j and --json= for outputting method
10203 call replies, properties and monitoring output in JSON.
10205 * journalctl's JSON output now supports simple ANSI coloring as well as
10206 a new "json-seq" mode for generating RFC7464 output.
10208 * Unit files now support the %g/%G specifiers that resolve to the UNIX
10209 group/GID of the service manager runs as, similar to the existing
10210 %u/%U specifiers that resolve to the UNIX user/UID.
10212 * systemd-logind learnt a new global configuration option
10213 UserStopDelaySec= that may be set in logind.conf. It specifies how
10214 long the systemd --user instance shall remain started after a user
10215 logs out. This is useful to speed up repetitive re-connections of the
10216 same user, as it means the user's service manager doesn't have to be
10217 stopped/restarted on each iteration, but can be reused between
10218 subsequent options. This setting defaults to 10s. systemd-logind also
10219 exports two new properties on its Manager D-Bus objects indicating
10220 whether the system's lid is currently closed, and whether the system
10223 * systemd gained support for a generic boot counting logic, which
10224 generically permits automatic reverting to older boot loader entries
10225 if newer updated ones don't work. The boot loader side is implemented
10226 in sd-boot, but is kept open for other boot loaders too. For details
10229 https://systemd.io/AUTOMATIC_BOOT_ASSESSMENT
10231 * The SuccessAction=/FailureAction= unit file settings now learnt two
10232 new parameters: "exit" and "exit-force", which result in immediate
10233 exiting of the service manager, and are only useful in systemd --user
10234 and container environments.
10236 * Unit files gained support for a pair of options
10237 FailureActionExitStatus=/SuccessActionExitStatus= for configuring the
10238 exit status to use as service manager exit status when
10239 SuccessAction=/FailureAction= is set to exit or exit-force.
10241 * A pair of LogRateLimitIntervalSec=/LogRateLimitBurst= per-service
10242 options may now be used to configure the log rate limiting applied by
10243 journald per-service.
10245 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "timespan" for parsing and
10246 normalizing time span values (i.e. strings like "5min 7s 8us").
10248 * systemd-analyze also gained a new verb "security" for analyzing the
10249 security and sand-boxing settings of services in order to determine an
10250 "exposure level" for them, indicating whether a service would benefit
10251 from more sand-boxing options turned on for them.
10253 * "systemd-analyze syscall-filter" will now also show system calls
10254 supported by the local kernel but not included in any of the defined
10257 * .nspawn files now understand the Ephemeral= setting, matching the
10258 --ephemeral command line switch.
10260 * sd-event gained the new APIs sd_event_source_get_floating() and
10261 sd_event_source_set_floating() for controlling whether a specific
10262 event source is "floating", i.e. destroyed along with the even loop
10265 * Unit objects on D-Bus gained a new "Refs" property that lists all
10266 clients that currently have a reference on the unit (to ensure it is
10269 * The JoinControllers= option in system.conf is no longer supported, as
10270 it didn't work correctly, is hard to support properly, is legacy (as
10271 the concept only exists on cgroup v1) and apparently wasn't used.
10273 * Journal messages that are generated whenever a unit enters the failed
10274 state are now tagged with a unique MESSAGE_ID. Similarly, messages
10275 generated whenever a service process exits are now made recognizable,
10276 too. A tagged message is also emitted whenever a unit enters the
10277 "dead" state on success.
10279 * systemd-run gained a new switch --working-directory= for configuring
10280 the working directory of the service to start. A shortcut -d is
10281 equivalent, setting the working directory of the service to the
10282 current working directory of the invoking program. The new --shell
10283 (or just -S) option has been added for invoking the $SHELL of the
10284 caller as a service, and implies --pty --same-dir --wait --collect
10285 --service-type=exec. Or in other words, "systemd-run -S" is now the
10286 quickest way to quickly get an interactive in a fully clean and
10287 well-defined system service context.
10289 * machinectl gained a new verb "import-fs" for importing an OS tree
10290 from a directory. Moreover, when a directory or tarball is imported
10291 and single top-level directory found with the OS itself below the OS
10292 tree is automatically mangled and moved one level up.
10294 * systemd-importd will no longer set up an implicit btrfs loop-back
10295 file system on /var/lib/machines. If one is already set up, it will
10296 continue to be used.
10298 * A new generator "systemd-run-generator" has been added. It will
10299 synthesize a unit from one or more program command lines included in
10300 the kernel command line. This is very useful in container managers
10303 # systemd-nspawn -i someimage.raw -b systemd.run='"some command line"'
10305 This will run "systemd-nspawn" on an image, invoke the specified
10306 command line and immediately shut down the container again, returning
10307 the command line's exit code.
10309 * The block device locking logic is now documented:
10311 https://systemd.io/BLOCK_DEVICE_LOCKING
10313 * loginctl and machinectl now optionally output the various tables in
10314 JSON using the --output= switch. It is our intention to add similar
10315 support to systemctl and all other commands.
10317 * udevadm's query and trigger verb now optionally take a .device unit
10320 * systemd-udevd's network naming logic now understands a new
10321 net.naming_scheme= kernel command line switch, which may be used to
10322 pick a specific version of the naming scheme. This helps stabilizing
10323 interface names even as systemd/udev are updated and the naming logic
10326 * sd-id128.h learnt two new auxiliary helpers: sd_id128_is_allf() and
10327 SD_ID128_ALLF to test if a 128-bit ID is set to all 0xFF bytes, and to
10328 initialize one to all 0xFF.
10330 * After loading the SELinux policy systemd will now recursively relabel
10331 all files and directories listed in
10332 /run/systemd/relabel-extra.d/*.relabel (which should be simple
10333 newline separated lists of paths) in addition to the ones it already
10334 implicitly relabels in /run, /dev and /sys. After the relabelling is
10335 completed the *.relabel files (and /run/systemd/relabel-extra.d/) are
10336 removed. This is useful to permit initrds (i.e. code running before
10337 the SELinux policy is in effect) to generate files in the host
10338 filesystem safely and ensure that the correct label is applied during
10339 the transition to the host OS.
10341 * KERNEL API BREAKAGE: Linux kernel 4.18 changed behaviour regarding
10342 mknod() handling in user namespaces. Previously mknod() would always
10343 fail with EPERM in user namespaces. Since 4.18 mknod() will succeed
10344 but device nodes generated that way cannot be opened, and attempts to
10345 open them result in EPERM. This breaks the "graceful fallback" logic
10346 in systemd's PrivateDevices= sand-boxing option. This option is
10347 implemented defensively, so that when systemd detects it runs in a
10348 restricted environment (such as a user namespace, or an environment
10349 where mknod() is blocked through seccomp or absence of CAP_SYS_MKNOD)
10350 where device nodes cannot be created the effect of PrivateDevices= is
10351 bypassed (following the logic that 2nd-level sand-boxing is not
10352 essential if the system systemd runs in is itself already sand-boxed
10353 as a whole). This logic breaks with 4.18 in container managers where
10354 user namespacing is used: suddenly PrivateDevices= succeeds setting
10355 up a private /dev/ file system containing devices nodes — but when
10356 these are opened they don't work.
10358 At this point it is recommended that container managers utilizing
10359 user namespaces that intend to run systemd in the payload explicitly
10360 block mknod() with seccomp or similar, so that the graceful fallback
10363 We are very sorry for the breakage and the requirement to change
10364 container configurations for newer kernels. It's purely caused by an
10365 incompatible kernel change. The relevant kernel developers have been
10366 notified about this userspace breakage quickly, but they chose to
10369 * PermissionsStartOnly= setting is deprecated (but is still supported
10370 for backwards compatibility). The same functionality is provided by
10371 the more flexible "+", "!", and "!!" prefixes to ExecStart= and other
10374 * $DBUS_SESSION_BUS_ADDRESS environment variable is not set by
10375 pam_systemd anymore.
10377 * The naming scheme for network devices was changed to always rename
10378 devices, even if they were already renamed by userspace. The "kernel"
10379 policy was changed to only apply as a fallback, if no other naming
10380 policy took effect.
10382 * The requirements to build systemd is bumped to meson-0.46 and
10385 Contributions from: afg, Alan Jenkins, Aleksei Timofeyev, Alexander
10386 Filippov, Alexander Kurtz, Alexey Bogdanenko, Andreas Henriksson,
10387 Andrew Jorgensen, Anita Zhang, apnix-uk, Arkan49, Arseny Maslennikov,
10388 asavah, Asbjørn Apeland, aszlig, Bastien Nocera, Ben Boeckel, Benedikt
10389 Morbach, Benjamin Berg, Bruce Zhang, Carlo Caione, Cedric Viou, Chen
10390 Qi, Chris Chiu, Chris Down, Chris Morin, Christian Rebischke, Claudius
10391 Ellsel, Colin Guthrie, dana, Daniel, Daniele Medri, Daniel Kahn
10392 Gillmor, Daniel Rusek, Daniel van Vugt, Dariusz Gadomski, Dave Reisner,
10393 David Anderson, Davide Cavalca, David Leeds, David Malcolm, David
10394 Strauss, David Tardon, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dmitry Torokhov, dj-kaktus,
10395 Dongsu Park, Elias Probst, Emil Soleyman, Erik Kooistra, Ervin Peters,
10396 Evgeni Golov, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabrice Fontaine, Faheel Ahmad,
10397 Faizal Luthfi, Felix Yan, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Frank
10398 Schaefer, Frantisek Sumsal, Gautier Husson, Gianluca Boiano, Giuseppe
10399 Scrivano, glitsj16, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Harry Mallon, Harshit
10400 Jain, Helmut Grohne, Henry Tung, Hui Yiqun, imayoda, Insun Pyo, Iwan
10401 Timmer, Jan Janssen, Jan Pokorný, Jan Synacek, Jason A. Donenfeld,
10402 javitoom, Jérémy Nouhaud, Jeremy Su, Jiuyang Liu, João Paulo Rechi
10403 Vita, Joe Hershberger, Joe Rayhawk, Joerg Behrmann, Joerg Steffens,
10404 Jonas Dorel, Jon Ringle, Josh Soref, Julian Andres Klode, Jun Bo Bi,
10405 Jürg Billeter, Keith Busch, Khem Raj, Kirill Marinushkin, Larry
10406 Bernstone, Lennart Poettering, Lion Yang, Li Song, Lorenz
10407 Hübschle-Schneider, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas Werkmeister, Ludwin Janvier,
10408 Lukáš Nykrýn, Luke Shumaker, mal, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcin
10409 Skarbek, Marco Trevisan (Treviño), Marian Cepok, Mario Hros, Marko
10410 Myllynen, Markus Grimm, Martin Pitt, Martin Sobotka, Martin Wilck,
10411 Mathieu Trudel-Lapierre, Matthew Leeds, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich,
10412 Michael 'pbone' Pobega, Michael Scherer, Michal Koutný, Michal
10413 Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Mike Gilbert, Mike Palmer, Muhammet Kara, Neal
10414 Gompa, Neil Brown, Network Silence, Niklas Tibbling, Nikolas Nyby,
10415 Nogisaka Sadata, Oliver Smith, Patrik Flykt, Pavel Hrdina, Paweł
10416 Szewczyk, Peter Hutterer, Piotr Drąg, Ray Strode, Reinhold Mueller,
10417 Renaud Métrich, Roman Gushchin, Ronny Chevalier, Rubén Suárez Alvarez,
10418 Ruixin Bao, RussianNeuroMancer, Ryutaroh Matsumoto, Saleem Rashid, Sam
10419 Morris, Samuel Morris, Sandy Carter, scootergrisen, Sébastien Bacher,
10420 Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Shengyao Xue, Shih-Yuan Lee
10421 (FourDollars), Silvio Knizek, Sjoerd Simons, Stasiek Michalski, Stephen
10422 Gallagher, Steven Allen, Steve Ramage, Susant Sahani, Sven Joachim,
10423 Sylvain Plantefève, Tanu Kaskinen, Tejun Heo, Thiago Macieira, Thomas
10424 Blume, Thomas Haller, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tim Ruffing, TJ, Tobias
10425 Jungel, Todd Walton, Tommi Rantala, Tomsod M, Tony Novak, Tore
10426 Anderson, Trevonn, Victor Laskurain, Victor Tapia, Violet Halo, Vojtech
10427 Trefny, welaq, William A. Kennington III, William Douglas, Wyatt Ward,
10428 Xiang Fan, Xi Ruoyao, Xuanwo, Yann E. Morin, YmrDtnJu, Yu Watanabe,
10429 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zhang Xianwei, Zsolt Dollenstein
10431 — Warsaw, 2018-12-21
10435 * NETWORK INTERFACE DEVICE NAMING CHANGES: systemd-udevd's "net_id"
10436 builtin will name network interfaces differently than in previous
10437 versions for virtual network interfaces created with SR-IOV and NPAR
10438 and for devices where the PCI network controller device does not have
10439 a slot number associated.
10441 SR-IOV virtual devices are now named based on the name of the parent
10442 interface, with a suffix of "v<N>", where <N> is the virtual device
10443 number. Previously those virtual devices were named as if completely
10446 The ninth and later NPAR virtual devices will be named following the
10447 scheme used for the first eight NPAR partitions. Previously those
10448 devices were not renamed and the kernel default (eth<n>) was used.
10450 "net_id" will also generate names for PCI devices where the PCI
10451 network controller device does not have an associated slot number
10452 itself, but one of its parents does. Previously those devices were
10453 not renamed and the kernel default (eth<n>) was used.
10455 * AF_INET and AF_INET6 are dropped from RestrictAddressFamilies= in
10456 systemd-logind.service. Since v235, IPAddressDeny=any has been set to
10457 the unit. So, it is expected that the default behavior of
10458 systemd-logind is not changed. However, if distribution packagers or
10459 administrators disabled or modified IPAddressDeny= setting by a
10460 drop-in config file, then it may be necessary to update the file to
10461 re-enable AF_INET and AF_INET6 to support network user name services,
10464 * When the RestrictNamespaces= unit property is specified multiple
10465 times, then the specified types are merged now. Previously, only the
10466 last assignment was used. So, if distribution packagers or
10467 administrators modified the setting by a drop-in config file, then it
10468 may be necessary to update the file.
10470 * When OnFailure= is used in combination with Restart= on a service
10471 unit, then the specified units will no longer be triggered on
10472 failures that result in restarting. Previously, the specified units
10473 would be activated each time the unit failed, even when the unit was
10474 going to be restarted automatically. This behaviour contradicted the
10475 documentation. With this release the code is adjusted to match the
10478 * systemd-tmpfiles will now print a notice whenever it encounters
10479 tmpfiles.d/ lines referencing the /var/run/ directory. It will
10480 recommend reworking them to use the /run/ directory instead (for
10481 which /var/run/ is simply a symlinked compatibility alias). This way
10482 systemd-tmpfiles can properly detect line conflicts and merge lines
10483 referencing the same file by two paths, without having to access
10486 * systemctl disable/unmask/preset/preset-all cannot be used with
10487 --runtime. Previously this was allowed, but resulted in unintuitive
10488 behaviour that wasn't useful. systemctl disable/unmask will now undo
10489 both runtime and persistent enablement/masking, i.e. it will remove
10490 any relevant symlinks both in /run and /etc.
10492 * Note that all long-running system services shipped with systemd will
10493 now default to a system call allow list (rather than a deny list, as
10494 before). In particular, systemd-udevd will now enforce one too. For
10495 most cases this should be safe, however downstream distributions
10496 which disabled sandboxing of systemd-udevd (specifically the
10497 MountFlags= setting), might want to disable this security feature
10498 too, as the default allow-listing will prohibit all mount, swap,
10499 reboot and clock changing operations from udev rules.
10501 * sd-boot acquired new loader configuration settings to optionally turn
10502 off Windows and MacOS boot partition discovery as well as
10503 reboot-into-firmware menu items. It is also able to pick a better
10504 screen resolution for HiDPI systems, and now provides loader
10505 configuration settings to change the resolution explicitly.
10507 * systemd-resolved now supports DNS-over-TLS. It's still
10508 turned off by default, use DNSOverTLS=opportunistic to turn it on in
10509 resolved.conf. We intend to make this the default as soon as couple
10510 of additional techniques for optimizing the initial latency caused by
10511 establishing a TLS/TCP connection are implemented.
10513 * systemd-resolved.service and systemd-networkd.service now set
10514 DynamicUser=yes. The users systemd-resolve and systemd-network are
10515 not created by systemd-sysusers anymore.
10517 NOTE: This has a chance of breaking nss-ldap and similar NSS modules
10518 that embed a network facing module into any process using getpwuid()
10519 or related call: the dynamic allocation of the user ID for
10520 systemd-resolved.service means the service manager has to check NSS
10521 if the user name is already taken when forking off the service. Since
10522 the user in the common case won't be defined in /etc/passwd the
10523 lookup is likely to trigger nss-ldap which in turn might use NSS to
10524 ask systemd-resolved for hostname lookups. This will hence result in
10525 a deadlock: a user name lookup in order to start
10526 systemd-resolved.service will result in a hostname lookup for which
10527 systemd-resolved.service needs to be started already. There are
10528 multiple ways to work around this problem: pre-allocate the
10529 "systemd-resolve" user on such systems, so that nss-ldap won't be
10530 triggered; or use a different NSS package that doesn't do networking
10531 in-process but provides a local asynchronous name cache; or configure
10532 the NSS package to avoid lookups for UIDs in the range `pkg-config
10533 systemd --variable=dynamicuidmin` … `pkg-config systemd
10534 --variable=dynamicuidmax`, so that it does not consider itself
10535 authoritative for the same UID range systemd allocates dynamic users
10538 * The systemd-resolve tool has been renamed to resolvectl (it also
10539 remains available under the old name, for compatibility), and its
10540 interface is now verb-based, similar in style to the other <xyz>ctl
10541 tools, such as systemctl or loginctl.
10543 * The resolvectl/systemd-resolve tool also provides 'resolvconf'
10544 compatibility. It may be symlinked under the 'resolvconf' name, in
10545 which case it will take arguments and input compatible with the
10546 Debian and FreeBSD resolvconf tool.
10548 * Support for suspend-then-hibernate has been added, i.e. a sleep mode
10549 where the system initially suspends, and after a timeout resumes and
10552 * networkd's ClientIdentifier= now accepts a new option "duid-only". If
10553 set the client will only send a DUID as client identifier. (EDIT: the
10554 option was broken, and was dropped in v255.)
10556 * The nss-systemd glibc NSS module will now enumerate dynamic users and
10557 groups in effect. Previously, it could resolve UIDs/GIDs to user
10558 names/groups and vice versa, but did not support enumeration.
10560 * journald's Compress= configuration setting now optionally accepts a
10561 byte threshold value. All journal objects larger than this threshold
10562 will be compressed, smaller ones will not. Previously this threshold
10563 was not configurable and set to 512.
10565 * A new system.conf setting NoNewPrivileges= is now available which may
10566 be used to turn off acquisition of new privileges system-wide
10567 (i.e. set Linux' PR_SET_NO_NEW_PRIVS for PID 1 itself, and thus also
10568 for all its children). Note that turning this option on means setuid
10569 binaries and file system capabilities lose their special powers.
10570 While turning on this option is a big step towards a more secure
10571 system, doing so is likely to break numerous pre-existing UNIX tools,
10572 in particular su and sudo.
10574 * A new service systemd-time-sync-wait.service has been added. If
10575 enabled it will delay the time-sync.target unit at boot until time
10576 synchronization has been received from the network. This
10577 functionality is useful on systems lacking a local RTC or where it is
10578 acceptable that the boot process shall be delayed by external network
10581 * When hibernating, systemd will now inform the kernel of the image
10582 write offset, on kernels new enough to support this. This means swap
10583 files should work for hibernation now.
10585 * When loading unit files, systemd will now look for drop-in unit files
10586 extensions in additional places. Previously, for a unit file name
10587 "foo-bar-baz.service" it would look for dropin files in
10588 "foo-bar-baz.service.d/*.conf". Now, it will also look in
10589 "foo-bar-.service.d/*.conf" and "foo-.service.d/", i.e. at the
10590 service name truncated after all inner dashes. This scheme allows
10591 writing drop-ins easily that apply to a whole set of unit files at
10592 once. It's particularly useful for mount and slice units (as their
10593 naming is prefix based), but is also useful for service and other
10594 units, for packages that install multiple unit files at once,
10595 following a strict naming regime of beginning the unit file name with
10596 the package's name. Two new specifiers are now supported in unit
10597 files to match this: %j and %J are replaced by the part of the unit
10598 name following the last dash.
10600 * Unit files and other configuration files that support specifier
10601 expansion now understand another three new specifiers: %T and %V will
10602 resolve to /tmp and /var/tmp respectively, or whatever temporary
10603 directory has been set for the calling user. %E will expand to either
10604 /etc (for system units) or $XDG_CONFIG_HOME (for user units).
10606 * The ExecStart= lines of unit files are no longer required to
10607 reference absolute paths. If non-absolute paths are specified the
10608 specified binary name is searched within the service manager's
10609 built-in $PATH, which may be queried with 'systemd-path
10610 search-binaries-default'. It's generally recommended to continue to
10611 use absolute paths for all binaries specified in unit files.
10613 * Units gained a new load state "bad-setting", which is used when a
10614 unit file was loaded, but contained fatal errors which prevent it
10615 from being started (for example, a service unit has been defined
10616 lacking both ExecStart= and ExecStop= lines).
10618 * coredumpctl's "gdb" verb has been renamed to "debug", in order to
10619 support alternative debuggers, for example lldb. The old name
10620 continues to be available however, for compatibility reasons. Use the
10621 new --debugger= switch or the $SYSTEMD_DEBUGGER environment variable
10622 to pick an alternative debugger instead of the default gdb.
10624 * systemctl and the other tools will now output escape sequences that
10625 generate proper clickable hyperlinks in various terminal emulators
10626 where useful (for example, in the "systemctl status" output you can
10627 now click on the unit file name to quickly open it in the
10628 editor/viewer of your choice). Note that not all terminal emulators
10629 support this functionality yet, but many do. Unfortunately, the
10630 "less" pager doesn't support this yet, hence this functionality is
10631 currently automatically turned off when a pager is started (which
10632 happens quite often due to auto-paging). We hope to remove this
10633 limitation as soon as "less" learns these escape sequences. This new
10634 behaviour may also be turned off explicitly with the $SYSTEMD_URLIFY
10635 environment variable. For details on these escape sequences see:
10636 https://gist.github.com/egmontkob/eb114294efbcd5adb1944c9f3cb5feda
10638 * networkd's .network files now support a new IPv6MTUBytes= option for
10639 setting the MTU used by IPv6 explicitly as well as a new MTUBytes=
10640 option in the [Route] section to configure the MTU to use for
10641 specific routes. It also gained support for configuration of the DHCP
10642 "UserClass" option through the new UserClass= setting. It gained
10643 three new options in the new [CAN] section for configuring CAN
10644 networks. The MULTICAST and ALLMULTI interface flags may now be
10645 controlled explicitly with the new Multicast= and AllMulticast=
10648 * networkd will now automatically make use of the kernel's route
10649 expiration feature, if it is available.
10651 * udevd's .link files now support setting the number of receive and
10652 transmit channels, using the RxChannels=, TxChannels=,
10653 OtherChannels=, CombinedChannels= settings.
10655 * Support for UDPSegmentationOffload= has been removed, given its
10656 limited support in hardware, and waning software support.
10658 * networkd's .netdev files now support creating "netdevsim" interfaces.
10660 * PID 1 learnt a new bus call GetUnitByControlGroup() which may be used
10661 to query the unit belonging to a specific kernel control group.
10663 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "cat-config", which may be used to
10664 dump the contents of any configuration file, with all its matching
10665 drop-in files added in, and honouring the usual search and masking
10666 logic applied to systemd configuration files. For example use
10667 "systemd-analyze cat-config systemd/system.conf" to get the complete
10668 system configuration file of systemd how it would be loaded by PID 1
10669 itself. Similar to this, various tools such as systemd-tmpfiles or
10670 systemd-sysusers, gained a new option "--cat-config", which does the
10671 corresponding operation for their own configuration settings. For
10672 example, "systemd-tmpfiles --cat-config" will now output the full
10673 list of tmpfiles.d/ lines in place.
10675 * timedatectl gained three new verbs: "show" shows bus properties of
10676 systemd-timedated, "timesync-status" shows the current NTP
10677 synchronization state of systemd-timesyncd, and "show-timesync"
10678 shows bus properties of systemd-timesyncd.
10680 * systemd-timesyncd gained a bus interface on which it exposes details
10683 * A new environment variable $SYSTEMD_TIMEDATED_NTP_SERVICES is now
10684 understood by systemd-timedated. It takes a colon-separated list of
10685 unit names of NTP client services. The list is used by
10686 "timedatectl set-ntp".
10688 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --rlimit= switch for setting initial
10689 resource limits for the container payload. There's a new switch
10690 --hostname= to explicitly override the container's hostname. A new
10691 --no-new-privileges= switch may be used to control the
10692 PR_SET_NO_NEW_PRIVS flag for the container payload. A new
10693 --oom-score-adjust= switch controls the OOM scoring adjustment value
10694 for the payload. The new --cpu-affinity= switch controls the CPU
10695 affinity of the container payload. The new --resolv-conf= switch
10696 allows more detailed control of /etc/resolv.conf handling of the
10697 container. Similarly, the new --timezone= switch allows more detailed
10698 control of /etc/localtime handling of the container.
10700 * systemd-detect-virt gained a new --list switch, which will print a
10701 list of all currently known VM and container environments.
10703 * Support for "Portable Services" has been added, see
10704 doc/PORTABLE_SERVICES.md for details. Currently, the support is still
10705 experimental, but this is expected to change soon. Reflecting this
10706 experimental state, the "portablectl" binary is not installed into
10707 /usr/bin yet. The binary has to be called with the full path
10708 /usr/lib/systemd/portablectl instead.
10710 * journalctl's and systemctl's -o switch now knows a new log output
10711 mode "with-unit". The output it generates is very similar to the
10712 regular "short" mode, but displays the unit name instead of the
10713 syslog tag for each log line. Also, the date is shown with timezone
10714 information. This mode is probably more useful than the classic
10715 "short" output mode for most purposes, except where pixel-perfect
10716 compatibility with classic /var/log/messages formatting is required.
10718 * A new --dump-bus-properties switch has been added to the systemd
10719 binary, which may be used to dump all supported D-Bus properties.
10720 (Options which are still supported, but are deprecated, are *not*
10723 * sd-bus gained a set of new calls:
10724 sd_bus_slot_set_floating()/sd_bus_slot_get_floating() may be used to
10725 enable/disable the "floating" state of a bus slot object,
10726 i.e. whether the slot object pins the bus it is allocated for into
10727 memory or if the bus slot object gets disconnected when the bus goes
10728 away. sd_bus_open_with_description(),
10729 sd_bus_open_user_with_description(),
10730 sd_bus_open_system_with_description() may be used to allocate bus
10731 objects and set their description string already during allocation.
10733 * sd-event gained support for watching inotify events from the event
10734 loop, in an efficient way, sharing inotify handles between multiple
10735 users. For this a new function sd_event_add_inotify() has been added.
10737 * sd-event and sd-bus gained support for calling special user-supplied
10738 destructor functions for userdata pointers associated with
10739 sd_event_source, sd_bus_slot, and sd_bus_track objects. For this new
10740 functions sd_bus_slot_set_destroy_callback,
10741 sd_bus_slot_get_destroy_callback, sd_bus_track_set_destroy_callback,
10742 sd_bus_track_get_destroy_callback,
10743 sd_event_source_set_destroy_callback,
10744 sd_event_source_get_destroy_callback have been added.
10746 * The "net.ipv4.tcp_ecn" sysctl will now be turned on by default.
10748 * PID 1 will now automatically reschedule .timer units whenever the
10749 local timezone changes. (They previously got rescheduled
10750 automatically when the system clock changed.)
10752 * New documentation has been added to document cgroups delegation,
10753 portable services and the various code quality tools we have set up:
10755 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/CGROUP_DELEGATION.md
10756 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/PORTABLE_SERVICES.md
10757 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/CODE_QUALITY.md
10759 * The Boot Loader Specification has been added to the source tree.
10761 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/BOOT_LOADER_SPECIFICATION.md
10763 While moving it into our source tree we have updated it and further
10764 changes are now accepted through the usual github PR workflow.
10766 * pam_systemd will now look for PAM userdata fields systemd.memory_max,
10767 systemd.tasks_max, systemd.cpu_weight, systemd.io_weight set by
10768 earlier PAM modules. The data in these fields is used to initialize
10769 the session scope's resource properties. Thus external PAM modules
10770 may now configure per-session limits, for example sourced from
10771 external user databases.
10773 * socket units with Accept=yes will now maintain a "refused" counter in
10774 addition to the existing "accepted" counter, counting connections
10775 refused due to the enforced limits.
10777 * The "systemd-path search-binaries-default" command may now be use to
10778 query the default, built-in $PATH PID 1 will pass to the services it
10781 * A new unit file setting PrivateMounts= has been added. It's a boolean
10782 option. If enabled the unit's processes are invoked in their own file
10783 system namespace. Note that this behaviour is also implied if any
10784 other file system namespacing options (such as PrivateTmp=,
10785 PrivateDevices=, ProtectSystem=, …) are used. This option is hence
10786 primarily useful for services that do not use any of the other file
10787 system namespacing options. One such service is systemd-udevd.service
10788 where this is now used by default.
10790 * ConditionSecurity= gained a new value "uefi-secureboot" that is true
10791 when the system is booted in UEFI "secure mode".
10793 * A new unit "system-update-pre.target" is added, which defines an
10794 optional synchronization point for offline system updates, as
10795 implemented by the pre-existing "system-update.target" unit. It
10796 allows ordering services before the service that executes the actual
10797 update process in a generic way.
10799 * Systemd now emits warnings whenever .include syntax is used.
10801 Contributions from: Adam Duskett, Alan Jenkins, Alessandro Casale,
10802 Alexander Kurtz, Alex Gartrell, Anssi Hannula, Arnaud Rebillout, Brian
10803 J. Murrell, Bruno Vernay, Chris Lamb, Chris Lesiak, Christian Brauner,
10804 Christian Hesse, Christian Rebischke, Colin Guthrie, Daniel Dao, Daniel
10805 Lin, Danylo Korostil, Davide Cavalca, David Tardon, Dimitri John
10806 Ledkov, Dmitriy Geels, Douglas Christman, Elia Geretto, emelenas, Emil
10807 Velikov, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Feng Sun, Filipe
10808 Brandenburger, Franck Bui, futpib, Giuseppe Scrivano, Guillem Jover,
10809 guixxx, Hannes Reinecke, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Henrique Dante de
10810 Almeida, Hiram van Paassen, Ian Miell, Igor Gnatenko, Ivan Shapovalov,
10811 Iwan Timmer, James Cowgill, Jan Janssen, Jan Synacek, Jared Kazimir,
10812 Jérémy Rosen, João Paulo Rechi Vita, Joost Heitbrink, Jui-Chi Ricky
10813 Liang, Jürg Billeter, Kai-Heng Feng, Karol Augustin, Kay Sievers,
10814 Krzysztof Nowicki, Lauri Tirkkonen, Lennart Poettering, Leonard König,
10815 Long Li, Luca Boccassi, Lucas Werkmeister, Marcel Hoppe, Marc
10816 Kleine-Budde, Mario Limonciello, Martin Jansa, Martin Wilck, Mathieu
10817 Malaterre, Matteo F. Vescovi, Matthew McGinn, Matthias-Christian Ott,
10818 Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Prokop, Michal Koutný, Michal
10819 Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Mikhail Kasimov, Milan Broz, Milan Pässler,
10820 Mladen Pejaković, Muhammet Kara, Nicolas Boichat, Omer Katz, Paride
10821 Legovini, Paul Menzel, Paul Milliken, Pavel Hrdina, Peter A. Bigot,
10822 Peter D'Hoye, Peter Hutterer, Peter Jones, Philip Sequeira, Philip
10823 Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Radostin Stoyanov, Ricardo Salveti de Araujo,
10824 Ronny Chevalier, Rosen Penev, Rubén Suárez Alvarez, Ryan Gonzalez,
10825 Salvo Tomaselli, Sebastian Reichel, Sergey Ptashnick, Sergio Lindo
10826 Mansilla, Stefan Schweter, Stephen Hemminger, Stuart Hayes, Susant
10827 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Jungel,
10828 Tomasz Torcz, Vito Caputo, Will Dietz, Will Thompson, Wim van Mourik,
10829 Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
10831 — Berlin, 2018-06-22
10835 * The MemoryAccounting= unit property now defaults to on. After
10836 discussions with the upstream control group maintainers we learnt
10837 that the negative impact of cgroup memory accounting on current
10838 kernels is finally relatively minimal, so that it should be safe to
10839 enable this by default without affecting system performance. Besides
10840 memory accounting only task accounting is turned on by default, all
10841 other forms of resource accounting (CPU, IO, IP) remain off for now,
10842 because it's not clear yet that their impact is small enough to move
10843 from opt-in to opt-out. We recommend downstreams to leave memory
10844 accounting on by default if kernel 4.14 or higher is primarily
10845 used. On very resource constrained systems or when support for old
10846 kernels is a necessity, -Dmemory-accounting-default=false can be used
10847 to revert this change.
10849 * rpm scriptlets to update the udev hwdb and rules (%udev_hwdb_update,
10850 %udev_rules_update) and the journal catalog (%journal_catalog_update)
10851 from the upgrade scriptlets of individual packages now do nothing.
10852 Transfiletriggers have been added which will perform those updates
10853 once at the end of the transaction.
10855 Similar transfiletriggers have been added to execute any sysctl.d
10856 and binfmt.d rules. Thus, it should be unnecessary to provide any
10857 scriptlets to execute this configuration from package installation
10860 * systemd-sysusers gained a mode where the configuration to execute is
10861 specified on the command line, but this configuration is not executed
10862 directly, but instead it is merged with the configuration on disk,
10863 and the result is executed. This is useful for package installation
10864 scripts which want to create the user before installing any files on
10865 disk (in case some of those files are owned by that user), while
10866 still allowing local admin overrides.
10868 This functionality is exposed to rpm scriptlets through a new
10869 %sysusers_create_package macro. Old %sysusers_create and
10870 %sysusers_create_inline macros are deprecated.
10872 A transfiletrigger for sysusers.d configuration is now installed,
10873 which means that it should be unnecessary to call systemd-sysusers from
10874 package installation scripts, unless the package installs any files
10875 owned by those newly-created users, in which case
10876 %sysusers_create_package should be used.
10878 * Analogous change has been done for systemd-tmpfiles: it gained a mode
10879 where the command-line configuration is merged with the configuration
10880 on disk. This is exposed as the new %tmpfiles_create_package macro,
10881 and %tmpfiles_create is deprecated. A transfiletrigger is installed
10882 for tmpfiles.d, hence it should be unnecessary to call systemd-tmpfiles
10883 from package installation scripts.
10885 * sysusers.d configuration for a user may now also specify the group
10886 number, in addition to the user number ("u username 123:456"), or
10887 without the user number ("u username -:456").
10889 * Configution items for systemd-sysusers can now be specified as
10890 positional arguments when the new --inline switch is used.
10892 * The login shell of users created through sysusers.d may now be
10893 specified (previously, it was always /bin/sh for root and
10894 /sbin/nologin for other users).
10896 * systemd-analyze gained a new --global switch to look at global user
10897 configuration. It also gained a unit-paths verb to list the unit load
10898 paths that are compiled into systemd (which can be used with
10899 --systemd, --user, or --global).
10901 * udevadm trigger gained a new --settle/-w option to wait for any
10902 triggered events to finish (but just those, and not any other events
10903 which are triggered meanwhile).
10905 * The action that systemd-logind takes when the lid is closed and the
10906 machine is connected to external power can now be configured using
10907 HandleLidSwitchExternalPower= in logind.conf. Previously, this action
10908 was determined by HandleLidSwitch=, and, for backwards compatibility,
10909 is still is, if HandleLidSwitchExternalPower= is not explicitly set.
10911 * journalctl will periodically call sd_journal_process() to make it
10912 resilient against inotify queue overruns when journal files are
10913 rotated very quickly.
10915 * Two new functions in libsystemd — sd_bus_get_n_queued_read and
10916 sd_bus_get_n_queued_write — may be used to check the number of
10917 pending bus messages.
10919 * systemd gained a new
10920 org.freedesktop.systemd1.Manager.AttachProcessesToUnit dbus call
10921 which can be used to migrate foreign processes to scope and service
10922 units. The primary user for this new API is systemd itself: the
10923 systemd --user instance uses this call of the systemd --system
10924 instance to migrate processes if it itself gets the request to
10925 migrate processes and the kernel refuses this due to access
10926 restrictions. Thanks to this "systemd-run --scope --user …" works
10927 again in pure cgroup v2 environments when invoked from the user
10930 * A new TemporaryFileSystem= setting can be used to mask out part of
10931 the real file system tree with tmpfs mounts. This may be combined
10932 with BindPaths= and BindReadOnlyPaths= to hide files or directories
10933 not relevant to the unit, while still allowing some paths lower in
10934 the tree to be accessed.
10936 ProtectHome=tmpfs may now be used to hide user home and runtime
10937 directories from units, in a way that is mostly equivalent to
10938 "TemporaryFileSystem=/home /run/user /root".
10940 * Non-service units are now started with KeyringMode=shared by default.
10941 This means that mount and swapon and other mount tools have access
10942 to keys in the main keyring.
10944 * /sys/fs/bpf is now mounted automatically.
10946 * QNX virtualization is now detected by systemd-detect-virt and may
10947 be used in ConditionVirtualization=.
10949 * IPAccounting= may now be enabled also for slice units.
10951 * A new -Dsplit-bin= build configuration switch may be used to specify
10952 whether bin and sbin directories are merged, or if they should be
10953 included separately in $PATH and various listings of executable
10954 directories. The build configuration scripts will try to autodetect
10955 the proper values of -Dsplit-usr= and -Dsplit-bin= based on build
10956 system, but distributions are encouraged to configure this
10959 * A new -Dok-color= build configuration switch may be used to change
10960 the colour of "OK" status messages.
10962 * UPGRADE ISSUE: serialization of units using JoinsNamespaceOf= with
10963 PrivateNetwork=yes was buggy in previous versions of systemd. This
10964 means that after the upgrade and daemon-reexec, any such units must
10967 * INCOMPATIBILITY: as announced in the NEWS for 237, systemd-tmpfiles
10968 will not exclude read-only files owned by root from cleanup.
10970 Contributions from: Alan Jenkins, Alexander F Rødseth, Alexis Jeandet,
10971 Andika Triwidada, Andrei Gherzan, Ansgar Burchardt, antizealot1337,
10972 Batuhan Osman Taşkaya, Beniamino Galvani, Bill Yodlowsky, Caio Marcelo
10973 de Oliveira Filho, CuBiC, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mouritzen, Daniel
10974 Rusek, Davide Cavalca, Dimitri John Ledkov, Douglas Christman, Evgeny
10975 Vereshchagin, Faalagorn, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, futpib,
10976 Giacomo Longo, Gunnar Hjalmarsson, Hans de Goede, Hermann Gausterer,
10977 Iago López Galeiras, Jakub Filak, Jan Synacek, Jason A. Donenfeld,
10978 Javier Martinez Canillas, Jérémy Rosen, Lennart Poettering, Lucas
10979 Werkmeister, Mao Huang, Marco Gulino, Michael Biebl, Michael Vogt,
10980 MilhouseVH, Neal Gompa (ニール・ゴンパ), Oleander Reis, Olof Mogren,
10981 Patrick Uiterwijk, Peter Hutterer, Peter Portante, Piotr Drąg, Robert
10982 Antoni Buj Gelonch, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Shuang Liu, Simon
10983 Fowler, SjonHortensius, snorreflorre, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
10984 Plantefève, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Vito Caputo, Yu Watanabe,
10985 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Марко М. Костић (Marko M. Kostić)
10987 — Warsaw, 2018-03-05
10991 * Some keyboards come with a zoom see-saw or rocker which until now got
10992 mapped to the Linux "zoomin/out" keys in hwdb. However, these
10993 keycodes are not recognized by any major desktop. They now produce
10994 Up/Down key events so that they can be used for scrolling.
10996 * INCOMPATIBILITY: systemd-tmpfiles' "f" lines changed behaviour
10997 slightly: previously, if an argument was specified for lines of this
10998 type (i.e. the right-most column was set) this string was appended to
10999 existing files each time systemd-tmpfiles was run. This behaviour was
11000 different from what the documentation said, and not particularly
11001 useful, as repeated systemd-tmpfiles invocations would not be
11002 idempotent and grow such files without bounds. With this release
11003 behaviour has been altered to match what the documentation says:
11004 lines of this type only have an effect if the indicated files don't
11005 exist yet, and only then the argument string is written to the file.
11007 * FUTURE INCOMPATIBILITY: In systemd v238 we intend to slightly change
11008 systemd-tmpfiles behaviour: previously, read-only files owned by root
11009 were always excluded from the file "aging" algorithm (i.e. the
11010 automatic clean-up of directories like /tmp based on
11011 atime/mtime/ctime). We intend to drop this restriction, and age files
11012 by default even when owned by root and read-only. This behaviour was
11013 inherited from older tools, but there have been requests to remove
11014 it, and it's not obvious why this restriction was made in the first
11015 place. Please speak up now, if you are aware of software that requires
11016 this behaviour, otherwise we'll remove the restriction in v238.
11018 * A new environment variable $SYSTEMD_OFFLINE is now understood by
11019 systemctl. It takes a boolean argument. If on, systemctl assumes it
11020 operates on an "offline" OS tree, and will not attempt to talk to the
11021 service manager. Previously, this mode was implicitly enabled if a
11022 chroot() environment was detected, and this new environment variable
11023 now provides explicit control.
11025 * .path and .socket units may now be created transiently, too.
11026 Previously only service, mount, automount and timer units were
11027 supported as transient units. The systemd-run tool has been updated
11028 to expose this new functionality, you may hence use it now to bind
11029 arbitrary commands to path or socket activation on-the-fly from the
11030 command line. Moreover, almost all properties are now exposed for the
11031 unit types that already supported transient operation.
11033 * The systemd-mount command gained support for a new --owner= parameter
11034 which takes a user name, which is then resolved and included in uid=
11035 and gid= mount options string of the file system to mount.
11037 * A new unit condition ConditionControlGroupController= has been added
11038 that checks whether a specific cgroup controller is available.
11040 * Unit files, udev's .link files, and systemd-networkd's .netdev and
11041 .network files all gained support for a new condition
11042 ConditionKernelVersion= for checking against specific kernel
11045 * In systemd-networkd, the [IPVLAN] section in .netdev files gained
11046 support for configuring device flags in the Flags= setting. In the
11047 same files, the [Tunnel] section gained support for configuring
11048 AllowLocalRemote=. The [Route] section in .network files gained
11049 support for configuring InitialCongestionWindow=,
11050 InitialAdvertisedReceiveWindow= and QuickAck=. The [DHCP] section now
11051 understands RapidCommit=.
11053 * systemd-networkd's DHCPv6 support gained support for Prefix
11056 * sd-bus gained support for a new "watch-bind" feature. When this
11057 feature is enabled, an sd_bus connection may be set up to connect to
11058 an AF_UNIX socket in the file system as soon as it is created. This
11059 functionality is useful for writing early-boot services that
11060 automatically connect to the system bus as soon as it is started,
11061 without ugly time-based polling. systemd-networkd and
11062 systemd-resolved have been updated to make use of this
11063 functionality. busctl exposes this functionality in a new
11064 --watch-bind= command line switch.
11066 * sd-bus will now optionally synthesize a local "Connected" signal as
11067 soon as a D-Bus connection is set up fully. This message mirrors the
11068 already existing "Disconnected" signal which is synthesized when the
11069 connection is terminated. This signal is generally useful but
11070 particularly handy in combination with the "watch-bind" feature
11071 described above. Synthesizing of this message has to be requested
11072 explicitly through the new API call sd_bus_set_connected_signal(). In
11073 addition a new call sd_bus_is_ready() has been added that checks
11074 whether a connection is fully set up (i.e. between the "Connected" and
11075 "Disconnected" signals).
11077 * sd-bus gained two new calls sd_bus_request_name_async() and
11078 sd_bus_release_name_async() for asynchronously registering bus
11079 names. Similar, there is now sd_bus_add_match_async() for installing
11080 a signal match asynchronously. All of systemd's own services have
11081 been updated to make use of these calls. Doing these operations
11082 asynchronously has two benefits: it reduces the risk of deadlocks in
11083 case of cyclic dependencies between bus services, and it speeds up
11084 service initialization since synchronization points for bus
11085 round-trips are removed.
11087 * sd-bus gained two new calls sd_bus_match_signal() and
11088 sd_bus_match_signal_async(), which are similar to sd_bus_add_match()
11089 and sd_bus_add_match_async() but instead of taking a D-Bus match
11090 string take match fields as normal function parameters.
11092 * sd-bus gained two new calls sd_bus_set_sender() and
11093 sd_bus_message_set_sender() for setting the sender name of outgoing
11094 messages (either for all outgoing messages or for just one specific
11095 one). These calls are only useful in direct connections as on
11096 brokered connections the broker fills in the sender anyway,
11097 overwriting whatever the client filled in.
11099 * sd-event gained a new pseudo-handle that may be specified on all API
11100 calls where an "sd_event*" object is expected: SD_EVENT_DEFAULT. When
11101 used this refers to the default event loop object of the calling
11102 thread. Note however that this does not implicitly allocate one —
11103 which has to be done prior by using sd_event_default(). Similarly
11104 sd-bus gained three new pseudo-handles SD_BUS_DEFAULT,
11105 SD_BUS_DEFAULT_USER, SD_BUS_DEFAULT_SYSTEM that may be used to refer
11106 to the default bus of the specified type of the calling thread. Here
11107 too this does not implicitly allocate bus connection objects, this
11108 has to be done prior with sd_bus_default() and friends.
11110 * sd-event gained a new call pair
11111 sd_event_source_{get|set}_io_fd_own(). This may be used to request
11112 automatic closure of the file descriptor an IO event source watches
11113 when the event source is destroyed.
11115 * systemd-networkd gained support for natively configuring WireGuard
11118 * In previous versions systemd synthesized user records both for the
11119 "nobody" (UID 65534) and "root" (UID 0) users in nss-systemd and
11120 internally. In order to simplify distribution-wide renames of the
11121 "nobody" user (like it is planned in Fedora: nfsnobody → nobody), a
11122 new transitional flag file has been added: if
11123 /etc/systemd/dont-synthesize-nobody exists synthesizing of the 65534
11124 user and group record within the systemd codebase is disabled.
11126 * systemd-notify gained a new --uid= option for selecting the source
11127 user/UID to use for notification messages sent to the service
11130 * journalctl gained a new --grep= option to list only entries in which
11131 the message matches a certain pattern. By default matching is case
11132 insensitive if the pattern is lowercase, and case sensitive
11133 otherwise. Option --case-sensitive=yes|no can be used to override
11134 this an specify case sensitivity or case insensitivity.
11136 * There's now a "systemd-analyze service-watchdogs" command for printing
11137 the current state of the service runtime watchdog, and optionally
11138 enabling or disabling the per-service watchdogs system-wide if given a
11139 boolean argument (i.e. the concept you configure in WatchdogSec=), for
11140 debugging purposes. There's also a kernel command line option
11141 systemd.service_watchdogs= for controlling the same.
11143 * Two new "log-level" and "log-target" options for systemd-analyze were
11144 added that merge the now deprecated get-log-level, set-log-level and
11145 get-log-target, set-log-target pairs. The deprecated options are still
11146 understood for backwards compatibility. The two new options print the
11147 current value when no arguments are given, and set them when a
11148 level/target is given as an argument.
11150 * sysusers.d's "u" lines now optionally accept both a UID and a GID
11151 specification, separated by a ":" character, in order to create users
11152 where UID and GID do not match.
11154 Contributions from: Adam Duskett, Alan Jenkins, Alexander Kuleshov,
11155 Alexis Deruelle, Andrew Jeddeloh, Armin Widegreen, Batuhan Osman
11156 Taşkaya, Björn Esser, bleep_blop, Bruce A. Johnson, Chris Down, Clinton
11157 Roy, Colin Walters, Daniel Rusek, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dmitry Rozhkov,
11158 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Ewout van Mansom, Felipe Sateler, Franck Bui,
11159 Frantisek Sumsal, George Gaydarov, Gianluca Boiano, Hans-Christian
11160 Noren Egtvedt, Hans de Goede, Henrik Grindal Bakken, Jan Alexander
11161 Steffens, Jan Klötzke, Jason A. Donenfeld, jdkbx, Jérémy Rosen,
11162 Jerónimo Borque, John Lin, John Paul Herold, Jonathan Rudenberg, Jörg
11163 Thalheim, Ken (Bitsko) MacLeod, Larry Bernstone, Lennart Poettering,
11164 Lucas Werkmeister, Maciej S. Szmigiero, Marek Čermák, Martin Pitt,
11165 Mathieu Malaterre, Matthew Thode, Matthias-Christian Ott, Max Harmathy,
11166 Michael Biebl, Michael Vogt, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletar, Michał
11167 Szczepański, Mike Gilbert, Nathaniel McCallum, Nicolas Chauvet, Olaf
11168 Hering, Olivier Schwander, Patrik Flykt, Paul Cercueil, Peter Hutterer,
11169 Piotr Drąg, Raphael Vogelgsang, Reverend Homer, Robert Kolchmeyer,
11170 Samuel Dionne-Riel, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Susant Sahani,
11171 Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Thomas Huth, Tomasz
11172 Bachorski, Vladislav Vishnyakov, Wieland Hoffmann, Yu Watanabe, Zachary
11173 Winnerman, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Дамјан Георгиевски, Дилян
11180 * The modprobe.d/ drop-in for the bonding.ko kernel module introduced
11181 in v235 has been extended to also set the dummy.ko module option
11182 numdummies=0, preventing the kernel from automatically creating
11183 dummy0. All dummy interfaces must now be explicitly created.
11185 * Unknown '%' specifiers in configuration files are now rejected. This
11186 applies to units and tmpfiles.d configuration. Any percent characters
11187 that are followed by a letter or digit that are not supposed to be
11188 interpreted as the beginning of a specifier should be escaped by
11189 doubling ("%%"). (So "size=5%" is still accepted, as well as
11190 "size=5%,foo=bar", but not "LABEL=x%y%z" since %y and %z are not
11191 valid specifiers today.)
11193 * systemd-resolved now maintains a new dynamic
11194 /run/systemd/resolve/stub-resolv.conf compatibility file. It is
11195 recommended to make /etc/resolv.conf a symlink to it. This file
11196 points at the systemd-resolved stub DNS 127.0.0.53 resolver and
11197 includes dynamically acquired search domains, achieving more correct
11198 DNS resolution by software that bypasses local DNS APIs such as NSS.
11200 * The "uaccess" udev tag has been dropped from /dev/kvm and
11201 /dev/dri/renderD*. These devices now have the 0666 permissions by
11202 default (but this may be changed at build-time). /dev/dri/renderD*
11203 will now be owned by the "render" group along with /dev/kfd.
11205 * "DynamicUser=yes" has been enabled for systemd-timesyncd.service,
11206 systemd-journal-gatewayd.service and
11207 systemd-journal-upload.service. This means "nss-systemd" must be
11208 enabled in /etc/nsswitch.conf to ensure the UIDs assigned to these
11209 services are resolved properly.
11211 * In /etc/fstab two new mount options are now understood:
11212 x-systemd.makefs and x-systemd.growfs. The former has the effect that
11213 the configured file system is formatted before it is mounted, the
11214 latter that the file system is resized to the full block device size
11215 after it is mounted (i.e. if the file system is smaller than the
11216 partition it resides on, it's grown). This is similar to the fsck
11217 logic in /etc/fstab, and pulls in systemd-makefs@.service and
11218 systemd-growfs@.service as necessary, similar to
11219 systemd-fsck@.service. Resizing is currently only supported on ext4
11222 * In systemd-networkd, the IPv6 RA logic now optionally may announce
11223 DNS server and domain information.
11225 * Support for the LUKS2 on-disk format for encrypted partitions has
11226 been added. This requires libcryptsetup2 during compilation and
11229 * The systemd --user instance will now signal "readiness" when its
11230 basic.target unit has been reached, instead of when the run queue ran
11231 empty for the first time.
11233 * Tmpfiles.d with user configuration are now also supported.
11234 systemd-tmpfiles gained a new --user switch, and snippets placed in
11235 ~/.config/user-tmpfiles.d/ and corresponding directories will be
11236 executed by systemd-tmpfiles --user running in the new
11237 systemd-tmpfiles-setup.service and systemd-tmpfiles-clean.service
11238 running in the user session.
11240 * Unit files and tmpfiles.d snippets learnt three new % specifiers:
11241 %S resolves to the top-level state directory (/var/lib for the system
11242 instance, $XDG_CONFIG_HOME for the user instance), %C resolves to the
11243 top-level cache directory (/var/cache for the system instance,
11244 $XDG_CACHE_HOME for the user instance), %L resolves to the top-level
11245 logs directory (/var/log for the system instance,
11246 $XDG_CONFIG_HOME/log/ for the user instance). This matches the
11247 existing %t specifier, that resolves to the top-level runtime
11248 directory (/run for the system instance, and $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR for the
11251 * journalctl learnt a new parameter --output-fields= for limiting the
11252 set of journal fields to output in verbose and JSON output modes.
11254 * systemd-timesyncd's configuration file gained a new option
11255 RootDistanceMaxSec= for setting the maximum root distance of servers
11256 it'll use, as well as the new options PollIntervalMinSec= and
11257 PollIntervalMaxSec= to tweak the minimum and maximum poll interval.
11259 * bootctl gained a new command "list" for listing all available boot
11260 menu items on systems that follow the boot loader specification.
11262 * systemctl gained a new --dry-run switch that shows what would be done
11263 instead of doing it, and is currently supported by the shutdown and
11266 * ConditionSecurity= can now detect the TOMOYO security module.
11268 * Unit file [Install] sections are now also respected in unit drop-in
11269 files. This is intended to be used by drop-ins under /usr/lib/.
11271 * systemd-firstboot may now also set the initial keyboard mapping.
11273 * Udev "changed" events for devices which are exposed as systemd
11274 .device units are now propagated to units specified in
11275 ReloadPropagatedFrom= as reload requests.
11277 * If a udev device has a SYSTEMD_WANTS= property containing a systemd
11278 unit template name (i.e. a name in the form of 'foobar@.service',
11279 without the instance component between the '@' and - the '.'), then
11280 the escaped sysfs path of the device is automatically used as the
11283 * SystemCallFilter= in unit files has been extended so that an "errno"
11284 can be specified individually for each system call. Example:
11285 SystemCallFilter=~uname:EILSEQ.
11287 * The cgroup delegation logic has been substantially updated. Delegate=
11288 now optionally takes a list of controllers (instead of a boolean, as
11289 before), which lists the controllers to delegate at least.
11291 * The networkd DHCPv6 client now implements the FQDN option (RFC 4704).
11293 * A new LogLevelMax= setting configures the maximum log level any
11294 process of the service may log at (i.e. anything with a lesser
11295 priority than what is specified is automatically dropped). A new
11296 LogExtraFields= setting allows configuration of additional journal
11297 fields to attach to all log records generated by any of the unit's
11300 * New StandardInputData= and StandardInputText= settings along with the
11301 new option StandardInput=data may be used to configure textual or
11302 binary data that shall be passed to the executed service process via
11303 standard input, encoded in-line in the unit file.
11305 * StandardInput=, StandardOutput= and StandardError= may now be used to
11306 connect stdin/stdout/stderr of executed processes directly with a
11307 file or AF_UNIX socket in the file system, using the new "file:" option.
11309 * A new unit file option CollectMode= has been added, that allows
11310 tweaking the garbage collection logic for units. It may be used to
11311 tell systemd to garbage collect units that have failed automatically
11312 (normally it only GCs units that exited successfully). systemd-run
11313 and systemd-mount expose this new functionality with a new -G option.
11315 * "machinectl bind" may now be used to bind mount non-directories
11316 (i.e. regularfiles, devices, fifos, sockets).
11318 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "calendar" for validating and
11319 testing calendar time specifications to use for OnCalendar= in timer
11320 units. Besides validating the expression it will calculate the next
11321 time the specified expression would elapse.
11323 * In addition to the pre-existing FailureAction= unit file setting
11324 there's now SuccessAction=, for configuring a shutdown action to
11325 execute when a unit completes successfully. This is useful in
11326 particular inside containers that shall terminate after some workload
11327 has been completed. Also, both options are now supported for all unit
11328 types, not just services.
11330 * networkds's IP rule support gained two new options
11331 IncomingInterface= and OutgoingInterface= for configuring the incoming
11332 and outgoing interfaces of configured rules. systemd-networkd also
11333 gained support for "vxcan" network devices.
11335 * networkd gained a new setting RequiredForOnline=, taking a
11336 boolean. If set, systemd-wait-online will take it into consideration
11337 when determining that the system is up, otherwise it will ignore the
11338 interface for this purpose.
11340 * The sd_notify() protocol gained support for a new operation: with
11341 FDSTOREREMOVE=1 file descriptors may be removed from the per-service
11342 store again, ahead of POLLHUP or POLLERR when they are removed
11345 * A new document doc/UIDS-GIDS.md has been added to the source tree,
11346 that documents the UID/GID range and assignment assumptions and
11347 requirements of systemd.
11349 * The watchdog device PID 1 will ping may now be configured through the
11350 WatchdogDevice= configuration file setting, or by setting the
11351 systemd.watchdog_service= kernel command line option.
11353 * systemd-resolved's gained support for registering DNS-SD services on
11354 the local network using MulticastDNS. Services may either be
11355 registered by dropping in a .dnssd file in /etc/systemd/dnssd/ (or
11356 the same dir below /run, /usr/lib), or through its D-Bus API.
11358 * The sd_notify() protocol can now with EXTEND_TIMEOUT_USEC=microsecond
11359 extend the effective start, runtime, and stop time. The service must
11360 continue to send EXTEND_TIMEOUT_USEC within the period specified to
11361 prevent the service manager from making the service as timedout.
11363 * systemd-resolved's DNSSEC support gained support for RFC 8080
11364 (Ed25519 keys and signatures).
11366 * The systemd-resolve command line tool gained a new set of options
11367 --set-dns=, --set-domain=, --set-llmnr=, --set-mdns=, --set-dnssec=,
11368 --set-nta= and --revert to configure per-interface DNS configuration
11369 dynamically during runtime. It's useful for pushing DNS information
11370 into systemd-resolved from DNS hook scripts that various interface
11371 managing software supports (such as pppd).
11373 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-namespace-path= command line
11374 option, which may be used to make a container join an existing
11375 network namespace, by specifying a path to a "netns" file.
11377 Contributions from: Alan Jenkins, Alan Robertson, Alessandro Ghedini,
11378 Andrew Jeddeloh, Antonio Rojas, Ari, asavah, bleep_blop, Carsten
11379 Strotmann, Christian Brauner, Christian Hesse, Clinton Roy, Collin
11380 Eggert, Cong Wang, Daniel Black, Daniel Lockyer, Daniel Rusek, Dimitri
11381 John Ledkov, Dmitry Rozhkov, Dongsu Park, Edward A. James, Evgeny
11382 Vereshchagin, Florian Klink, Franck Bui, Gwendal Grignou, Hans de
11383 Goede, Harald Hoyer, Hristo Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Ikey Doherty,
11384 Jakub Wilk, Jérémy Rosen, Jiahui Xie, John Lin, José Bollo, Josef
11385 Andersson, juga0, Krzysztof Nowicki, Kyle Walker, Lars Karlitski, Lars
11386 Kellogg-Stedman, Lauri Tirkkonen, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel,
11387 Luca Bruno, Lucas Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Lukáš Říha, Lukasz
11388 Rubaszewski, Maciej S. Szmigiero, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcus Folkesson,
11389 Martin Steuer, Mathieu Trudel-Lapierre, Matija Skala,
11390 Matthias-Christian Ott, Max Resch, Michael Biebl, Michael Vogt, Michal
11391 Koutný, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Muhammet Kara, Neil Brown, Olaf
11392 Hering, Ondrej Kozina, Patrik Flykt, Patryk Kocielnik, Peter Hutterer,
11393 Piotr Drąg, Razvan Cojocaru, Robin McCorkell, Roland Hieber, Saran
11394 Tunyasuvunakool, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Shuang Liu, Simon
11395 Arlott, Simon Peeters, Stanislav Angelovič, Stefan Agner, Susant
11396 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Tiago Salem
11397 Herrmann, Tinu Weber, Tom Stellard, Topi Miettinen, Torsten Hilbrich,
11398 Vito Caputo, Vladislav Vishnyakov, WaLyong Cho, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
11399 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeal Jagannatha
11401 — Berlin, 2017-12-14
11405 * INCOMPATIBILITY: systemd-logind.service and other long-running
11406 services now run inside an IPv4/IPv6 sandbox, prohibiting them any IP
11407 communication with the outside. This generally improves security of
11408 the system, and is in almost all cases a safe and good choice, as
11409 these services do not and should not provide any network-facing
11410 functionality. However, systemd-logind uses the glibc NSS API to
11411 query the user database. This creates problems on systems where NSS
11412 is set up to directly consult network services for user database
11413 lookups. In particular, this creates incompatibilities with the
11414 "nss-nis" module, which attempts to directly contact the NIS/YP
11415 network servers it is configured for, and will now consistently
11416 fail. In such cases, it is possible to turn off IP sandboxing for
11417 systemd-logind.service (set IPAddressDeny= in its [Service] section
11418 to the empty string, via a .d/ unit file drop-in). Downstream
11419 distributions might want to update their nss-nis packaging to include
11420 such a drop-in snippet, accordingly, to hide this incompatibility
11421 from the user. Another option is to make use of glibc's nscd service
11422 to proxy such network requests through a privilege-separated, minimal
11423 local caching daemon, or to switch to more modern technologies such
11424 sssd, whose NSS hook-ups generally do not involve direct network
11425 access. In general, we think it's definitely time to question the
11426 implementation choices of nss-nis, i.e. whether it's a good idea
11427 today to embed a network-facing loadable module into all local
11428 processes that need to query the user database, including the most
11429 trivial and benign ones, such as "ls". For more details about
11430 IPAddressDeny= see below.
11432 * A new modprobe.d drop-in is now shipped by default that sets the
11433 bonding module option max_bonds=0. This overrides the kernel default,
11434 to avoid conflicts and ambiguity as to whether or not bond0 should be
11435 managed by systemd-networkd or not. This resolves multiple issues
11436 with bond0 properties not being applied, when bond0 is configured
11437 with systemd-networkd. Distributors may choose to not package this,
11438 however in that case users will be prevented from correctly managing
11439 bond0 interface using systemd-networkd.
11441 * systemd-analyze gained new verbs "get-log-level" and "get-log-target"
11442 which print the logging level and target of the system manager. They
11443 complement the existing "set-log-level" and "set-log-target" verbs
11444 used to change those values.
11446 * journald.conf gained a new boolean setting ReadKMsg= which defaults
11447 to on. If turned off kernel log messages will not be read by
11448 systemd-journald or included in the logs. It also gained a new
11449 setting LineMax= for configuring the maximum line length in
11450 STDOUT/STDERR log streams. The new default for this value is 48K, up
11451 from the previous hardcoded 2048.
11453 * A new unit setting RuntimeDirectoryPreserve= has been added, which
11454 allows more detailed control of what to do with a runtime directory
11455 configured with RuntimeDirectory= (i.e. a directory below /run or
11456 $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR) after a unit is stopped.
11458 * The RuntimeDirectory= setting for units gained support for creating
11459 deeper subdirectories below /run or $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR, instead of just
11460 one top-level directory.
11462 * Units gained new options StateDirectory=, CacheDirectory=,
11463 LogsDirectory= and ConfigurationDirectory= which are closely related
11464 to RuntimeDirectory= but manage per-service directories below
11465 /var/lib, /var/cache, /var/log and /etc. By making use of them it is
11466 possible to write unit files which when activated automatically gain
11467 properly owned service specific directories in these locations, thus
11468 making unit files self-contained and increasing compatibility with
11469 stateless systems and factory reset where /etc or /var are
11470 unpopulated at boot. Matching these new settings there's also
11471 StateDirectoryMode=, CacheDirectoryMode=, LogsDirectoryMode=,
11472 ConfigurationDirectoryMode= for configuring the access mode of these
11473 directories. These settings are particularly useful in combination
11474 with DynamicUser=yes as they provide secure, properly-owned,
11475 writable, and stateful locations for storage, excluded from the
11476 sandbox that such services live in otherwise.
11478 * Automake support has been removed from this release. systemd is now
11481 * systemd-journald will now aggressively cache client metadata during
11482 runtime, speeding up log write performance under pressure. This comes
11483 at a small price though: as much of the metadata is read
11484 asynchronously from /proc/ (and isn't implicitly attached to log
11485 datagrams by the kernel, like UID/GID/PID/SELinux are) this means the
11486 metadata stored alongside a log entry might be slightly
11487 out-of-date. Previously it could only be slightly newer than the log
11488 message. The time window is small however, and given that the kernel
11489 is unlikely to be improved anytime soon in this regard, this appears
11492 * nss-myhostname/systemd-resolved will now by default synthesize an
11493 A/AAAA resource record for the "_gateway" hostname, pointing to the
11494 current default IP gateway. Previously it did that for the "gateway"
11495 name, hampering adoption, as some distributions wanted to leave that
11496 hostname open for local use. The old behaviour may still be
11497 requested at build time.
11499 * systemd-networkd's [Address] section in .network files gained a new
11500 Scope= setting for configuring the IP address scope. The [Network]
11501 section gained a new boolean setting ConfigureWithoutCarrier= that
11502 tells systemd-networkd to ignore link sensing when configuring the
11503 device. The [DHCP] section gained a new Anonymize= boolean option for
11504 turning on a number of options suggested in RFC 7844. A new
11505 [RoutingPolicyRule] section has been added for configuring the IP
11506 routing policy. The [Route] section has gained support for a new
11507 Type= setting which permits configuring
11508 blackhole/unreachable/prohibit routes.
11510 * The [VRF] section in .netdev files gained a new Table= setting for
11511 configuring the routing table to use. The [Tunnel] section gained a
11512 new Independent= boolean field for configuring tunnels independent of
11513 an underlying network interface. The [Bridge] section gained a new
11514 GroupForwardMask= option for configuration of propagation of link
11515 local frames between bridge ports.
11517 * The WakeOnLan= setting in .link files gained support for a number of
11518 new modes. A new TCP6SegmentationOffload= setting has been added for
11519 configuring TCP/IPv6 hardware segmentation offload.
11521 * The IPv6 RA sender implementation may now optionally send out RDNSS
11522 and RDNSSL records to supply DNS configuration to peers.
11524 * systemd-nspawn gained support for a new --system-call-filter= command
11525 line option for adding and removing entries in the default system
11526 call filter it applies. Moreover systemd-nspawn has been changed to
11527 implement a system call allow list instead of a deny list.
11529 * systemd-run gained support for a new --pipe command line option. If
11530 used the STDIN/STDOUT/STDERR file descriptors passed to systemd-run
11531 are directly passed on to the activated transient service
11532 executable. This allows invoking arbitrary processes as systemd
11533 services (for example to take benefit of dependency management,
11534 accounting management, resource management or log management that is
11535 done automatically for services) — while still allowing them to be
11536 integrated in a classic UNIX shell pipeline.
11538 * When a service sends RELOAD=1 via sd_notify() and reload propagation
11539 using ReloadPropagationTo= is configured, a reload is now propagated
11540 to configured units. (Previously this was only done on explicitly
11541 requested reloads, using "systemctl reload" or an equivalent
11544 * For each service unit a restart counter is now kept: it is increased
11545 each time the service is restarted due to Restart=, and may be
11546 queried using "systemctl show -p NRestarts …".
11548 * New system call filter groups @aio, @sync, @chown, @setuid, @memlock,
11549 @signal and @timer have been added, for usage with SystemCallFilter=
11550 in unit files and the new --system-call-filter= command line option
11551 of systemd-nspawn (see above).
11553 * ExecStart= lines in unit files gained two new modifiers: when a
11554 command line is prefixed with "!" the command will be executed as
11555 configured, except for the credentials applied by
11556 setuid()/setgid()/setgroups(). It is very similar to the pre-existing
11557 "+", but does still apply namespacing options unlike "+". There's
11558 also "!!" now, which is mostly identical, but becomes a NOP on
11559 systems that support ambient capabilities. This is useful to write
11560 unit files that work with ambient capabilities where possible but
11561 automatically fall back to traditional privilege dropping mechanisms
11562 on systems where this is not supported.
11564 * ListenNetlink= settings in socket units now support RDMA netlink
11567 * A new unit file setting LockPersonality= has been added which permits
11568 locking down the chosen execution domain ("personality") of a service
11571 * A new special target "getty-pre.target" has been added, which is
11572 ordered before all text logins, and may be used to order services
11573 before textual logins acquire access to the console.
11575 * systemd will now attempt to load the virtio-rng.ko kernel module very
11576 early on if a VM environment supporting this is detected. This should
11577 improve entropy during early boot in virtualized environments.
11579 * A _netdev option is now supported in /etc/crypttab that operates in a
11580 similar way as the same option in /etc/fstab: it permits configuring
11581 encrypted devices that need to be ordered after the network is up.
11582 Following this logic, two new special targets
11583 remote-cryptsetup-pre.target and remote-cryptsetup.target have been
11584 added that are to cryptsetup.target what remote-fs.target and
11585 remote-fs-pre.target are to local-fs.target.
11587 * Service units gained a new UnsetEnvironment= setting which permits
11588 unsetting specific environment variables for services that are
11589 normally passed to it (for example in order to mask out locale
11590 settings for specific services that can't deal with it).
11592 * Units acquired a new boolean option IPAccounting=. When turned on, IP
11593 traffic accounting (packet count as well as byte count) is done for
11594 the service, and shown as part of "systemctl status" or "systemd-run
11597 * Service units acquired two new options IPAddressAllow= and
11598 IPAddressDeny=, taking a list of IPv4 or IPv6 addresses and masks,
11599 for configuring a simple IP access control list for all sockets of
11600 the unit. These options are available also on .slice and .socket
11601 units, permitting flexible access list configuration for individual
11602 services as well as groups of services (as defined by a slice unit),
11603 including system-wide. Note that IP ACLs configured this way are
11604 enforced on every single IPv4 and IPv6 socket created by any process
11605 of the service unit, and apply to ingress as well as egress traffic.
11607 * If CPUAccounting= or IPAccounting= is turned on for a unit a new
11608 structured log message is generated each time the unit is stopped,
11609 containing information about the consumed resources of this
11612 * A new setting KeyringMode= has been added to unit files, which may be
11613 used to control how the kernel keyring is set up for executed
11616 * "systemctl poweroff", "systemctl reboot", "systemctl halt",
11617 "systemctl kexec" and "systemctl exit" are now always asynchronous in
11618 behaviour (that is: these commands return immediately after the
11619 operation was enqueued instead of waiting for the operation to
11620 complete). Previously, "systemctl poweroff" and "systemctl reboot"
11621 were asynchronous on systems using systemd-logind (i.e. almost
11622 always, and like they were on sysvinit), and the other three commands
11623 were unconditionally synchronous. With this release this is cleaned
11624 up, and callers will see the same asynchronous behaviour on all
11625 systems for all five operations.
11627 * systemd-logind gained new Halt() and CanHalt() bus calls for halting
11630 * .timer units now accept calendar specifications in other timezones
11631 than UTC or the local timezone.
11633 * The tmpfiles snippet var.conf has been changed to create
11634 /var/log/btmp with access mode 0660 instead of 0600. It was owned by
11635 the "utmp" group already, and it appears to be generally understood
11636 that members of "utmp" can modify/flush the utmp/wtmp/lastlog/btmp
11637 databases. Previously this was implemented correctly for all these
11638 databases excepts btmp, which has been opened up like this now
11639 too. Note that while the other databases are world-readable
11640 (i.e. 0644), btmp is not and remains more restrictive.
11642 * The systemd-resolve tool gained a new --reset-server-features
11643 switch. When invoked like this systemd-resolved will forget
11644 everything it learnt about the features supported by the configured
11645 upstream DNS servers, and restarts the feature probing logic on the
11646 next resolver look-up for them at the highest feature level
11649 * The status dump systemd-resolved sends to the logs upon receiving
11650 SIGUSR1 now also includes information about all DNS servers it is
11651 configured to use, and the features levels it probed for them.
11653 Contributions from: Abdó Roig-Maranges, Alan Jenkins, Alexander
11654 Kuleshov, Andreas Rammhold, Andrew Jeddeloh, Andrew Soutar, Ansgar
11655 Burchardt, Beniamino Galvani, Benjamin Berg, Benjamin Robin, Charles
11656 Huber, Christian Hesse, Daniel Berrange, Daniel Kahn Gillmor, Daniel
11657 Mack, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Șerbănescu, Davide Cavalca, Dimitri John
11658 Ledkov, Diogo Pereira, Djalal Harouni, Dmitriy Geels, Dmitry Torokhov,
11659 ettavolt, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabio Kung, Felipe Sateler, Franck Bui,
11660 Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Insun Pyo, Ivan Kurnosov, Ivan Shapovalov,
11661 Jakub Wilk, Jan Synacek, Jason Gunthorpe, Jeremy Bicha, Jérémy Rosen,
11662 John Lin, jonasBoss, Jonathan Lebon, Jonathan Teh, Jon Ringle, Jörg
11663 Thalheim, Jouke Witteveen, juga0, Justin Capella, Justin Michaud,
11664 Kai-Heng Feng, Lennart Poettering, Lion Yang, Luca Bruno, Lucas
11665 Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Marcel Hollerbach, Marcus Lundblad, Martin
11666 Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Grzeschik, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert,
11667 Neil Brown, Nicolas Iooss, Patrik Flykt, pEJipE, Piotr Drąg, Russell
11668 Stuart, S. Fan, Shengyao Xue, Stefan Pietsch, Susant Sahani, Tejun Heo,
11669 Thomas Miller, Thomas Sailer, Tobias Hunger, Tomasz Pala, Tom
11670 Gundersen, Tommi Rantala, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, userwithuid,
11671 Vasilis Liaskovitis, Vito Caputo, WaLyong Cho, William Douglas, Xiang
11672 Fan, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
11674 — Berlin, 2017-10-06
11678 * Meson is now supported as build system in addition to Automake. It is
11679 our plan to remove Automake in one of our next releases, so that
11680 Meson becomes our exclusive build system. Hence, please start using
11681 the Meson build system in your downstream packaging. There's plenty
11682 of documentation around how to use Meson, the extremely brief
11685 ./autogen.sh && ./configure && make && sudo make install
11689 meson build && ninja -C build && sudo ninja -C build install
11691 * Unit files gained support for a new JobRunningTimeoutUSec= setting,
11692 which permits configuring a timeout on the time a job is
11693 running. This is particularly useful for setting timeouts on jobs for
11696 * Unit files gained two new options ConditionUser= and ConditionGroup=
11697 for conditionalizing units based on the identity of the user/group
11698 running a systemd user instance.
11700 * systemd-networkd now understands a new FlowLabel= setting in the
11701 [VXLAN] section of .network files, as well as a Priority= in
11702 [Bridge], GVRP= + MVRP= + LooseBinding= + ReorderHeader= in [VLAN]
11703 and GatewayOnlink= + IPv6Preference= + Protocol= in [Route]. It also
11704 gained support for configuration of GENEVE links, and IPv6 address
11705 labels. The [Network] section gained the new IPv6ProxyNDP= setting.
11707 * .link files now understand a new Port= setting.
11709 * systemd-networkd's DHCP support gained support for DHCP option 119
11710 (domain search list).
11712 * systemd-networkd gained support for serving IPv6 address ranges using
11713 the Router Advertisement protocol. The new .network configuration
11714 section [IPv6Prefix] may be used to configure the ranges to
11715 serve. This is implemented based on a new, minimal, native server
11716 implementation of RA.
11718 * journalctl's --output= switch gained support for a new parameter
11719 "short-iso-precise" for a mode where timestamps are shown as precise
11722 * systemd-udevd's "net_id" builtin may now generate stable network
11723 interface names from IBM PowerVM VIO devices as well as ACPI platform
11726 * MulticastDNS support in systemd-resolved may now be explicitly
11727 enabled/disabled using the new MulticastDNS= configuration file
11730 * systemd-resolved may now optionally use libidn2 instead of the libidn
11731 for processing internationalized domain names. Support for libidn2
11732 should be considered experimental and should not be enabled by
11735 * "machinectl pull-tar" and related call may now do verification of
11736 downloaded images using SUSE-style .sha256 checksum files in addition
11737 to the already existing support for validating using Ubuntu-style
11740 * sd-bus gained support for a new sd_bus_message_appendv() call which
11741 is va_list equivalent of sd_bus_message_append().
11743 * sd-boot gained support for validating images using SHIM/MOK.
11745 * The SMACK code learnt support for "onlycap".
11747 * systemd-mount --umount is now much smarter in figuring out how to
11748 properly unmount a device given its mount or device path.
11750 * The code to call libnss_dns as a fallback from libnss_resolve when
11751 the communication with systemd-resolved fails was removed. This
11752 fallback was redundant and interfered with the [!UNAVAIL=return]
11753 suffix. See nss-resolve(8) for the recommended configuration.
11755 * systemd-logind may now be restarted without losing state. It stores
11756 the file descriptors for devices it manages in the system manager
11757 using the FDSTORE= mechanism. Please note that further changes in
11758 other components may be required to make use of this (for example
11759 Xorg has code to listen for stops of systemd-logind and terminate
11760 itself when logind is stopped or restarted, in order to avoid using
11761 stale file descriptors for graphical devices, which is now
11762 counterproductive and must be reverted in order for restarts of
11763 systemd-logind to be safe. See
11764 https://cgit.freedesktop.org/xorg/xserver/commit/?id=dc48bd653c7e101.)
11766 * All kernel-install plugins are called with the environment variable
11767 KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID which is set to the machine ID given by
11768 /etc/machine-id. If the machine ID could not be determined,
11769 $KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID will be empty. Plugins should not put
11770 anything in the entry directory (passed as the second argument) if
11771 $KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID is empty. For backwards compatibility, a
11772 temporary directory is passed as the entry directory and removed
11773 after all the plugins exit.
11775 * If KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID is set in /etc/machine-info, kernel-install
11776 will now use its value as the machine ID instead of the machine ID
11777 from /etc/machine-id. If KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID isn't set in
11778 /etc/machine-info and no machine ID is set in /etc/machine-id,
11779 kernel-install will try to store the current machine ID there as
11780 KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID. If there is no machine ID, kernel-install
11781 will generate a new UUID, store it in /etc/machine-info as
11782 KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID and use it as the machine ID.
11784 Contributions from: Adrian Heine né Lang, Aggelos Avgerinos, Alexander
11785 Kurtz, Alexandros Frantzis, Alexey Brodkin, Alex Lu, Amir Pakdel, Amir
11786 Yalon, Anchor Cat, Anthony Parsons, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Gilbert,
11787 Benjamin Robin, Boucman, Charles Plessy, Chris Chiu, Chris Lamb,
11788 Christian Brauner, Christian Hesse, Colin Walters, Daniel Drake,
11789 Danielle Church, Daniel Molkentin, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Wang, Davide
11790 Cavalca, David Herrmann, David Michael, Dax Kelson, Dimitri John
11791 Ledkov, Djalal Harouni, Dušan Kazik, Elias Probst, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
11792 Federico Di Pierro, Felipe Sateler, Felix Zhang, Franck Bui, Gary
11793 Tierney, George McCollister, Giedrius Statkevičius, Hans de Goede,
11794 hecke, Hendrik Westerberg, Hristo Venev, Ian Wienand, Insun Pyo, Ivan
11795 Shapovalov, James Cowgill, James Hemsing, Janne Heß, Jan Synacek, Jason
11796 Reeder, João Paulo Rechi Vita, John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jörg
11797 Thalheim, Josef Andersson, Josef Gajdusek, Julian Mehne, Kai Krakow,
11798 Krzysztof Jackiewicz, Lars Karlitski, Lennart Poettering, Lluís Gili,
11799 Lucas Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas,
11800 Marcin Bachry, Marcus Cooper, Mark Stosberg, Martin Pitt, Matija Skala,
11801 Matt Clarkson, Matthew Garrett, Matthias Greiner, Matthijs van Duin,
11802 Max Resch, Michael Biebl, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletar, Michal
11803 Soltys, Michal Suchanek, Mike Gilbert, Nate Clark, Nathaniel R. Lewis,
11804 Neil Brown, Nikolai Kondrashov, Pascal S. de Kloe, Pat Riehecky, Patrik
11805 Flykt, Paul Kocialkowski, Peter Hutterer, Philip Withnall, Piotr
11806 Szydełko, Rafael Fontenelle, Ray Strode, Richard Maw, Roelf Wichertjes,
11807 Ronny Chevalier, Sarang S. Dalal, Sjoerd Simons, slodki, Stefan
11808 Schweter, Susant Sahani, Ted Wood, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Thomas
11809 H. P. Andersen, Timothée Ravier, Tobias Jungel, Tobias Stoeckmann, Tom
11810 Gundersen, Tom Yan, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog,
11811 userwithuid, Vito Caputo, Waldemar Brodkorb, WaLyong Cho, Yu, Li-Yu,
11812 Yusuke Nojima, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Дамјан
11815 — Berlin, 2017-07-12
11819 * The "hybrid" control group mode has been modified to improve
11820 compatibility with "legacy" cgroups-v1 setups. Specifically, the
11821 "hybrid" setup of /sys/fs/cgroup is now pretty much identical to
11822 "legacy" (including /sys/fs/cgroup/systemd as "name=systemd" named
11823 cgroups-v1 hierarchy), the only externally visible change being that
11824 the cgroups-v2 hierarchy is also mounted, to
11825 /sys/fs/cgroup/unified. This should provide a large degree of
11826 compatibility with "legacy" cgroups-v1, while taking benefit of the
11827 better management capabilities of cgroups-v2.
11829 * The default control group setup mode may be selected both a boot-time
11830 via a set of kernel command line parameters (specifically:
11831 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy= and
11832 systemd.legacy_systemd_cgroup_controller=), as well as a compile-time
11833 default selected on the configure command line
11834 (--with-default-hierarchy=). The upstream default is "hybrid"
11835 (i.e. the cgroups-v1 + cgroups-v2 mixture discussed above) now, but
11836 this will change in a future systemd version to be "unified" (pure
11837 cgroups-v2 mode). The third option for the compile time option is
11838 "legacy", to enter pure cgroups-v1 mode. We recommend downstream
11839 distributions to default to "hybrid" mode for release distributions,
11840 starting with v233. We recommend "unified" for development
11841 distributions (specifically: distributions such as Fedora's rawhide)
11842 as that's where things are headed in the long run. Use "legacy" for
11843 greatest stability and compatibility only.
11845 * Note one current limitation of "unified" and "hybrid" control group
11846 setup modes: the kernel currently does not permit the systemd --user
11847 instance (i.e. unprivileged code) to migrate processes between two
11848 disconnected cgroup subtrees, even if both are managed and owned by
11849 the user. This effectively means "systemd-run --user --scope" doesn't
11850 work when invoked from outside of any "systemd --user" service or
11851 scope. Specifically, it is not supported from session scopes. We are
11852 working on fixing this in a future systemd version. (See #3388 for
11853 further details about this.)
11855 * DBus policy files are now installed into /usr rather than /etc. Make
11856 sure your system has dbus >= 1.9.18 running before upgrading to this
11857 version, or override the install path with --with-dbuspolicydir= .
11859 * All python scripts shipped with systemd (specifically: the various
11860 tests written in Python) now require Python 3.
11862 * systemd unit tests can now run standalone (without the source or
11863 build directories), and can be installed into /usr/lib/systemd/tests/
11864 with 'make install-tests'.
11866 * Note that from this version on, CONFIG_CRYPTO_USER_API_HASH,
11867 CONFIG_CRYPTO_HMAC and CONFIG_CRYPTO_SHA256 need to be enabled in the
11870 * Support for the %c, %r, %R specifiers in unit files has been
11871 removed. Specifiers are not supposed to be dependent on configuration
11872 in the unit file itself (so that they resolve the same regardless
11873 where used in the unit files), but these specifiers were influenced
11874 by the Slice= option.
11876 * The shell invoked by debug-shell.service now defaults to /bin/sh in
11877 all cases. If distributions want to use a different shell for this
11878 purpose (for example Fedora's /sbin/sushell) they need to specify
11879 this explicitly at configure time using --with-debug-shell=.
11881 * The confirmation spawn prompt has been reworked to offer the
11884 (c)ontinue, proceed without asking anymore
11885 (D)ump, show the state of the unit
11886 (f)ail, don't execute the command and pretend it failed
11888 (i)nfo, show a short summary of the unit
11889 (j)obs, show jobs that are in progress
11890 (s)kip, don't execute the command and pretend it succeeded
11891 (y)es, execute the command
11893 The 'n' choice for the confirmation spawn prompt has been removed,
11894 because its meaning was confusing.
11896 The prompt may now also be redirected to an alternative console by
11897 specifying the console as parameter to systemd.confirm_spawn=.
11899 * Services of Type=notify require a READY=1 notification to be sent
11900 during startup. If no such message is sent, the service now fails,
11901 even if the main process exited with a successful exit code.
11903 * Services that fail to start up correctly now always have their
11904 ExecStopPost= commands executed. Previously, they'd enter "failed"
11905 state directly, without executing these commands.
11907 * The option MulticastDNS= of network configuration files has acquired
11908 an actual implementation. With MulticastDNS=yes a host can resolve
11909 names of remote hosts and reply to mDNS A and AAAA requests.
11911 * When units are about to be started an additional check is now done to
11912 ensure that all dependencies of type BindsTo= (when used in
11913 combination with After=) have been started.
11915 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "syscall-filter" which shows which
11916 system call groups are defined for the SystemCallFilter= unit file
11917 setting, and which system calls they contain.
11919 * A new system call filter group "@filesystem" has been added,
11920 consisting of various file system related system calls. Group
11921 "@reboot" has been added, covering reboot, kexec and shutdown related
11922 calls. Finally, group "@swap" has been added covering swap
11923 configuration related calls.
11925 * A new unit file option RestrictNamespaces= has been added that may be
11926 used to restrict access to the various process namespace types the
11927 Linux kernel provides. Specifically, it may be used to take away the
11928 right for a service unit to create additional file system, network,
11929 user, and other namespaces. This sandboxing option is particularly
11930 relevant due to the high amount of recently discovered namespacing
11931 related vulnerabilities in the kernel.
11933 * systemd-udev's .link files gained support for a new AutoNegotiation=
11934 setting for configuring Ethernet auto-negotiation.
11936 * systemd-networkd's .network files gained support for a new
11937 ListenPort= setting in the [DHCP] section to explicitly configure the
11938 UDP client port the DHCP client shall listen on.
11940 * .network files gained a new Unmanaged= boolean setting for explicitly
11941 excluding one or more interfaces from management by systemd-networkd.
11943 * The systemd-networkd ProxyARP= option has been renamed to
11944 IPV4ProxyARP=. Similarly, VXLAN-specific option ARPProxy= has been
11945 renamed to ReduceARPProxy=. The old names continue to be available
11948 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring IPv6 Proxy NDP
11949 addresses via the new IPv6ProxyNDPAddress= .network file setting.
11951 * systemd-networkd's bonding device support gained support for two new
11952 configuration options ActiveSlave= and PrimarySlave=.
11954 * The various options in the [Match] section of .network files gained
11955 support for negative matching.
11957 * New systemd-specific mount options are now understood in /etc/fstab:
11959 x-systemd.mount-timeout= may be used to configure the maximum
11960 permitted runtime of the mount command.
11962 x-systemd.device-bound may be set to bind a mount point to its
11963 backing device unit, in order to automatically remove a mount point
11964 if its backing device is unplugged. This option may also be
11965 configured through the new SYSTEMD_MOUNT_DEVICE_BOUND udev property
11966 on the block device, which is now automatically set for all CDROM
11967 drives, so that mounted CDs are automatically unmounted when they are
11968 removed from the drive.
11970 x-systemd.after= and x-systemd.before= may be used to explicitly
11971 order a mount after or before another unit or mount point.
11973 * Enqueued start jobs for device units are now automatically garbage
11974 collected if there are no jobs waiting for them anymore.
11976 * systemctl list-jobs gained two new switches: with --after, for every
11977 queued job the jobs it's waiting for are shown; with --before the
11978 jobs which it's blocking are shown.
11980 * systemd-nspawn gained support for ephemeral boots from disk images
11981 (or in other words: --ephemeral and --image= may now be
11982 combined). Moreover, ephemeral boots are now supported for normal
11983 directories, even if the backing file system is not btrfs. Of course,
11984 if the file system does not support file system snapshots or
11985 reflinks, the initial copy operation will be relatively expensive, but
11986 this should still be suitable for many use cases.
11988 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now support
11989 specifications relative to the end of a month by using "~" instead of
11990 "-" as separator between month and day. For example, "*-02~03" means
11991 "the third last day in February". In addition a new syntax for
11992 repeated events has been added using the "/" character. For example,
11993 "9..17/2:00" means "every two hours from 9am to 5pm".
11995 * systemd-socket-proxyd gained a new parameter --connections-max= for
11996 configuring the maximum number of concurrent connections.
11998 * sd-id128 gained a new API for generating unique IDs for the host in a
11999 way that does not leak the machine ID. Specifically,
12000 sd_id128_get_machine_app_specific() derives an ID based on the
12001 machine ID in a well-defined, non-reversible, stable way. This is
12002 useful whenever an identifier for the host is needed but where the
12003 identifier shall not be useful to identify the system beyond the
12004 scope of the application itself. (Internally this uses HMAC-SHA256 as
12005 keyed hash function using the machine ID as input.)
12007 * NotifyAccess= gained a new supported value "exec". When set
12008 notifications are accepted from all processes systemd itself invoked,
12009 including all control processes.
12011 * .nspawn files gained support for defining overlay mounts using the
12012 Overlay= and OverlayReadOnly= options. Previously this functionality
12013 was only available on the systemd-nspawn command line.
12015 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --overlay= options gained support for
12016 bind/overlay mounts whose source lies within the container tree by
12017 prefixing the source path with "+".
12019 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --overlay= options gained support for
12020 automatically allocating a temporary source directory in /var/tmp
12021 that is removed when the container dies. Specifically, if the source
12022 directory is specified as empty string this mechanism is selected. An
12023 example usage is --overlay=+/var::/var, which creates an overlay
12024 mount based on the original /var contained in the image, overlaid
12025 with a temporary directory in the host's /var/tmp. This way changes
12026 to /var are automatically flushed when the container shuts down.
12028 * systemd-nspawn --image= option does now permit raw file system block
12029 devices (in addition to images containing partition tables, as
12032 * The disk image dissection logic in systemd-nspawn gained support for
12033 automatically setting up LUKS encrypted as well as Verity protected
12034 partitions. When a container is booted from an encrypted image the
12035 passphrase is queried at start-up time. When a container with Verity
12036 data is started, the root hash is search in a ".roothash" file
12037 accompanying the disk image (alternatively, pass the root hash via
12038 the new --root-hash= command line option).
12040 * A new tool /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-dissect has been added that may
12041 be used to dissect disk images the same way as systemd-nspawn does
12042 it, following the Bootable Partition Specification. It may even be
12043 used to mount disk images with complex partition setups (including
12044 LUKS and Verity partitions) to a local host directory, in order to
12045 inspect them. This tool is not considered public API (yet), and is
12046 thus not installed into /usr/bin. Please do not rely on its
12047 existence, since it might go away or be changed in later systemd
12050 * A new generator "systemd-verity-generator" has been added, similar in
12051 style to "systemd-cryptsetup-generator", permitting automatic setup of
12052 Verity root partitions when systemd boots up. In order to make use of
12053 this your partition setup should follow the Discoverable Partitions
12054 Specification, and the GPT partition ID of the root file system
12055 partition should be identical to the upper 128-bit of the Verity root
12056 hash. The GPT partition ID of the Verity partition protecting it
12057 should be the lower 128-bit of the Verity root hash. If the partition
12058 image follows this model it is sufficient to specify a single
12059 "roothash=" kernel command line argument to both configure which root
12060 image and verity partition to use as well as the root hash for
12061 it. Note that systemd-nspawn's Verity support follows the same
12062 semantics, meaning that disk images with proper Verity data in place
12063 may be booted in containers with systemd-nspawn as well as on
12064 physical systems via the verity generator. Also note that the "mkosi"
12065 tool available at https://github.com/systemd/mkosi has been updated
12066 to generate Verity protected disk images following this scheme. In
12067 fact, it has been updated to generate disk images that optionally
12068 implement a complete UEFI SecureBoot trust chain, involving a signed
12069 kernel and initrd image that incorporates such a root hash as well as
12070 a Verity-enabled root partition.
12072 * The hardware database (hwdb) udev supports has been updated to carry
12073 accelerometer quirks.
12075 * All system services are now run with a fresh kernel keyring set up
12076 for them. The invocation ID is stored by default in it, thus
12077 providing a safe, non-overridable way to determine the invocation
12078 ID of each service.
12080 * Service unit files gained new BindPaths= and BindReadOnlyPaths=
12081 options for bind mounting arbitrary paths in a service-specific
12082 way. When these options are used, arbitrary host or service files and
12083 directories may be mounted to arbitrary locations in the service's
12086 * Documentation has been added that lists all of systemd's low-level
12087 environment variables:
12089 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/ENVIRONMENT.md
12091 * sd-daemon gained a new API sd_is_socket_sockaddr() for determining
12092 whether a specific socket file descriptor matches a specified socket
12095 * systemd-firstboot has been updated to check for the
12096 systemd.firstboot= kernel command line option. It accepts a boolean
12097 and when set to false the first boot questions are skipped.
12099 * systemd-fstab-generator has been updated to check for the
12100 systemd.volatile= kernel command line option, which either takes an
12101 optional boolean parameter or the special value "state". If used the
12102 system may be booted in a "volatile" boot mode. Specifically,
12103 "systemd.volatile" is used, the root directory will be mounted as
12104 tmpfs, and only /usr is mounted from the actual root file system. If
12105 "systemd.volatile=state" is used, the root directory will be mounted
12106 as usual, but /var is mounted as tmpfs. This concept provides similar
12107 functionality as systemd-nspawn's --volatile= option, but provides it
12108 on physical boots. Use this option for implementing stateless
12109 systems, or testing systems with all state and/or configuration reset
12110 to the defaults. (Note though that many distributions are not
12111 prepared to boot up without a populated /etc or /var, though.)
12113 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator gained support for LUKS encrypted root
12114 partitions. Previously it only supported LUKS encrypted partitions
12115 for all other uses, except for the root partition itself.
12117 * Socket units gained support for listening on AF_VSOCK sockets for
12118 communication in virtualized QEMU environments.
12120 * The "configure" script gained a new option --with-fallback-hostname=
12121 for specifying the fallback hostname to use if none is configured in
12122 /etc/hostname. For example, by specifying
12123 --with-fallback-hostname=fedora it is possible to default to a
12124 hostname of "fedora" on pristine installations.
12126 * systemd-cgls gained support for a new --unit= switch for listing only
12127 the control groups of a specific unit. Similar --user-unit= has been
12128 added for listing only the control groups of a specific user unit.
12130 * systemd-mount gained a new --umount switch for unmounting a mount or
12131 automount point (and all mount/automount points below it).
12133 * systemd will now refuse full configuration reloads (via systemctl
12134 daemon-reload and related calls) unless at least 16MiB of free space
12135 are available in /run. This is a safety precaution in order to ensure
12136 that generators can safely operate after the reload completed.
12138 * A new unit file option RootImage= has been added, which has a similar
12139 effect as RootDirectory= but mounts the service's root directory from
12140 a disk image instead of plain directory. This logic reuses the same
12141 image dissection and mount logic that systemd-nspawn already uses,
12142 and hence supports any disk images systemd-nspawn supports, including
12143 those following the Discoverable Partition Specification, as well as
12144 Verity enabled images. This option enables systemd to run system
12145 services directly off disk images acting as resource bundles,
12146 possibly even including full integrity data.
12148 * A new MountAPIVFS= unit file option has been added, taking a boolean
12149 argument. If enabled /proc, /sys and /dev (collectively called the
12150 "API VFS") will be mounted for the service. This is only relevant if
12151 RootDirectory= or RootImage= is used for the service, as these mounts
12152 are of course in place in the host mount namespace anyway.
12154 * systemd-nspawn gained support for a new --pivot-root= switch. If
12155 specified the root directory within the container image is pivoted to
12156 the specified mount point, while the original root disk is moved to a
12157 different place. This option enables booting of ostree images
12158 directly with systemd-nspawn.
12160 * The systemd build scripts will no longer complain if the NTP server
12161 addresses are not changed from the defaults. Google now supports
12162 these NTP servers officially. We still recommend downstreams to
12163 properly register an NTP pool with the NTP pool project though.
12165 * coredumpctl gained a new "--reverse" option for printing the list
12166 of coredumps in reverse order.
12168 * coredumpctl will now show additional information about truncated and
12169 inaccessible coredumps, as well as coredumps that are still being
12170 processed. It also gained a new --quiet switch for suppressing
12171 additional informational message in its output.
12173 * coredumpctl gained support for only showing coredumps newer and/or
12174 older than specific timestamps, using the new --since= and --until=
12175 options, reminiscent of journalctl's options by the same name.
12177 * The systemd-coredump logic has been improved so that it may be reused
12178 to collect backtraces in non-compiled languages, for example in
12179 scripting languages such as Python.
12181 * machinectl will now show the UID shift of local containers, if user
12182 namespacing is enabled for them.
12184 * systemd will now optionally run "environment generator" binaries at
12185 configuration load time. They may be used to add environment
12186 variables to the environment block passed to services invoked. One
12187 user environment generator is shipped by default that sets up
12188 environment variables based on files dropped into /etc/environment.d
12189 and ~/.config/environment.d/.
12191 * systemd-resolved now includes the new, recently published 2017 DNSSEC
12194 * hostnamed has been updated to report a new chassis type of
12195 "convertible" to cover "foldable" laptops that can both act as a
12196 tablet and as a laptop, such as various Lenovo Yoga devices.
12198 Contributions from: Adrián López, Alexander Galanin, Alexander
12199 Kochetkov, Alexandros Frantzis, Andrey Ulanov, Antoine Eiche, Baruch
12200 Siach, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Robin, Björn, Brandon Philips, Cédric
12201 Schieli, Charles (Chas) Williams, Christian Hesse, Daniele Medri,
12202 Daniel Drake, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Wagner, Dan Streetman, Dave Reisner,
12203 David Glasser, David Herrmann, David Michael, Djalal Harouni, Dmitry
12204 Khlebnikov, Dmitry Rozhkov, Dongsu Park, Douglas Christman, Earnestly,
12205 Emil Soleyman, Eric Cook, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Fionn
12206 Cleary, Florian Klink, Francesco Brozzu, Franck Bui, Gabriel Rauter,
12207 Gianluca Boiano, Giedrius Statkevičius, Graeme Lawes, Hans de Goede,
12208 Harald Hoyer, Ian Kelling, Ivan Shapovalov, Jakub Wilk, Janne Heß, Jan
12209 Synacek, Jason Reeder, Jonathan Boulle, Jörg Thalheim, Jouke Witteveen,
12210 Karl Kraus, Kees Cook, Keith Busch, Kieran Colford, kilian-k, Lennart
12211 Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas Werkmeister, Lukas Rusak, Maarten de
12212 Vries, Maks Naumov, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Andre Lureau, Marcin Bachry,
12213 Mark Stosberg, Martin Ejdestig, Martin Pitt, Mauricio Faria de
12214 Oliveira, micah, Michael Biebl, Michael Shields, Michal Schmidt, Michal
12215 Sekletar, Michel Kraus, Mike Gilbert, Mikko Ylinen, Mirza Krak,
12216 Namhyung Kim, nikolaof, peoronoob, Peter Hutterer, Peter Körner, Philip
12217 Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Ray Strode, Reverend Homer, Rike-Benjamin
12218 Schuppner, Robert Kreuzer, Ronny Chevalier, Ruslan Bilovol, sammynx,
12219 Sergey Ptashnick, Sergiusz Urbaniak, Stefan Berger, Stefan Hajnoczi,
12220 Stefan Schweter, Stuart McLaren, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève,
12221 Taylor Smock, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tibor
12222 Nagy, Tobias Stoeckmann, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Viktar
12223 Vaŭčkievič, Viktor Mihajlovski, Vitaly Sulimov, Waldemar Brodkorb,
12224 Walter Garcia-Fontes, Wim de With, Yassine Imounachen, Yi EungJun,
12225 YunQiang Su, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Александр
12228 — Berlin, 2017-03-01
12232 * udev now runs with MemoryDenyWriteExecute=, RestrictRealtime= and
12233 RestrictAddressFamilies= enabled. These sandboxing options should
12234 generally be compatible with the various external udev call-out
12235 binaries we are aware of, however there may be exceptions, in
12236 particular when exotic languages for these call-outs are used. In
12237 this case, consider turning off these settings locally.
12239 * The new RemoveIPC= option can be used to remove IPC objects owned by
12240 the user or group of a service when that service exits.
12242 * The new ProtectKernelModules= option can be used to disable explicit
12243 load and unload operations of kernel modules by a service. In
12244 addition access to /usr/lib/modules is removed if this option is set.
12246 * ProtectSystem= option gained a new value "strict", which causes the
12247 whole file system tree with the exception of /dev, /proc, and /sys,
12248 to be remounted read-only for a service.
12250 * The new ProtectKernelTunables= option can be used to disable
12251 modification of configuration files in /sys and /proc by a service.
12252 Various directories and files are remounted read-only, so access is
12253 restricted even if the file permissions would allow it.
12255 * The new ProtectControlGroups= option can be used to disable write
12256 access by a service to /sys/fs/cgroup.
12258 * Various systemd services have been hardened with
12259 ProtectKernelTunables=yes, ProtectControlGroups=yes,
12260 RestrictAddressFamilies=.
12262 * Support for dynamically creating users for the lifetime of a service
12263 has been added. If DynamicUser=yes is specified, user and group IDs
12264 will be allocated from the range 61184…65519 for the lifetime of the
12265 service. They can be resolved using the new nss-systemd.so NSS
12266 module. The module must be enabled in /etc/nsswitch.conf. Services
12267 started in this way have PrivateTmp= and RemoveIPC= enabled, so that
12268 any resources allocated by the service will be cleaned up when the
12269 service exits. They also have ProtectHome=read-only and
12270 ProtectSystem=strict enabled, so they are not able to make any
12271 permanent modifications to the system.
12273 * The nss-systemd module also always resolves root and nobody, making
12274 it possible to have no /etc/passwd or /etc/group files in minimal
12275 container or chroot environments.
12277 * Services may be started with their own user namespace using the new
12278 boolean PrivateUsers= option. Only root, nobody, and the uid/gid
12279 under which the service is running are mapped. All other users are
12282 * Support for the cgroup namespace has been added to systemd-nspawn. If
12283 supported by kernel, the container system started by systemd-nspawn
12284 will have its own view of the cgroup hierarchy. This new behaviour
12285 can be disabled using $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_USE_CGNS environment variable.
12287 * The new MemorySwapMax= option can be used to limit the maximum swap
12288 usage under the unified cgroup hierarchy.
12290 * Support for the CPU controller in the unified cgroup hierarchy has
12291 been added, via the CPUWeight=, CPUStartupWeight=, CPUAccounting=
12292 options. This controller requires out-of-tree patches for the kernel
12293 and the support is provisional.
12295 * Mount and automount units may now be created transiently
12296 (i.e. dynamically at runtime via the bus API, instead of requiring
12297 unit files in the file system).
12299 * systemd-mount is a new tool which may mount file systems – much like
12300 mount(8), optionally pulling in additional dependencies through
12301 transient .mount and .automount units. For example, this tool
12302 automatically runs fsck on a backing block device before mounting,
12303 and allows the automount logic to be used dynamically from the
12304 command line for establishing mount points. This tool is particularly
12305 useful when dealing with removable media, as it will ensure fsck is
12306 run – if necessary – before the first access and that the file system
12307 is quickly unmounted after each access by utilizing the automount
12308 logic. This maximizes the chance that the file system on the
12309 removable media stays in a clean state, and if it isn't in a clean
12310 state is fixed automatically.
12312 * LazyUnmount=yes option for mount units has been added to expose the
12313 umount --lazy option. Similarly, ForceUnmount=yes exposes the --force
12316 * /efi will be used as the mount point of the EFI boot partition, if
12317 the directory is present, and the mount point was not configured
12318 through other means (e.g. fstab). If /efi directory does not exist,
12319 /boot will be used as before. This makes it easier to automatically
12320 mount the EFI partition on systems where /boot is used for something
12323 * When operating on GPT disk images for containers, systemd-nspawn will
12324 now mount the ESP to /boot or /efi according to the same rules as PID
12325 1 running on a host. This allows tools like "bootctl" to operate
12326 correctly within such containers, in order to make container images
12327 bootable on physical systems.
12329 * disk/by-id and disk/by-path symlinks are now created for NVMe drives.
12331 * Two new user session targets have been added to support running
12332 graphical sessions under the systemd --user instance:
12333 graphical-session.target and graphical-session-pre.target. See
12334 systemd.special(7) for a description of how those targets should be
12337 * The vconsole initialization code has been significantly reworked to
12338 use KD_FONT_OP_GET/SET ioctls instead of KD_FONT_OP_COPY and better
12339 support unicode keymaps. Font and keymap configuration will now be
12340 copied to all allocated virtual consoles.
12342 * FreeBSD's bhyve virtualization is now detected.
12344 * Information recorded in the journal for core dumps now includes the
12345 contents of /proc/mountinfo and the command line of the process at
12346 the top of the process hierarchy (which is usually the init process
12349 * systemd-journal-gatewayd learned the --directory= option to serve
12350 files from the specified location.
12352 * journalctl --root=… can be used to peruse the journal in the
12353 /var/log/ directories inside of a container tree. This is similar to
12354 the existing --machine= option, but does not require the container to
12357 * The hardware database has been extended to support
12358 ID_INPUT_TRACKBALL, used in addition to ID_INPUT_MOUSE to identify
12361 MOUSE_WHEEL_CLICK_ANGLE_HORIZONTAL hwdb property has been added to
12362 specify the click rate for mice which include a horizontal wheel with
12363 a click rate that is different than the one for the vertical wheel.
12365 * systemd-run gained a new --wait option that makes service execution
12366 synchronous. (Specifically, the command will not return until the
12367 specified service binary exited.)
12369 * systemctl gained a new --wait option that causes the start command to
12370 wait until the units being started have terminated again.
12372 * A new journal output mode "short-full" has been added which displays
12373 timestamps with abbreviated English day names and adds a timezone
12374 suffix. Those timestamps include more information than the default
12375 "short" output mode, and can be passed directly to journalctl's
12376 --since= and --until= options.
12378 * /etc/resolv.conf will be bind-mounted into containers started by
12379 systemd-nspawn, if possible, so any changes to resolv.conf contents
12380 are automatically propagated to the container.
12382 * The number of instances for socket-activated services originating
12383 from a single IP address can be limited with
12384 MaxConnectionsPerSource=, extending the existing setting of
12387 * systemd-networkd gained support for vcan ("Virtual CAN") interface
12390 * .netdev and .network configuration can now be extended through
12393 * UDP Segmentation Offload, TCP Segmentation Offload, Generic
12394 Segmentation Offload, Generic Receive Offload, Large Receive Offload
12395 can be enabled and disabled using the new UDPSegmentationOffload=,
12396 TCPSegmentationOffload=, GenericSegmentationOffload=,
12397 GenericReceiveOffload=, LargeReceiveOffload= options in the
12398 [Link] section of .link files.
12400 * The Spanning Tree Protocol, Priority, Aging Time, and the Default
12401 Port VLAN ID can be configured for bridge devices using the new STP=,
12402 Priority=, AgeingTimeSec=, and DefaultPVID= settings in the [Bridge]
12403 section of .netdev files.
12405 * The route table to which routes received over DHCP or RA should be
12406 added can be configured with the new RouteTable= option in the [DHCP]
12407 and [IPv6AcceptRA] sections of .network files.
12409 * The Address Resolution Protocol can be disabled on links managed by
12410 systemd-networkd using the ARP=no setting in the [Link] section of
12413 * New environment variables $SERVICE_RESULT, $EXIT_CODE and
12414 $EXIT_STATUS are set for ExecStop= and ExecStopPost= commands, and
12415 encode information about the result and exit codes of the current
12416 service runtime cycle.
12418 * systemd-sysctl will now configure kernel parameters in the order
12419 they occur in the configuration files. This matches what sysctl
12420 has been traditionally doing.
12422 * kernel-install "plugins" that are executed to perform various
12423 tasks after a new kernel is added and before an old one is removed
12424 can now return a special value to terminate the procedure and
12425 prevent any later plugins from running.
12427 * Journald's SplitMode=login setting has been deprecated. It has been
12428 removed from documentation, and its use is discouraged. In a future
12429 release it will be completely removed, and made equivalent to current
12430 default of SplitMode=uid.
12432 * Storage=both option setting in /etc/systemd/coredump.conf has been
12433 removed. With fast LZ4 compression storing the core dump twice is not
12436 * The --share-system systemd-nspawn option has been replaced with an
12437 (undocumented) variable $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_SYSTEM, but the use of
12438 this functionality is discouraged. In addition the variables
12439 $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_IPC, $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_PID,
12440 $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_UTS may be used to control the unsharing of
12441 individual namespaces.
12443 * "machinectl list" now shows the IP address of running containers in
12444 the output, as well as OS release information.
12446 * "loginctl list" now shows the TTY of each session in the output.
12448 * sd-bus gained new API calls sd_bus_track_set_recursive(),
12449 sd_bus_track_get_recursive(), sd_bus_track_count_name(),
12450 sd_bus_track_count_sender(). They permit usage of sd_bus_track peer
12451 tracking objects in a "recursive" mode, where a single client can be
12452 counted multiple times, if it takes multiple references.
12454 * sd-bus gained new API calls sd_bus_set_exit_on_disconnect() and
12455 sd_bus_get_exit_on_disconnect(). They may be used to make a
12456 process using sd-bus automatically exit if the bus connection is
12459 * Bus clients of the service manager may now "pin" loaded units into
12460 memory, by taking an explicit reference on them. This is useful to
12461 ensure the client can retrieve runtime data about the service even
12462 after the service completed execution. Taking such a reference is
12463 available only for privileged clients and should be helpful to watch
12464 running services in a race-free manner, and in particular collect
12465 information about exit statuses and results.
12467 * The nss-resolve module has been changed to strictly return UNAVAIL
12468 when communication via D-Bus with resolved failed, and NOTFOUND when
12469 a lookup completed but was negative. This means it is now possible to
12470 neatly configure fallbacks using nsswitch.conf result checking
12471 expressions. Taking benefit of this, the new recommended
12472 configuration line for the "hosts" entry in /etc/nsswitch.conf is:
12474 hosts: files mymachines resolve [!UNAVAIL=return] dns myhostname
12476 * A new setting CtrlAltDelBurstAction= has been added to
12477 /etc/systemd/system.conf which may be used to configure the precise
12478 behaviour if the user on the console presses Ctrl-Alt-Del more often
12479 than 7 times in 2s. Previously this would unconditionally result in
12480 an expedited, immediate reboot. With this new setting the precise
12481 operation may be configured in more detail, and also turned off
12484 * In .netdev files two new settings RemoteChecksumTx= and
12485 RemoteChecksumRx= are now understood that permit configuring the
12486 remote checksumming logic for VXLAN networks.
12488 * The service manager learnt a new "invocation ID" concept for invoked
12489 services. Each runtime cycle of a service will get a new invocation
12490 ID (a 128-bit random UUID) assigned that identifies the current
12491 run of the service uniquely and globally. A new invocation ID
12492 is generated each time a service starts up. The journal will store
12493 the invocation ID of a service along with any logged messages, thus
12494 making the invocation ID useful for matching the online runtime of a
12495 service with the offline log data it generated in a safe way without
12496 relying on synchronized timestamps. In many ways this new service
12497 invocation ID concept is similar to the kernel's boot ID concept that
12498 uniquely and globally identifies the runtime of each boot. The
12499 invocation ID of a service is passed to the service itself via an
12500 environment variable ($INVOCATION_ID). A new bus call
12501 GetUnitByInvocationID() has been added that is similar to GetUnit()
12502 but instead of retrieving the bus path for a unit by its name
12503 retrieves it by its invocation ID. The returned path is valid only as
12504 long as the passed invocation ID is current.
12506 * systemd-resolved gained a new "DNSStubListener" setting in
12507 resolved.conf. It either takes a boolean value or the special values
12508 "udp" and "tcp", and configures whether to enable the stub DNS
12509 listener on 127.0.0.53:53.
12511 * IP addresses configured via networkd may now carry additional
12512 configuration settings supported by the kernel. New options include:
12513 HomeAddress=, DuplicateAddressDetection=, ManageTemporaryAddress=,
12514 PrefixRoute=, AutoJoin=.
12516 * The PAM configuration fragment file for "user@.service" shipped with
12517 systemd (i.e. the --user instance of systemd) has been stripped to
12518 the minimum necessary to make the system boot. Previously, it
12519 contained Fedora-specific stanzas that did not apply to other
12520 distributions. It is expected that downstream distributions add
12521 additional configuration lines, matching their needs to this file,
12522 using it only as rough template of what systemd itself needs. Note
12523 that this reduced fragment does not even include an invocation of
12524 pam_limits which most distributions probably want to add, even though
12525 systemd itself does not need it. (There's also the new build time
12526 option --with-pamconfdir=no to disable installation of the PAM
12527 fragment entirely.)
12529 * If PrivateDevices=yes is set for a service the CAP_SYS_RAWIO
12530 capability is now also dropped from its set (in addition to
12531 CAP_SYS_MKNOD as before).
12533 * In service unit files it is now possible to connect a specific named
12534 file descriptor with stdin/stdout/stdout of an executed service. The
12535 name may be specified in matching .socket units using the
12536 FileDescriptorName= setting.
12538 * A number of journal settings may now be configured on the kernel
12539 command line. Specifically, the following options are now understood:
12540 systemd.journald.max_level_console=,
12541 systemd.journald.max_level_store=,
12542 systemd.journald.max_level_syslog=, systemd.journald.max_level_kmsg=,
12543 systemd.journald.max_level_wall=.
12545 * "systemctl is-enabled --full" will now show by which symlinks a unit
12546 file is enabled in the unit dependency tree.
12548 * Support for VeraCrypt encrypted partitions has been added to the
12549 "cryptsetup" logic and /etc/crypttab.
12551 * systemd-detect-virt gained support for a new --private-users switch
12552 that checks whether the invoking processes are running inside a user
12553 namespace. Similar, a new special value "private-users" for the
12554 existing ConditionVirtualization= setting has been added, permitting
12555 skipping of specific units in user namespace environments.
12557 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alexander Kuleshov, Alfie John,
12558 Andreas Henriksson, Andrew Jeddeloh, Balázs Úr, Bart Rulon, Benjamin
12559 Richter, Ben Gamari, Ben Harris, Brian J. Murrell, Christian Brauner,
12560 Christian Rebischke, Clinton Roy, Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez,
12561 Daniel Hahler, Daniel Mack, Daniel Maixner, Daniel Rusek, Dan Dedrick,
12562 Davide Cavalca, David Herrmann, David Michael, Dennis Wassenberg,
12563 Djalal Harouni, Dongsu Park, Douglas Christman, Elias Probst, Eric
12564 Cook, Erik Karlsson, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Felix Zhang,
12565 Franck Bui, George Hilliard, Giuseppe Scrivano, HATAYAMA Daisuke,
12566 Heikki Kemppainen, Hendrik Brueckner, hi117, Ismo Puustinen, Ivan
12567 Shapovalov, Jakub Filak, Jakub Wilk, Jan Synacek, Jason Kölker,
12568 Jean-Sébastien Bour, Jiří Pírko, Jonathan Boulle, Jorge Niedbalski,
12569 Keith Busch, kristbaum, Kyle Russell, Lans Zhang, Lennart Poettering,
12570 Leonardo Brondani Schenkel, Lucas Werkmeister, Luca Bruno, Lukáš
12571 Nykrýn, Maciek Borzecki, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
12572 Marcel Holtmann, Marcos Mello, Martin Ejdestig, Martin Pitt, Matej
12573 Habrnal, Maxime de Roucy, Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michael Hoy,
12574 Michael Olbrich, Michael Pope, Michal Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Mike
12575 Gilbert, Nick Owens, Patrik Flykt, Paweł Szewczyk, Peter Hutterer,
12576 Piotr Drąg, Reid Price, Richard W.M. Jones, Roman Stingler, Ronny
12577 Chevalier, Seraphime Kirkovski, Stefan Schweter, Steve Muir, Susant
12578 Sahani, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tiago Levit,
12579 Tobias Jungel, Tomáš Janoušek, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Umut
12580 Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito Caputo, WaLyong Cho, Wilhelm Schuster, Yann
12581 E. MORIN, Yi EungJun, Yuki Inoguchi, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
12582 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeal Jagannatha
12584 — Santa Fe, 2016-11-03
12588 * In service units the various ExecXYZ= settings have been extended
12589 with an additional special character as first argument of the
12590 assigned value: if the character '+' is used the specified command
12591 line it will be run with full privileges, regardless of User=,
12592 Group=, CapabilityBoundingSet= and similar options. The effect is
12593 similar to the existing PermissionsStartOnly= option, but allows
12594 configuration of this concept for each executed command line
12597 * Services may now alter the service watchdog timeout at runtime by
12598 sending a WATCHDOG_USEC= message via sd_notify().
12600 * MemoryLimit= and related unit settings now optionally take percentage
12601 specifications. The percentage is taken relative to the amount of
12602 physical memory in the system (or in case of containers, the assigned
12603 amount of memory). This allows scaling service resources neatly with
12604 the amount of RAM available on the system. Similarly, systemd-logind's
12605 RuntimeDirectorySize= option now also optionally takes percentage
12608 * In similar fashion TasksMax= takes percentage values now, too. The
12609 value is taken relative to the configured maximum number of processes
12610 on the system. The per-service task maximum has been changed to 15%
12611 using this functionality. (Effectively this is an increase of 512 →
12612 4915 for service units, given the kernel's default pid_max setting.)
12614 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now understand a ".."
12615 syntax for time ranges. Example: "4..7:10" may now be used for
12616 defining a timer that is triggered at 4:10am, 5:10am, 6:10am and
12619 * The InaccessableDirectories=, ReadOnlyDirectories= and
12620 ReadWriteDirectories= unit file settings have been renamed to
12621 InaccessablePaths=, ReadOnlyPaths= and ReadWritePaths= and may now be
12622 applied to all kinds of file nodes, and not just directories, with
12623 the exception of symlinks. Specifically these settings may now be
12624 used on block and character device nodes, UNIX sockets and FIFOS as
12625 well as regular files. The old names of these settings remain
12626 available for compatibility.
12628 * systemd will now log about all service processes it kills forcibly
12629 (using SIGKILL) because they remained after the clean shutdown phase
12630 of the service completed. This should help identifying services that
12631 shut down uncleanly. Moreover if KillUserProcesses= is enabled in
12632 systemd-logind's configuration a similar log message is generated for
12633 processes killed at the end of each session due to this setting.
12635 * systemd will now set the $JOURNAL_STREAM environment variable for all
12636 services whose stdout/stderr are connected to the Journal (which
12637 effectively means by default: all services). The variable contains
12638 the device and inode number of the file descriptor used for
12639 stdout/stderr. This may be used by invoked programs to detect whether
12640 their stdout/stderr is connected to the Journal, in which case they
12641 can switch over to direct Journal communication, thus being able to
12642 pass extended, structured metadata along with their log messages. As
12643 one example, this is now used by glib's logging primitives.
12645 * When using systemd's default tmp.mount unit for /tmp, the mount point
12646 will now be established with the "nosuid" and "nodev" options. This
12647 avoids privilege escalation attacks that put traps and exploits into
12648 /tmp. However, this might cause problems if you e.g. put container
12649 images or overlays into /tmp; if you need this, override tmp.mount's
12650 "Options=" with a drop-in, or mount /tmp from /etc/fstab with your
12653 * systemd now supports the "memory" cgroup controller also on
12656 * The systemd-cgtop tool now optionally takes a control group path as
12657 command line argument. If specified, the control group list shown is
12658 limited to subgroups of that group.
12660 * The SystemCallFilter= unit file setting gained support for
12661 pre-defined, named system call filter sets. For example
12662 SystemCallFilter=@clock is now an effective way to make all clock
12663 changing-related system calls unavailable to a service. A number of
12664 similar pre-defined groups are defined. Writing system call filters
12665 for system services is simplified substantially with this new
12666 concept. Accordingly, all of systemd's own, long-running services now
12667 enable system call filtering based on this, by default.
12669 * A new service setting MemoryDenyWriteExecute= has been added, taking
12670 a boolean value. If turned on, a service may no longer create memory
12671 mappings that are writable and executable at the same time. This
12672 enhances security for services where this is enabled as it becomes
12673 harder to dynamically write and then execute memory in exploited
12674 service processes. This option has been enabled for all of systemd's
12675 own long-running services.
12677 * A new RestrictRealtime= service setting has been added, taking a
12678 boolean argument. If set the service's processes may no longer
12679 acquire realtime scheduling. This improves security as realtime
12680 scheduling may otherwise be used to easily freeze the system.
12682 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch --notify-ready= taking a boolean
12683 value. This may be used for requesting that the system manager inside
12684 of the container reports start-up completion to nspawn which then
12685 propagates this notification further to the service manager
12686 supervising nspawn itself. A related option NotifyReady= in .nspawn
12687 files has been added too. This functionality allows ordering of the
12688 start-up of multiple containers using the usual systemd ordering
12691 * machinectl gained a new command "stop" that is an alias for
12694 * systemd-resolved gained support for contacting DNS servers on
12695 link-local IPv6 addresses.
12697 * If systemd-resolved receives the SIGUSR2 signal it will now flush all
12698 its caches. A method call for requesting the same operation has been
12699 added to the bus API too, and is made available via "systemd-resolve
12702 * systemd-resolve gained a new --status switch. If passed a brief
12703 summary of the used DNS configuration with per-interface information
12706 * resolved.conf gained a new Cache= boolean option, defaulting to
12707 on. If turned off local DNS caching is disabled. This comes with a
12708 performance penalty in particular when DNSSEC is enabled. Note that
12709 resolved disables its internal caching implicitly anyway, when the
12710 configured DNS server is on a host-local IP address such as ::1 or
12711 127.0.0.1, thus automatically avoiding double local caching.
12713 * systemd-resolved now listens on the local IP address 127.0.0.53:53
12714 for DNS requests. This improves compatibility with local programs
12715 that do not use the libc NSS or systemd-resolved's bus APIs for name
12716 resolution. This minimal DNS service is only available to local
12717 programs and does not implement the full DNS protocol, but enough to
12718 cover local DNS clients. A new, static resolv.conf file, listing just
12719 this DNS server is now shipped in /usr/lib/systemd/resolv.conf. It is
12720 now recommended to make /etc/resolv.conf a symlink to this file in
12721 order to route all DNS lookups to systemd-resolved, regardless if
12722 done via NSS, the bus API or raw DNS packets. Note that this local
12723 DNS service is not as fully featured as the libc NSS or
12724 systemd-resolved's bus APIs. For example, as unicast DNS cannot be
12725 used to deliver link-local address information (as this implies
12726 sending a local interface index along), LLMNR/mDNS support via this
12727 interface is severely restricted. It is thus strongly recommended for
12728 all applications to use the libc NSS API or native systemd-resolved
12731 * systemd-networkd's bridge support learned a new setting
12732 VLANFiltering= for controlling VLAN filtering. Moreover a new section
12733 in .network files has been added for configuring VLAN bridging in
12734 more detail: VLAN=, EgressUntagged=, PVID= in [BridgeVLAN].
12736 * systemd-networkd's IPv6 Router Advertisement code now makes use of
12737 the DNSSL and RDNSS options. This means IPv6 DNS configuration may
12738 now be acquired without relying on DHCPv6. Two new options
12739 UseDomains= and UseDNS= have been added to configure this behaviour.
12741 * systemd-networkd's IPv6AcceptRouterAdvertisements= option has been
12742 renamed IPv6AcceptRA=, without altering its behaviour. The old
12743 setting name remains available for compatibility reasons.
12745 * The systemd-networkd VTI/VTI6 tunneling support gained new options
12746 Key=, InputKey= and OutputKey=.
12748 * systemd-networkd gained support for VRF ("Virtual Routing Function")
12749 interface configuration.
12751 * "systemctl edit" may now be used to create new unit files by
12752 specifying the --force switch.
12754 * sd-event gained a new function sd_event_get_iteration() for
12755 requesting the current iteration counter of the event loop. It starts
12756 at zero and is increased by one with each event loop iteration.
12758 * A new rpm macro %systemd_ordering is provided by the macros.systemd
12759 file. It can be used in lieu of %systemd_requires in packages which
12760 don't use any systemd functionality and are intended to be installed
12761 in minimal containers without systemd present. This macro provides
12762 ordering dependencies to ensure that if the package is installed in
12763 the same rpm transaction as systemd, systemd will be installed before
12764 the scriptlets for the package are executed, allowing unit presets
12767 New macros %_systemdgeneratordir and %_systemdusergeneratordir have
12768 been added to simplify packaging of generators.
12770 * The os-release file gained VERSION_CODENAME field for the
12771 distribution nickname (e.g. VERSION_CODENAME=woody).
12773 * New udev property UDEV_DISABLE_PERSISTENT_STORAGE_RULES_FLAG=1
12774 can be set to disable parsing of metadata and the creation
12775 of persistent symlinks for that device.
12777 * The v230 change to tag framebuffer devices (/dev/fb*) with "uaccess"
12778 to make them available to logged-in users has been reverted.
12780 * Much of the common code of the various systemd components is now
12781 built into an internal shared library libsystemd-shared-231.so
12782 (incorporating the systemd version number in the name, to be updated
12783 with future releases) that the components link to. This should
12784 decrease systemd footprint both in memory during runtime and on
12785 disk. Note that the shared library is not for public use, and is
12786 neither API nor ABI stable, but is likely to change with every new
12787 released update. Packagers need to make sure that binaries
12788 linking to libsystemd-shared.so are updated in step with the
12791 * Configuration for "mkosi" is now part of the systemd
12792 repository. mkosi is a tool to easily build legacy-free OS images,
12793 and is available on github: https://github.com/systemd/mkosi. If
12794 "mkosi" is invoked in the build tree a new raw OS image is generated
12795 incorporating the systemd sources currently being worked on and a
12796 clean, fresh distribution installation. The generated OS image may be
12797 booted up with "systemd-nspawn -b -i", qemu-kvm or on any physical
12798 UEFI PC. This functionality is particularly useful to easily test
12799 local changes made to systemd in a pristine, defined environment. See
12800 doc/HACKING for details.
12802 * configure learned the --with-support-url= option to specify the
12803 distribution's bugtracker.
12805 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alessandro Puccetti, Alessio Igor
12806 Bogani, Alexander Kuleshov, Alexander Kurtz, Alex Gaynor, Andika
12807 Triwidada, Andreas Pokorny, Andreas Rammhold, Andrew Jeddeloh, Ansgar
12808 Burchardt, Atrotors, Benjamin Drung, Brian Boylston, Christian Hesse,
12809 Christian Rebischke, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David
12810 Herrmann, David Michael, Djalal Harouni, Douglas Christman, Elias
12811 Probst, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Federico Mena Quintero, Felipe Sateler,
12812 Franck Bui, Harald Hoyer, Ian Lee, Ivan Shapovalov, Jakub Wilk, Jan
12813 Janssen, Jean-Sébastien Bour, John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jouke
12814 Witteveen, Kai Ruhnau, kpengboy, Kyle Walker, Lénaïc Huard, Lennart
12815 Poettering, Luca Bruno, Lukas Lösche, Lukáš Nykrýn, mahkoh, Marcel
12816 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Marty Plummer, Matthieu Codron, Max Prokhorov,
12817 Michael Biebl, Michael Karcher, Michael Olbrich, Michał Bartoszkiewicz,
12818 Michal Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Minkyung, Muhammet Kara, mulkieran,
12819 Otto Wallenius, Pablo Lezaeta Reyes, Peter Hutterer, Ronny Chevalier,
12820 Rusty Bird, Stef Walter, Susant Sahani, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas
12821 Haller, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Jungel, Tom Gundersen, Tom Yan,
12822 Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Valentin Vidić, Viktar Vaŭčkievič,
12823 WaLyong Cho, Weng Xuetian, Werner Fink, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
12825 — Berlin, 2016-07-25
12829 * DNSSEC is now turned on by default in systemd-resolved (in
12830 "allow-downgrade" mode), but may be turned off during compile time by
12831 passing "--with-default-dnssec=no" to "configure" (and of course,
12832 during runtime with DNSSEC= in resolved.conf). We recommend
12833 downstreams to leave this on at least during development cycles and
12834 report any issues with the DNSSEC logic upstream. We are very
12835 interested in collecting feedback about the DNSSEC validator and its
12836 limitations in the wild. Note however, that DNSSEC support is
12837 probably nothing downstreams should turn on in stable distros just
12838 yet, as it might create incompatibilities with a few DNS servers and
12839 networks. We tried hard to make sure we downgrade to non-DNSSEC mode
12840 automatically whenever we detect such incompatible setups, but there
12841 might be systems we do not cover yet. Hence: please help us testing
12842 the DNSSEC code, leave this on where you can, report back, but then
12843 again don't consider turning this on in your stable, LTS or
12844 production release just yet. (Note that you have to enable
12845 nss-resolve in /etc/nsswitch.conf, to actually use systemd-resolved
12846 and its DNSSEC mode for hostname resolution from local
12849 * systemd-resolve conveniently resolves DANE records with the --tlsa
12850 option and OPENPGPKEY records with the --openpgp option. It also
12851 supports dumping raw DNS record data via the new --raw= switch.
12853 * systemd-logind will now by default terminate user processes that are
12854 part of the user session scope unit (session-XX.scope) when the user
12855 logs out. This behavior is controlled by the KillUserProcesses=
12856 setting in logind.conf, and the previous default of "no" is now
12857 changed to "yes". This means that user sessions will be properly
12858 cleaned up after, but additional steps are necessary to allow
12859 intentionally long-running processes to survive logout.
12861 While the user is logged in at least once, user@.service is running,
12862 and any service that should survive the end of any individual login
12863 session can be started at a user service or scope using systemd-run.
12864 systemd-run(1) man page has been extended with an example which shows
12865 how to run screen in a scope unit underneath user@.service. The same
12866 command works for tmux.
12868 After the user logs out of all sessions, user@.service will be
12869 terminated too, by default, unless the user has "lingering" enabled.
12870 To effectively allow users to run long-term tasks even if they are
12871 logged out, lingering must be enabled for them. See loginctl(1) for
12872 details. The default polkit policy was modified to allow users to
12873 set lingering for themselves without authentication.
12875 Previous defaults can be restored at compile time by the
12876 --without-kill-user-processes option to "configure".
12878 * systemd-logind gained new configuration settings SessionsMax= and
12879 InhibitorsMax=, both with a default of 8192. It will not register new
12880 user sessions or inhibitors above this limit.
12882 * systemd-logind will now reload configuration on SIGHUP.
12884 * The unified cgroup hierarchy added in Linux 4.5 is now supported.
12885 Use systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1 on the kernel command line to
12886 enable. Also, support for the "io" cgroup controller in the unified
12887 hierarchy has been added, so that the "memory", "pids" and "io" are
12888 now the controllers that are supported on the unified hierarchy.
12890 WARNING: it is not possible to use previous systemd versions with
12891 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1 and the new kernel. Therefore it
12892 is necessary to also update systemd in the initramfs if using the
12893 unified hierarchy. An updated SELinux policy is also required.
12895 * LLDP support has been extended, and both passive (receive-only) and
12896 active (sender) modes are supported. Passive mode ("routers-only") is
12897 enabled by default in systemd-networkd. Active LLDP mode is enabled
12898 by default for containers on the internal network. The "networkctl
12899 lldp" command may be used to list information gathered. "networkctl
12900 status" will also show basic LLDP information on connected peers now.
12902 * The IAID and DUID unique identifier sent in DHCP requests may now be
12903 configured for the system and each .network file managed by
12904 systemd-networkd using the DUIDType=, DUIDRawData=, IAID= options.
12906 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring proxy ARP support for
12907 each interface, via the ProxyArp= setting in .network files. It also
12908 gained support for configuring the multicast querier feature of
12909 bridge devices, via the new MulticastQuerier= setting in .netdev
12910 files. Similarly, snooping on the IGMP traffic can be controlled
12911 via the new setting MulticastSnooping=.
12913 A new setting PreferredLifetime= has been added for addresses
12914 configured in .network file to configure the lifetime intended for an
12917 The systemd-networkd DHCP server gained the option EmitRouter=, which
12918 defaults to yes, to configure whether the DHCP Option 3 (Router)
12921 * The testing tool /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-activate is renamed to
12922 systemd-socket-activate and installed into /usr/bin. It is now fully
12925 * systemd-journald now uses separate threads to flush changes to disk
12926 when closing journal files, thus reducing impact of slow disk I/O on
12927 logging performance.
12929 * The sd-journal API gained two new calls
12930 sd_journal_open_directory_fd() and sd_journal_open_files_fd() which
12931 can be used to open journal files using file descriptors instead of
12932 file or directory paths. sd_journal_open_container() has been
12933 deprecated, sd_journal_open_directory_fd() should be used instead
12934 with the flag SD_JOURNAL_OS_ROOT.
12936 * journalctl learned a new output mode "-o short-unix" that outputs log
12937 lines prefixed by their UNIX time (i.e. seconds since Jan 1st, 1970
12938 UTC). It also gained support for a new --no-hostname setting to
12939 suppress the hostname column in the family of "short" output modes.
12941 * systemd-ask-password now optionally skips printing of the password to
12942 stdout with --no-output which can be useful in scripts.
12944 * Framebuffer devices (/dev/fb*) and 3D printers and scanners
12945 (devices tagged with ID_MAKER_TOOL) are now tagged with
12946 "uaccess" and are available to logged in users.
12948 * The DeviceAllow= unit setting now supports specifiers (with "%").
12950 * "systemctl show" gained a new --value switch, which allows print a
12951 only the contents of a specific unit property, without also printing
12952 the property's name. Similar support was added to "show*" verbs
12953 of loginctl and machinectl that output "key=value" lists.
12955 * A new unit type "generated" was added for files dynamically generated
12956 by generator tools. Similarly, a new unit type "transient" is used
12957 for unit files created using the runtime API. "systemctl enable" will
12958 refuse to operate on such files.
12960 * A new command "systemctl revert" has been added that may be used to
12961 revert to the vendor version of a unit file, in case local changes
12962 have been made by adding drop-ins or overriding the unit file.
12964 * "machinectl clean" gained a new verb to automatically remove all or
12965 just hidden container images.
12967 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for a new line type "e" for emptying
12968 directories, if they exist, without creating them if they don't.
12970 * systemd-nspawn gained support for automatically patching the UID/GIDs
12971 of the owners and the ACLs of all files and directories in a
12972 container tree to match the UID/GID user namespacing range selected
12973 for the container invocation. This mode is enabled via the new
12974 --private-users-chown switch. It also gained support for
12975 automatically choosing a free, previously unused UID/GID range when
12976 starting a container, via the new --private-users=pick setting (which
12977 implies --private-users-chown). Together, these options for the first
12978 time make user namespacing for nspawn containers fully automatic and
12979 thus deployable. The systemd-nspawn@.service template unit file has
12980 been changed to use this functionality by default.
12982 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-zone= switch, that allows
12983 creating ad-hoc virtual Ethernet links between multiple containers,
12984 that only exist as long as at least one container referencing them is
12985 running. This allows easy connecting of multiple containers with a
12986 common link that implements an Ethernet broadcast domain. Each of
12987 these network "zones" may be named relatively freely by the user, and
12988 may be referenced by any number of containers, but each container may
12989 only reference one of these "zones". On the lower level, this is
12990 implemented by an automatically managed bridge network interface for
12991 each zone, that is created when the first container referencing its
12992 zone is created and removed when the last one referencing its zone
12995 * The default start timeout may now be configured on the kernel command
12996 line via systemd.default_timeout_start_sec=. It was already
12997 configurable via the DefaultTimeoutStartSec= option in
12998 /etc/systemd/system.conf.
13000 * Socket units gained a new TriggerLimitIntervalSec= and
13001 TriggerLimitBurst= setting to configure a limit on the activation
13002 rate of the socket unit.
13004 * The LimitNICE= setting now optionally takes normal UNIX nice values
13005 in addition to the raw integer limit value. If the specified
13006 parameter is prefixed with "+" or "-" and is in the range -20…19 the
13007 value is understood as UNIX nice value. If not prefixed like this it
13008 is understood as raw RLIMIT_NICE limit.
13010 * Note that the effect of the PrivateDevices= unit file setting changed
13011 slightly with this release: the per-device /dev file system will be
13012 mounted read-only from this version on, and will have "noexec"
13013 set. This (minor) change of behavior might cause some (exceptional)
13014 legacy software to break, when PrivateDevices=yes is set for its
13015 service. Please leave PrivateDevices= off if you run into problems
13018 * systemd-bootchart has been split out to a separate repository:
13019 https://github.com/systemd/systemd-bootchart
13021 * systemd-bus-proxyd has been removed, as kdbus is unlikely to still be
13022 merged into the kernel in its current form.
13024 * The compatibility libraries libsystemd-daemon.so,
13025 libsystemd-journal.so, libsystemd-id128.so, and libsystemd-login.so
13026 which have been deprecated since systemd-209 have been removed along
13027 with the corresponding pkg-config files. All symbols provided by
13028 those libraries are provided by libsystemd.so.
13030 * The Capabilities= unit file setting has been removed (it is ignored
13031 for backwards compatibility). AmbientCapabilities= and
13032 CapabilityBoundingSet= should be used instead.
13034 * A new special target has been added, initrd-root-device.target,
13035 which creates a synchronization point for dependencies of the root
13036 device in early userspace. Initramfs builders must ensure that this
13037 target is now included in early userspace.
13039 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alexander Kuleshov, Alexander Shopov,
13040 Alex Crawford, Andre Klärner, Andrew Eikum, Beniamino Galvani, Benjamin
13041 Robin, Biao Lu, Bjørnar Ness, Calvin Owens, Christian Hesse, Clemens
13042 Gruber, Colin Guthrie, Daniel Drake, Daniele Medri, Daniel J Walsh,
13043 Daniel Mack, Dan Nicholson, daurnimator, David Herrmann, David
13044 R. Hedges, Elias Probst, Emmanuel Gil Peyrot, EMOziko, Evgeny
13045 Vereshchagin, Federico, Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck
13046 Bui, frankheckenbach, gdamjan, Georgia Brikis, Harald Hoyer, Hendrik
13047 Brueckner, Hristo Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Ian Kelling, Ismo
13048 Puustinen, Jakub Wilk, Jaroslav Škarvada, Jeff Huang, Joel Holdsworth,
13049 John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jonathan Boulle, kayrus, Klearchos
13050 Chaloulos, Kyle Russell, Lars Uebernickel, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir
13051 Rintel, Lukáš Nykrýn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt,
13052 Michael Biebl, michaelolbrich, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Michal Koutný,
13053 Michal Sekletar, Mike Frysinger, Mike Gilbert, Mingcong Bai, Ming Lin,
13054 mulkieran, muzena, Nalin Dahyabhai, Naohiro Aota, Nathan McSween,
13055 Nicolas Braud-Santoni, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer, Peter Mattern,
13056 Petr Lautrbach, Petros Angelatos, Piotr Drąg, Rabin Vincent, Robert
13057 Węcławski, Ronny Chevalier, Samuel Tardieu, Stefan Saraev, Stefan
13058 Schallenberg aka nafets227, Steven Siloti, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
13059 Plantefève, Taylor Smock, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller,
13060 Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Klauser, Tom Gundersen, topimiettinen,
13061 Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Uwe Kleine-König, Victor Toso,
13062 Vinay Kulkarni, Vito Caputo, Vittorio G (VittGam), Vladimir Panteleev,
13063 Wieland Hoffmann, Wouter Verhelst, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
13066 — Fairfax, 2016-05-21
13070 * The systemd-resolved DNS resolver service has gained a substantial
13071 set of new features, most prominently it may now act as a DNSSEC
13072 validating stub resolver. DNSSEC mode is currently turned off by
13073 default, but is expected to be turned on by default in one of the
13074 next releases. For now, we invite everybody to test the DNSSEC logic
13075 by setting DNSSEC=allow-downgrade in /etc/systemd/resolved.conf. The
13076 service also gained a full set of D-Bus interfaces, including calls
13077 to configure DNS and DNSSEC settings per link (for use by external
13078 network management software). systemd-resolved and systemd-networkd
13079 now distinguish between "search" and "routing" domains. The former
13080 are used to qualify single-label names, the latter are used purely
13081 for routing lookups within certain domains to specific links.
13082 resolved now also synthesizes RRs for all entries from /etc/hosts.
13084 * The systemd-resolve tool (which is a client utility for
13085 systemd-resolved) has been improved considerably and is now fully
13086 supported and documented. Hence it has moved from /usr/lib/systemd to
13089 * /dev/disk/by-path/ symlink support has been (re-)added for virtio
13092 * The coredump collection logic has been reworked: when a coredump is
13093 collected it is now written to disk, compressed and processed
13094 (including stacktrace extraction) from a new instantiated service
13095 systemd-coredump@.service, instead of directly from the
13096 /proc/sys/kernel/core_pattern hook we provide. This is beneficial as
13097 processing large coredumps can take up a substantial amount of
13098 resources and time, and this previously happened entirely outside of
13099 systemd's service supervision. With the new logic the core_pattern
13100 hook only does minimal metadata collection before passing off control
13101 to the new instantiated service, which is configured with a time
13102 limit, a nice level and other settings to minimize negative impact on
13103 the rest of the system. Also note that the new logic will honour the
13104 RLIMIT_CORE setting of the crashed process, which now allows users
13105 and processes to turn off coredumping for their processes by setting
13108 * The RLIMIT_CORE resource limit now defaults to "unlimited" for PID 1
13109 and all forked processes by default. Previously, PID 1 would leave
13110 the setting at "0" for all processes, as set by the kernel. Note that
13111 the resource limit traditionally has no effect on the generated
13112 coredumps on the system if the /proc/sys/kernel/core_pattern hook
13113 logic is used. Since the limit is now honoured (see above) its
13114 default has been changed so that the coredumping logic is enabled by
13115 default for all processes, while allowing specific opt-out.
13117 * When the stacktrace is extracted from processes of system users, this
13118 is now done as "systemd-coredump" user, in order to sandbox this
13119 potentially security sensitive parsing operation. (Note that when
13120 processing coredumps of normal users this is done under the user ID
13121 of process that crashed, as before.) Packagers should take notice
13122 that it is now necessary to create the "systemd-coredump" system user
13123 and group at package installation time.
13125 * The systemd-activate socket activation testing tool gained support
13126 for SOCK_DGRAM and SOCK_SEQPACKET sockets using the new --datagram
13127 and --seqpacket switches. It also has been extended to support both
13128 new-style and inetd-style file descriptor passing. Use the new
13129 --inetd switch to request inetd-style file descriptor passing.
13131 * Most systemd tools now honor a new $SYSTEMD_COLORS environment
13132 variable, which takes a boolean value. If set to false, ANSI color
13133 output is disabled in the tools even when run on a terminal that
13136 * The VXLAN support in networkd now supports two new settings
13137 DestinationPort= and PortRange=.
13139 * A new systemd.machine_id= kernel command line switch has been added,
13140 that may be used to set the machine ID in /etc/machine-id if it is
13141 not initialized yet. This command line option has no effect if the
13142 file is already initialized.
13144 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --as-pid2 switch that invokes any
13145 specified command line as PID 2 rather than PID 1 in the
13146 container. In this mode PID 1 is a minimal stub init process that
13147 implements the special POSIX and Linux semantics of PID 1 regarding
13148 signal and child process management. Note that this stub init process
13149 is implemented in nspawn itself and requires no support from the
13150 container image. This new logic is useful to support running
13151 arbitrary commands in the container, as normal processes are
13152 generally not prepared to run as PID 1.
13154 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --chdir= switch for setting the current
13155 working directory for the process started in the container.
13157 * "journalctl /dev/sda" will now output all kernel log messages for
13158 specified device from the current boot, in addition to all devices
13159 that are parents of it. This should make log output about devices
13160 pretty useful, as long as kernel drivers attach enough metadata to
13161 the log messages. (The usual SATA drivers do.)
13163 * The sd-journal API gained two new calls
13164 sd_journal_has_runtime_files() and sd_journal_has_persistent_files()
13165 that report whether log data from /run or /var has been found.
13167 * journalctl gained a new switch "--fields" that prints all journal
13168 record field names currently in use in the journal. This is backed
13169 by two new sd-journal API calls sd_journal_enumerate_fields() and
13170 sd_journal_restart_fields().
13172 * Most configurable timeouts in systemd now expect an argument of
13173 "infinity" to turn them off, instead of "0" as before. The semantics
13174 from now on is that a timeout of "0" means "now", and "infinity"
13175 means "never". To maintain backwards compatibility, "0" continues to
13176 turn off previously existing timeout settings.
13178 * "systemctl reload-or-try-restart" has been renamed to "systemctl
13179 try-reload-or-restart" to clarify what it actually does: the "try"
13180 logic applies to both reloading and restarting, not just restarting.
13181 The old name continues to be accepted for compatibility.
13183 * On boot-up, when PID 1 detects that the system clock is behind the
13184 release date of the systemd version in use, the clock is now set
13185 to the latter. Previously, this was already done in timesyncd, in order
13186 to avoid running with clocks set to the various clock epochs such as
13187 1902, 1938 or 1970. With this change the logic is now done in PID 1
13188 in addition to timesyncd during early boot-up, so that it is enforced
13189 before the first process is spawned by systemd. Note that the logic
13190 in timesyncd remains, as it is more comprehensive and ensures
13191 clock monotonicity by maintaining a persistent timestamp file in
13192 /var. Since /var is generally not available in earliest boot or the
13193 initrd, this part of the logic remains in timesyncd, and is not done
13196 * Support for tweaking details in net_cls.class_id through the
13197 NetClass= configuration directive has been removed, as the kernel
13198 people have decided to deprecate that controller in cgroup v2.
13199 Userspace tools such as nftables are moving over to setting rules
13200 that are specific to the full cgroup path of a task, which obsoletes
13201 these controllers anyway. The NetClass= directive is kept around for
13202 legacy compatibility reasons. For a more in-depth description of the
13203 kernel change, please refer to the respective upstream commit:
13205 https://git.kernel.org/cgit/linux/kernel/git/torvalds/linux.git/commit/?id=bd1060a1d671
13207 * A new service setting RuntimeMaxSec= has been added that may be used
13208 to specify a maximum runtime for a service. If the timeout is hit, the
13209 service is terminated and put into a failure state.
13211 * A new service setting AmbientCapabilities= has been added. It allows
13212 configuration of additional Linux process capabilities that are
13213 passed to the activated processes. This is only available on very
13216 * The process resource limit settings in service units may now be used
13217 to configure hard and soft limits individually.
13219 * The various libsystemd APIs such as sd-bus or sd-event now publicly
13220 expose support for gcc's __attribute__((cleanup())) C extension.
13221 Specifically, for many object destructor functions alternative
13222 versions have been added that have names suffixed with "p" and take a
13223 pointer to a pointer to the object to destroy, instead of just a
13224 pointer to the object itself. This is useful because these destructor
13225 functions may be used directly as parameters to the cleanup
13226 construct. Internally, systemd has been a heavy user of this GCC
13227 extension for a long time, and with this change similar support is
13228 now available to consumers of the library outside of systemd. Note
13229 that by using this extension in your sources compatibility with old
13230 and strictly ANSI compatible C compilers is lost. However, all gcc or
13231 LLVM versions of recent years support this extension.
13233 * Timer units gained support for a new setting RandomizedDelaySec= that
13234 allows configuring some additional randomized delay to the configured
13235 time. This is useful to spread out timer events to avoid load peaks in
13236 clusters or larger setups.
13238 * Calendar time specifications now support sub-second accuracy.
13240 * Socket units now support listening on SCTP and UDP-lite protocol
13243 * The sd-event API now comes with a full set of man pages.
13245 * Older versions of systemd contained experimental support for
13246 compressing journal files and coredumps with the LZ4 compressor that
13247 was not compatible with the lz4 binary (due to API limitations of the
13248 lz4 library). This support has been removed; only support for files
13249 compatible with the lz4 binary remains. This LZ4 logic is now
13250 officially supported and no longer considered experimental.
13252 * The dkr image import logic has been removed again from importd. dkr's
13253 micro-services focus doesn't fit into the machine image focus of
13254 importd, and quickly got out of date with the upstream dkr API.
13256 * Creation of the /run/lock/lockdev/ directory was dropped from
13257 tmpfiles.d/legacy.conf. Better locking mechanisms like flock() have
13258 been available for many years. If you still need this, you need to
13259 create your own tmpfiles.d config file with:
13261 d /run/lock/lockdev 0775 root lock -
13263 * The settings StartLimitBurst=, StartLimitInterval=, StartLimitAction=
13264 and RebootArgument= have been moved from the [Service] section of
13265 unit files to [Unit], and they are now supported on all unit types,
13266 not just service units. Of course, systemd will continue to
13267 understand these settings also at the old location, in order to
13268 maintain compatibility.
13270 Contributions from: Abdo Roig-Maranges, Alban Crequy, Aleksander
13271 Adamowski, Alexander Kuleshov, Andreas Pokorny, Andrei Borzenkov,
13272 Andrew Wilcox, Arthur Clement, Beniamino Galvani, Casey Schaufler,
13273 Chris Atkinson, Chris Mayo, Christian Hesse, Damjan Georgievski, Dan
13274 Dedrick, Daniele Medri, Daniel J Walsh, Daniel Korostil, Daniel Mack,
13275 David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dominik Hannen, Douglas Christman,
13276 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Gabor Kelemen,
13277 Harald Hoyer, Hayden Walles, Helmut Grohne, Henrik Kaare Poulsen,
13278 Hristo Venev, Hui Wang, Indrajit Raychaudhuri, Ismo Puustinen, Jakub
13279 Wilk, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig), Jan Engelhardt, Jan Synacek,
13280 Joost Bremmer, Jorgen Schaefer, Karel Zak, Klearchos Chaloulos,
13281 lc85446, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
13282 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Scherer,
13283 Michał Górny, Michal Sekletar, Nicolas Cornu, Nicolas Iooss, Nils
13284 Carlson, nmartensen, nnz1024, Patrick Ohly, Peter Hutterer, Phillip Sz,
13285 Ronny Chevalier, Samu Kallio, Shawn Landden, Stef Walter, Susant
13286 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Tadej Janež, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
13287 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito
13288 Caputo, WaLyong Cho, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
13290 — Berlin, 2016-02-11
13294 * A number of properties previously only settable in unit
13295 files are now also available as properties to set when
13296 creating transient units programmatically via the bus, as it
13297 is exposed with systemd-run's --property=
13298 setting. Specifically, these are: SyslogIdentifier=,
13299 SyslogLevelPrefix=, TimerSlackNSec=, OOMScoreAdjust=,
13300 EnvironmentFile=, ReadWriteDirectories=,
13301 ReadOnlyDirectories=, InaccessibleDirectories=,
13302 ProtectSystem=, ProtectHome=, RuntimeDirectory=.
13304 * When creating transient services via the bus API it is now
13305 possible to pass in a set of file descriptors to use as
13306 STDIN/STDOUT/STDERR for the invoked process.
13308 * Slice units may now be created transiently via the bus APIs,
13309 similar to the way service and scope units may already be
13310 created transiently.
13312 * Wherever systemd expects a calendar timestamp specification
13313 (like in journalctl's --since= and --until= switches) UTC
13314 timestamps are now supported. Timestamps suffixed with "UTC"
13315 are now considered to be in Universal Time Coordinated
13316 instead of the local timezone. Also, timestamps may now
13317 optionally be specified with sub-second accuracy. Both of
13318 these additions also apply to recurring calendar event
13319 specification, such as OnCalendar= in timer units.
13321 * journalctl gained a new "--sync" switch that asks the
13322 journal daemon to write all so far unwritten log messages to
13323 disk and sync the files, before returning.
13325 * systemd-tmpfiles learned two new line types "q" and "Q" that
13326 operate like "v", but also set up a basic btrfs quota
13327 hierarchy when used on a btrfs file system with quota
13330 * tmpfiles' "v", "q" and "Q" will now create a plain directory
13331 instead of a subvolume (even on a btrfs file system) if the
13332 root directory is a plain directory, and not a
13333 subvolume. This should simplify things with certain chroot()
13334 environments which are not aware of the concept of btrfs
13337 * systemd-detect-virt gained a new --chroot switch to detect
13338 whether execution takes place in a chroot() environment.
13340 * CPUAffinity= now takes CPU index ranges in addition to
13341 individual indexes.
13343 * The various memory-related resource limit settings (such as
13344 LimitAS=) now understand the usual K, M, G, … suffixes to
13345 the base of 1024 (IEC). Similar, the time-related resource
13346 limit settings understand the usual min, h, day, … suffixes
13349 * There's a new system.conf setting DefaultTasksMax= to
13350 control the default TasksMax= setting for services and
13351 scopes running on the system. (TasksMax= is the primary
13352 setting that exposes the "pids" cgroup controller on systemd
13353 and was introduced in the previous systemd release.) The
13354 setting now defaults to 512, which means services that are
13355 not explicitly configured otherwise will only be able to
13356 create 512 processes or threads at maximum, from this
13357 version on. Note that this means that thread- or
13358 process-heavy services might need to be reconfigured to set
13359 TasksMax= to a higher value. It is sufficient to set
13360 TasksMax= in these specific unit files to a higher value, or
13361 even "infinity". Similar, there's now a logind.conf setting
13362 UserTasksMax= that defaults to 4096 and limits the total
13363 number of processes or tasks each user may own
13364 concurrently. nspawn containers also have the TasksMax=
13365 value set by default now, to 8192. Note that all of this
13366 only has an effect if the "pids" cgroup controller is
13367 enabled in the kernel. The general benefit of these changes
13368 should be a more robust and safer system, that provides a
13369 certain amount of per-service fork() bomb protection.
13371 * systemd-nspawn gained the new --network-veth-extra= switch
13372 to define additional and arbitrarily-named virtual Ethernet
13373 links between the host and the container.
13375 * A new service execution setting PassEnvironment= has been
13376 added that allows importing select environment variables
13377 from PID1's environment block into the environment block of
13380 * Timer units gained support for a new RemainAfterElapse=
13381 setting which takes a boolean argument. It defaults to on,
13382 exposing behaviour unchanged to previous releases. If set to
13383 off, timer units are unloaded after they elapsed if they
13384 cannot elapse again. This is particularly useful for
13385 transient timer units, which shall not stay around longer
13386 than until they first elapse.
13388 * systemd will now bump the net.unix.max_dgram_qlen to 512 by
13389 default now (the kernel default is 16). This is beneficial
13390 for avoiding blocking on AF_UNIX/SOCK_DGRAM sockets since it
13391 allows substantially larger numbers of queued
13392 datagrams. This should increase the capability of systemd to
13393 parallelize boot-up, as logging and sd_notify() are unlikely
13394 to stall execution anymore. If you need to change the value
13395 from the new defaults, use the usual sysctl.d/ snippets.
13397 * The compression framing format used by the journal or
13398 coredump processing has changed to be in line with what the
13399 official LZ4 tools generate. LZ4 compression support in
13400 systemd was considered unsupported previously, as the format
13401 was not compatible with the normal tools. With this release
13402 this has changed now, and it is hence safe for downstream
13403 distributions to turn it on. While not compressing as well
13404 as the XZ, LZ4 is substantially faster, which makes
13405 it a good default choice for the compression logic in the
13406 journal and in coredump handling.
13408 * Any reference to /etc/mtab has been dropped from
13409 systemd. The file has been obsolete since a while, but
13410 systemd refused to work on systems where it was incorrectly
13411 set up (it should be a symlink or non-existent). Please make
13412 sure to update to util-linux 2.27.1 or newer in conjunction
13413 with this systemd release, which also drops any reference to
13414 /etc/mtab. If you maintain a distribution make sure that no
13415 software you package still references it, as this is a
13416 likely source of bugs. There's also a glibc bug pending,
13417 asking for removal of any reference to this obsolete file:
13419 https://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=19108
13421 Note that only util-linux versions built with
13422 --enable-libmount-force-mountinfo are supported.
13424 * Support for the ".snapshot" unit type has been removed. This
13425 feature turned out to be little useful and little used, and
13426 has now been removed from the core and from systemctl.
13428 * The dependency types RequiresOverridable= and
13429 RequisiteOverridable= have been removed from systemd. They
13430 have been used only very sparingly to our knowledge and
13431 other options that provide a similar effect (such as
13432 systemctl --mode=ignore-dependencies) are much more useful
13433 and commonly used. Moreover, they were only half-way
13434 implemented as the option to control behaviour regarding
13435 these dependencies was never added to systemctl. By removing
13436 these dependency types the execution engine becomes a bit
13437 simpler. Unit files that use these dependencies should be
13438 changed to use the non-Overridable dependency types
13439 instead. In fact, when parsing unit files with these
13440 options, that's what systemd will automatically convert them
13441 too, but it will also warn, asking users to fix the unit
13442 files accordingly. Removal of these dependency types should
13443 only affect a negligible number of unit files in the wild.
13445 * Behaviour of networkd's IPForward= option changed
13446 (again). It will no longer maintain a per-interface setting,
13447 but propagate one way from interfaces where this is enabled
13448 to the global kernel setting. The global setting will be
13449 enabled when requested by a network that is set up, but
13450 never be disabled again. This change was made to make sure
13451 IPv4 and IPv6 behaviour regarding packet forwarding is
13452 similar (as the Linux IPv6 stack does not support
13453 per-interface control of this setting) and to minimize
13456 * In unit files the behaviour of %u, %U, %h, %s has
13457 changed. These specifiers will now unconditionally resolve
13458 to the various user database fields of the user that the
13459 systemd instance is running as, instead of the user
13460 configured in the specific unit via User=. Note that this
13461 effectively doesn't change much, as resolving of these
13462 specifiers was already turned off in the --system instance
13463 of systemd, as we cannot do NSS lookups from PID 1. In the
13464 --user instance of systemd these specifiers where correctly
13465 resolved, but hardly made any sense, since the user instance
13466 lacks privileges to do user switches anyway, and User= is
13467 hence useless. Moreover, even in the --user instance of
13468 systemd behaviour was awkward as it would only take settings
13469 from User= assignment placed before the specifier into
13470 account. In order to unify and simplify the logic around
13471 this the specifiers will now always resolve to the
13472 credentials of the user invoking the manager (which in case
13473 of PID 1 is the root user).
13475 Contributions from: Andrew Jones, Beniamino Galvani, Boyuan
13476 Yang, Daniel Machon, Daniel Mack, David Herrmann, David
13477 Reynolds, David Strauss, Dongsu Park, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
13478 Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Hristo
13479 Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jan
13480 Synacek, Jesus Ornelas Aguayo, Karel Zak, kayrus, Kay Sievers,
13481 Lennart Poettering, Liu Yuan Yuan, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
13482 Holtmann, Marcin Bachry, Marcos Alano, Marcos Mello, Mark
13483 Theunissen, Martin Pitt, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich,
13484 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mirco Tischler, Nick Owens,
13485 Nicolas Cornu, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer, reverendhomer,
13486 Ronny Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Seong-ho Cho, Shawn Landden,
13487 Susant Sahani, Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
13488 Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Vito Caputo, Zbigniew
13491 — Berlin, 2015-11-18
13495 * systemd now depends on util-linux v2.27. More specifically,
13496 the newly added mount monitor feature in libmount now
13497 replaces systemd's former own implementation.
13499 * libmount mandates /etc/mtab not to be regular file, and
13500 systemd now enforces this condition at early boot.
13501 /etc/mtab has been deprecated and warned about for a very
13502 long time, so systems running systemd should already have
13503 stopped having this file around as anything else than a
13504 symlink to /proc/self/mounts.
13506 * Support for the "pids" cgroup controller has been added. It
13507 allows accounting the number of tasks in a cgroup and
13508 enforcing limits on it. This adds two new setting
13509 TasksAccounting= and TasksMax= to each unit, as well as a
13510 global option DefaultTasksAccounting=.
13512 * Support for the "net_cls" cgroup controller has been added.
13513 It allows assigning a net class ID to each task in the
13514 cgroup, which can then be used in firewall rules and traffic
13515 shaping configurations. Note that the kernel netfilter net
13516 class code does not currently work reliably for ingress
13517 packets on unestablished sockets.
13519 This adds a new config directive called NetClass= to CGroup
13520 enabled units. Allowed values are positive numbers for fixed
13521 assignments and "auto" for picking a free value
13524 * 'systemctl is-system-running' now returns 'offline' if the
13525 system is not booted with systemd. This command can now be
13526 used as a substitute for 'systemd-notify --booted'.
13528 * Watchdog timeouts have been increased to 3 minutes for all
13529 in-tree service files. Apparently, disk IO issues are more
13530 frequent than we hoped, and user reported >1 minute waiting
13533 * 'machine-id-commit' functionality has been merged into
13534 'machine-id-setup --commit'. The separate binary has been
13537 * The WorkingDirectory= directive in unit files may now be set
13538 to the special value '~'. In this case, the working
13539 directory is set to the home directory of the user
13540 configured in User=.
13542 * "machinectl shell" will now open the shell in the home
13543 directory of the selected user by default.
13545 * The CrashChVT= configuration file setting is renamed to
13546 CrashChangeVT=, following our usual logic of not
13547 abbreviating unnecessarily. The old directive is still
13548 supported for compat reasons. Also, this directive now takes
13549 an integer value between 1 and 63, or a boolean value. The
13550 formerly supported '-1' value for disabling stays around for
13553 * The PrivateTmp=, PrivateDevices=, PrivateNetwork=,
13554 NoNewPrivileges=, TTYPath=, WorkingDirectory= and
13555 RootDirectory= properties can now be set for transient
13558 * The systemd-analyze tool gained a new "set-log-target" verb
13559 to change the logging target the system manager logs to
13560 dynamically during runtime. This is similar to how
13561 "systemd-analyze set-log-level" already changes the log
13564 * In nspawn /sys is now mounted as tmpfs, with only a selected
13565 set of subdirectories mounted in from the real sysfs. This
13566 enhances security slightly, and is useful for ensuring user
13567 namespaces work correctly.
13569 * Support for USB FunctionFS activation has been added. This
13570 allows implementation of USB gadget services that are
13571 activated as soon as they are requested, so that they don't
13572 have to run continuously, similar to classic socket
13575 * The "systemctl exit" command now optionally takes an
13576 additional parameter that sets the exit code to return from
13577 the systemd manager when exiting. This is only relevant when
13578 running the systemd user instance, or when running the
13579 system instance in a container.
13581 * sd-bus gained the new API calls sd_bus_path_encode_many()
13582 and sd_bus_path_decode_many() that allow easy encoding and
13583 decoding of multiple identifier strings inside a D-Bus
13584 object path. Another new call sd_bus_default_flush_close()
13585 has been added to flush and close per-thread default
13588 * systemd-cgtop gained support for a -M/--machine= switch to
13589 show the control groups within a certain container only.
13591 * "systemctl kill" gained support for an optional --fail
13592 switch. If specified the requested operation will fail of no
13593 processes have been killed, because the unit had no
13594 processes attached, or similar.
13596 * A new systemd.crash_reboot=1 kernel command line option has
13597 been added that triggers a reboot after crashing. This can
13598 also be set through CrashReboot= in systemd.conf.
13600 * The RuntimeDirectory= setting now understands unit
13601 specifiers like %i or %f.
13603 * A new (still internal) library API sd-ipv4acd has been added,
13604 that implements address conflict detection for IPv4. It's
13605 based on code from sd-ipv4ll, and will be useful for
13606 detecting DHCP address conflicts.
13608 * File descriptors passed during socket activation may now be
13609 named. A new API sd_listen_fds_with_names() is added to
13610 access the names. The default names may be overridden,
13611 either in the .socket file using the FileDescriptorName=
13612 parameter, or by passing FDNAME= when storing the file
13613 descriptors using sd_notify().
13615 * systemd-networkd gained support for:
13617 - Setting the IPv6 Router Advertisement settings via
13618 IPv6AcceptRouterAdvertisements= in .network files.
13620 - Configuring the HelloTimeSec=, MaxAgeSec= and
13621 ForwardDelaySec= bridge parameters in .netdev files.
13623 - Configuring PreferredSource= for static routes in
13626 * The "ask-password" framework used to query for LUKS harddisk
13627 passwords or SSL passwords during boot gained support for
13628 caching passwords in the kernel keyring, if it is
13629 available. This makes sure that the user only has to type in
13630 a passphrase once if there are multiple objects to unlock
13631 with the same one. Previously, such password caching was
13632 available only when Plymouth was used; this moves the
13633 caching logic into the systemd codebase itself. The
13634 "systemd-ask-password" utility gained a new --keyname=
13635 switch to control which kernel keyring key to use for
13636 caching a password in. This functionality is also useful for
13637 enabling display managers such as gdm to automatically
13638 unlock the user's GNOME keyring if its passphrase, the
13639 user's password and the harddisk password are the same, if
13640 gdm-autologin is used.
13642 * When downloading tar or raw images using "machinectl
13643 pull-tar" or "machinectl pull-raw", a matching ".nspawn"
13644 file is now also downloaded, if it is available and stored
13645 next to the image file.
13647 * Units of type ".socket" gained a new boolean setting
13648 Writable= which is only useful in conjunction with
13649 ListenSpecial=. If true, enables opening the specified
13650 special file in O_RDWR mode rather than O_RDONLY mode.
13652 * systemd-rfkill has been reworked to become a singleton
13653 service that is activated through /dev/rfkill on each rfkill
13654 state change and saves the settings to disk. This way,
13655 systemd-rfkill is now compatible with devices that exist
13656 only intermittendly, and even restores state if the previous
13657 system shutdown was abrupt rather than clean.
13659 * The journal daemon gained support for vacuuming old journal
13660 files controlled by the number of files that shall remain,
13661 in addition to the already existing control by size and by
13662 date. This is useful as journal interleaving performance
13663 degrades with too many separate journal files, and allows
13664 putting an effective limit on them. The new setting defaults
13665 to 100, but this may be changed by setting SystemMaxFiles=
13666 and RuntimeMaxFiles= in journald.conf. Also, the
13667 "journalctl" tool gained the new --vacuum-files= switch to
13668 manually vacuum journal files to leave only the specified
13669 number of files in place.
13671 * udev will now create /dev/disk/by-path links for ATA devices
13672 on kernels where that is supported.
13674 * Galician, Serbian, Turkish and Korean translations were added.
13676 Contributions from: Aaro Koskinen, Alban Crequy, Beniamino
13677 Galvani, Benjamin Robin, Branislav Blaskovic, Chen-Han Hsiao
13678 (Stanley), Daniel Buch, Daniel Machon, Daniel Mack, David
13679 Herrmann, David Milburn, doubleodoug, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
13680 Felipe Franciosi, Filipe Brandenburger, Fran Dieguez, Gabriel
13681 de Perthuis, Georg Müller, Hans de Goede, Hendrik Brueckner,
13682 Ivan Shapovalov, Jacob Keller, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen,
13683 Jan Synacek, Jens Kuske, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Krzesimir
13684 Nowak, Krzysztof Kotlenga, Lars Uebernickel, Lennart
13685 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Łukasz Stelmach, Maciej Wereski,
13686 Marcel Holtmann, Marius Thesing, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl,
13687 Michael Gebetsroither, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mike
13688 Gilbert, Muhammet Kara, nazgul77, Nicolas Cornu, NoXPhasma,
13689 Olof Johansson, Patrik Flykt, Pawel Szewczyk, reverendhomer,
13690 Ronny Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Seong-ho Cho, Susant Sahani,
13691 Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
13692 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tom Lyon, Viktar Vauchkevich,
13693 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Марко М. Костић
13695 — Berlin, 2015-10-07
13699 * The DHCP implementation of systemd-networkd gained a set of
13702 - The DHCP server now supports emitting DNS and NTP
13703 information. It may be enabled and configured via
13704 EmitDNS=, DNS=, EmitNTP=, and NTP=. If transmission of DNS
13705 and NTP information is enabled, but no servers are
13706 configured, the corresponding uplink information (if there
13707 is any) is propagated.
13709 - Server and client now support transmission and reception
13710 of timezone information. It can be configured via the
13711 newly introduced network options UseTimezone=,
13712 EmitTimezone=, and Timezone=. Transmission of timezone
13713 information is enabled between host and containers by
13714 default now: the container will change its local timezone
13715 to what the host has set.
13717 - Lease timeouts can now be configured via
13718 MaxLeaseTimeSec= and DefaultLeaseTimeSec=.
13720 - The DHCP server improved on the stability of
13721 leases. Clients are more likely to get the same lease
13722 information back, even if the server loses state.
13724 - The DHCP server supports two new configuration options to
13725 control the lease address pool metrics, PoolOffset= and
13728 * The encapsulation limit of tunnels in systemd-networkd may
13729 now be configured via 'EncapsulationLimit='. It allows
13730 modifying the maximum additional levels of encapsulation
13731 that are permitted to be prepended to a packet.
13733 * systemd now supports the concept of user buses replacing
13734 session buses, if used with dbus-1.10 (and enabled via dbus
13735 --enable-user-session). It previously only supported this on
13736 kdbus-enabled systems, and this release expands this to
13737 'dbus-daemon' systems.
13739 * systemd-networkd now supports predictable interface names
13740 for virtio devices.
13742 * systemd now optionally supports the new Linux kernel
13743 "unified" control group hierarchy. If enabled via the kernel
13744 command-line option 'systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1',
13745 systemd will try to mount the unified cgroup hierarchy
13746 directly on /sys/fs/cgroup. If not enabled, or not
13747 available, systemd will fall back to the legacy cgroup
13748 hierarchy setup, as before. Host system and containers can
13749 mix and match legacy and unified hierarchies as they
13750 wish. nspawn understands the $UNIFIED_CGROUP_HIERARCHY
13751 environment variable to individually select the hierarchy to
13752 use for executed containers. By default, nspawn will use the
13753 unified hierarchy for the containers if the host uses the
13754 unified hierarchy, and the legacy hierarchy otherwise.
13755 Please note that at this point the unified hierarchy is an
13756 experimental kernel feature and is likely to change in one
13757 of the next kernel releases. Therefore, it should not be
13758 enabled by default in downstream distributions yet. The
13759 minimum required kernel version for the unified hierarchy to
13760 work is 4.2. Note that when the unified hierarchy is used
13761 for the first time delegated access to controllers is
13762 safe. Because of this systemd-nspawn containers will get
13763 access to controllers now, as will systemd user
13764 sessions. This means containers and user sessions may now
13765 manage their own resources, partitioning up what the system
13768 * A new special scope unit "init.scope" has been introduced
13769 that encapsulates PID 1 of the system. It may be used to
13770 determine resource usage and enforce resource limits on PID
13771 1 itself. PID 1 hence moved out of the root of the control
13774 * The cgtop tool gained support for filtering out kernel
13775 threads when counting tasks in a control group. Also, the
13776 count of processes is now recursively summed up by
13777 default. Two options -k and --recursive= have been added to
13778 revert to old behaviour. The tool has also been updated to
13779 work correctly in containers now.
13781 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --bind-ro= options have been
13782 extended to allow creation of non-recursive bind mounts.
13784 * libsystemd gained two new calls sd_pid_get_cgroup() and
13785 sd_peer_get_cgroup() which return the control group path of
13786 a process or peer of a connected AF_UNIX socket. This
13787 function call is particularly useful when implementing
13788 delegated subtrees support in the control group hierarchy.
13790 * The "sd-event" event loop API of libsystemd now supports
13791 correct dequeuing of real-time signals, without losing
13794 * When systemd requests a polkit decision when managing units it
13795 will now add additional fields to the request, including unit
13796 name and desired operation. This enables more powerful polkit
13797 policies, that make decisions depending on these parameters.
13799 * nspawn learnt support for .nspawn settings files, that may
13800 accompany the image files or directories of containers, and
13801 may contain additional settings for the container. This is
13802 an alternative to configuring container parameters via the
13803 nspawn command line.
13805 Contributions from: Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Mack, David
13806 Herrmann, Eugene Yakubovich, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Filipe
13807 Brandenburger, Hans de Goede, Jan Alexander Steffens, Jan
13808 Synacek, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Mangix, Marcel
13809 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michal
13810 Sekletar, Peter Hutterer, Piotr Drąg, reverendhomer, Robin
13811 Hack, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Pasche, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
13812 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø
13814 — Berlin, 2015-09-08
13818 * machinectl gained a new verb 'shell' which opens a fresh
13819 shell on the target container or the host. It is similar to
13820 the existing 'login' command of machinectl, but spawns the
13821 shell directly without prompting for username or
13822 password. The pseudo machine '.host' now refers to the local
13823 host and is used by default. Hence, 'machinectl shell' can
13824 be used as replacement for 'su -' which spawns a session as
13825 a fresh systemd unit in a way that is fully isolated from
13826 the originating session.
13828 * systemd-networkd learned to cope with private-zone DHCP
13829 options and allows other programs to query the values.
13831 * SELinux access control when enabling/disabling units is no
13832 longer enforced with this release. The previous implementation
13833 was incorrect, and a new corrected implementation is not yet
13834 available. As unit file operations are still protected via
13835 polkit and D-Bus policy this is not a security problem. Yet,
13836 distributions which care about optimal SELinux support should
13837 probably not stabilize on this release.
13839 * sd-bus gained support for matches of type "arg0has=", that
13840 test for membership of strings in string arrays sent in bus
13843 * systemd-resolved now dumps the contents of its DNS and LLMNR
13844 caches to the logs on reception of the SIGUSR1 signal. This
13845 is useful to debug DNS behaviour.
13847 * The coredumpctl tool gained a new --directory= option to
13848 operate on journal files in a specific directory.
13850 * "systemctl reboot" and related commands gained a new
13851 "--message=" option which may be used to set a free-text
13852 wall message when shutting down or rebooting the
13853 system. This message is also logged, which is useful for
13854 figuring out the reason for a reboot or shutdown a
13857 * The "systemd-resolve-host" tool's -i switch now takes
13858 network interface numbers as alternative to interface names.
13860 * A new unit file setting for services has been introduced:
13861 UtmpMode= allows configuration of how precisely systemd
13862 handles utmp and wtmp entries for the service if this is
13863 enabled. This allows writing services that appear similar to
13864 user sessions in the output of the "w", "who", "last" and
13867 * systemd-resolved will now locally synthesize DNS resource
13868 records for the "localhost" and "gateway" domains as well as
13869 the local hostname. This should ensure that clients querying
13870 RRs via resolved will get similar results as those going via
13871 NSS, if nss-myhostname is enabled.
13873 Contributions from: Alastair Hughes, Alex Crawford, Daniel
13874 Mack, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Eric Kostrowski,
13875 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, HATAYAMA Daisuke, Jan
13876 Pokorný, Jan Synacek, Johnny Robeson, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers,
13877 Kefeng Wang, Lennart Poettering, Major Hayden, Marcel
13878 Holtmann, Markus Elfring, Martin Mikkelsen, Martin Pitt, Matt
13879 Turner, Maxim Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl, Namhyung Kim,
13880 Nicolas Cornu, Owen W. Taylor, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer,
13881 reverendhomer, Richard Maw, Ronny Chevalier, Seth Jennings,
13882 Stef Walter, Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe
13883 Paaboel Andersen, Thomas Meyer, Tom Gundersen, Vincent Batts,
13884 WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
13886 — Berlin, 2015-08-27
13890 * The systemd-efi-boot-generator functionality was merged into
13891 systemd-gpt-auto-generator.
13893 * systemd-networkd now supports Group Policy for vxlan
13894 devices. It can be enabled via the new boolean configuration
13895 option called 'GroupPolicyExtension='.
13897 Contributions from: Andreas Kempf, Christian Hesse, Daniel Mack, David
13898 Herrmann, Herman Fries, Johannes Nixdorf, Kay Sievers, Lennart
13899 Poettering, Peter Hutterer, Susant Sahani, Tom Gundersen
13901 — Berlin, 2015-07-31
13905 * The python-systemd code has been removed from the systemd repository.
13906 A new repository has been created which accommodates the code from
13907 now on, and we kindly ask distributions to create a separate package
13908 for this: https://github.com/systemd/python-systemd
13910 * The systemd daemon will now reload its main configuration
13911 (/etc/systemd/system.conf) on daemon-reload.
13913 * sd-dhcp now exposes vendor specific extensions via
13914 sd_dhcp_lease_get_vendor_specific().
13916 * systemd-networkd gained a number of new configuration options.
13918 - A new boolean configuration option for TAP devices called
13919 'VNetHeader='. If set, the IFF_VNET_HDR flag is set for the
13920 device, thus allowing to send and receive GSO packets.
13922 - A new tunnel configuration option called 'CopyDSCP='.
13923 If enabled, the DSCP field of ip6 tunnels is copied into the
13924 decapsulated packet.
13926 - A set of boolean bridge configuration options were added.
13927 'UseBPDU=', 'HairPin=', 'FastLeave=', 'AllowPortToBeRoot=',
13928 and 'UnicastFlood=' are now parsed by networkd and applied to the
13929 respective bridge link device via the respective IFLA_BRPORT_*
13932 - A new string configuration option to override the hostname sent
13933 to a DHCP server, called 'Hostname='. If set and 'SendHostname='
13934 is true, networkd will use the configured hostname instead of the
13935 system hostname when sending DHCP requests.
13937 - A new tunnel configuration option called 'IPv6FlowLabel='. If set,
13938 networkd will configure the IPv6 flow-label of the tunnel device
13939 according to RFC2460.
13941 - The 'macvtap' virtual network devices are now supported, similar to
13942 the already supported 'macvlan' devices.
13944 * systemd-resolved now implements RFC5452 to improve resilience against
13945 cache poisoning. Additionally, source port randomization is enabled
13946 by default to further protect against DNS spoofing attacks.
13948 * nss-mymachines now supports translating UIDs and GIDs of running
13949 containers with user-namespaces enabled. If a container 'foo'
13950 translates a host uid 'UID' to the container uid 'TUID', then
13951 nss-mymachines will also map uid 'UID' to/from username 'vu-foo-TUID'
13952 (with 'foo' and 'TUID' replaced accordingly). Similarly, groups are
13953 mapped as 'vg-foo-TGID'.
13955 Contributions from: Beniamino Galvani, cee1, Christian Hesse, Daniel
13956 Buch, Daniel Mack, daurnimator, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov,
13957 HATAYAMA Daisuke, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig),
13958 Johan Ouwerkerk, Jose Carlos Venegas Munoz, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers,
13959 Lennart Poettering, Lidong Zhong, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael
13960 Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Namhyung Kim,
13961 Nick Owens, Peter Hutterer, Richard Maw, Steven Allen, Sungbae Yoo,
13962 Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom
13963 Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito Caputo,
13964 Vivenzio Pagliari, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
13966 — Berlin, 2015-07-29
13970 * udev does not longer support the WAIT_FOR_SYSFS= key in udev rules.
13971 There are no known issues with current sysfs, and udev does not need
13972 or should be used to work around such bugs.
13974 * udev does no longer enable USB HID power management. Several reports
13975 indicate, that some devices cannot handle that setting.
13977 * The udev accelerometer helper was removed. The functionality
13978 is now fully included in iio-sensor-proxy. But this means,
13979 older iio-sensor-proxy versions will no longer provide
13980 accelerometer/orientation data with this systemd version.
13981 Please upgrade iio-sensor-proxy to version 1.0.
13983 * networkd gained a new configuration option IPv6PrivacyExtensions=
13984 which enables IPv6 privacy extensions (RFC 4941, "Privacy Extensions
13985 for Stateless Address") on selected networks.
13987 * For the sake of fewer build-time dependencies and less code in the
13988 main repository, the python bindings are about to be removed in the
13989 next release. A new repository has been created which accommodates
13990 the code from now on, and we kindly ask distributions to create a
13991 separate package for this. The removal will take place in v223.
13993 https://github.com/systemd/python-systemd
13995 Contributions from: Abdo Roig-Maranges, Andrew Eikum, Bastien Nocera,
13996 Cédric Delmas, Christian Hesse, Christos Trochalakis, Daniel Mack,
13997 daurnimator, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Eric Biggers, Eric
13998 Cook, Felipe Sateler, Geert Jansen, Gerd Hoffmann, Gianpaolo Macario,
13999 Greg Kroah-Hartman, Iago López Galeiras, Jan Alexander Steffens
14000 (heftig), Jan Engelhardt, Jay Strict, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
14001 Markus Knetschke, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau, Michal
14002 Sekletar, Miguel Bernal Marin, Peter Hutterer, Richard Maw, rinrinne,
14003 Susant Sahani, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
14004 Husebø, Vedran Miletić, WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
14006 — Berlin, 2015-07-07
14010 * The sd-bus.h and sd-event.h APIs have now been declared
14011 stable and have been added to the official interface of
14012 libsystemd.so. sd-bus implements an alternative D-Bus client
14013 library, that is relatively easy to use, very efficient and
14014 supports both classic D-Bus as well as kdbus as transport
14015 backend. sd-event is a generic event loop abstraction that
14016 is built around Linux epoll, but adds features such as event
14017 prioritization or efficient timer handling. Both APIs are good
14018 choices for C programs looking for a bus and/or event loop
14019 implementation that is minimal and does not have to be
14020 portable to other kernels.
14022 * kdbus support is no longer compile-time optional. It is now
14023 always built-in. However, it can still be disabled at
14024 runtime using the kdbus=0 kernel command line setting, and
14025 that setting may be changed to default to off, by specifying
14026 --disable-kdbus at build-time. Note though that the kernel
14027 command line setting has no effect if the kdbus.ko kernel
14028 module is not installed, in which case kdbus is (obviously)
14029 also disabled. We encourage all downstream distributions to
14030 begin testing kdbus by adding it to the kernel images in the
14031 development distributions, and leaving kdbus support in
14034 * The minimal required util-linux version has been bumped to
14037 * Support for chkconfig (--enable-chkconfig) was removed in
14038 favor of calling an abstraction tool
14039 /lib/systemd/systemd-sysv-install. This needs to be
14040 implemented for your distribution. See "SYSV INIT.D SCRIPTS"
14041 in README for details.
14043 * If there's a systemd unit and a SysV init script for the
14044 same service name, and the user executes "systemctl enable"
14045 for it (or a related call), then this will now enable both
14046 (or execute the related operation on both), not just the
14049 * The libudev API documentation has been converted from gtkdoc
14052 * gudev has been removed from the systemd tree, it is now an
14055 * The systemd-cgtop tool learnt a new --raw switch to generate
14056 "raw" (machine parsable) output.
14058 * networkd's IPForwarding= .network file setting learnt the
14059 new setting "kernel", which ensures that networkd does not
14060 change the IP forwarding sysctl from the default kernel
14063 * The systemd-logind bus API now exposes a new boolean
14064 property "Docked" that reports whether logind considers the
14065 system "docked", i.e. connected to a docking station or not.
14067 Contributions from: Alex Crawford, Andreas Pokorny, Andrei
14068 Borzenkov, Charles Duffy, Colin Guthrie, Cristian Rodríguez,
14069 Daniele Medri, Daniel Hahler, Daniel Mack, David Herrmann,
14070 David Mohr, Dimitri John Ledkov, Djalal Harouni, dslul, Ed
14071 Swierk, Eric Cook, Filipe Brandenburger, Gianpaolo Macario,
14072 Harald Hoyer, Iago López Galeiras, Igor Vuk, Jan Synacek,
14073 Jason Pleau, Jason S. McMullan, Jean Delvare, Jeff Huang,
14074 Jonathan Boulle, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, kloun, Lennart
14075 Poettering, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Mario
14076 Limonciello, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich,
14077 Michal Schmidt, Mike Gilbert, Nick Owens, Pablo Lezaeta Reyes,
14078 Patrick Donnelly, Pavel Odvody, Peter Hutterer, Philip
14079 Withnall, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie, Susant Sahani,
14080 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
14081 Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Viktar Vauchkevich, Werner
14082 Fink, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
14084 — Berlin, 2015-06-19
14088 * The gudev library has been extracted into a separate repository
14089 available at: https://git.gnome.org/browse/libgudev/
14090 It is now managed as part of the Gnome project. Distributions
14091 are recommended to pass --disable-gudev to systemd and use
14092 gudev from the Gnome project instead. gudev is still included
14093 in systemd, for now. It will be removed soon, though. Please
14094 also see the announcement-thread on systemd-devel:
14095 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2015-May/032070.html
14097 * systemd now exposes a CPUUsageNSec= property for each
14098 service unit on the bus, that contains the overall consumed
14099 CPU time of a service (the sum of what each process of the
14100 service consumed). This value is only available if
14101 CPUAccounting= is turned on for a service, and is then shown
14102 in the "systemctl status" output.
14104 * Support for configuring alternative mappings of the old SysV
14105 runlevels to systemd targets has been removed. They are now
14106 hardcoded in a way that runlevels 2, 3, 4 all map to
14107 multi-user.target and 5 to graphical.target (which
14108 previously was already the default behaviour).
14110 * The auto-mounter logic gained support for mount point
14111 expiry, using a new TimeoutIdleSec= setting in .automount
14112 units. (Also available as x-systemd.idle-timeout= in /etc/fstab).
14114 * The EFI System Partition (ESP) as mounted to /boot by
14115 systemd-efi-boot-generator will now be unmounted
14116 automatically after 2 minutes of not being used. This should
14117 minimize the risk of ESP corruptions.
14119 * New /etc/fstab options x-systemd.requires= and
14120 x-systemd.requires-mounts-for= are now supported to express
14121 additional dependencies for mounts. This is useful for
14122 journaling file systems that support external journal
14123 devices or overlay file systems that require underlying file
14124 systems to be mounted.
14126 * systemd does not support direct live-upgrades (via systemctl
14127 daemon-reexec) from versions older than v44 anymore. As no
14128 distribution we are aware of shipped such old versions in a
14129 stable release this should not be problematic.
14131 * When systemd forks off a new per-connection service instance
14132 it will now set the $REMOTE_ADDR environment variable to the
14133 remote IP address, and $REMOTE_PORT environment variable to
14134 the remote IP port. This behaviour is similar to the
14135 corresponding environment variables defined by CGI.
14137 * systemd-networkd gained support for uplink failure
14138 detection. The BindCarrier= option allows binding interface
14139 configuration dynamically to the link sense of other
14140 interfaces. This is useful to achieve behaviour like in
14143 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring the DHCP
14144 client identifier to use when requesting leases.
14146 * systemd-networkd now has a per-network UseNTP= option to
14147 configure whether NTP server information acquired via DHCP
14148 is passed on to services like systemd-timesyncd.
14150 * systemd-networkd gained support for vti6 tunnels.
14152 * Note that systemd-networkd manages the sysctl variable
14153 /proc/sys/net/ipv[46]/conf/*/forwarding for each interface
14154 it is configured for since v219. The variable controls IP
14155 forwarding, and is a per-interface alternative to the global
14156 /proc/sys/net/ipv[46]/ip_forward. This setting is
14157 configurable in the IPForward= option, which defaults to
14158 "no". This means if networkd is used for an interface it is
14159 no longer sufficient to set the global sysctl option to turn
14160 on IP forwarding! Instead, the .network file option
14161 IPForward= needs to be turned on! Note that the
14162 implementation of this behaviour was broken in v219 and has
14163 been fixed in v220.
14165 * Many bonding and vxlan options are now configurable in
14168 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --property= setting to set unit
14169 properties for the container scope. This is useful for
14170 setting resource parameters (e.g. "CPUShares=500") on
14171 containers started from the command line.
14173 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --private-users= switch to make
14174 use of user namespacing available on recent Linux kernels.
14176 * systemd-nspawn may now be called as part of a shell pipeline
14177 in which case the pipes used for stdin and stdout are passed
14178 directly to the process invoked in the container, without
14179 indirection via a pseudo tty.
14181 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch to control the UNIX
14182 signal to use when killing the init process of the container
14183 when shutting down.
14185 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --overlay= switch for mounting
14186 overlay file systems into the container using the new kernel
14189 * When a container image is imported via systemd-importd and
14190 the host file system is not btrfs, a loopback block device
14191 file is created in /var/lib/machines.raw with a btrfs file
14192 system inside. It is then mounted to /var/lib/machines to
14193 enable btrfs features for container management. The loopback
14194 file and btrfs file system is grown as needed when container
14195 images are imported via systemd-importd.
14197 * systemd-machined/systemd-importd gained support for btrfs
14198 quota, to enforce container disk space limits on disk. This
14199 is exposed in "machinectl set-limit".
14201 * systemd-importd now can import containers from local .tar,
14202 .raw and .qcow2 images, and export them to .tar and .raw. It
14203 can also import dkr v2 images now from the network (on top
14206 * systemd-importd gained support for verifying downloaded
14207 images with gpg2 (previously only gpg1 was supported).
14209 * systemd-machined, systemd-logind, systemd: most bus calls are
14210 now accessible to unprivileged processes via polkit. Also,
14211 systemd-logind will now allow users to kill their own sessions
14212 without further privileges or authorization.
14214 * systemd-shutdownd has been removed. This service was
14215 previously responsible for implementing scheduled shutdowns
14216 as exposed in /usr/bin/shutdown's time parameter. This
14217 functionality has now been moved into systemd-logind and is
14218 accessible via a bus interface.
14220 * "systemctl reboot" gained a new switch --firmware-setup that
14221 can be used to reboot into the EFI firmware setup, if that
14222 is available. systemd-logind now exposes an API on the bus
14223 to trigger such reboots, in case graphical desktop UIs want
14224 to cover this functionality.
14226 * "systemctl enable", "systemctl disable" and "systemctl mask"
14227 now support a new "--now" switch. If specified the units
14228 that are enabled will also be started, and the ones
14229 disabled/masked also stopped.
14231 * The Gummiboot EFI boot loader tool has been merged into
14232 systemd, and renamed to "systemd-boot". The bootctl tool has been
14233 updated to support systemd-boot.
14235 * An EFI kernel stub has been added that may be used to create
14236 kernel EFI binaries that contain not only the actual kernel,
14237 but also an initrd, boot splash, command line and OS release
14238 information. This combined binary can then be signed as a
14239 single image, so that the firmware can verify it all in one
14240 step. systemd-boot has special support for EFI binaries created
14241 like this and can extract OS release information from them
14242 and show them in the boot menu. This functionality is useful
14243 to implement cryptographically verified boot schemes.
14245 * Optional support has been added to systemd-fsck to pass
14246 fsck's progress report to an AF_UNIX socket in the file
14249 * udev will no longer create device symlinks for all block devices by
14250 default. A deny list for excluding special block devices from this
14251 logic has been turned into an allow list that requires picking block
14252 devices explicitly that require device symlinks.
14254 * A new (currently still internal) API sd-device.h has been
14255 added to libsystemd. This modernized API is supposed to
14256 replace libudev eventually. In fact, already much of libudev
14257 is now just a wrapper around sd-device.h.
14259 * A new hwdb database for storing metadata about pointing
14260 stick devices has been added.
14262 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for setting file attributes
14263 similar to the "chattr" tool with new 'h' and 'H' lines.
14265 * systemd-journald will no longer unconditionally set the
14266 btrfs NOCOW flag on new journal files. This is instead done
14267 with tmpfiles snippet using the new 'h' line type. This
14268 allows easy disabling of this logic, by masking the
14269 journal-nocow.conf tmpfiles file.
14271 * systemd-journald will now translate audit message types to
14272 human readable identifiers when writing them to the
14273 journal. This should improve readability of audit messages.
14275 * The LUKS logic gained support for the offset= and skip=
14276 options in /etc/crypttab, as previously implemented by
14279 * /usr/lib/os-release gained a new optional field VARIANT= for
14280 distributions that support multiple variants (such as a
14281 desktop edition, a server edition, …)
14283 Contributions from: Aaro Koskinen, Adam Goode, Alban Crequy,
14284 Alberto Fanjul Alonso, Alexander Sverdlin, Alex Puchades, Alin
14285 Rauta, Alison Chaiken, Andrew Jones, Arend van Spriel,
14286 Benedikt Morbach, Benjamin Franzke, Benjamin Tissoires, Blaž
14287 Tomažič, Chris Morgan, Chris Morin, Colin Walters, Cristian
14288 Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniel Drake, Daniele Medri, Daniel
14289 Mack, Daniel Mustieles, daurnimator, Davide Bettio, David
14290 Herrmann, David Strauss, Didier Roche, Dimitri John Ledkov,
14291 Eric Cook, Gavin Li, Goffredo Baroncelli, Hannes Reinecke,
14292 Hans de Goede, Hans-Peter Deifel, Harald Hoyer, Iago López
14293 Galeiras, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jan
14294 Pazdziora, Jan Synacek, Jasper St. Pierre, Jay Faulkner, John
14295 Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jonathon Gilbert, Karel Zak, Kay
14296 Sievers, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas
14297 De Marchi, Lukas Nykryn, Lukas Rusak, Lukasz Skalski, Łukasz
14298 Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel
14299 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Mathieu Chevrier, Matthew Garrett,
14300 Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal
14301 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mirco Tischler, Nir Soffer, Patrik
14302 Flykt, Pavel Odvody, Peter Hutterer, Peter Lemenkov, Peter
14303 Waller, Piotr Drąg, Raul Gutierrez S, Richard Maw, Ronny
14304 Chevalier, Ross Burton, Sebastian Rasmussen, Sergey Ptashnick,
14305 Seth Jennings, Shawn Landden, Simon Farnsworth, Stefan Junker,
14306 Stephen Gallagher, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas
14307 Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tobias Hunger, Tom
14308 Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Will
14309 Woods, Zachary Cook, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
14311 — Berlin, 2015-05-22
14315 * Introduce a new API "sd-hwdb.h" for querying the hardware
14316 metadata database. With this minimal interface one can query
14317 and enumerate the udev hwdb, decoupled from the old libudev
14318 library. libudev's interface for this is now only a wrapper
14319 around sd-hwdb. A new tool systemd-hwdb has been added to
14320 interface with and update the database.
14322 * When any of systemd's tools copies files (for example due to
14323 tmpfiles' C lines) a btrfs reflink will attempted first,
14324 before bytewise copying is done.
14326 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --ephemeral switch. When
14327 specified a btrfs snapshot is taken of the container's root
14328 directory, and immediately removed when the container
14329 terminates again. Thus, a container can be started whose
14330 changes never alter the container's root directory, and are
14331 lost on container termination. This switch can also be used
14332 for starting a container off the root file system of the
14333 host without affecting the host OS. This switch is only
14334 available on btrfs file systems.
14336 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --template= switch. It takes the
14337 path to a container tree to use as template for the tree
14338 specified via --directory=, should that directory be
14339 missing. This allows instantiating containers dynamically,
14340 on first run. This switch is only available on btrfs file
14343 * When a .mount unit refers to a mount point on which multiple
14344 mounts are stacked, and the .mount unit is stopped all of
14345 the stacked mount points will now be unmounted until no
14346 mount point remains.
14348 * systemd now has an explicit notion of supported and
14349 unsupported unit types. Jobs enqueued for unsupported unit
14350 types will now fail with an "unsupported" error code. More
14351 specifically .swap, .automount and .device units are not
14352 supported in containers, .busname units are not supported on
14353 non-kdbus systems. .swap and .automount are also not
14354 supported if their respective kernel compile time options
14357 * machinectl gained support for two new "copy-from" and
14358 "copy-to" commands for copying files from a running
14359 container to the host or vice versa.
14361 * machinectl gained support for a new "bind" command to bind
14362 mount host directories into local containers. This is
14363 currently only supported for nspawn containers.
14365 * networkd gained support for configuring bridge forwarding
14366 database entries (fdb) from .network files.
14368 * A new tiny daemon "systemd-importd" has been added that can
14369 download container images in tar, raw, qcow2 or dkr formats,
14370 and make them available locally in /var/lib/machines, so
14371 that they can run as nspawn containers. The daemon can GPG
14372 verify the downloads (not supported for dkr, since it has no
14373 provisions for verifying downloads). It will transparently
14374 decompress bz2, xz, gzip compressed downloads if necessary,
14375 and restore sparse files on disk. The daemon uses privilege
14376 separation to ensure the actual download logic runs with
14377 fewer privileges than the daemon itself. machinectl has
14378 gained new commands "pull-tar", "pull-raw" and "pull-dkr" to
14379 make the functionality of importd available to the
14380 user. With this in place the Fedora and Ubuntu "Cloud"
14381 images can be downloaded and booted as containers unmodified
14382 (the Fedora images lack the appropriate GPG signature files
14383 currently, so they cannot be verified, but this will change
14384 soon, hopefully). Note that downloading images is currently
14385 only fully supported on btrfs.
14387 * machinectl is now able to list container images found in
14388 /var/lib/machines, along with some metadata about sizes of
14389 disk and similar. If the directory is located on btrfs and
14390 quota is enabled, this includes quota display. A new command
14391 "image-status" has been added that shows additional
14392 information about images.
14394 * machinectl is now able to clone container images
14395 efficiently, if the underlying file system (btrfs) supports
14396 it, with the new "machinectl clone" command. It also
14397 gained commands for renaming and removing images, as well as
14398 marking them read-only or read-write (supported also on
14399 legacy file systems).
14401 * networkd gained support for collecting LLDP network
14402 announcements, from hardware that supports this. This is
14403 shown in networkctl output.
14405 * systemd-run gained support for a new -t (--pty) switch for
14406 invoking a binary on a pty whose input and output is
14407 connected to the invoking terminal. This allows executing
14408 processes as system services while interactively
14409 communicating with them via the terminal. Most interestingly
14410 this is supported across container boundaries. Invoking
14411 "systemd-run -t /bin/bash" is an alternative to running a
14412 full login session, the difference being that the former
14413 will not register a session, nor go through the PAM session
14416 * tmpfiles gained support for a new "v" line type for creating
14417 btrfs subvolumes. If the underlying file system is a legacy
14418 file system, this automatically degrades to creating a
14419 normal directory. Among others /var/lib/machines is now
14420 created like this at boot, should it be missing.
14422 * The directory /var/lib/containers/ has been deprecated and
14423 been replaced by /var/lib/machines. The term "machines" has
14424 been used in the systemd context as generic term for both
14425 VMs and containers, and hence appears more appropriate for
14426 this, as the directory can also contain raw images bootable
14429 * systemd-nspawn when invoked with -M but without --directory=
14430 or --image= is now capable of searching for the container
14431 root directory, subvolume or disk image automatically, in
14432 /var/lib/machines. systemd-nspawn@.service has been updated
14433 to make use of this, thus allowing it to be used for raw
14436 * A new machines.target unit has been introduced that is
14437 supposed to group all containers/VMs invoked as services on
14438 the system. systemd-nspawn@.service has been updated to
14439 integrate with that.
14441 * machinectl gained a new "start" command, for invoking a
14442 container as a service. "machinectl start foo" is mostly
14443 equivalent to "systemctl start systemd-nspawn@foo.service",
14444 but handles escaping in a nicer way.
14446 * systemd-nspawn will now mount most of the cgroupfs tree
14447 read-only into each container, with the exception of the
14448 container's own subtree in the name=systemd hierarchy.
14450 * journald now sets the special FS_NOCOW file flag for its
14451 journal files. This should improve performance on btrfs, by
14452 avoiding heavy fragmentation when journald's write-pattern
14453 is used on COW file systems. It degrades btrfs' data
14454 integrity guarantees for the files to the same levels as for
14455 ext3/ext4 however. This should be OK though as journald does
14456 its own data integrity checks and all its objects are
14457 checksummed on disk. Also, journald should handle btrfs disk
14458 full events a lot more gracefully now, by processing SIGBUS
14459 errors, and not relying on fallocate() anymore.
14461 * When journald detects that journal files it is writing to
14462 have been deleted it will immediately start new journal
14465 * systemd now provides a way to store file descriptors
14466 per-service in PID 1. This is useful for daemons to ensure
14467 that fds they require are not lost during a daemon
14468 restart. The fds are passed to the daemon on the next
14469 invocation in the same way socket activation fds are
14470 passed. This is now used by journald to ensure that the
14471 various sockets connected to all the system's stdout/stderr
14472 are not lost when journald is restarted. File descriptors
14473 may be stored in PID 1 via the sd_pid_notify_with_fds() API,
14474 an extension to sd_notify(). Note that a limit is enforced
14475 on the number of fds a service can store in PID 1, and it
14476 defaults to 0, so that no fds may be stored, unless this is
14477 explicitly turned on.
14479 * The default TERM variable to use for units connected to a
14480 terminal, when no other value is explicitly is set is now
14481 vt220 rather than vt102. This should be fairly safe still,
14482 but allows PgUp/PgDn work.
14484 * The /etc/crypttab option header= as known from Debian is now
14487 * "loginctl user-status" and "loginctl session-status" will
14488 now show the last 10 lines of log messages of the
14489 user/session following the status output. Similar,
14490 "machinectl status" will show the last 10 log lines
14491 associated with a virtual machine or container
14492 service. (Note that this is usually not the log messages
14493 done in the VM/container itself, but simply what the
14494 container manager logs. For nspawn this includes all console
14497 * "loginctl session-status" without further argument will now
14498 show the status of the session of the caller. Similar,
14499 "lock-session", "unlock-session", "activate",
14500 "enable-linger", "disable-linger" may now be called without
14501 session/user parameter in which case they apply to the
14502 caller's session/user.
14504 * An X11 session scriptlet is now shipped that uploads
14505 $DISPLAY and $XAUTHORITY into the environment of the systemd
14506 --user daemon if a session begins. This should improve
14507 compatibility with X11 enabled applications run as systemd
14510 * Generators are now subject to masking via /etc and /run, the
14511 same way as unit files.
14513 * networkd .network files gained support for configuring
14514 per-link IPv4/IPv6 packet forwarding as well as IPv4
14515 masquerading. This is by default turned on for veth links to
14516 containers, as registered by systemd-nspawn. This means that
14517 nspawn containers run with --network-veth will now get
14518 automatic routed access to the host's networks without any
14519 further configuration or setup, as long as networkd runs on
14522 * systemd-nspawn gained the --port= (-p) switch to expose TCP
14523 or UDP posts of a container on the host. With this in place
14524 it is possible to run containers with private veth links
14525 (--network-veth), and have their functionality exposed on
14526 the host as if their services were running directly on the
14529 * systemd-nspawn's --network-veth switch now gained a short
14530 version "-n", since with the changes above it is now truly
14531 useful out-of-the-box. The systemd-nspawn@.service has been
14532 updated to make use of it too by default.
14534 * systemd-nspawn will now maintain a per-image R/W lock, to
14535 ensure that the same image is not started more than once
14536 writable. (It's OK to run an image multiple times
14537 simultaneously in read-only mode.)
14539 * systemd-nspawn's --image= option is now capable of
14540 dissecting and booting MBR and GPT disk images that contain
14541 only a single active Linux partition. Previously it
14542 supported only GPT disk images with proper GPT type
14543 IDs. This allows running cloud images from major
14544 distributions directly with systemd-nspawn, without
14547 * In addition to collecting mouse dpi data in the udev
14548 hardware database, there's now support for collecting angle
14549 information for mouse scroll wheels. The database is
14550 supposed to guarantee similar scrolling behavior on mice
14551 that it knows about. There's also support for collecting
14552 information about Touchpad types.
14554 * udev's input_id built-in will now also collect touch screen
14555 dimension data and attach it to probed devices.
14557 * /etc/os-release gained support for a Distribution Privacy
14560 * networkd gained support for creating "ipvlan", "gretap",
14561 "ip6gre", "ip6gretap" and "ip6tnl" network devices.
14563 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for "a" lines for setting
14566 * systemd-nspawn will now mount /tmp in the container to
14567 tmpfs, automatically.
14569 * systemd now exposes the memory.usage_in_bytes cgroup
14570 attribute and shows it for each service in the "systemctl
14571 status" output, if available.
14573 * When the user presses Ctrl-Alt-Del more than 7x within 2s an
14574 immediate reboot is triggered. This useful if shutdown is
14575 hung and is unable to complete, to expedite the
14576 operation. Note that this kind of reboot will still unmount
14577 all file systems, and hence should not result in fsck being
14578 run on next reboot.
14580 * A .device unit for an optical block device will now be
14581 considered active only when a medium is in the drive. Also,
14582 mount units are now bound to their backing devices thus
14583 triggering automatic unmounting when devices become
14584 unavailable. With this in place systemd will now
14585 automatically unmount left-over mounts when a CD-ROM is
14586 ejected or a USB stick is yanked from the system.
14588 * networkd-wait-online now has support for waiting for
14589 specific interfaces only (with globbing), and for giving up
14590 after a configurable timeout.
14592 * networkd now exits when idle. It will be automatically
14593 restarted as soon as interfaces show up, are removed or
14594 change state. networkd will stay around as long as there is
14595 at least one DHCP state machine or similar around, that keep
14598 * networkd may now configure IPv6 link-local addressing in
14599 addition to IPv4 link-local addressing.
14601 * The IPv6 "token" for use in SLAAC may now be configured for
14602 each .network interface in networkd.
14604 * Routes configured with networkd may now be assigned a scope
14607 * networkd's [Match] sections now support globbing and lists
14608 of multiple space-separated matches per item.
14610 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alin Rauta, Andrey Chaser,
14611 Bastien Nocera, Bruno Bottazzini, Carlos Garnacho, Carlos
14612 Morata Castillo, Chris Atkinson, Chris J. Arges, Christian
14613 Kirbach, Christian Seiler, Christoph Brill, Colin Guthrie,
14614 Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack,
14615 Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni, Erik Auerswald,
14616 Filipe Brandenburger, Frank Theile, Gabor Kelemen, Gabriel de
14617 Perthuis, Harald Hoyer, Hui Wang, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan
14618 Engelhardt, Jan Synacek, Jay Faulkner, Johannes Hölzl, Jonas
14619 Ådahl, Jonathan Boulle, Josef Andersson, Kay Sievers, Ken
14620 Werner, Lennart Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Lukas Märdian,
14621 Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz Skalski, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas,
14622 Manuel Mendez, Marcel Holtmann, Marc Schmitzer, Marko
14623 Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Maxim Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl,
14624 Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Mindaugas
14625 Baranauskas, Moez Bouhlel, Naveen Kumar, Patrik Flykt, Paul
14626 Martin, Peter Hutterer, Peter Mattern, Philippe De Swert,
14627 Piotr Drąg, Rafael Ferreira, Rami Rosen, Robert Milasan, Ronny
14628 Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Sebastien Bacher, Sergey Ptashnick,
14629 Shawn Landden, Stéphane Graber, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
14630 Plantefève, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tim JP, Tom
14631 Gundersen, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar
14632 Lindskog, Veres Lajos, Vincent Batts, WaLyong Cho, Wieland
14633 Hoffmann, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
14635 — Berlin, 2015-02-16
14639 * When querying unit file enablement status (for example via
14640 "systemctl is-enabled"), a new state "indirect" is now known
14641 which indicates that a unit might not be enabled itself, but
14642 another unit listed in its Also= setting might be.
14644 * Similar to the various existing ConditionXYZ= settings for
14645 units, there are now matching AssertXYZ= settings. While
14646 failing conditions cause a unit to be skipped, but its job
14647 to succeed, failing assertions declared like this will cause
14648 a unit start operation and its job to fail.
14650 * hostnamed now knows a new chassis type "embedded".
14652 * systemctl gained a new "edit" command. When used on a unit
14653 file, this allows extending unit files with .d/ drop-in
14654 configuration snippets or editing the full file (after
14655 copying it from /usr/lib to /etc). This will invoke the
14656 user's editor (as configured with $EDITOR), and reload the
14657 modified configuration after editing.
14659 * "systemctl status" now shows the suggested enablement state
14660 for a unit, as declared in the (usually vendor-supplied)
14661 system preset files.
14663 * nss-myhostname will now resolve the single-label hostname
14664 "gateway" to the locally configured default IP routing
14665 gateways, ordered by their metrics. This assigns a stable
14666 name to the used gateways, regardless which ones are
14667 currently configured. Note that the name will only be
14668 resolved after all other name sources (if nss-myhostname is
14669 configured properly) and should hence not negatively impact
14670 systems that use the single-label hostname "gateway" in
14673 * systemd-inhibit now allows filtering by mode when listing
14676 * Scope and service units gained a new "Delegate" boolean
14677 property, which, when set, allows processes running inside the
14678 unit to further partition resources. This is primarily
14679 useful for systemd user instances as well as container
14682 * journald will now pick up audit messages directly from
14683 the kernel, and log them like any other log message. The
14684 audit fields are split up and fully indexed. This means that
14685 journalctl in many ways is now a (nicer!) alternative to
14686 ausearch, the traditional audit client. Note that this
14687 implements only a minimal audit client. If you want the
14688 special audit modes like reboot-on-log-overflow, please use
14689 the traditional auditd instead, which can be used in
14690 parallel to journald.
14692 * The ConditionSecurity= unit file option now understands the
14693 special string "audit" to check whether auditing is
14696 * journalctl gained two new commands --vacuum-size= and
14697 --vacuum-time= to delete old journal files until the
14698 remaining ones take up no more than the specified size on disk,
14699 or are not older than the specified time.
14701 * A new, native PPPoE library has been added to sd-network,
14702 systemd's library of lightweight networking protocols. This
14703 library will be used in a future version of networkd to
14704 enable PPPoE communication without an external pppd daemon.
14706 * The busctl tool now understands a new "capture" verb that
14707 works similar to "monitor", but writes a packet capture
14708 trace to STDOUT that can be redirected to a file which is
14709 compatible with libcap's capture file format. This can then
14710 be loaded in Wireshark and similar tools to inspect bus
14713 * The busctl tool now understands a new "tree" verb that shows
14714 the object trees of a specific service on the bus, or of all
14717 * The busctl tool now understands a new "introspect" verb that
14718 shows all interfaces and members of objects on the bus,
14719 including their signature and values. This is particularly
14720 useful to get more information about bus objects shown by
14721 the new "busctl tree" command.
14723 * The busctl tool now understands new verbs "call",
14724 "set-property" and "get-property" for invoking bus method
14725 calls, setting and getting bus object properties in a
14728 * busctl gained a new --augment-creds= argument that controls
14729 whether the tool shall augment credential information it
14730 gets from the bus with data from /proc, in a possibly
14733 * nspawn's --link-journal= switch gained two new values
14734 "try-guest" and "try-host" that work like "guest" and
14735 "host", but do not fail if the host has no persistent
14736 journaling enabled. -j is now equivalent to
14737 --link-journal=try-guest.
14739 * macvlan network devices created by nspawn will now have
14740 stable MAC addresses.
14742 * A new SmackProcessLabel= unit setting has been added, which
14743 controls the SMACK security label processes forked off by
14744 the respective unit shall use.
14746 * If compiled with --enable-xkbcommon, systemd-localed will
14747 verify x11 keymap settings by compiling the given keymap. It
14748 will spew out warnings if the compilation fails. This
14749 requires libxkbcommon to be installed.
14751 * When a coredump is collected, a larger number of metadata
14752 fields is now collected and included in the journal records
14753 created for it. More specifically, control group membership,
14754 environment variables, memory maps, working directory,
14755 chroot directory, /proc/$PID/status, and a list of open file
14756 descriptors is now stored in the log entry.
14758 * The udev hwdb now contains DPI information for mice. For
14761 http://who-t.blogspot.de/2014/12/building-a-dpi-database-for-mice.html
14763 * All systemd programs that read standalone configuration
14764 files in /etc now also support a corresponding series of
14765 .conf.d configuration directories in /etc/, /run/,
14766 /usr/local/lib/, /usr/lib/, and (if configured with
14767 --enable-split-usr) /lib/. In particular, the following
14768 configuration files now have corresponding configuration
14769 directories: system.conf user.conf, logind.conf,
14770 journald.conf, sleep.conf, bootchart.conf, coredump.conf,
14771 resolved.conf, timesyncd.conf, journal-remote.conf, and
14772 journal-upload.conf. Note that distributions should use the
14773 configuration directories in /usr/lib/; the directories in
14774 /etc/ are reserved for the system administrator.
14776 * systemd-rfkill will no longer take the rfkill device name
14777 into account when storing rfkill state on disk, as the name
14778 might be dynamically assigned and not stable. Instead, the
14779 ID_PATH udev variable combined with the rfkill type (wlan,
14780 bluetooth, …) is used.
14782 * A new service systemd-machine-id-commit.service has been
14783 added. When used on systems where /etc is read-only during
14784 boot, and /etc/machine-id is not initialized (but an empty
14785 file), this service will copy the temporary machine ID
14786 created as replacement into /etc after the system is fully
14787 booted up. This is useful for systems that are freshly
14788 installed with a non-initialized machine ID, but should get
14789 a fixed machine ID for subsequent boots.
14791 * networkd's .netdev files now provide a large set of
14792 configuration parameters for VXLAN devices. Similarly, the
14793 bridge port cost parameter is now configurable in .network
14794 files. There's also new support for configuring IP source
14795 routing. networkd .link files gained support for a new
14796 OriginalName= match that is useful to match against the
14797 original interface name the kernel assigned. .network files
14798 may include MTU= and MACAddress= fields for altering the MTU
14799 and MAC address while being connected to a specific network
14802 * The LUKS logic gained supported for configuring
14803 UUID-specific key files. There's also new support for naming
14804 LUKS device from the kernel command line, using the new
14805 luks.name= argument.
14807 * Timer units may now be transiently created via the bus API
14808 (this was previously already available for scope and service
14809 units). In addition it is now possible to create multiple
14810 transient units at the same time with a single bus call. The
14811 "systemd-run" tool has been updated to make use of this for
14812 running commands on a specified time, in at(1)-style.
14814 * tmpfiles gained support for "t" lines, for assigning
14815 extended attributes to files. Among other uses this may be
14816 used to assign SMACK labels to files.
14818 Contributions from: Alin Rauta, Alison Chaiken, Andrej
14819 Manduch, Bastien Nocera, Chris Atkinson, Chris Leech, Chris
14820 Mayo, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez,
14821 Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dan Williams, Dan Winship, Dave
14822 Reisner, David Herrmann, Didier Roche, Felipe Sateler, Gavin
14823 Li, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Iago López Galeiras, Ivan
14824 Shapovalov, Jakub Filak, Jan Janssen, Jan Synacek, Joe
14825 Lawrence, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
14826 Lukas Nykryn, Łukasz Stelmach, Maciej Wereski, Mantas
14827 Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Maurizio Lombardi,
14828 Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michael Marineau, Michal
14829 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Olivier Brunel, Patrik Flykt, Peter
14830 Hutterer, Przemyslaw Kedzierski, Rami Rosen, Ray Strode,
14831 Richard Schütz, Richard W.M. Jones, Ronny Chevalier, Ross
14832 Lagerwall, Sean Young, Stanisław Pitucha, Susant Sahani,
14833 Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen,
14834 Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vicente Olivert
14835 Riera, WaLyong Cho, Wesley Dawson, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
14837 — Berlin, 2014-12-10
14841 * journalctl gained the new options -t/--identifier= to match
14842 on the syslog identifier (aka "tag"), as well as --utc to
14843 show log timestamps in the UTC timezone. journalctl now also
14844 accepts -n/--lines=all to disable line capping in a pager.
14846 * journalctl gained a new switch, --flush, that synchronously
14847 flushes logs from /run/log/journal to /var/log/journal if
14848 persistent storage is enabled. systemd-journal-flush.service
14849 now waits until the operation is complete.
14851 * Services can notify the manager before they start a reload
14852 (by sending RELOADING=1) or shutdown (by sending
14853 STOPPING=1). This allows the manager to track and show the
14854 internal state of daemons and closes a race condition when
14855 the process is still running but has closed its D-Bus
14858 * Services with Type=oneshot do not have to have any ExecStart
14861 * User units are now loaded also from
14862 $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR/systemd/user/. This is similar to the
14863 /run/systemd/user directory that was already previously
14864 supported, but is under the control of the user.
14866 * Job timeouts (i.e. timeouts on the time a job that is
14867 queued stays in the run queue) can now optionally result in
14868 immediate reboot or power-off actions (JobTimeoutAction= and
14869 JobTimeoutRebootArgument=). This is useful on ".target"
14870 units, to limit the maximum time a target remains
14871 undispatched in the run queue, and to trigger an emergency
14872 operation in such a case. This is now used by default to
14873 turn off the system if boot-up (as defined by everything in
14874 basic.target) hangs and does not complete for at least
14875 15min. Also, if power-off or reboot hang for at least 30min
14876 an immediate power-off/reboot operation is triggered. This
14877 functionality is particularly useful to increase reliability
14878 on embedded devices, but also on laptops which might
14879 accidentally get powered on when carried in a backpack and
14880 whose boot stays stuck in a hard disk encryption passphrase
14883 * systemd-logind can be configured to also handle lid switch
14884 events even when the machine is docked or multiple displays
14885 are attached (HandleLidSwitchDocked= option).
14887 * A helper binary and a service have been added which can be
14888 used to resume from hibernation in the initramfs. A
14889 generator will parse the resume= option on the kernel
14890 command line to trigger resume.
14892 * A user console daemon systemd-consoled has been
14893 added. Currently, it is a preview, and will so far open a
14894 single terminal on each session of the user marked as
14895 Desktop=systemd-console.
14897 * Route metrics can be specified for DHCP routes added by
14900 * The SELinux context of socket-activated services can be set
14901 from the information provided by the networking stack
14902 (SELinuxContextFromNet= option).
14904 * Userspace firmware loading support has been removed and
14905 the minimum supported kernel version is thus bumped to 3.7.
14907 * Timeout for udev workers has been increased from 1 to 3
14908 minutes, but a warning will be printed after 1 minute to
14909 help diagnose kernel modules that take a long time to load.
14911 * Udev rules can now remove tags on devices with TAG-="foobar".
14913 * systemd's readahead implementation has been removed. In many
14914 circumstances it didn't give expected benefits even for
14915 rotational disk drives and was becoming less relevant in the
14916 age of SSDs. As none of the developers has been using
14917 rotating media anymore, and nobody stepped up to actively
14918 maintain this component of systemd it has now been removed.
14920 * Swap units can use Options= to specify discard options.
14921 Discard options specified for swaps in /etc/fstab are now
14924 * Docker containers are now detected as a separate type of
14927 * The Password Agent protocol gained support for queries where
14928 the user input is shown, useful e.g. for user names.
14929 systemd-ask-password gained a new --echo option to turn that
14932 * The default sysctl.d/ snippets will now set:
14934 net.core.default_qdisc = fq_codel
14936 This selects Fair Queuing Controlled Delay as the default
14937 queuing discipline for network interfaces. fq_codel helps
14938 fight the network bufferbloat problem. It is believed to be
14939 a good default with no tuning required for most workloads.
14940 Downstream distributions may override this choice. On 10Gbit
14941 servers that do not do forwarding, "fq" may perform better.
14942 Systems without a good clocksource should use "pfifo_fast".
14944 * If kdbus is enabled during build a new option BusPolicy= is
14945 available for service units, that allows locking all service
14946 processes into a stricter bus policy, in order to limit
14947 access to various bus services, or even hide most of them
14948 from the service's view entirely.
14950 * networkctl will now show the .network and .link file
14951 networkd has applied to a specific interface.
14953 * sd-login gained a new API call sd_session_get_desktop() to
14954 query which desktop environment has been selected for a
14957 * UNIX utmp support is now compile-time optional to support
14958 legacy-free systems.
14960 * systemctl gained two new commands "add-wants" and
14961 "add-requires" for pulling in units from specific targets
14964 * If the word "rescue" is specified on the kernel command line
14965 the system will now boot into rescue mode (aka
14966 rescue.target), which was previously available only by
14967 specifying "1" or "systemd.unit=rescue.target" on the kernel
14968 command line. This new kernel command line option nicely
14969 mirrors the already existing "emergency" kernel command line
14972 * New kernel command line options mount.usr=, mount.usrflags=,
14973 mount.usrfstype= have been added that match root=, rootflags=,
14974 rootfstype= but allow mounting a specific file system to
14977 * The $NOTIFY_SOCKET is now also passed to control processes of
14978 services, not only the main process.
14980 * This version reenables support for fsck's -l switch. This
14981 means at least version v2.25 of util-linux is required for
14982 operation, otherwise dead-locks on device nodes may
14983 occur. Again: you need to update util-linux to at least
14984 v2.25 when updating systemd to v217.
14986 * The "multi-seat-x" tool has been removed from systemd, as
14987 its functionality has been integrated into X servers 1.16,
14988 and the tool is hence redundant. It is recommended to update
14989 display managers invoking this tool to simply invoke X
14990 directly from now on, again.
14992 * Support for the new ALLOW_INTERACTIVE_AUTHORIZATION D-Bus
14993 message flag has been added for all of systemd's polkit
14994 authenticated method calls has been added. In particular this
14995 now allows optional interactive authorization via polkit for
14996 many of PID1's privileged operations such as unit file
14997 enabling and disabling.
14999 * "udevadm hwdb --update" learnt a new switch "--usr" for
15000 placing the rebuilt hardware database in /usr instead of
15001 /etc. When used only hardware database entries stored in
15002 /usr will be used, and any user database entries in /etc are
15003 ignored. This functionality is useful for vendors to ship a
15004 pre-built database on systems where local configuration is
15005 unnecessary or unlikely.
15007 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now also
15008 understand the strings "semi-annually", "quarterly" and
15009 "minutely" as shortcuts (in addition to the preexisting
15010 "annually", "hourly", …).
15012 * systemd-tmpfiles will now correctly create files in /dev
15013 at boot which are marked for creation only at boot. It is
15014 recommended to always create static device nodes with 'c!'
15015 and 'b!', so that they are created only at boot and not
15016 overwritten at runtime.
15018 * When the watchdog logic is used for a service (WatchdogSec=)
15019 and the watchdog timeout is hit the service will now be
15020 terminated with SIGABRT (instead of just SIGTERM), in order
15021 to make sure a proper coredump and backtrace is
15022 generated. This ensures that hanging services will result in
15023 similar coredump/backtrace behaviour as services that hit a
15024 segmentation fault.
15026 Contributions from: Andreas Henriksson, Andrei Borzenkov,
15027 Angus Gibson, Ansgar Burchardt, Ben Wolsieffer, Brandon L.
15028 Black, Christian Hesse, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch,
15029 Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dan Williams, Dave Reisner, David
15030 Herrmann, David Sommerseth, David Strauss, Emil Renner
15031 Berthing, Eric Cook, Evangelos Foutras, Filipe Brandenburger,
15032 Gustavo Sverzut Barbieri, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Hristo
15033 Venev, Hugo Grostabussiat, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Janssen, Jan
15034 Synacek, Jonathan Liu, Juho Son, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Klaus
15035 Purer, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz
15036 Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann,
15037 Marius Tessmann, Marko Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl,
15038 Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michael Scherer, Michal
15039 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miroslav Lichvar, Patrik Flykt,
15040 Philippe De Swert, Piotr Drąg, Rahul Sundaram, Richard
15041 Weinberger, Robert Milasan, Ronny Chevalier, Ruben Kerkhof,
15042 Santiago Vila, Sergey Ptashnick, Simon McVittie, Sjoerd
15043 Simons, Stefan Brüns, Steven Allen, Steven Noonan, Susant
15044 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
15045 Timofey Titovets, Tobias Hunger, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
15046 Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew
15049 — Berlin, 2014-10-28
15053 * timedated no longer reads NTP implementation unit names from
15054 /usr/lib/systemd/ntp-units.d/*.list. Alternative NTP
15055 implementations should add a
15057 Conflicts=systemd-timesyncd.service
15059 to their unit files to take over and replace systemd's NTP
15060 default functionality.
15062 * systemd-sysusers gained a new line type "r" for configuring
15063 which UID/GID ranges to allocate system users/groups
15064 from. Lines of type "u" may now add an additional column
15065 that specifies the home directory for the system user to be
15066 created. Also, systemd-sysusers may now optionally read user
15067 information from STDIN instead of a file. This is useful for
15068 invoking it from RPM preinst scriptlets that need to create
15069 users before the first RPM file is installed since these
15070 files might need to be owned by them. A new
15071 %sysusers_create_inline RPM macro has been introduced to do
15072 just that. systemd-sysusers now updates the shadow files as
15073 well as the user/group databases, which should enhance
15074 compatibility with certain tools like grpck.
15076 * A number of bus APIs of PID 1 now optionally consult polkit to
15077 permit access for otherwise unprivileged clients under certain
15078 conditions. Note that this currently doesn't support
15079 interactive authentication yet, but this is expected to be
15080 added eventually, too.
15082 * /etc/machine-info now has new fields for configuring the
15083 deployment environment of the machine, as well as the
15084 location of the machine. hostnamectl has been updated with
15085 new command to update these fields.
15087 * systemd-timesyncd has been updated to automatically acquire
15088 NTP server information from systemd-networkd, which might
15089 have been discovered via DHCP.
15091 * systemd-resolved now includes a caching DNS stub resolver
15092 and a complete LLMNR name resolution implementation. A new
15093 NSS module "nss-resolve" has been added which can be used
15094 instead of glibc's own "nss-dns" to resolve hostnames via
15095 systemd-resolved. Hostnames, addresses and arbitrary RRs may
15096 be resolved via systemd-resolved D-Bus APIs. In contrast to
15097 the glibc internal resolver systemd-resolved is aware of
15098 multi-homed system, and keeps DNS server and caches separate
15099 and per-interface. Queries are sent simultaneously on all
15100 interfaces that have DNS servers configured, in order to
15101 properly handle VPNs and local LANs which might resolve
15102 separate sets of domain names. systemd-resolved may acquire
15103 DNS server information from systemd-networkd automatically,
15104 which in turn might have discovered them via DHCP. A tool
15105 "systemd-resolve-host" has been added that may be used to
15106 query the DNS logic in resolved. systemd-resolved implements
15107 IDNA and automatically uses IDNA or UTF-8 encoding depending
15108 on whether classic DNS or LLMNR is used as transport. In the
15109 next releases we intend to add a DNSSEC and mDNS/DNS-SD
15110 implementation to systemd-resolved.
15112 * A new NSS module nss-mymachines has been added, that
15113 automatically resolves the names of all local registered
15114 containers to their respective IP addresses.
15116 * A new client tool "networkctl" for systemd-networkd has been
15117 added. It currently is entirely passive and will query
15118 networking configuration from udev, rtnetlink and networkd,
15119 and present it to the user in a very friendly
15120 way. Eventually, we hope to extend it to become a full
15121 control utility for networkd.
15123 * .socket units gained a new DeferAcceptSec= setting that
15124 controls the kernels' TCP_DEFER_ACCEPT sockopt for
15125 TCP. Similarly, support for controlling TCP keep-alive
15126 settings has been added (KeepAliveTimeSec=,
15127 KeepAliveIntervalSec=, KeepAliveProbes=). Also, support for
15128 turning off Nagle's algorithm on TCP has been added
15131 * logind learned a new session type "web", for use in projects
15132 like Cockpit which register web clients as PAM sessions.
15134 * timer units with at least one OnCalendar= setting will now
15135 be started only after time-sync.target has been
15136 reached. This way they will not elapse before the system
15137 clock has been corrected by a local NTP client or
15138 similar. This is particular useful on RTC-less embedded
15139 machines, that come up with an invalid system clock.
15141 * systemd-nspawn's --network-veth= switch should now result in
15142 stable MAC addresses for both the outer and the inner side
15145 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --volatile= switch for running
15146 container instances with /etc or /var unpopulated.
15148 * The kdbus client code has been updated to use the new Linux
15149 3.17 memfd subsystem instead of the old kdbus-specific one.
15151 * systemd-networkd's DHCP client and server now support
15152 FORCERENEW. There are also new configuration options to
15153 configure the vendor client identifier and broadcast mode
15156 * systemd will no longer inform the kernel about the current
15157 timezone, as this is necessarily incorrect and racy as the
15158 kernel has no understanding of DST and similar
15159 concepts. This hence means FAT timestamps will be always
15160 considered UTC, similar to what Android is already
15161 doing. Also, when the RTC is configured to the local time
15162 (rather than UTC) systemd will never synchronize back to it,
15163 as this might confuse Windows at a later boot.
15165 * systemd-analyze gained a new command "verify" for offline
15166 validation of unit files.
15168 * systemd-networkd gained support for a couple of additional
15169 settings for bonding networking setups. Also, the metric for
15170 statically configured routes may now be configured. For
15171 network interfaces where this is appropriate the peer IP
15172 address may now be configured.
15174 * systemd-networkd's DHCP client will no longer request
15175 broadcasting by default, as this tripped up some networks.
15176 For hardware where broadcast is required the feature should
15177 be switched back on using RequestBroadcast=yes.
15179 * systemd-networkd will now set up IPv4LL addresses (when
15180 enabled) even if DHCP is configured successfully.
15182 * udev will now default to respect network device names given
15183 by the kernel when the kernel indicates that these are
15184 predictable. This behavior can be tweaked by changing
15185 NamePolicy= in the relevant .link file.
15187 * A new library systemd-terminal has been added that
15188 implements full TTY stream parsing and rendering. This
15189 library is supposed to be used later on for implementing a
15190 full userspace VT subsystem, replacing the current kernel
15193 * A new tool systemd-journal-upload has been added to push
15194 journal data to a remote system running
15195 systemd-journal-remote.
15197 * journald will no longer forward all local data to another
15198 running syslog daemon. This change has been made because
15199 rsyslog (which appears to be the most commonly used syslog
15200 implementation these days) no longer makes use of this, and
15201 instead pulls the data out of the journal on its own. Since
15202 forwarding the messages to a non-existent syslog server is
15203 more expensive than we assumed we have now turned this
15204 off. If you run a syslog server that is not a recent rsyslog
15205 version, you have to turn this option on again
15206 (ForwardToSyslog= in journald.conf).
15208 * journald now optionally supports the LZ4 compressor for
15209 larger journal fields. This compressor should perform much
15210 better than XZ which was the previous default.
15212 * machinectl now shows the IP addresses of local containers,
15213 if it knows them, plus the interface name of the container.
15215 * A new tool "systemd-escape" has been added that makes it
15216 easy to escape strings to build unit names and similar.
15218 * sd_notify() messages may now include a new ERRNO= field
15219 which is parsed and collected by systemd and shown among the
15220 "systemctl status" output for a service.
15222 * A new component "systemd-firstboot" has been added that
15223 queries the most basic systemd information (timezone,
15224 hostname, root password) interactively on first
15225 boot. Alternatively it may also be used to provision these
15226 things offline on OS images installed into directories.
15228 * The default sysctl.d/ snippets will now set
15230 net.ipv4.conf.default.promote_secondaries=1
15232 This has the benefit of no flushing secondary IP addresses
15233 when primary addresses are removed.
15235 Contributions from: Ansgar Burchardt, Bastien Nocera, Colin
15236 Walters, Dan Dedrick, Daniel Buch, Daniel Korostil, Daniel
15237 Mack, Dan Williams, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Denis
15238 Kenzior, Eelco Dolstra, Eric Cook, Hannes Reinecke, Harald
15239 Hoyer, Hong Shick Pak, Hui Wang, Jean-André Santoni, Jóhann
15240 B. Guðmundsson, Jon Severinsson, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Kevin
15241 Wells, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas,
15242 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael
15243 Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar,
15244 Miguel Angel Ajo, Mike Gilbert, Olivier Brunel, Robert
15245 Schiele, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie, Sjoerd Simons, Stef
15246 Walter, Steven Noonan, Susant Sahani, Tanu Kaskinen, Thomas
15247 Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Timofey Titovets,
15248 Tobias Geerinckx-Rice, Tomasz Torcz, Tom Gundersen, Umut
15249 Tezduyar Lindskog, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
15251 — Berlin, 2014-08-19
15255 * A new tool systemd-sysusers has been added. This tool
15256 creates system users and groups in /etc/passwd and
15257 /etc/group, based on static declarative system user/group
15258 definitions in /usr/lib/sysusers.d/. This is useful to
15259 enable factory resets and volatile systems that boot up with
15260 an empty /etc directory, and thus need system users and
15261 groups created during early boot. systemd now also ships
15262 with two default sysusers.d/ files for the most basic
15263 users and groups systemd and the core operating system
15266 * A new tmpfiles snippet has been added that rebuilds the
15267 essential files in /etc on boot, should they be missing.
15269 * A directive for ensuring automatic clean-up of
15270 /var/cache/man/ has been removed from the default
15271 configuration. This line should now be shipped by the man
15272 implementation. The necessary change has been made to the
15273 man-db implementation. Note that you need to update your man
15274 implementation to one that ships this line, otherwise no
15275 automatic clean-up of /var/cache/man will take place.
15277 * A new condition ConditionNeedsUpdate= has been added that
15278 may conditionalize services to only run when /etc or /var
15279 are "older" than the vendor operating system resources in
15280 /usr. This is useful for reconstructing or updating /etc
15281 after an offline update of /usr or a factory reset, on the
15282 next reboot. Services that want to run once after such an
15283 update or reset should use this condition and order
15284 themselves before the new systemd-update-done.service, which
15285 will mark the two directories as fully updated. A number of
15286 service files have been added making use of this, to rebuild
15287 the udev hardware database, the journald message catalog and
15288 dynamic loader cache (ldconfig). The systemd-sysusers tool
15289 described above also makes use of this now. With this in
15290 place it is now possible to start up a minimal operating
15291 system with /etc empty cleanly. For more information on the
15292 concepts involved see this recent blog story:
15294 https://0pointer.de/blog/projects/stateless.html
15296 * A new system group "input" has been introduced, and all
15297 input device nodes get this group assigned. This is useful
15298 for system-level software to get access to input devices. It
15299 complements what is already done for "audio" and "video".
15301 * systemd-networkd learnt minimal DHCPv4 server support in
15302 addition to the existing DHCPv4 client support. It also
15303 learnt DHCPv6 client and IPv6 Router Solicitation client
15304 support. The DHCPv4 client gained support for static routes
15305 passed in from the server. Note that the [DHCPv4] section
15306 known in older systemd-networkd versions has been renamed to
15307 [DHCP] and is now also used by the DHCPv6 client. Existing
15308 .network files using settings of this section should be
15309 updated, though compatibility is maintained. Optionally, the
15310 client hostname may now be sent to the DHCP server.
15312 * networkd gained support for vxlan virtual networks as well
15313 as tun/tap and dummy devices.
15315 * networkd gained support for automatic allocation of address
15316 ranges for interfaces from a system-wide pool of
15317 addresses. This is useful for dynamically managing a large
15318 number of interfaces with a single network configuration
15319 file. In particular this is useful to easily assign
15320 appropriate IP addresses to the veth links of a large number
15321 of nspawn instances.
15323 * RPM macros for processing sysusers, sysctl and binfmt
15324 drop-in snippets at package installation time have been
15327 * The /etc/os-release file should now be placed in
15328 /usr/lib/os-release. The old location is automatically
15329 created as symlink. /usr/lib is the more appropriate
15330 location of this file, since it shall actually describe the
15331 vendor operating system shipped in /usr, and not the
15332 configuration stored in /etc.
15334 * .mount units gained a new boolean SloppyOptions= setting
15335 that maps to mount(8)'s -s option which enables permissive
15336 parsing of unknown mount options.
15338 * tmpfiles learnt a new "L+" directive which creates a symlink
15339 but (unlike "L") deletes a pre-existing file first, should
15340 it already exist and not already be the correct
15341 symlink. Similarly, "b+", "c+" and "p+" directives have been
15342 added as well, which create block and character devices, as
15343 well as fifos in the filesystem, possibly removing any
15344 pre-existing files of different types.
15346 * For tmpfiles' "L", "L+", "C" and "C+" directives the final
15347 'argument' field (which so far specified the source to
15348 symlink/copy the files from) is now optional. If omitted the
15349 same file os copied from /usr/share/factory/ suffixed by the
15350 full destination path. This is useful for populating /etc
15351 with essential files, by copying them from vendor defaults
15352 shipped in /usr/share/factory/etc.
15354 * A new command "systemctl preset-all" has been added that
15355 applies the service preset settings to all installed unit
15356 files. A new switch --preset-mode= has been added that
15357 controls whether only enable or only disable operations
15360 * A new command "systemctl is-system-running" has been added
15361 that allows checking the overall state of the system, for
15362 example whether it is fully up and running.
15364 * When the system boots up with an empty /etc, the equivalent
15365 to "systemctl preset-all" is executed during early boot, to
15366 make sure all default services are enabled after a factory
15369 * systemd now contains a minimal preset file that enables the
15370 most basic services systemd ships by default.
15372 * Unit files' [Install] section gained a new DefaultInstance=
15373 field for defining the default instance to create if a
15374 template unit is enabled with no instance specified.
15376 * A new passive target cryptsetup-pre.target has been added
15377 that may be used by services that need to make they run and
15378 finish before the first LUKS cryptographic device is set up.
15380 * The /dev/loop-control and /dev/btrfs-control device nodes
15381 are now owned by the "disk" group by default, opening up
15382 access to this group.
15384 * systemd-coredump will now automatically generate a
15385 stack trace of all core dumps taking place on the system,
15386 based on elfutils' libdw library. This stack trace is logged
15389 * systemd-coredump may now optionally store coredumps directly
15390 on disk (in /var/lib/systemd/coredump, possibly compressed),
15391 instead of storing them unconditionally in the journal. This
15392 mode is the new default. A new configuration file
15393 /etc/systemd/coredump.conf has been added to configure this
15394 and other parameters of systemd-coredump.
15396 * coredumpctl gained a new "info" verb to show details about a
15397 specific coredump. A new switch "-1" has also been added
15398 that makes sure to only show information about the most
15399 recent entry instead of all entries. Also, as the tool is
15400 generally useful now the "systemd-" prefix of the binary
15401 name has been removed. Distributions that want to maintain
15402 compatibility with the old name should add a symlink from
15403 the old name to the new name.
15405 * journald's SplitMode= now defaults to "uid". This makes sure
15406 that unprivileged users can access their own coredumps with
15407 coredumpctl without restrictions.
15409 * New kernel command line options "systemd.wants=" (for
15410 pulling an additional unit during boot), "systemd.mask="
15411 (for masking a specific unit for the boot), and
15412 "systemd.debug-shell" (for enabling the debug shell on tty9)
15413 have been added. This is implemented in the new generator
15414 "systemd-debug-generator".
15416 * systemd-nspawn will now by default filter a couple of
15417 syscalls for containers, among them those required for
15418 kernel module loading, direct x86 IO port access, swap
15419 management, and kexec. Most importantly though
15420 open_by_handle_at() is now prohibited for containers,
15421 closing a hole similar to a recently discussed vulnerability
15422 in docker regarding access to files on file hierarchies the
15423 container should normally not have access to. Note that, for
15424 nspawn, we generally make no security claims anyway (and
15425 this is explicitly documented in the man page), so this is
15426 just a fix for one of the most obvious problems.
15428 * A new man page file-hierarchy(7) has been added that
15429 contains a minimized, modernized version of the file system
15430 layout systemd expects, similar in style to the FHS
15431 specification or hier(5). A new tool systemd-path(1) has
15432 been added to query many of these paths for the local
15435 * Automatic time-based clean-up of $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR is no
15436 longer done. Since the directory now has a per-user size
15437 limit, and is cleaned on logout this appears unnecessary,
15438 in particular since this now brings the lifecycle of this
15439 directory closer in line with how IPC objects are handled.
15441 * systemd.pc now exports a number of additional directories,
15442 including $libdir (which is useful to identify the library
15443 path for the primary architecture of the system), and a
15444 couple of drop-in directories.
15446 * udev's predictable network interface names now use the dev_port
15447 sysfs attribute, introduced in linux 3.15 instead of dev_id to
15448 distinguish between ports of the same PCI function. dev_id should
15449 only be used for ports using the same HW address, hence the need
15452 * machined has been updated to export the OS version of a
15453 container (read from /etc/os-release and
15454 /usr/lib/os-release) on the bus. This is now shown in
15455 "machinectl status" for a machine.
15457 * A new service setting RestartForceExitStatus= has been
15458 added. If configured to a set of exit signals or process
15459 return values, the service will be restarted when the main
15460 daemon process exits with any of them, regardless of the
15463 * systemctl's -H switch for connecting to remote systemd
15464 machines has been extended so that it may be used to
15465 directly connect to a specific container on the
15466 host. "systemctl -H root@foobar:waldi" will now connect as
15467 user "root" to host "foobar", and then proceed directly to
15468 the container named "waldi". Note that currently you have to
15469 authenticate as user "root" for this to work, as entering
15470 containers is a privileged operation.
15472 Contributions from: Andreas Henriksson, Benjamin Steinwender,
15473 Carl Schaefer, Christian Hesse, Colin Ian King, Cristian
15474 Rodríguez, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Eugene
15475 Yakubovich, Filipe Brandenburger, Frederic Crozat, Hristo
15476 Venev, Jan Engelhardt, Jonathan Boulle, Kay Sievers, Lennart
15477 Poettering, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine
15478 Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich,
15479 Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Michal Sekletar, Patrik Flykt, Ronan Le
15480 Martret, Ronny Chevalier, Ruediger Oertel, Steven Noonan,
15481 Susant Sahani, Thadeu Lima de Souza Cascardo, Thomas Hindoe
15482 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tom Hirst, Umut Tezduyar
15483 Lindskog, Uoti Urpala, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
15485 — Berlin, 2014-07-03
15489 * As an experimental feature, udev now tries to lock the
15490 disk device node (flock(LOCK_SH|LOCK_NB)) while it
15491 executes events for the disk or any of its partitions.
15492 Applications like partitioning programs can lock the
15493 disk device node (flock(LOCK_EX)) and claim temporary
15494 device ownership that way; udev will entirely skip all event
15495 handling for this disk and its partitions. If the disk
15496 was opened for writing, the close will trigger a partition
15497 table rescan in udev's "watch" facility, and if needed
15498 synthesize "change" events for the disk and all its partitions.
15499 This is now unconditionally enabled, and if it turns out to
15500 cause major problems, we might turn it on only for specific
15501 devices, or might need to disable it entirely. Device Mapper
15502 devices are excluded from this logic.
15504 * We temporarily dropped the "-l" switch for fsck invocations,
15505 since they collide with the flock() logic above. util-linux
15506 upstream has been changed already to avoid this conflict,
15507 and we will re-add "-l" as soon as util-linux with this
15508 change has been released.
15510 * The dependency on libattr has been removed. Since a long
15511 time, the extended attribute calls have moved to glibc, and
15512 libattr is thus unnecessary.
15514 * Virtualization detection works without privileges now. This
15515 means the systemd-detect-virt binary no longer requires
15516 CAP_SYS_PTRACE file capabilities, and our daemons can run
15517 with fewer privileges.
15519 * systemd-networkd now runs under its own "systemd-network"
15520 user. It retains the CAP_NET_ADMIN, CAP_NET_BIND_SERVICE,
15521 CAP_NET_BROADCAST, CAP_NET_RAW capabilities though, but
15522 loses the ability to write to files owned by root this way.
15524 * Similarly, systemd-resolved now runs under its own
15525 "systemd-resolve" user with no capabilities remaining.
15527 * Similarly, systemd-bus-proxyd now runs under its own
15528 "systemd-bus-proxy" user with only CAP_IPC_OWNER remaining.
15530 * systemd-networkd gained support for setting up "veth"
15531 virtual Ethernet devices for container connectivity, as well
15532 as GRE and VTI tunnels.
15534 * systemd-networkd will no longer automatically attempt to
15535 manually load kernel modules necessary for certain tunnel
15536 transports. Instead, it is assumed the kernel loads them
15537 automatically when required. This only works correctly on
15538 very new kernels. On older kernels, please consider adding
15539 the kernel modules to /etc/modules-load.d/ as a work-around.
15541 * The resolv.conf file systemd-resolved generates has been
15542 moved to /run/systemd/resolve/. If you have a symlink from
15543 /etc/resolv.conf, it might be necessary to correct it.
15545 * Two new service settings, ProtectHome= and ProtectSystem=,
15546 have been added. When enabled, they will make the user data
15547 (such as /home) inaccessible or read-only and the system
15548 (such as /usr) read-only, for specific services. This allows
15549 very lightweight per-service sandboxing to avoid
15550 modifications of user data or system files from
15551 services. These two new switches have been enabled for all
15552 of systemd's long-running services, where appropriate.
15554 * Socket units gained new SocketUser= and SocketGroup=
15555 settings to set the owner user and group of AF_UNIX sockets
15556 and FIFOs in the file system.
15558 * Socket units gained a new RemoveOnStop= setting. If enabled,
15559 all FIFOS and sockets in the file system will be removed
15560 when the specific socket unit is stopped.
15562 * Socket units gained a new Symlinks= setting. It takes a list
15563 of symlinks to create to file system sockets or FIFOs
15564 created by the specific Unix sockets. This is useful to
15565 manage symlinks to socket nodes with the same lifecycle as
15568 * The /dev/log socket and /dev/initctl FIFO have been moved to
15569 /run, and have been replaced by symlinks. This allows
15570 connecting to these facilities even if PrivateDevices=yes is
15571 used for a service (which makes /dev/log itself unavailable,
15572 but /run is left). This also has the benefit of ensuring
15573 that /dev only contains device nodes, directories and
15574 symlinks, and nothing else.
15576 * sd-daemon gained two new calls sd_pid_notify() and
15577 sd_pid_notifyf(). They are similar to sd_notify() and
15578 sd_notifyf(), but allow overriding of the source PID of
15579 notification messages if permissions permit this. This is
15580 useful to send notify messages on behalf of a different
15581 process (for example, the parent process). The
15582 systemd-notify tool has been updated to make use of this
15583 when sending messages (so that notification messages now
15584 originate from the shell script invoking systemd-notify and
15585 not the systemd-notify process itself. This should minimize
15586 a race where systemd fails to associate notification
15587 messages to services when the originating process already
15590 * A new "on-abnormal" setting for Restart= has been added. If
15591 set, it will result in automatic restarts on all "abnormal"
15592 reasons for a process to exit, which includes unclean
15593 signals, core dumps, timeouts and watchdog timeouts, but
15594 does not include clean and unclean exit codes or clean
15595 signals. Restart=on-abnormal is an alternative for
15596 Restart=on-failure for services that shall be able to
15597 terminate and avoid restarts on certain errors, by
15598 indicating so with an unclean exit code. Restart=on-failure
15599 or Restart=on-abnormal is now the recommended setting for
15600 all long-running services.
15602 * If the InaccessibleDirectories= service setting points to a
15603 mount point (or if there are any submounts contained within
15604 it), it is now attempted to completely unmount it, to make
15605 the file systems truly unavailable for the respective
15608 * The ReadOnlyDirectories= service setting and
15609 systemd-nspawn's --read-only parameter are now recursively
15610 applied to all submounts, too.
15612 * Mount units may now be created transiently via the bus APIs.
15614 * The support for SysV and LSB init scripts has been removed
15615 from the systemd daemon itself. Instead, it is now
15616 implemented as a generator that creates native systemd units
15617 from these scripts when needed. This enables us to remove a
15618 substantial amount of legacy code from PID 1, following the
15619 fact that many distributions only ship a very small number
15620 of LSB/SysV init scripts nowadays.
15622 * Privileged Xen (dom0) domains are not considered
15623 virtualization anymore by the virtualization detection
15624 logic. After all, they generally have unrestricted access to
15625 the hardware and usually are used to manage the unprivileged
15628 * systemd-tmpfiles gained a new "C" line type, for copying
15629 files or entire directories.
15631 * systemd-tmpfiles "m" lines are now fully equivalent to "z"
15632 lines. So far, they have been non-globbing versions of the
15633 latter, and have thus been redundant. In future, it is
15634 recommended to only use "z". "m" has hence been removed
15635 from the documentation, even though it stays supported.
15637 * A tmpfiles snippet to recreate the most basic structure in
15638 /var has been added. This is enough to create the /var/run →
15639 /run symlink and create a couple of structural
15640 directories. This allows systems to boot up with an empty or
15641 volatile /var. Of course, while with this change, the core OS
15642 now is capable with dealing with a volatile /var, not all
15643 user services are ready for it. However, we hope that sooner
15644 or later, many service daemons will be changed upstream so
15645 that they are able to automatically create their necessary
15646 directories in /var at boot, should they be missing. This is
15647 the first step to allow state-less systems that only require
15648 the vendor image for /usr to boot.
15650 * systemd-nspawn has gained a new --tmpfs= switch to mount an
15651 empty tmpfs instance to a specific directory. This is
15652 particularly useful for making use of the automatic
15653 reconstruction of /var (see above), by passing --tmpfs=/var.
15655 * Access modes specified in tmpfiles snippets may now be
15656 prefixed with "~", which indicates that they shall be masked
15657 by whether the existing file or directory is currently
15658 writable, readable or executable at all. Also, if specified,
15659 the sgid/suid/sticky bits will be masked for all
15662 * A new passive target unit "network-pre.target" has been
15663 added which is useful for services that shall run before any
15664 network is configured, for example firewall scripts.
15666 * The "floppy" group that previously owned the /dev/fd*
15667 devices is no longer used. The "disk" group is now used
15668 instead. Distributions should probably deprecate usage of
15671 Contributions from: Camilo Aguilar, Christian Hesse, Colin Ian
15672 King, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Dave Reisner, David
15673 Strauss, Denis Tikhomirov, John, Jonathan Liu, Kay Sievers,
15674 Lennart Poettering, Mantas Mikulėnas, Mark Eichin, Ronny
15675 Chevalier, Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
15676 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Zbigniew
15679 — Berlin, 2014-06-11
15683 * A new "systemd-timesyncd" daemon has been added for
15684 synchronizing the system clock across the network. It
15685 implements an SNTP client. In contrast to NTP
15686 implementations such as chrony or the NTP reference server,
15687 this only implements a client side, and does not bother with
15688 the full NTP complexity, focusing only on querying time from
15689 one remote server and synchronizing the local clock to
15690 it. Unless you intend to serve NTP to networked clients or
15691 want to connect to local hardware clocks, this simple NTP
15692 client should be more than appropriate for most
15693 installations. The daemon runs with minimal privileges, and
15694 has been hooked up with networkd to only operate when
15695 network connectivity is available. The daemon saves the
15696 current clock to disk every time a new NTP sync has been
15697 acquired, and uses this to possibly correct the system clock
15698 early at bootup, in order to accommodate for systems that
15699 lack an RTC such as the Raspberry Pi and embedded devices,
15700 and to make sure that time monotonically progresses on these
15701 systems, even if it is not always correct. To make use of
15702 this daemon, a new system user and group "systemd-timesync"
15703 needs to be created on installation of systemd.
15705 * The queue "seqnum" interface of libudev has been disabled, as
15706 it was generally incompatible with device namespacing as
15707 sequence numbers of devices go "missing" if the devices are
15708 part of a different namespace.
15710 * "systemctl list-timers" and "systemctl list-sockets" gained
15711 a --recursive switch for showing units of these types also
15712 for all local containers, similar in style to the already
15713 supported --recursive switch for "systemctl list-units".
15715 * A new RebootArgument= setting has been added for service
15716 units, which may be used to specify a kernel reboot argument
15717 to use when triggering reboots with StartLimitAction=.
15719 * A new FailureAction= setting has been added for service
15720 units which may be used to specify an operation to trigger
15721 when a service fails. This works similarly to
15722 StartLimitAction=, but unlike it, controls what is done
15723 immediately rather than only after several attempts to
15724 restart the service in question.
15726 * hostnamed got updated to also expose the kernel name,
15727 release, and version on the bus. This is useful for
15728 executing commands like hostnamectl with the -H switch.
15729 systemd-analyze makes use of this to properly display
15730 details when running non-locally.
15732 * The bootchart tool can now show cgroup information in the
15733 graphs it generates.
15735 * The CFS CPU quota cgroup attribute is now exposed for
15736 services. The new CPUQuota= switch has been added for this
15737 which takes a percentage value. Setting this will have the
15738 result that a service may never get more CPU time than the
15739 specified percentage, even if the machine is otherwise idle.
15741 * systemd-networkd learned IPIP and SIT tunnel support.
15743 * LSB init scripts exposing a dependency on $network will now
15744 get a dependency on network-online.target rather than simply
15745 network.target. This should bring LSB handling closer to
15746 what it was on SysV systems.
15748 * A new fsck.repair= kernel option has been added to control
15749 how fsck shall deal with unclean file systems at boot.
15751 * The (.ini) configuration file parser will now silently ignore
15752 sections whose names begin with "X-". This may be used to maintain
15753 application-specific extension sections in unit files.
15755 * machined gained a new API to query the IP addresses of
15756 registered containers. "machinectl status" has been updated
15757 to show these addresses in its output.
15759 * A new call sd_uid_get_display() has been added to the
15760 sd-login APIs for querying the "primary" session of a
15761 user. The "primary" session of the user is elected from the
15762 user's sessions and generally a graphical session is
15763 preferred over a text one.
15765 * A minimal systemd-resolved daemon has been added. It
15766 currently simply acts as a companion to systemd-networkd and
15767 manages resolv.conf based on per-interface DNS
15768 configuration, possibly supplied via DHCP. In the long run
15769 we hope to extend this into a local DNSSEC enabled DNS and
15772 * The systemd-networkd-wait-online tool is now enabled by
15773 default. It will delay network-online.target until a network
15774 connection has been configured. The tool primarily integrates
15775 with networkd, but will also make a best effort to make sense
15776 of network configuration performed in some other way.
15778 * Two new service options StartupCPUShares= and
15779 StartupBlockIOWeight= have been added that work similarly to
15780 CPUShares= and BlockIOWeight= however only apply during
15781 system startup. This is useful to prioritize certain services
15782 differently during bootup than during normal runtime.
15784 * hostnamed has been changed to prefer the statically
15785 configured hostname in /etc/hostname (unless set to
15786 'localhost' or empty) over any dynamic one supplied by
15787 dhcp. With this change, the rules for picking the hostname
15788 match more closely the rules of other configuration settings
15789 where the local administrator's configuration in /etc always
15790 overrides any other settings.
15792 Contributions from: Ali H. Caliskan, Alison Chaiken, Bas van
15793 den Berg, Brandon Philips, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch,
15794 Dan Kilman, Dave Reisner, David Härdeman, David Herrmann,
15795 David Strauss, Dimitris Spingos, Djalal Harouni, Eelco
15796 Dolstra, Evan Nemerson, Florian Albrechtskirchinger, Greg
15797 Kroah-Hartman, Harald Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan
15798 Engelhardt, Jani Nikula, Jason St. John, Jeffrey Clark,
15799 Jonathan Boulle, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas
15800 Nykryn, Lukasz Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas,
15801 Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael
15802 Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Nis
15803 Martensen, Patrik Flykt, Philip Lorenz, poma, Ray Strode,
15804 Reyad Attiyat, Robert Milasan, Scott Thrasher, Stef Walter,
15805 Steven Siloti, Susant Sahani, Tanu Kaskinen, Thomas Bächler,
15806 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar
15807 Lindskog, WaLyong Cho, Will Woods, Zbigniew
15810 — Beijing, 2014-05-28
15814 * When restoring the screen brightness at boot, stay away from
15815 the darkest setting or from the lowest 5% of the available
15816 range, depending on which is the larger value of both. This
15817 should effectively protect the user from rebooting into a
15818 black screen, should the brightness have been set to minimum
15821 * sd-login gained a new sd_machine_get_class() call to
15822 determine the class ("vm" or "container") of a machine
15823 registered with machined.
15825 * sd-login gained new calls
15826 sd_peer_get_{session,owner_uid,unit,user_unit,slice,machine_name}(),
15827 to query the identity of the peer of a local AF_UNIX
15828 connection. They operate similarly to their sd_pid_get_xyz()
15831 * PID 1 will now maintain a system-wide system state engine
15832 with the states "starting", "running", "degraded",
15833 "maintenance", "stopping". These states are bound to system
15834 startup, normal runtime, runtime with at least one failed
15835 service, rescue/emergency mode and system shutdown. This
15836 state is shown in the "systemctl status" output when no unit
15837 name is passed. It is useful to determine system state, in
15838 particularly when doing so for many systems or containers at
15841 * A new command "list-machines" has been added to "systemctl"
15842 that lists all local OS containers and shows their system
15843 state (see above), if systemd runs inside of them.
15845 * systemctl gained a new "-r" switch to recursively enumerate
15846 units on all local containers, when used with the
15847 "list-unit" command (which is the default one that is
15848 executed when no parameters are specified).
15850 * The GPT automatic partition discovery logic will now honour
15851 two GPT partition flags: one may be set on a partition to
15852 cause it to be mounted read-only, and the other may be set
15853 on a partition to ignore it during automatic discovery.
15855 * Two new GPT type UUIDs have been added for automatic root
15856 partition discovery, for 32-bit and 64-bit ARM. This is not
15857 particularly useful for discovering the root directory on
15858 these architectures during bare-metal boots (since UEFI is
15859 not common there), but still very useful to allow booting of
15860 ARM disk images in nspawn with the -i option.
15862 * MAC addresses of interfaces created with nspawn's
15863 --network-interface= switch will now be generated from the
15864 machine name, and thus be stable between multiple invocations
15867 * logind will now automatically remove all IPC objects owned
15868 by a user if she or he fully logs out. This makes sure that
15869 users who are logged out cannot continue to consume IPC
15870 resources. This covers SysV memory, semaphores and message
15871 queues as well as POSIX shared memory and message
15872 queues. Traditionally, SysV and POSIX IPC had no lifecycle
15873 limits. With this functionality, that is corrected. This may
15874 be turned off by using the RemoveIPC= switch of logind.conf.
15876 * The systemd-machine-id-setup and tmpfiles tools gained a
15877 --root= switch to operate on a specific root directory,
15880 * journald can now forward logged messages to the TTYs of all
15881 logged in users ("wall"). This is the default for all
15882 emergency messages now.
15884 * A new tool systemd-journal-remote has been added to stream
15885 journal log messages across the network.
15887 * /sys/fs/cgroup/ is now mounted read-only after all cgroup
15888 controller trees are mounted into it. Note that the
15889 directories mounted beneath it are not read-only. This is a
15890 security measure and is particularly useful because glibc
15891 actually includes a search logic to pick any tmpfs it can
15892 find to implement shm_open() if /dev/shm is not available
15893 (which it might very well be in namespaced setups).
15895 * machinectl gained a new "poweroff" command to cleanly power
15896 down a local OS container.
15898 * The PrivateDevices= unit file setting will now also drop the
15899 CAP_MKNOD capability from the capability bound set, and
15900 imply DevicePolicy=closed.
15902 * PrivateDevices=, PrivateNetwork= and PrivateTmp= is now used
15903 comprehensively on all long-running systemd services where
15904 this is appropriate.
15906 * systemd-udevd will now run in a disassociated mount
15907 namespace. To mount directories from udev rules, make sure to
15908 pull in mount units via SYSTEMD_WANTS properties.
15910 * The kdbus support gained support for uploading policy into
15911 the kernel. sd-bus gained support for creating "monitoring"
15912 connections that can eavesdrop into all bus communication
15913 for debugging purposes.
15915 * Timestamps may now be specified in seconds since the UNIX
15916 epoch Jan 1st, 1970 by specifying "@" followed by the value
15919 * Native tcpwrap support in systemd has been removed. tcpwrap
15920 is old code, not really maintained anymore and has serious
15921 shortcomings, and better options such as firewalls
15922 exist. For setups that require tcpwrap usage, please
15923 consider invoking your socket-activated service via tcpd,
15924 like on traditional inetd.
15926 * A new system.conf configuration option
15927 DefaultTimerAccuracySec= has been added that controls the
15928 default AccuracySec= setting of .timer units.
15930 * Timer units gained a new WakeSystem= switch. If enabled,
15931 timers configured this way will cause the system to resume
15932 from system suspend (if the system supports that, which most
15935 * Timer units gained a new Persistent= switch. If enabled,
15936 timers configured this way will save to disk when they have
15937 been last triggered. This information is then used on next
15938 reboot to possible execute overdue timer events, that
15939 could not take place because the system was powered off.
15940 This enables simple anacron-like behaviour for timer units.
15942 * systemctl's "list-timers" will now also list the time a
15943 timer unit was last triggered in addition to the next time
15944 it will be triggered.
15946 * systemd-networkd will now assign predictable IPv4LL
15947 addresses to its local interfaces.
15949 Contributions from: Brandon Philips, Daniel Buch, Daniel Mack,
15950 Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Gerd Hoffmann, Greg
15951 Kroah-Hartman, Hendrik Brueckner, Jason St. John, Josh
15952 Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Marc-Antoine
15953 Perennou, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Miklos Vajna,
15954 Patrik Flykt, poma, Sebastian Thorarensen, Thomas Bächler,
15955 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tomasz Torcz, Tom Gundersen,
15956 Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Wieland Hoffmann, Zbigniew
15959 — Berlin, 2014-03-25
15963 * A new unit file setting RestrictAddressFamilies= has been
15964 added to restrict which socket address families unit
15965 processes gain access to. This takes address family names
15966 like "AF_INET" or "AF_UNIX", and is useful to minimize the
15967 attack surface of services via exotic protocol stacks. This
15968 is built on seccomp system call filters.
15970 * Two new unit file settings RuntimeDirectory= and
15971 RuntimeDirectoryMode= have been added that may be used to
15972 manage a per-daemon runtime directories below /run. This is
15973 an alternative for setting up directory permissions with
15974 tmpfiles snippets, and has the advantage that the runtime
15975 directory's lifetime is bound to the daemon runtime and that
15976 the daemon starts up with an empty directory each time. This
15977 is particularly useful when writing services that drop
15978 privileges using the User= or Group= setting.
15980 * The DeviceAllow= unit setting now supports globbing for
15981 matching against device group names.
15983 * The systemd configuration file system.conf gained new
15984 settings DefaultCPUAccounting=, DefaultBlockIOAccounting=,
15985 DefaultMemoryAccounting= to globally turn on/off accounting
15986 for specific resources (cgroups) for all units. These
15987 settings may still be overridden individually in each unit
15990 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator is now able to discover /srv and
15991 root partitions in addition to /home and swap partitions. It
15992 also supports LUKS-encrypted partitions now. With this in
15993 place, automatic discovery of partitions to mount following
15994 the Discoverable Partitions Specification
15995 (https://systemd.io/DISCOVERABLE_PARTITIONS/)
15996 is now a lot more complete. This allows booting without
15997 /etc/fstab and without root= on the kernel command line on
15998 systems prepared appropriately.
16000 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --image= switch which allows
16001 booting up disk images and Linux installations on any block
16002 device that follow the Discoverable Partitions Specification
16003 (see above). This means that installations made with
16004 appropriately updated installers may now be started and
16005 deployed using container managers, completely
16006 unmodified. (We hope that libvirt-lxc will add support for
16007 this feature soon, too.)
16009 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-macvlan= setting to
16010 set up a private macvlan interface for the
16011 container. Similarly, systemd-networkd gained a new
16012 Kind=macvlan setting in .netdev files.
16014 * systemd-networkd now supports configuring local addresses
16017 * A new tool systemd-network-wait-online has been added to
16018 synchronously wait for network connectivity using
16021 * The sd-bus.h bus API gained a new sd_bus_track object for
16022 tracking the lifecycle of bus peers. Note that sd-bus.h is
16023 still not a public API though (unless you specify
16024 --enable-kdbus on the configure command line, which however
16025 voids your warranty and you get no API stability guarantee).
16027 * The $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR runtime directories for each user are
16028 now individual tmpfs instances, which has the benefit of
16029 introducing separate pools for each user, with individual
16030 size limits, and thus making sure that unprivileged clients
16031 can no longer negatively impact the system or other users by
16032 filling up their $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR. A new logind.conf setting
16033 RuntimeDirectorySize= has been introduced that allows
16034 controlling the default size limit for all users. It
16035 defaults to 10% of the available physical memory. This is no
16036 replacement for quotas on tmpfs though (which the kernel
16037 still does not support), as /dev/shm and /tmp are still
16038 shared resources used by both the system and unprivileged
16041 * logind will now automatically turn off automatic suspending
16042 on laptop lid close when more than one display is
16043 connected. This was previously expected to be implemented
16044 individually in desktop environments (such as GNOME),
16045 however has been added to logind now, in order to fix a
16046 boot-time race where a desktop environment might not have
16047 been started yet and thus not been able to take an inhibitor
16048 lock at the time where logind already suspends the system
16049 due to a closed lid.
16051 * logind will now wait at least 30s after each system
16052 suspend/resume cycle, and 3min after system boot before
16053 suspending the system due to a closed laptop lid. This
16054 should give USB docking stations and similar enough time to
16055 be probed and configured after system resume and boot in
16056 order to then act as suspend blocker.
16058 * systemd-run gained a new --property= setting which allows
16059 initialization of resource control properties (and others)
16060 for the created scope or service unit. Example: "systemd-run
16061 --property=BlockIOWeight=10 updatedb" may be used to run
16062 updatedb at a low block IO scheduling weight.
16064 * systemd-run's --uid=, --gid=, --setenv=, --setenv= switches
16065 now also work in --scope mode.
16067 * When systemd is compiled with kdbus support, basic support
16068 for enforced policies is now in place. (Note that enabling
16069 kdbus still voids your warranty and no API compatibility
16070 promises are made.)
16072 Contributions from: Andrey Borzenkov, Ansgar Burchardt, Armin
16073 K., Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni,
16074 Harald Hoyer, Henrik Grindal Bakken, Jasper St. Pierre, Kay
16075 Sievers, Kieran Clancy, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn,
16076 Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Mark Oteiza, Martin Pitt,
16077 Mike Gilbert, Peter Rajnoha, poma, Samuli Suominen, Stef
16078 Walter, Susant Sahani, Tero Roponen, Thomas Andersen, Thomas
16079 Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tomasz Torcz, Tom
16080 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Uoti Urpala, Zachary Cook,
16081 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
16083 — Berlin, 2014-03-12
16087 * systemd will now relabel /dev after loading the SMACK policy
16088 according to SMACK rules.
16090 * A new unit file option AppArmorProfile= has been added to
16091 set the AppArmor profile for the processes of a unit.
16093 * A new condition check ConditionArchitecture= has been added
16094 to conditionalize units based on the system architecture, as
16095 reported by uname()'s "machine" field.
16097 * systemd-networkd now supports matching on the system
16098 virtualization, architecture, kernel command line, hostname
16101 * logind is now a lot more aggressive when suspending the
16102 machine due to a closed laptop lid. Instead of acting only
16103 on the lid close action, it will continuously watch the lid
16104 status and act on it. This is useful for laptops where the
16105 power button is on the outside of the chassis so that it can
16106 be reached without opening the lid (such as the Lenovo
16107 Yoga). On those machines, logind will now immediately
16108 re-suspend the machine if the power button has been
16109 accidentally pressed while the laptop was suspended and in a
16110 backpack or similar.
16112 * logind will now watch SW_DOCK switches and inhibit reaction
16113 to the lid switch if it is pressed. This means that logind
16114 will not suspend the machine anymore if the lid is closed
16115 and the system is docked, if the laptop supports SW_DOCK
16116 notifications via the input layer. Note that ACPI docking
16117 stations do not generate this currently. Also note that this
16118 logic is usually not fully sufficient and Desktop
16119 Environments should take a lid switch inhibitor lock when an
16120 external display is connected, as systemd will not watch
16123 * nspawn will now make use of the devices cgroup controller by
16124 default, and only permit creation of and access to the usual
16125 API device nodes like /dev/null or /dev/random, as well as
16126 access to (but not creation of) the pty devices.
16128 * We will now ship a default .network file for
16129 systemd-networkd that automatically configures DHCP for
16130 network interfaces created by nspawn's --network-veth or
16131 --network-bridge= switches.
16133 * systemd will now understand the usual M, K, G, T suffixes
16134 according to SI conventions (i.e. to the base 1000) when
16135 referring to throughput and hardware metrics. It will stay
16136 with IEC conventions (i.e. to the base 1024) for software
16137 metrics, according to what is customary according to
16138 Wikipedia. We explicitly document which base applies for
16139 each configuration option.
16141 * The DeviceAllow= setting in unit files now supports a syntax to
16142 allow-list an entire group of devices node majors at once, based on
16143 the /proc/devices listing. For example, with the string "char-pts",
16144 it is now possible to allow-list all current and future pseudo-TTYs
16147 * sd-event learned a new "post" event source. Event sources of
16148 this type are triggered by the dispatching of any event
16149 source of a type that is not "post". This is useful for
16150 implementing clean-up and check event sources that are
16151 triggered by other work being done in the program.
16153 * systemd-networkd is no longer statically enabled, but uses
16154 the usual [Install] sections so that it can be
16155 enabled/disabled using systemctl. It still is enabled by
16158 * When creating a veth interface pair with systemd-nspawn, the
16159 host side will now be prefixed with "vb-" if
16160 --network-bridge= is used, and with "ve-" if --network-veth
16161 is used. This way, it is easy to distinguish these cases on
16162 the host, for example to apply different configuration to
16163 them with systemd-networkd.
16165 * The compatibility libraries for libsystemd-journal.so,
16166 libsystem-id128.so, libsystemd-login.so and
16167 libsystemd-daemon.so do not make use of IFUNC
16168 anymore. Instead, we now build libsystemd.so multiple times
16169 under these alternative names. This means that the footprint
16170 is drastically increased, but given that these are
16171 transitional compatibility libraries, this should not matter
16172 much. This change has been made necessary to support the ARM
16173 platform for these compatibility libraries, as the ARM
16174 toolchain is not really at the same level as the toolchain
16175 for other architectures like x86 and does not support
16176 IFUNC. Please make sure to use --enable-compat-libs only
16177 during a transitional period!
16179 * The .include syntax has been deprecated and is not documented
16180 anymore. Drop-in files in .d directories should be used instead.
16182 Contributions from: Andreas Fuchs, Armin K., Colin Walters,
16183 Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni,
16184 Holger Schurig, Jason A. Donenfeld, Jason St. John, Jasper
16185 St. Pierre, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Łukasz Stelmach,
16186 Marcel Holtmann, Michael Scherer, Michal Sekletar, Mike
16187 Gilbert, Samuli Suominen, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe
16188 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog,
16189 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
16191 — Berlin, 2014-02-24
16195 * A new component "systemd-networkd" has been added that can
16196 be used to configure local network interfaces statically or
16197 via DHCP. It is capable of bringing up bridges, VLANs, and
16198 bonding. Currently, no hook-ups for interactive network
16199 configuration are provided. Use this for your initrd,
16200 container, embedded, or server setup if you need a simple,
16201 yet powerful, network configuration solution. This
16202 configuration subsystem is quite nifty, as it allows wildcard
16203 hotplug matching in interfaces. For example, with a single
16204 configuration snippet, you can configure that all Ethernet
16205 interfaces showing up are automatically added to a bridge,
16206 or similar. It supports link-sensing and more.
16208 * A new tool "systemd-socket-proxyd" has been added which can
16209 act as a bidirectional proxy for TCP sockets. This is
16210 useful for adding socket activation support to services that
16211 do not actually support socket activation, including virtual
16212 machines and the like.
16214 * Add a new tool to save/restore rfkill state on
16217 * Save/restore state of keyboard backlights in addition to
16218 display backlights on shutdown/boot.
16220 * udev learned a new SECLABEL{} construct to label device
16221 nodes with a specific security label when they appear. For
16222 now, only SECLABEL{selinux} is supported, but the syntax is
16223 prepared for additional security frameworks.
16225 * udev gained a new scheme to configure link-level attributes
16226 from files in /etc/systemd/network/*.link. These files can
16227 match against MAC address, device path, driver name and type,
16228 and will apply attributes like the naming policy, link speed,
16229 MTU, duplex settings, Wake-on-LAN settings, MAC address, MAC
16230 address assignment policy (randomized, …).
16232 * The configuration of network interface naming rules for
16233 "permanent interface names" has changed: a new NamePolicy=
16234 setting in the [Link] section of .link files determines the
16235 priority of possible naming schemes (onboard, slot, MAC,
16236 path). The default value of this setting is determined by
16237 /usr/lib/net/links/99-default.link. Old
16238 80-net-name-slot.rules udev configuration file has been
16239 removed, so local configuration overriding this file should
16240 be adapted to override 99-default.link instead.
16242 * When the User= switch is used in a unit file, also
16243 initialize $SHELL= based on the user database entry.
16245 * systemd no longer depends on libdbus. All communication is
16246 now done with sd-bus, systemd's low-level bus library
16249 * kdbus support has been added to PID 1 itself. When kdbus is
16250 enabled, this causes PID 1 to set up the system bus and
16251 enable support for a new ".busname" unit type that
16252 encapsulates bus name activation on kdbus. It works a little
16253 bit like ".socket" units, except for bus names. A new
16254 generator has been added that converts classic dbus1 service
16255 activation files automatically into native systemd .busname
16256 and .service units.
16258 * sd-bus: add a lightweight vtable implementation that allows
16259 defining objects on the bus with a simple static const
16260 vtable array of its methods, signals and properties.
16262 * systemd will not generate or install static dbus
16263 introspection data anymore to /usr/share/dbus-1/interfaces,
16264 as the precise format of these files is unclear, and
16265 nothing makes use of it.
16267 * A proxy daemon is now provided to proxy clients connecting
16268 via classic D-Bus AF_UNIX sockets to kdbus, to provide full
16269 compatibility with classic D-Bus.
16271 * A bus driver implementation has been added that supports the
16272 classic D-Bus bus driver calls on kdbus, also for
16273 compatibility purposes.
16275 * A new API "sd-event.h" has been added that implements a
16276 minimal event loop API built around epoll. It provides a
16277 couple of features that direct epoll usage is lacking:
16278 prioritization of events, scales to large numbers of timer
16279 events, per-event timer slack (accuracy), system-wide
16280 coalescing of timer events, exit handlers, watchdog
16281 supervision support using systemd's sd_notify() API, child
16284 * A new API "sd-rntl.h" has been added that provides an API
16285 around the route netlink interface of the kernel, similar in
16286 style to "sd-bus.h".
16288 * A new API "sd-dhcp-client.h" has been added that provides a
16289 small DHCPv4 client-side implementation. This is used by
16290 "systemd-networkd".
16292 * There is a new kernel command line option
16293 "systemd.restore_state=0|1". When set to "0", none of the
16294 systemd tools will restore saved runtime state to hardware
16295 devices. More specifically, the rfkill and backlight states
16298 * The FsckPassNo= compatibility option in mount/service units
16299 has been removed. The fstab generator will now add the
16300 necessary dependencies automatically, and does not require
16301 PID1's support for that anymore.
16303 * journalctl gained a new switch, --list-boots, that lists
16304 recent boots with their times and boot IDs.
16306 * The various tools like systemctl, loginctl, timedatectl,
16307 busctl, systemd-run, … have gained a new switch "-M" to
16308 connect to a specific, local OS container (as direct
16309 connection, without requiring SSH). This works on any
16310 container that is registered with machined, such as those
16311 created by libvirt-lxc or nspawn.
16313 * systemd-run and systemd-analyze also gained support for "-H"
16314 to connect to remote hosts via SSH. This is particularly
16315 useful for systemd-run because it enables queuing of jobs
16316 onto remote systems.
16318 * machinectl gained a new command "login" to open a getty
16319 login in any local container. This works with any container
16320 that is registered with machined (such as those created by
16321 libvirt-lxc or nspawn), and which runs systemd inside.
16323 * machinectl gained a new "reboot" command that may be used to
16324 trigger a reboot on a specific container that is registered
16325 with machined. This works on any container that runs an init
16326 system of some kind.
16328 * systemctl gained a new "list-timers" command to print a nice
16329 listing of installed timer units with the times they elapse
16332 * Alternative reboot() parameters may now be specified on the
16333 "systemctl reboot" command line and are passed to the
16334 reboot() system call.
16336 * systemctl gained a new --job-mode= switch to configure the
16337 mode to queue a job with. This is a more generic version of
16338 --fail, --irreversible, and --ignore-dependencies, which are
16339 still available but not advertised anymore.
16341 * /etc/systemd/system.conf gained new settings to configure
16342 various default timeouts of units, as well as the default
16343 start limit interval and burst. These may still be overridden
16346 * PID1 will now export on the bus profile data of the security
16347 policy upload process (such as the SELinux policy upload to
16350 * journald: when forwarding logs to the console, include
16351 timestamps (following the setting in
16352 /sys/module/printk/parameters/time).
16354 * OnCalendar= in timer units now understands the special
16355 strings "yearly" and "annually". (Both are equivalent)
16357 * The accuracy of timer units is now configurable with the new
16358 AccuracySec= setting. It defaults to 1min.
16360 * A new dependency type JoinsNamespaceOf= has been added that
16361 allows running two services within the same /tmp and network
16362 namespace, if PrivateNetwork= or PrivateTmp= are used.
16364 * A new command "cat" has been added to systemctl. It outputs
16365 the original unit file of a unit, and concatenates the
16366 contents of additional "drop-in" unit file snippets, so that
16367 the full configuration is shown.
16369 * systemctl now supports globbing on the various "list-xyz"
16370 commands, like "list-units" or "list-sockets", as well as on
16371 those commands which take multiple unit names.
16373 * journalctl's --unit= switch gained support for globbing.
16375 * All systemd daemons now make use of the watchdog logic so
16376 that systemd automatically notices when they hang.
16378 * If the $container_ttys environment variable is set,
16379 getty-generator will automatically spawn a getty for each
16380 listed tty. This is useful for container managers to request
16381 login gettys to be spawned on as many ttys as needed.
16383 * %h, %s, %U specifier support is not available anymore when
16384 used in unit files for PID 1. This is because NSS calls are
16385 not safe from PID 1. They stay available for --user
16386 instances of systemd, and as special case for the root user.
16388 * loginctl gained a new "--no-legend" switch to turn off output
16389 of the legend text.
16391 * The "sd-login.h" API gained three new calls:
16392 sd_session_is_remote(), sd_session_get_remote_user(),
16393 sd_session_get_remote_host() to query information about
16396 * The udev hardware database now also carries vendor/product
16397 information of SDIO devices.
16399 * The "sd-daemon.h" API gained a new sd_watchdog_enabled() to
16400 determine whether watchdog notifications are requested by
16401 the system manager.
16403 * Socket-activated per-connection services now include a
16404 short description of the connection parameters in the
16407 * tmpfiles gained a new "--boot" option. When this is not used,
16408 only lines where the command character is not suffixed with
16409 "!" are executed. When this option is specified, those
16410 options are executed too. This partitions tmpfiles
16411 directives into those that can be safely executed at any
16412 time, and those which should be run only at boot (for
16413 example, a line that creates /run/nologin).
16415 * A new API "sd-resolve.h" has been added which provides a simple
16416 asynchronous wrapper around glibc NSS hostname resolution
16417 calls, such as getaddrinfo(). In contrast to glibc's
16418 getaddrinfo_a(), it does not use signals. In contrast to most
16419 other asynchronous name resolution libraries, this one does
16420 not reimplement DNS, but reuses NSS, so that alternate
16421 hostname resolution systems continue to work, such as mDNS,
16422 LDAP, etc. This API is based on libasyncns, but it has been
16423 cleaned up for inclusion in systemd.
16425 * The APIs "sd-journal.h", "sd-login.h", "sd-id128.h",
16426 "sd-daemon.h" are no longer found in individual libraries
16427 libsystemd-journal.so, libsystemd-login.so,
16428 libsystemd-id128.so, libsystemd-daemon.so. Instead, we have
16429 merged them into a single library, libsystemd.so, which
16430 provides all symbols. The reason for this is cyclic
16431 dependencies, as these libraries tend to use each other's
16432 symbols. So far, we have managed to workaround that by linking
16433 a copy of a good part of our code into each of these
16434 libraries again and again, which, however, makes certain
16435 things hard to do, like sharing static variables. Also, it
16436 substantially increases footprint. With this change, there
16437 is only one library for the basic APIs systemd
16438 provides. Also, "sd-bus.h", "sd-memfd.h", "sd-event.h",
16439 "sd-rtnl.h", "sd-resolve.h", "sd-utf8.h" are found in this
16440 library as well, however are subject to the --enable-kdbus
16441 switch (see below). Note that "sd-dhcp-client.h" is not part
16442 of this library (this is because it only consumes, never
16443 provides, services of/to other APIs). To make the transition
16444 easy from the separate libraries to the unified one, we
16445 provide the --enable-compat-libs compile-time switch which
16446 will generate stub libraries that are compatible with the
16447 old ones but redirect all calls to the new one.
16449 * All of the kdbus logic and the new APIs "sd-bus.h",
16450 "sd-memfd.h", "sd-event.h", "sd-rtnl.h", "sd-resolve.h",
16451 and "sd-utf8.h" are compile-time optional via the
16452 "--enable-kdbus" switch, and they are not compiled in by
16453 default. To make use of kdbus, you have to explicitly enable
16454 the switch. Note however, that neither the kernel nor the
16455 userspace API for all of this is considered stable yet. We
16456 want to maintain the freedom to still change the APIs for
16457 now. By specifying this build-time switch, you acknowledge
16458 that you are aware of the instability of the current
16461 * Also, note that while kdbus is pretty much complete,
16462 it lacks one thing: proper policy support. This means you
16463 can build a fully working system with all features; however,
16464 it will be highly insecure. Policy support will be added in
16465 one of the next releases, at the same time that we will
16466 declare the APIs stable.
16468 * When the kernel command line argument "kdbus" is specified,
16469 systemd will automatically load the kdbus.ko kernel module. At
16470 this stage of development, it is only useful for testing kdbus
16471 and should not be used in production. Note: if "--enable-kdbus"
16472 is specified, and the kdbus.ko kernel module is available, and
16473 "kdbus" is added to the kernel command line, the entire system
16474 runs with kdbus instead of dbus-daemon, with the above mentioned
16475 problem of missing the system policy enforcement. Also a future
16476 version of kdbus.ko or a newer systemd will not be compatible with
16477 each other, and will unlikely be able to boot the machine if only
16478 one of them is updated.
16480 * systemctl gained a new "import-environment" command which
16481 uploads the caller's environment (or parts thereof) into the
16482 service manager so that it is inherited by services started
16483 by the manager. This is useful to upload variables like
16484 $DISPLAY into the user service manager.
16486 * A new PrivateDevices= switch has been added to service units
16487 which allows running a service with a namespaced /dev
16488 directory that does not contain any device nodes for
16489 physical devices. More specifically, it only includes devices
16490 such as /dev/null, /dev/urandom, and /dev/zero which are API
16493 * logind has been extended to support behaviour like VT
16494 switching on seats that do not support a VT. This makes
16495 multi-session available on seats that are not the first seat
16496 (seat0), and on systems where kernel support for VTs has
16497 been disabled at compile-time.
16499 * If a process holds a delay lock for system sleep or shutdown
16500 and fails to release it in time, we will now log its
16501 identity. This makes it easier to identify processes that
16502 cause slow suspends or power-offs.
16504 * When parsing /etc/crypttab, support for a new key-slot=
16505 option as supported by Debian is added. It allows indicating
16506 which LUKS slot to use on disk, speeding up key loading.
16508 * The sd_journal_sendv() API call has been checked and
16509 officially declared to be async-signal-safe so that it may
16510 be invoked from signal handlers for logging purposes.
16512 * Boot-time status output is now enabled automatically after a
16513 short timeout if boot does not progress, in order to give
16514 the user an indication what she or he is waiting for.
16516 * The boot-time output has been improved to show how much time
16517 remains until jobs expire.
16519 * The KillMode= switch in service units gained a new possible
16520 value "mixed". If set, and the unit is shut down, then the
16521 initial SIGTERM signal is sent only to the main daemon
16522 process, while the following SIGKILL signal is sent to
16523 all remaining processes of the service.
16525 * When a scope unit is registered, a new property "Controller"
16526 may be set. If set to a valid bus name, systemd will send a
16527 RequestStop() signal to this name when it would like to shut
16528 down the scope. This may be used to hook manager logic into
16529 the shutdown logic of scope units. Also, scope units may now
16530 be put in a special "abandoned" state, in which case the
16531 manager process which created them takes no further
16532 responsibilities for it.
16534 * When reading unit files, systemd will now verify
16535 the access mode of these files, and warn about certain
16536 suspicious combinations. This has been added to make it
16537 easier to track down packaging bugs where unit files are
16538 marked executable or world-writable.
16540 * systemd-nspawn gained a new "--setenv=" switch to set
16541 container-wide environment variables. The similar option in
16542 systemd-activate was renamed from "--environment=" to
16543 "--setenv=" for consistency.
16545 * systemd-nspawn has been updated to create a new kdbus domain
16546 for each container that is invoked, thus allowing each
16547 container to have its own set of system and user buses,
16548 independent of the host.
16550 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --drop-capability= switch to run
16551 the container with less capabilities than the default. Both
16552 --drop-capability= and --capability= now take the special
16553 string "all" for dropping or keeping all capabilities.
16555 * systemd-nspawn gained new switches for executing containers
16556 with specific SELinux labels set.
16558 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --quiet switch to not generate
16559 any additional output but the container's own console
16562 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --share-system switch to run a
16563 container without PID namespacing enabled.
16565 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --register= switch to control
16566 whether the container is registered with systemd-machined or
16567 not. This is useful for containers that do not run full
16568 OS images, but only specific apps.
16570 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --keep-unit which may be used
16571 when invoked as the only program from a service unit, and
16572 results in registration of the unit service itself in
16573 systemd-machined, instead of a newly opened scope unit.
16575 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-interface= switch for
16576 moving arbitrary interfaces to the container. The new
16577 --network-veth switch creates a virtual Ethernet connection
16578 between host and container. The new --network-bridge=
16579 switch then allows assigning the host side of this virtual
16580 Ethernet connection to a bridge device.
16582 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --personality= switch for
16583 setting the kernel personality for the container. This is
16584 useful when running a 32-bit container on a 64-bit host. A
16585 similar option Personality= is now also available for service
16588 * logind will now also track a "Desktop" identifier for each
16589 session which encodes the desktop environment of it. This is
16590 useful for desktop environments that want to identify
16591 multiple running sessions of itself easily.
16593 * A new SELinuxContext= setting for service units has been
16594 added that allows setting a specific SELinux execution
16595 context for a service.
16597 * Most systemd client tools will now honour $SYSTEMD_LESS for
16598 settings of the "less" pager. By default, these tools will
16599 override $LESS to allow certain operations to work, such as
16600 jump-to-the-end. With $SYSTEMD_LESS, it is possible to
16601 influence this logic.
16603 * systemd's "seccomp" hook-up has been changed to make use of
16604 the libseccomp library instead of using its own
16605 implementation. This has benefits for portability among
16608 * For usage together with SystemCallFilter=, a new
16609 SystemCallErrorNumber= setting has been introduced that
16610 allows configuration of a system error number to be returned
16611 on filtered system calls, instead of immediately killing the
16612 process. Also, SystemCallArchitectures= has been added to
16613 limit access to system calls of a particular architecture
16614 (in order to turn off support for unused secondary
16615 architectures). There is also a global
16616 SystemCallArchitectures= setting in system.conf now to turn
16617 off support for non-native system calls system-wide.
16619 * systemd requires a kernel with a working name_to_handle_at(),
16620 please see the kernel config requirements in the README file.
16622 Contributions from: Adam Williamson, Alex Jia, Anatol Pomozov,
16623 Ansgar Burchardt, AppleBloom, Auke Kok, Bastien Nocera,
16624 Chengwei Yang, Christian Seiler, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters,
16625 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniele Medri, Daniel J
16626 Walsh, Daniel Mack, Dan McGee, Dave Reisner, David Coppa,
16627 David Herrmann, David Strauss, Djalal Harouni, Dmitry Pisklov,
16628 Elia Pinto, Florian Weimer, George McCollister, Goffredo
16629 Baroncelli, Greg Kroah-Hartman, Hendrik Brueckner, Igor
16630 Zhbanov, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jason A. Donenfeld,
16631 Jason St. John, Jasper St. Pierre, Jóhann B. Guðmundsson, Jose
16632 Ignacio Naranjo, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Kristian Høgsberg,
16633 Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz
16634 Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas,
16635 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Marcos Felipe Rasia de
16636 Mello, Marko Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael
16637 Marineau, Michael Scherer, Michał Górny, Michal Sekletar,
16638 Michele Curti, Oleksii Shevchuk, Olivier Brunel, Patrik Flykt,
16639 Pavel Holica, Raudi, Richard Marko, Ronny Chevalier, Sébastien
16640 Luttringer, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Simon Peeters,
16641 Stefan Beller, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefeve, Sylvia Else,
16642 Tero Roponen, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
16643 Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Unai Uribarri, Václav
16644 Pavlín, Vincent Batts, WaLyong Cho, William Giokas, Yang
16645 Zhiyong, Yin Kangkai, Yuxuan Shui, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
16647 — Berlin, 2014-02-20
16651 * logind has gained support for facilitating privileged input
16652 and drm device access for unprivileged clients. This work is
16653 useful to allow Wayland display servers (and similar
16654 programs, such as kmscon) to run under the user's ID and
16655 access input and drm devices which are normally
16656 protected. When this is used (and the kernel is new enough)
16657 logind will "mute" IO on the file descriptors passed to
16658 Wayland as long as it is in the background and "unmute" it
16659 if it returns into the foreground. This allows secure
16660 session switching without allowing background sessions to
16661 eavesdrop on input and display data. This also introduces
16662 session switching support if VT support is turned off in the
16663 kernel, and on seats that are not seat0.
16665 * A new kernel command line option luks.options= is understood
16666 now which allows specifying LUKS options for usage for LUKS
16667 encrypted partitions specified with luks.uuid=.
16669 * tmpfiles.d(5) snippets may now use specifier expansion in
16670 path names. More specifically %m, %b, %H, %v, are now
16671 replaced by the local machine id, boot id, hostname, and
16672 kernel version number.
16674 * A new tmpfiles.d(5) command "m" has been introduced which
16675 may be used to change the owner/group/access mode of a file
16676 or directory if it exists, but do nothing if it does not.
16678 * This release removes high-level support for the
16679 MemorySoftLimit= cgroup setting. The underlying kernel
16680 cgroup attribute memory.soft_limit= is currently badly
16681 designed and likely to be removed from the kernel API in its
16682 current form, hence we should not expose it for now.
16684 * The memory.use_hierarchy cgroup attribute is now enabled for
16685 all cgroups systemd creates in the memory cgroup
16686 hierarchy. This option is likely to be come the built-in
16687 default in the kernel anyway, and the non-hierarchical mode
16688 never made much sense in the intrinsically hierarchical
16691 * A new field _SYSTEMD_SLICE= is logged along with all journal
16692 messages containing the slice a message was generated
16693 from. This is useful to allow easy per-customer filtering of
16694 logs among other things.
16696 * systemd-journald will no longer adjust the group of journal
16697 files it creates to the "systemd-journal" group. Instead we
16698 rely on the journal directory to be owned by the
16699 "systemd-journal" group, and its setgid bit set, so that the
16700 kernel file system layer will automatically enforce that
16701 journal files inherit this group assignment. The reason for
16702 this change is that we cannot allow NSS look-ups from
16703 journald which would be necessary to resolve
16704 "systemd-journal" to a numeric GID, because this might
16705 create deadlocks if NSS involves synchronous queries to
16706 other daemons (such as nscd, or sssd) which in turn are
16707 logging clients of journald and might block on it, which
16708 would then dead lock. A tmpfiles.d(5) snippet included in
16709 systemd will make sure the setgid bit and group are
16710 properly set on the journal directory if it exists on every
16711 boot. However, we recommend adjusting it manually after
16712 upgrades too (or from RPM scriptlets), so that the change is
16713 not delayed until next reboot.
16715 * Backlight and random seed files in /var/lib/ have moved into
16716 the /var/lib/systemd/ directory, in order to centralize all
16717 systemd generated files in one directory.
16719 * Boot time performance measurements (as displayed by
16720 "systemd-analyze" for example) will now read ACPI 5.0 FPDT
16721 performance information if that's available to determine how
16722 much time BIOS and boot loader initialization required. With
16723 a sufficiently new BIOS you hence no longer need to boot
16724 with Gummiboot to get access to such information.
16726 Contributions from: Andrey Borzenkov, Chen Jie, Colin Walters,
16727 Cristian Rodríguez, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, David
16728 Mackey, David Strauss, Eelco Dolstra, Evan Callicoat, Gao
16729 feng, Harald Hoyer, Jimmie Tauriainen, Kay Sievers, Lennart
16730 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt,
16731 Michael Scherer, Michał Górny, Mike Gilbert, Patrick McCarty,
16732 Sebastian Ott, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
16734 — Berlin, 2013-10-02
16738 * The Restart= option for services now understands a new
16739 on-watchdog setting, which will restart the service
16740 automatically if the service stops sending out watchdog keep
16741 alive messages (as configured with WatchdogSec=).
16743 * The getty generator (which is responsible for bringing up a
16744 getty on configured serial consoles) will no longer only
16745 start a getty on the primary kernel console but on all
16746 others, too. This makes the order in which console= is
16747 specified on the kernel command line less important.
16749 * libsystemd-logind gained a new sd_session_get_vt() call to
16750 retrieve the VT number of a session.
16752 * If the option "tries=0" is set for an entry of /etc/crypttab
16753 its passphrase is queried indefinitely instead of any
16754 maximum number of tries.
16756 * If a service with a configure PID file terminates its PID
16757 file will now be removed automatically if it still exists
16758 afterwards. This should put an end to stale PID files.
16760 * systemd-run will now also take relative binary path names
16761 for execution and no longer insists on absolute paths.
16763 * InaccessibleDirectories= and ReadOnlyDirectories= now take
16764 paths that are optionally prefixed with "-" to indicate that
16765 it should not be considered a failure if they do not exist.
16767 * journalctl -o (and similar commands) now understands a new
16768 output mode "short-precise", it is similar to "short" but
16769 shows timestamps with usec accuracy.
16771 * The option "discard" (as known from Debian) is now
16772 synonymous to "allow-discards" in /etc/crypttab. In fact,
16773 "discard" is preferred now (since it is easier to remember
16776 * Some licensing clean-ups were made, so that more code is now
16777 LGPL-2.1 licensed than before.
16779 * A minimal tool to save/restore the display backlight
16780 brightness across reboots has been added. It will store the
16781 backlight setting as late as possible at shutdown, and
16782 restore it as early as possible during reboot.
16784 * A logic to automatically discover and enable home and swap
16785 partitions on GPT disks has been added. With this in place
16786 /etc/fstab becomes optional for many setups as systemd can
16787 discover certain partitions located on the root disk
16788 automatically. Home partitions are recognized under their
16789 GPT type ID 933ac7e12eb44f13b8440e14e2aef915. Swap
16790 partitions are recognized under their GPT type ID
16791 0657fd6da4ab43c484e50933c84b4f4f.
16793 * systemd will no longer pass any environment from the kernel
16794 or initrd to system services. If you want to set an
16795 environment for all services, do so via the kernel command
16796 line systemd.setenv= assignment.
16798 * The systemd-sysctl tool no longer natively reads the file
16799 /etc/sysctl.conf. If desired, the file should be symlinked
16800 from /etc/sysctl.d/99-sysctl.conf. Apart from providing
16801 legacy support by a symlink rather than built-in code, it
16802 also makes the otherwise hidden order of application of the
16803 different files visible. (Note that this partly reverts to a
16804 pre-198 application order of sysctl knobs!)
16806 * The "systemctl set-log-level" and "systemctl dump" commands
16807 have been moved to systemd-analyze.
16809 * systemd-run learned the new --remain-after-exit switch,
16810 which causes the scope unit not to be cleaned up
16811 automatically after the process terminated.
16813 * tmpfiles learned a new --exclude-prefix= switch to exclude
16814 certain paths from operation.
16816 * journald will now automatically flush all messages to disk
16817 as soon as a message at the log level CRIT, ALERT or EMERG
16820 Contributions from: Andrew Cook, Brandon Philips, Christian
16821 Hesse, Christoph Junghans, Colin Walters, Daniel Schaal,
16822 Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Gao feng, George
16823 McCollister, Giovanni Campagna, Hannes Reinecke, Harald Hoyer,
16824 Herczeg Zsolt, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan Engelhardt,
16825 Jesper Larsen, Kay Sievers, Khem Raj, Lennart Poettering,
16826 Lukas Nykryn, Maciej Wereski, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
16827 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau,
16828 Michael Scherer, Michael Stapelberg, Michal Sekletar, Michał
16829 Górny, Olivier Brunel, Ondrej Balaz, Ronny Chevalier, Shawn
16830 Landden, Steven Hiscocks, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe
16831 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, WANG Chao,
16832 William Giokas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
16834 — Berlin, 2013-09-13
16838 * The documentation has been updated to cover the various new
16839 concepts introduced with 205.
16841 * Unit files now understand the new %v specifier which
16842 resolves to the kernel version string as returned by "uname
16845 * systemctl now supports filtering the unit list output by
16846 load state, active state and sub state, using the new
16847 --state= parameter.
16849 * "systemctl status" will now show the results of the
16850 condition checks (like ConditionPathExists= and similar) of
16851 the last start attempts of the unit. They are also logged to
16854 * "journalctl -b" may now be used to look for boot output of a
16855 specific boot. Try "journalctl -b -1" for the previous boot,
16856 but the syntax is substantially more powerful.
16858 * "journalctl --show-cursor" has been added which prints the
16859 cursor string the last shown log line. This may then be used
16860 with the new "journalctl --after-cursor=" switch to continue
16861 browsing logs from that point on.
16863 * "journalctl --force" may now be used to force regeneration
16866 * Creation of "dead" device nodes has been moved from udev
16867 into kmod and tmpfiles. Previously, udev would read the kmod
16868 databases to pre-generate dead device nodes based on meta
16869 information contained in kernel modules, so that these would
16870 be auto-loaded on access rather then at boot. As this
16871 does not really have much to do with the exposing actual
16872 kernel devices to userspace this has always been slightly
16873 alien in the udev codebase. Following the new scheme kmod
16874 will now generate a runtime snippet for tmpfiles from the
16875 module meta information and it now is tmpfiles' job to the
16876 create the nodes. This also allows overriding access and
16877 other parameters for the nodes using the usual tmpfiles
16878 facilities. As side effect this allows us to remove the
16879 CAP_SYS_MKNOD capability bit from udevd entirely.
16881 * logind's device ACLs may now be applied to these "dead"
16882 devices nodes too, thus finally allowing managed access to
16883 devices such as /dev/snd/sequencer without loading the
16884 backing module right-away.
16886 * A new RPM macro has been added that may be used to apply
16887 tmpfiles configuration during package installation.
16889 * systemd-detect-virt and ConditionVirtualization= now can
16890 detect User-Mode-Linux machines (UML).
16892 * journald will now implicitly log the effective capabilities
16893 set of processes in the message metadata.
16895 * systemd-cryptsetup has gained support for TrueCrypt volumes.
16897 * The initrd interface has been simplified (more specifically,
16898 support for passing performance data via environment
16899 variables and fsck results via files in /run has been
16900 removed). These features were non-essential, and are
16901 nowadays available in a much nicer way by having systemd in
16902 the initrd serialize its state and have the hosts systemd
16903 deserialize it again.
16905 * The udev "keymap" data files and tools to apply keyboard
16906 specific mappings of scan to key codes, and force-release
16907 scan code lists have been entirely replaced by a udev
16908 "keyboard" builtin and a hwdb data file.
16910 * systemd will now honour the kernel's "quiet" command line
16911 argument also during late shutdown, resulting in a
16912 completely silent shutdown when used.
16914 * There's now an option to control the SO_REUSEPORT socket
16915 option in .socket units.
16917 * Instance units will now automatically get a per-template
16918 subslice of system.slice unless something else is explicitly
16919 configured. For example, instances of sshd@.service will now
16920 implicitly be placed in system-sshd.slice rather than
16921 system.slice as before.
16923 * Test coverage support may now be enabled at build time.
16925 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Frederic Crozat, Harald
16926 Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan Engelhardt, Jan
16927 Janssen, Jason St. John, Jesper Larsen, Kay Sievers, Lennart
16928 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Maciej Wereski, Martin Pitt, Michael
16929 Olbrich, Ramkumar Ramachandra, Ross Lagerwall, Shawn Landden,
16930 Thomas H.P. Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tomasz Torcz, William
16931 Giokas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
16933 — Berlin, 2013-07-23
16937 * Two new unit types have been introduced:
16939 Scope units are very similar to service units, however, are
16940 created out of pre-existing processes — instead of PID 1
16941 forking off the processes. By using scope units it is
16942 possible for system services and applications to group their
16943 own child processes (worker processes) in a powerful way
16944 which then maybe used to organize them, or kill them
16945 together, or apply resource limits on them.
16947 Slice units may be used to partition system resources in an
16948 hierarchical fashion and then assign other units to them. By
16949 default there are now three slices: system.slice (for all
16950 system services), user.slice (for all user sessions),
16951 machine.slice (for VMs and containers).
16953 Slices and scopes have been introduced primarily in
16954 context of the work to move cgroup handling to a
16955 single-writer scheme, where only PID 1
16956 creates/removes/manages cgroups.
16958 * There's a new concept of "transient" units. In contrast to
16959 normal units these units are created via an API at runtime,
16960 not from configuration from disk. More specifically this
16961 means it is now possible to run arbitrary programs as
16962 independent services, with all execution parameters passed
16963 in via bus APIs rather than read from disk. Transient units
16964 make systemd substantially more dynamic then it ever was,
16965 and useful as a general batch manager.
16967 * logind has been updated to make use of scope and slice units
16968 for managing user sessions. As a user logs in he will get
16969 his own private slice unit, to which all sessions are added
16970 as scope units. We also added support for automatically
16971 adding an instance of user@.service for the user into the
16972 slice. Effectively logind will no longer create cgroup
16973 hierarchies on its own now, it will defer entirely to PID 1
16974 for this by means of scope, service and slice units. Since
16975 user sessions this way become entities managed by PID 1
16976 the output of "systemctl" is now a lot more comprehensive.
16978 * A new mini-daemon "systemd-machined" has been added which
16979 may be used by virtualization managers to register local
16980 VMs/containers. nspawn has been updated accordingly, and
16981 libvirt will be updated shortly. machined will collect a bit
16982 of meta information about the VMs/containers, and assign
16983 them their own scope unit (see above). The collected
16984 meta-data is then made available via the "machinectl" tool,
16985 and exposed in "ps" and similar tools. machined/machinectl
16986 is compile-time optional.
16988 * As discussed earlier, the low-level cgroup configuration
16989 options ControlGroup=, ControlGroupModify=,
16990 ControlGroupPersistent=, ControlGroupAttribute= have been
16991 removed. Please use high-level attribute settings instead as
16992 well as slice units.
16994 * A new bus call SetUnitProperties() has been added to alter
16995 various runtime parameters of a unit. This is primarily
16996 useful to alter cgroup parameters dynamically in a nice way,
16997 but will be extended later on to make more properties
16998 modifiable at runtime. systemctl gained a new set-properties
16999 command that wraps this call.
17001 * A new tool "systemd-run" has been added which can be used to
17002 run arbitrary command lines as transient services or scopes,
17003 while configuring a number of settings via the command
17004 line. This tool is currently very basic, however already
17005 very useful. We plan to extend this tool to even allow
17006 queuing of execution jobs with time triggers from the
17007 command line, similar in fashion to "at".
17009 * nspawn will now inform the user explicitly that kernels with
17010 audit enabled break containers, and suggest the user to turn
17013 * Support for detecting the IMA and AppArmor security
17014 frameworks with ConditionSecurity= has been added.
17016 * journalctl gained a new "-k" switch for showing only kernel
17017 messages, mimicking dmesg output; in addition to "--user"
17018 and "--system" switches for showing only user's own logs
17021 * systemd-delta can now show information about drop-in
17022 snippets extending unit files.
17024 * libsystemd-bus has been substantially updated but is still
17025 not available as public API.
17027 * systemd will now look for the "debug" argument on the kernel
17028 command line and enable debug logging, similar to what
17029 "systemd.log_level=debug" already did before.
17031 * "systemctl set-default", "systemctl get-default" has been
17032 added to configure the default.target symlink, which
17033 controls what to boot into by default.
17035 * "systemctl set-log-level" has been added as a convenient
17036 way to raise and lower systemd logging threshold.
17038 * "systemd-analyze plot" will now show the time the various
17039 generators needed for execution, as well as information
17040 about the unit file loading.
17042 * libsystemd-journal gained a new sd_journal_open_files() call
17043 for opening specific journal files. journactl also gained a
17044 new switch to expose this new functionality. Previously we
17045 only supported opening all files from a directory, or all
17046 files from the system, as opening individual files only is
17047 racy due to journal file rotation.
17049 * systemd gained the new DefaultEnvironment= setting in
17050 /etc/systemd/system.conf to set environment variables for
17053 * If a privileged process logs a journal message with the
17054 OBJECT_PID= field set, then journald will automatically
17055 augment this with additional OBJECT_UID=, OBJECT_GID=,
17056 OBJECT_COMM=, OBJECT_EXE=, … fields. This is useful if
17057 system services want to log events about specific client
17058 processes. journactl/systemctl has been updated to make use
17059 of this information if all log messages regarding a specific
17062 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Chengwei Yang, Colin Walters,
17063 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Albers, Daniel Wallace, Dave
17064 Reisner, David Coppa, David King, David Strauss, Eelco
17065 Dolstra, Gabriel de Perthuis, Harald Hoyer, Jan Alexander
17066 Steffens, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jason St. John, Johan
17067 Heikkilä, Karel Zak, Karol Lewandowski, Kay Sievers, Lennart
17068 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marius Vollmer,
17069 Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Tremer,
17070 Michal Schmidt, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Nirbheek Chauhan,
17071 Pierre Neidhardt, Ross Burton, Ross Lagerwall, Sean McGovern,
17072 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar,
17073 Václav Pavlín, Zachary Cook, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek,
17074 Łukasz Stelmach, 장동준
17078 * The Python bindings gained some minimal support for the APIs
17079 exposed by libsystemd-logind.
17081 * ConditionSecurity= gained support for detecting SMACK. Since
17082 this condition already supports SELinux and AppArmor we only
17083 miss IMA for this. Patches welcome!
17085 Contributions from: Karol Lewandowski, Lennart Poettering,
17086 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
17090 * systemd-nspawn will now create /etc/resolv.conf if
17091 necessary, before bind-mounting the host's file onto it.
17093 * systemd-nspawn will now store meta information about a
17094 container on the container's cgroup as extended attribute
17095 fields, including the root directory.
17097 * The cgroup hierarchy has been reworked in many ways. All
17098 objects any of the components systemd creates in the cgroup
17099 tree are now suffixed. More specifically, user sessions are
17100 now placed in cgroups suffixed with ".session", users in
17101 cgroups suffixed with ".user", and nspawn containers in
17102 cgroups suffixed with ".nspawn". Furthermore, all cgroup
17103 names are now escaped in a simple scheme to avoid collision
17104 of userspace object names with kernel filenames. This work
17105 is preparation for making these objects relocatable in the
17106 cgroup tree, in order to allow easy resource partitioning of
17107 these objects without causing naming conflicts.
17109 * systemctl list-dependencies gained the new switches
17110 --plain, --reverse, --after and --before.
17112 * systemd-inhibit now shows the process name of processes that
17113 have taken an inhibitor lock.
17115 * nss-myhostname will now also resolve "localhost"
17116 implicitly. This makes /etc/hosts an optional file and
17117 nicely handles that on IPv6 ::1 maps to both "localhost" and
17118 the local hostname.
17120 * libsystemd-logind.so gained a new call
17121 sd_get_machine_names() to enumerate running containers and
17122 VMs (currently only supported by very new libvirt and
17123 nspawn). sd_login_monitor can now be used to watch
17124 VMs/containers coming and going.
17126 * .include is not allowed recursively anymore, and only in
17127 unit files. Usually it is better to use drop-in snippets in
17128 .d/*.conf anyway, as introduced with systemd 198.
17130 * systemd-analyze gained a new "critical-chain" command that
17131 determines the slowest chain of units run during system
17132 boot-up. It is very useful for tracking down where
17133 optimizing boot time is the most beneficial.
17135 * systemd will no longer allow manipulating service paths in
17136 the name=systemd:/system cgroup tree using ControlGroup= in
17137 units. (But is still fine with it in all other dirs.)
17139 * There's a new systemd-nspawn@.service service file that may
17140 be used to easily run nspawn containers as system
17141 services. With the container's root directory in
17142 /var/lib/container/foobar it is now sufficient to run
17143 "systemctl start systemd-nspawn@foobar.service" to boot it.
17145 * systemd-cgls gained a new parameter "--machine" to list only
17146 the processes within a certain container.
17148 * ConditionSecurity= now can check for "apparmor". We still
17149 are lacking checks for SMACK and IMA for this condition
17150 check though. Patches welcome!
17152 * A new configuration file /etc/systemd/sleep.conf has been
17153 added that may be used to configure which kernel operation
17154 systemd is supposed to execute when "suspend", "hibernate"
17155 or "hybrid-sleep" is requested. This makes the new kernel
17156 "freeze" state accessible to the user.
17158 * ENV{SYSTEMD_WANTS} in udev rules will now implicitly escape
17159 the passed argument if applicable.
17161 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters,
17162 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner,
17163 Evangelos Foutras, Greg Kroah-Hartman, Harald Hoyer, Josh
17164 Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn,
17165 MUNEDA Takahiro, Mantas Mikulėnas, Mirco Tischler, Nathaniel
17166 Chen, Nirbheek Chauhan, Ronny Chevalier, Ross Lagerwall, Tom
17167 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, Ville Skyttä, Zbigniew
17172 * The output of 'systemctl list-jobs' got some polishing. The
17173 '--type=' argument may now be passed more than once. A new
17174 command 'systemctl list-sockets' has been added which shows
17175 a list of kernel sockets systemd is listening on with the
17176 socket units they belong to, plus the units these socket
17179 * The experimental libsystemd-bus library got substantial
17180 updates to work in conjunction with the (also experimental)
17181 kdbus kernel project. It works well enough to exchange
17182 messages with some sophistication. Note that kdbus is not
17183 ready yet, and the library is mostly an elaborate test case
17184 for now, and not installable.
17186 * systemd gained a new unit 'systemd-static-nodes.service'
17187 that generates static device nodes earlier during boot, and
17188 can run in conjunction with udev.
17190 * libsystemd-login gained a new call sd_pid_get_user_unit()
17191 to retrieve the user systemd unit a process is running
17192 in. This is useful for systems where systemd is used as
17195 * systemd-nspawn now places all containers in the new /machine
17196 top-level cgroup directory in the name=systemd
17197 hierarchy. libvirt will soon do the same, so that we get a
17198 uniform separation of /system, /user and /machine for system
17199 services, user processes and containers/virtual
17200 machines. This new cgroup hierarchy is also useful to stick
17201 stable names to specific container instances, which can be
17202 recognized later this way (this name may be controlled
17203 via systemd-nspawn's new -M switch). libsystemd-login also
17204 gained a new call sd_pid_get_machine_name() to retrieve the
17205 name of the container/VM a specific process belongs to.
17207 * bootchart can now store its data in the journal.
17209 * libsystemd-journal gained a new call
17210 sd_journal_add_conjunction() for AND expressions to the
17211 matching logic. This can be used to express more complex
17212 logical expressions.
17214 * journactl can now take multiple --unit= and --user-unit=
17217 * The cryptsetup logic now understands the "luks.key=" kernel
17218 command line switch for specifying a file to read the
17219 decryption key from. Also, if a configured key file is not
17220 found the tool will now automatically fall back to prompting
17223 * Python systemd.journal module was updated to wrap recently
17224 added functions from libsystemd-journal. The interface was
17225 changed to bring the low level interface in s.j._Reader
17226 closer to the C API, and the high level interface in
17227 s.j.Reader was updated to wrap and convert all data about
17230 Contributions from: Anatol Pomozov, Auke Kok, Harald Hoyer,
17231 Henrik Grindal Bakken, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart
17232 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas Marius Vollmer,
17233 Martin Jansa, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michal Schmidt,
17234 Mirco Tischler, Pali Rohar, Simon Peeters, Steven Hiscocks,
17235 Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
17239 * journalctl --update-catalog now understands a new --root=
17240 option to operate on catalogs found in a different root
17243 * During shutdown after systemd has terminated all running
17244 services a final killing loop kills all remaining left-over
17245 processes. We will now print the name of these processes
17246 when we send SIGKILL to them, since this usually indicates a
17249 * If /etc/crypttab refers to password files stored on
17250 configured mount points automatic dependencies will now be
17251 generated to ensure the specific mount is established first
17252 before the key file is attempted to be read.
17254 * 'systemctl status' will now show information about the
17255 network sockets a socket unit is listening on.
17257 * 'systemctl status' will also shown information about any
17258 drop-in configuration file for units. (Drop-In configuration
17259 files in this context are files such as
17260 /etc/systemd/system/foobar.service.d/*.conf)
17262 * systemd-cgtop now optionally shows summed up CPU times of
17263 cgroups. Press '%' while running cgtop to switch between
17264 percentage and absolute mode. This is useful to determine
17265 which cgroups use up the most CPU time over the entire
17266 runtime of the system. systemd-cgtop has also been updated
17267 to be 'pipeable' for processing with further shell tools.
17269 * 'hostnamectl set-hostname' will now allow setting of FQDN
17272 * The formatting and parsing of time span values has been
17273 changed. The parser now understands fractional expressions
17274 such as "5.5h". The formatter will now output fractional
17275 expressions for all time spans under 1min, i.e. "5.123456s"
17276 rather than "5s 123ms 456us". For time spans under 1s
17277 millisecond values are shown, for those under 1ms
17278 microsecond values are shown. This should greatly improve
17279 all time-related output of systemd.
17281 * libsystemd-login and libsystemd-journal gained new
17282 functions for querying the poll() events mask and poll()
17283 timeout value for integration into arbitrary event
17286 * localectl gained the ability to list available X11 keymaps
17287 (models, layouts, variants, options).
17289 * 'systemd-analyze dot' gained the ability to filter for
17290 specific units via shell-style globs, to create smaller,
17291 more useful graphs. I.e. it is now possible to create simple
17292 graphs of all the dependencies between only target units, or
17293 of all units that Avahi has dependencies with.
17295 Contributions from: Cristian Rodríguez, Dr. Tilmann Bubeck,
17296 Harald Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Kay Sievers, Kelly
17297 Anderson, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Maksim Melnikau,
17298 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marius Vollmer, Martin Pitt, Michal
17299 Schmidt, Oleksii Shevchuk, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie,
17300 Steven Hiscocks, Thomas Weißschuh, Umut Tezduyar, Václav
17301 Pavlín, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Łukasz Stelmach
17305 * The boot-time readahead implementation for rotating media
17306 will now read the read-ahead data in multiple passes which
17307 consist of all read requests made in equidistant time
17308 intervals. This means instead of strictly reading read-ahead
17309 data in its physical order on disk we now try to find a
17310 middle ground between physical and access time order.
17312 * /etc/os-release files gained a new BUILD_ID= field for usage
17313 on operating systems that provide continuous builds of OS
17316 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Eelco Dolstra, Kay Sievers,
17317 Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Martin Pitt, Václav Pavlín
17318 William Douglas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
17322 * systemd-python gained an API exposing libsystemd-daemon.
17324 * The SMACK setup logic gained support for uploading CIPSO
17327 * Behaviour of PrivateTmp=, ReadWriteDirectories=,
17328 ReadOnlyDirectories= and InaccessibleDirectories= has
17329 changed. The private /tmp and /var/tmp directories are now
17330 shared by all processes of a service (which means
17331 ExecStartPre= may now leave data in /tmp that ExecStart= of
17332 the same service can still access). When a service is
17333 stopped its temporary directories are immediately deleted
17334 (normal clean-up with tmpfiles is still done in addition to
17337 * By default, systemd will now set a couple of sysctl
17338 variables in the kernel: the safe sysrq options are turned
17339 on, IP route verification is turned on, and source routing
17340 disabled. The recently added hardlink and softlink
17341 protection of the kernel is turned on. These settings should
17342 be reasonably safe, and good defaults for all new systems.
17344 * The predictable network naming logic may now be turned off
17345 with a new kernel command line switch: net.ifnames=0.
17347 * A new libsystemd-bus module has been added that implements a
17348 pretty complete D-Bus client library. For details see:
17350 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2013-March/009797.html
17352 * journald will now explicitly flush the journal files to disk
17353 at the latest 5min after each write. The file will then also
17354 be marked offline until the next write. This should increase
17355 reliability in case of a crash. The synchronization delay
17356 can be configured via SyncIntervalSec= in journald.conf.
17358 * There's a new remote-fs-setup.target unit that can be used
17359 to pull in specific services when at least one remote file
17360 system is to be mounted.
17362 * There are new targets timers.target and paths.target as
17363 canonical targets to pull user timer and path units in
17364 from. This complements sockets.target with a similar
17365 purpose for socket units.
17367 * libudev gained a new call udev_device_set_attribute_value()
17368 to set sysfs attributes of a device.
17370 * The udev daemon now sets the default number of worker
17371 processes executed in parallel based on the number of available
17372 CPUs instead of the amount of available RAM. This is supposed
17373 to provide a more reliable default and limit a too aggressive
17374 parallelism for setups with 1000s of devices connected.
17376 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Walters, Cristian
17377 Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Dave Reisner, Frederic Crozat, Hannes
17378 Reinecke, Harald Hoyer, Jan Alexander Steffens, Jan
17379 Engelhardt, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
17380 Mantas Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt, Mathieu Bridon, Michael Biebl,
17381 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miklos Vajna, Nathaniel Chen,
17382 Oleksii Shevchuk, Ozan Çağlayan, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
17383 Andersen, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar,
17384 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
17388 * Configuration of unit files may now be extended via drop-in
17389 files without having to edit/override the unit files
17390 themselves. More specifically, if the administrator wants to
17391 change one value for a service file foobar.service he can
17392 now do so by dropping in a configuration snippet into
17393 /etc/systemd/system/foobar.service.d/*.conf. The unit logic
17394 will load all these snippets and apply them on top of the
17395 main unit configuration file, possibly extending or
17396 overriding its settings. Using these drop-in snippets is
17397 generally nicer than the two earlier options for changing
17398 unit files locally: copying the files from
17399 /usr/lib/systemd/system/ to /etc/systemd/system/ and editing
17400 them there; or creating a new file in /etc/systemd/system/
17401 that incorporates the original one via ".include". Drop-in
17402 snippets into these .d/ directories can be placed in any
17403 directory systemd looks for units in, and the usual
17404 overriding semantics between /usr/lib, /etc and /run apply
17407 * Most unit file settings which take lists of items can now be
17408 reset by assigning the empty string to them. For example,
17409 normally, settings such as Environment=FOO=BAR append a new
17410 environment variable assignment to the environment block,
17411 each time they are used. By assigning Environment= the empty
17412 string the environment block can be reset to empty. This is
17413 particularly useful with the .d/*.conf drop-in snippets
17414 mentioned above, since this adds the ability to reset list
17415 settings from vendor unit files via these drop-ins.
17417 * systemctl gained a new "list-dependencies" command for
17418 listing the dependencies of a unit recursively.
17420 * Inhibitors are now honored and listed by "systemctl
17421 suspend", "systemctl poweroff" (and similar) too, not only
17422 GNOME. These commands will also list active sessions by
17425 * Resource limits (as exposed by the various control group
17426 controllers) can now be controlled dynamically at runtime
17427 for all units. More specifically, you can now use a command
17428 like "systemctl set-cgroup-attr foobar.service cpu.shares
17429 2000" to alter the CPU shares a specific service gets. These
17430 settings are stored persistently on disk, and thus allow the
17431 administrator to easily adjust the resource usage of
17432 services with a few simple commands. This dynamic resource
17433 management logic is also available to other programs via the
17434 bus. Almost any kernel cgroup attribute and controller is
17437 * systemd-vconsole-setup will now copy all font settings to
17438 all allocated VTs, where it previously applied them only to
17441 * libsystemd-login gained the new sd_session_get_tty() API
17444 * This release drops support for a few legacy or
17445 distribution-specific LSB facility names when parsing init
17446 scripts: $x-display-manager, $mail-transfer-agent,
17447 $mail-transport-agent, $mail-transfer-agent, $smtp,
17448 $null. Also, the mail-transfer-agent.target unit backing
17449 this has been removed. Distributions which want to retain
17450 compatibility with this should carry the burden for
17451 supporting this themselves and patch support for these back
17452 in, if they really need to. Also, the facilities $syslog and
17453 $local_fs are now ignored, since systemd does not support
17454 early-boot LSB init scripts anymore, and these facilities
17455 are implied anyway for normal services. syslog.target has
17458 * There are new bus calls on PID1's Manager object for
17459 cancelling jobs, and removing snapshot units. Previously,
17460 both calls were only available on the Job and Snapshot
17461 objects themselves.
17463 * systemd-journal-gatewayd gained SSL support.
17465 * The various "environment" files, such as /etc/locale.conf
17466 now support continuation lines with a backslash ("\") as
17467 last character in the line, similarly in style (but different)
17468 to how this is supported in shells.
17470 * For normal user processes the _SYSTEMD_USER_UNIT= field is
17471 now implicitly appended to every log entry logged. systemctl
17472 has been updated to filter by this field when operating on a
17473 user systemd instance.
17475 * nspawn will now implicitly add the CAP_AUDIT_WRITE and
17476 CAP_AUDIT_CONTROL capabilities to the capabilities set for
17477 the container. This makes it easier to boot unmodified
17478 Fedora systems in a container, which however still requires
17479 audit=0 to be passed on the kernel command line. Auditing in
17480 kernel and userspace is unfortunately still too broken in
17481 context of containers, hence we recommend compiling it out
17482 of the kernel or using audit=0. Hopefully this will be fixed
17483 one day for good in the kernel.
17485 * nspawn gained the new --bind= and --bind-ro= parameters to
17486 bind mount specific directories from the host into the
17489 * nspawn will now mount its own devpts file system instance
17490 into the container, in order not to leak pty devices from
17491 the host into the container.
17493 * systemd will now read the firmware boot time performance
17494 information from the EFI variables, if the used boot loader
17495 supports this, and takes it into account for boot performance
17496 analysis via "systemd-analyze". This is currently supported
17497 only in conjunction with Gummiboot, but could be supported
17498 by other boot loaders too. For details see:
17500 https://systemd.io/BOOT_LOADER_INTERFACE
17502 * A new generator has been added that automatically mounts the
17503 EFI System Partition (ESP) to /boot, if that directory
17504 exists, is empty, and no other file system has been
17505 configured to be mounted there.
17507 * logind will now send out PrepareForSleep(false) out
17508 unconditionally, after coming back from suspend. This may be
17509 used by applications as asynchronous notification for
17510 system resume events.
17512 * "systemctl unlock-sessions" has been added, that allows
17513 unlocking the screens of all user sessions at once, similar
17514 to how "systemctl lock-sessions" already locked all users
17515 sessions. This is backed by a new D-Bus call UnlockSessions().
17517 * "loginctl seat-status" will now show the master device of a
17518 seat. (i.e. the device of a seat that needs to be around for
17519 the seat to be considered available, usually the graphics
17522 * tmpfiles gained a new "X" line type, that allows
17523 configuration of files and directories (with wildcards) that
17524 shall be excluded from automatic cleanup ("aging").
17526 * udev default rules set the device node permissions now only
17527 at "add" events, and do not change them any longer with a
17528 later "change" event.
17530 * The log messages for lid events and power/sleep keypresses
17531 now carry a message ID.
17533 * We now have a substantially larger unit test suite, but this
17534 continues to be work in progress.
17536 * udevadm hwdb gained a new --root= parameter to change the
17537 root directory to operate relative to.
17539 * logind will now issue a background sync() request to the kernel
17540 early at shutdown, so that dirty buffers are flushed to disk early
17541 instead of at the last moment, in order to optimize shutdown
17544 * A new bootctl tool has been added that is an interface for
17545 certain boot loader operations. This is currently a preview
17546 and is likely to be extended into a small mechanism daemon
17547 like timedated, localed, hostnamed, and can be used by
17548 graphical UIs to enumerate available boot options, and
17549 request boot into firmware operations.
17551 * systemd-bootchart has been relicensed to LGPLv2.1+ to match
17552 the rest of the package. It also has been updated to work
17553 correctly in initrds.
17555 * polkit previously has been runtime optional, and is now also
17556 compile time optional via a configure switch.
17558 * systemd-analyze has been reimplemented in C. Also "systemctl
17559 dot" has moved into systemd-analyze.
17561 * "systemctl status" with no further parameters will now print
17562 the status of all active or failed units.
17564 * Operations such as "systemctl start" can now be executed
17565 with a new mode "--irreversible" which may be used to queue
17566 operations that cannot accidentally be reversed by a later
17567 job queuing. This is by default used to make shutdown
17568 requests more robust.
17570 * The Python API of systemd now gained a new module for
17571 reading journal files.
17573 * A new tool kernel-install has been added that can install
17574 kernel images according to the Boot Loader Specification:
17576 https://systemd.io/BOOT_LOADER_SPECIFICATION
17578 * Boot time console output has been improved to provide
17579 animated boot time output for hanging jobs.
17581 * A new tool systemd-activate has been added which can be used
17582 to test socket activation with, directly from the command
17583 line. This should make it much easier to test and debug
17584 socket activation in daemons.
17586 * journalctl gained a new "--reverse" (or -r) option to show
17587 journal output in reverse order (i.e. newest line first).
17589 * journalctl gained a new "--pager-end" (or -e) option to jump
17590 to immediately jump to the end of the journal in the
17591 pager. This is only supported in conjunction with "less".
17593 * journalctl gained a new "--user-unit=" option, that works
17594 similarly to "--unit=" but filters for user units rather than
17597 * A number of unit files to ease adoption of systemd in
17598 initrds has been added. This moves some minimal logic from
17599 the various initrd implementations into systemd proper.
17601 * The journal files are now owned by a new group
17602 "systemd-journal", which exists specifically to allow access
17603 to the journal, and nothing else. Previously, we used the
17604 "adm" group for that, which however possibly covers more
17605 than just journal/log file access. This new group is now
17606 already used by systemd-journal-gatewayd to ensure this
17607 daemon gets access to the journal files and as little else
17608 as possible. Note that "make install" will also set FS ACLs
17609 up for /var/log/journal to give "adm" and "wheel" read
17610 access to it, in addition to "systemd-journal" which owns
17611 the journal files. We recommend that packaging scripts also
17612 add read access to "adm" + "wheel" to /var/log/journal, and
17613 all existing/future journal files. To normal users and
17614 administrators little changes, however packagers need to
17615 ensure to create the "systemd-journal" system group at
17616 package installation time.
17618 * The systemd-journal-gatewayd now runs as unprivileged user
17619 systemd-journal-gateway:systemd-journal-gateway. Packaging
17620 scripts need to create these system user/group at
17623 * timedated now exposes a new boolean property CanNTP that
17624 indicates whether a local NTP service is available or not.
17626 * systemd-detect-virt will now also detect xen PVs
17628 * The pstore file system is now mounted by default, if it is
17631 * In addition to the SELinux and IMA policies we will now also
17632 load SMACK policies at early boot.
17634 Contributions from: Adel Gadllah, Aleksander Morgado, Auke
17635 Kok, Ayan George, Bastien Nocera, Colin Walters, Daniel Buch,
17636 Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, David Strauss,
17637 Eelco Dolstra, Enrico Scholz, Frederic Crozat, Harald Hoyer,
17638 Jan Janssen, Jonathan Callen, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
17639 Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin
17640 Pitt, Mauro Dreissig, Max F. Albrecht, Michael Biebl, Michael
17641 Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Michal Vyskocil,
17642 Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Mirco Tischler, Nathaniel Chen, Nestor
17643 Ovroy, Oleksii Shevchuk, Paul W. Frields, Piotr Drąg, Rob
17644 Clark, Ryan Lortie, Simon McVittie, Simon Peeters, Steven
17645 Hiscocks, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom
17646 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, William Giokas, Zbigniew
17647 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeeshan Ali (Khattak)
17651 * Timer units now support calendar time events in addition to
17652 monotonic time events. That means you can now trigger a unit
17653 based on a calendar time specification such as "Thu,Fri
17654 2013-*-1,5 11:12:13" which refers to 11:12:13 of the first
17655 or fifth day of any month of the year 2013, given that it is
17656 a Thursday or a Friday. This brings timer event support
17657 considerably closer to cron's capabilities. For details on
17658 the supported calendar time specification language see
17661 * udev now supports a number of different naming policies for
17662 network interfaces for predictable names, and a combination
17663 of these policies is now the default. Please see this wiki
17664 document for details:
17666 https://www.freedesktop.org/software/systemd/man/systemd.net-naming-scheme.html
17668 * Auke Kok's bootchart implementation has been added to the
17669 systemd tree. It is an optional component that can graph the
17670 boot in quite some detail. It is one of the best bootchart
17671 implementations around and minimal in its code and
17674 * nss-myhostname has been integrated into the systemd source
17675 tree. nss-myhostname guarantees that the local hostname
17676 always stays resolvable via NSS. It has been a weak
17677 requirement of systemd-hostnamed since a long time, and
17678 since its code is actually trivial we decided to just
17679 include it in systemd's source tree. It can be turned off
17680 with a configure switch.
17682 * The read-ahead logic is now capable of properly detecting
17683 whether a btrfs file system is on SSD or rotating media, in
17684 order to optimize the read-ahead scheme. Previously, it was
17685 only capable of detecting this on traditional file systems
17688 * In udev, additional device properties are now read from the
17689 IAB in addition to the OUI database. Also, Bluetooth company
17690 identities are attached to the devices as well.
17692 * In service files %U may be used as specifier that is
17693 replaced by the configured user name of the service.
17695 * nspawn may now be invoked without a controlling TTY. This
17696 makes it suitable for invocation as its own service. This
17697 may be used to set up a simple containerized server system
17698 using only core OS tools.
17700 * systemd and nspawn can now accept socket file descriptors
17701 when they are started for socket activation. This enables
17702 implementation of socket activated nspawn
17703 containers. i.e. think about autospawning an entire OS image
17704 when the first SSH or HTTP connection is received. We expect
17705 that similar functionality will also be added to libvirt-lxc
17708 * journalctl will now suppress ANSI color codes when
17709 presenting log data.
17711 * systemctl will no longer show control group information for
17712 a unit if the control group is empty anyway.
17714 * logind can now automatically suspend/hibernate/shutdown the
17717 * /etc/machine-info and hostnamed now also expose the chassis
17718 type of the system. This can be used to determine whether
17719 the local system is a laptop, desktop, handset or
17720 tablet. This information may either be configured by the
17721 user/vendor or is automatically determined from ACPI and DMI
17722 information if possible.
17724 * A number of polkit actions are now bound together with "imply"
17725 rules. This should simplify creating UIs because many actions
17726 will now authenticate similar ones as well.
17728 * Unit files learnt a new condition ConditionACPower= which
17729 may be used to conditionalize a unit depending on whether an
17730 AC power source is connected or not, of whether the system
17731 is running on battery power.
17733 * systemctl gained a new "is-failed" verb that may be used in
17734 shell scripts and suchlike to check whether a specific unit
17735 is in the "failed" state.
17737 * The EnvironmentFile= setting in unit files now supports file
17738 globbing, and can hence be used to easily read a number of
17739 environment files at once.
17741 * systemd will no longer detect and recognize specific
17742 distributions. All distribution-specific #ifdeffery has been
17743 removed, systemd is now fully generic and
17744 distribution-agnostic. Effectively, not too much is lost as
17745 a lot of the code is still accessible via explicit configure
17746 switches. However, support for some distribution specific
17747 legacy configuration file formats has been dropped. We
17748 recommend distributions to simply adopt the configuration
17749 files everybody else uses now and convert the old
17750 configuration from packaging scripts. Most distributions
17751 already did that. If that's not possible or desirable,
17752 distributions are welcome to forward port the specific
17753 pieces of code locally from the git history.
17755 * When logging a message about a unit systemd will now always
17756 log the unit name in the message meta data.
17758 * localectl will now also discover system locale data that is
17759 not stored in locale archives, but directly unpacked.
17761 * logind will no longer unconditionally use framebuffer
17762 devices as seat masters, i.e. as devices that are required
17763 to be existing before a seat is considered preset. Instead,
17764 it will now look for all devices that are tagged as
17765 "seat-master" in udev. By default, framebuffer devices will
17766 be marked as such, but depending on local systems, other
17767 devices might be marked as well. This may be used to
17768 integrate graphics cards using closed source drivers (such
17769 as NVidia ones) more nicely into logind. Note however, that
17770 we recommend using the open source NVidia drivers instead,
17771 and no udev rules for the closed-source drivers will be
17772 shipped from us upstream.
17774 Contributions from: Adam Williamson, Alessandro Crismani, Auke
17775 Kok, Colin Walters, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David
17776 Herrmann, David Strauss, Dimitrios Apostolou, Eelco Dolstra,
17777 Eric Benoit, Giovanni Campagna, Hannes Reinecke, Henrik
17778 Grindal Bakken, Hermann Gausterer, Kay Sievers, Lennart
17779 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann,
17780 Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael Biebl, Michael Terry,
17781 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Oleg
17782 Samarin, Pekka Lundstrom, Philip Nilsson, Ramkumar
17783 Ramachandra, Richard Yao, Robert Millan, Sami Kerola, Shawn
17784 Landden, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Thomas Jarosch,
17785 Tollef Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, Zbigniew
17790 * udev gained support for loading additional device properties
17791 from an indexed database that is keyed by vendor/product IDs
17792 and similar device identifiers. For the beginning this
17793 "hwdb" is populated with data from the well-known PCI and
17794 USB database, but also includes PNP, ACPI and OID data. In
17795 the longer run this indexed database shall grow into
17796 becoming the one central database for non-essential
17797 userspace device metadata. Previously, data from the PCI/USB
17798 database was only attached to select devices, since the
17799 lookup was a relatively expensive operation due to O(n) time
17800 complexity (with n being the number of entries in the
17801 database). Since this is now O(1), we decided to add in this
17802 data for all devices where this is available, by
17803 default. Note that the indexed database needs to be rebuilt
17804 when new data files are installed. To achieve this you need
17805 to update your packaging scripts to invoke "udevadm hwdb
17806 --update" after installation of hwdb data files. For
17807 RPM-based distributions we introduced the new
17808 %udev_hwdb_update macro for this purpose.
17810 * The Journal gained support for the "Message Catalog", an
17811 indexed database to link up additional information with
17812 journal entries. For further details please check:
17814 https://systemd.io/CATALOG
17816 The indexed message catalog database also needs to be
17817 rebuilt after installation of message catalog files. Use
17818 "journalctl --update-catalog" for this. For RPM-based
17819 distributions we introduced the %journal_catalog_update
17820 macro for this purpose.
17822 * The Python Journal bindings gained support for the standard
17823 Python logging framework.
17825 * The Journal API gained new functions for checking whether
17826 the underlying file system of a journal file is capable of
17827 properly reporting file change notifications, or whether
17828 applications that want to reflect journal changes "live"
17829 need to recheck journal files continuously in appropriate
17832 * It is now possible to set the "age" field for tmpfiles
17833 entries to 0, indicating that files matching this entry
17834 shall always be removed when the directories are cleaned up.
17836 * coredumpctl gained a new "gdb" verb which invokes gdb
17837 right-away on the selected coredump.
17839 * There's now support for "hybrid sleep" on kernels that
17840 support this, in addition to "suspend" and "hibernate". Use
17841 "systemctl hybrid-sleep" to make use of this.
17843 * logind's HandleSuspendKey= setting (and related settings)
17844 now gained support for a new "lock" setting to simply
17845 request the screen lock on all local sessions, instead of
17846 actually executing a suspend or hibernation.
17848 * systemd will now mount the EFI variables file system by
17851 * Socket units now gained support for configuration of the
17852 SMACK security label.
17854 * timedatectl will now output the time of the last and next
17855 daylight saving change.
17857 * We dropped support for various legacy and distro-specific
17858 concepts, such as insserv, early-boot SysV services
17859 (i.e. those for non-standard runlevels such as 'b' or 'S')
17860 or ArchLinux /etc/rc.conf support. We recommend the
17861 distributions who still need support this to either continue
17862 to maintain the necessary patches downstream, or find a
17863 different solution. (Talk to us if you have questions!)
17865 * Various systemd components will now bypass polkit checks for
17866 root and otherwise handle properly if polkit is not found to
17867 be around. This should fix most issues for polkit-less
17868 systems. Quite frankly this should have been this way since
17869 day one. It is absolutely our intention to make systemd work
17870 fine on polkit-less systems, and we consider it a bug if
17871 something does not work as it should if polkit is not around.
17873 * For embedded systems it is now possible to build udev and
17874 systemd without blkid and/or kmod support.
17876 * "systemctl switch-root" is now capable of switching root
17877 more than once. I.e. in addition to transitions from the
17878 initrd to the host OS it is now possible to transition to
17879 further OS images from the host. This is useful to implement
17880 offline updating tools.
17882 * Various other additions have been made to the RPM macros
17883 shipped with systemd. Use %udev_rules_update() after
17884 installing new udev rules files. %_udevhwdbdir,
17885 %_udevrulesdir, %_journalcatalogdir, %_tmpfilesdir,
17886 %_sysctldir are now available which resolve to the right
17887 directories for packages to place various data files in.
17889 * journalctl gained the new --full switch (in addition to
17890 --all, to disable ellipsation for long messages.
17892 Contributions from: Anders Olofsson, Auke Kok, Ben Boeckel,
17893 Colin Walters, Cosimo Cecchi, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner,
17894 Eelco Dolstra, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Kay Sievers,
17895 Chun-Yi Lee, Lekensteyn, Lennart Poettering, Mantas Mikulėnas,
17896 Marti Raudsepp, Martin Pitt, Mauro Dreissig, Michael Biebl,
17897 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miklos Vajna, Nis Martensen,
17898 Oleksii Shevchuk, Olivier Brunel, Ramkumar Ramachandra, Thomas
17899 Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tony
17900 Camuso, Umut Tezduyar, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
17904 * journalctl gained new --since= and --until= switches to
17905 filter by time. It also now supports nice filtering for
17906 units via --unit=/-u.
17908 * Type=oneshot services may use ExecReload= and do the
17911 * The journal daemon now supports time-based rotation and
17912 vacuuming, in addition to the usual disk-space based
17915 * The journal will now index the available field values for
17916 each field name. This enables clients to show pretty drop
17917 downs of available match values when filtering. The bash
17918 completion of journalctl has been updated
17919 accordingly. journalctl gained a new switch -F to list all
17920 values a certain field takes in the journal database.
17922 * More service events are now written as structured messages
17923 to the journal, and made recognizable via message IDs.
17925 * The timedated, localed and hostnamed mini-services which
17926 previously only provided support for changing time, locale
17927 and hostname settings from graphical DEs such as GNOME now
17928 also have a minimal (but very useful) text-based client
17929 utility each. This is probably the nicest way to changing
17930 these settings from the command line now, especially since
17931 it lists available options and is fully integrated with bash
17934 * There's now a new tool "systemd-coredumpctl" to list and
17935 extract coredumps from the journal.
17937 * We now install a README each in /var/log/ and
17938 /etc/rc.d/init.d explaining where the system logs and init
17939 scripts went. This hopefully should help folks who go to
17940 that dirs and look into the otherwise now empty void and
17941 scratch their heads.
17943 * When user-services are invoked (by systemd --user) the
17944 $MANAGERPID env var is set to the PID of systemd.
17946 * SIGRTMIN+24 when sent to a --user instance will now result
17947 in immediate termination of systemd.
17949 * gatewayd received numerous feature additions such as a
17950 "follow" mode, for live syncing and filtering.
17952 * browse.html now allows filtering and showing detailed
17953 information on specific entries. Keyboard navigation and
17954 mouse screen support has been added.
17956 * gatewayd/journalctl now supports HTML5/JSON
17957 Server-Sent-Events as output.
17959 * The SysV init script compatibility logic will now
17960 heuristically determine whether a script supports the
17961 "reload" verb, and only then make this available as
17962 "systemctl reload".
17964 * "systemctl status --follow" has been removed, use "journalctl
17967 * journald.conf's RuntimeMinSize=, PersistentMinSize= settings
17968 have been removed since they are hardly useful to be
17971 * And I'd like to take the opportunity to specifically mention
17972 Zbigniew for his great contributions. Zbigniew, you rock!
17974 Contributions from: Andrew Eikum, Christian Hesse, Colin
17975 Guthrie, Daniel J Walsh, Dave Reisner, Eelco Dolstra, Ferenc
17976 Wágner, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas
17977 Mikulėnas, Martin Mikkelsen, Martin Pitt, Michael Olbrich,
17978 Michael Stapelberg, Michal Schmidt, Sebastian Ott, Thomas
17979 Bächler, Umut Tezduyar, Will Woods, Wulf C. Krueger, Zbigniew
17980 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Сковорода Никита Андреевич
17984 * If /etc/vconsole.conf is non-existent or empty we will no
17985 longer load any console font or key map at boot by
17986 default. Instead the kernel defaults will be left
17987 intact. This is definitely the right thing to do, as no
17988 configuration should mean no configuration, and hard-coding
17989 font names that are different on all archs is probably a bad
17990 idea. Also, the kernel default key map and font should be
17991 good enough for most cases anyway, and mostly identical to
17992 the userspace fonts/key maps we previously overloaded them
17993 with. If distributions want to continue to default to a
17994 non-kernel font or key map they should ship a default
17995 /etc/vconsole.conf with the appropriate contents.
17997 Contributions from: Colin Walters, Daniel J Walsh, Dave
17998 Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Tollef
17999 Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
18003 * journalctl gained a new --cursor= switch to show entries
18004 starting from the specified location in the journal.
18006 * We now enforce a size limit on journal entry fields exported
18007 with "-o json" in journalctl. Fields larger than 4K will be
18008 assigned null. This can be turned off with --all.
18010 * An (optional) journal gateway daemon is now available as
18011 "systemd-journal-gatewayd.service". This service provides
18012 access to the journal via HTTP and JSON. This functionality
18013 will be used to implement live log synchronization in both
18014 pull and push modes, but has various other users too, such
18015 as easy log access for debugging of embedded devices. Right
18016 now it is already useful to retrieve the journal via HTTP:
18018 # systemctl start systemd-journal-gatewayd.service
18019 # wget http://localhost:19531/entries
18021 This will download the journal contents in a
18022 /var/log/messages compatible format. The same as JSON:
18024 # curl -H"Accept: application/json" http://localhost:19531/entries
18026 This service is also accessible via a web browser where a
18027 single static HTML5 app is served that uses the JSON logic
18028 to enable the user to do some basic browsing of the
18029 journal. This will be extended later on. Here's an example
18030 screenshot of this app in its current state:
18032 https://0pointer.de/public/journal-gatewayd
18034 Contributions from: Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Robert
18035 Milasan, Tom Gundersen
18039 * The bash completion logic is now available for journalctl
18042 * We do not mount the "cpuset" controller anymore together with
18043 "cpu" and "cpuacct", as "cpuset" groups generally cannot be
18044 started if no parameters are assigned to it. "cpuset" hence
18045 broke code that assumed it could create "cpu" groups and
18048 * journalctl -f will now subscribe to terminal size changes,
18049 and line break accordingly.
18051 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lennart
18052 Poettering, Lukas Nykrynm, Mirco Tischler, Václav Pavlín
18056 * nspawn will now create a symlink /etc/localtime in the
18057 container environment, copying the host's timezone
18058 setting. Previously this has been done via a bind mount, but
18059 since symlinks cannot be bind mounted this has now been
18060 changed to create/update the appropriate symlink.
18062 * journalctl -n's line number argument is now optional, and
18063 will default to 10 if omitted.
18065 * journald will now log the maximum size the journal files may
18066 take up on disk. This is particularly useful if the default
18067 built-in logic of determining this parameter from the file
18068 system size is used. Use "systemctl status
18069 systemd-journald.service" to see this information.
18071 * The multi-seat X wrapper tool has been stripped down. As X
18072 is now capable of enumerating graphics devices via udev in a
18073 seat-aware way the wrapper is not strictly necessary
18074 anymore. A stripped down temporary stop-gap is still shipped
18075 until the upstream display managers have been updated to
18076 fully support the new X logic. Expect this wrapper to be
18077 removed entirely in one of the next releases.
18079 * HandleSleepKey= in logind.conf has been split up into
18080 HandleSuspendKey= and HandleHibernateKey=. The old setting
18081 is not available anymore. X11 and the kernel are
18082 distinguishing between these keys and we should too. This
18083 also means the inhibition lock for these keys has been split
18086 Contributions from: Dave Airlie, Eelco Dolstra, Lennart
18087 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Václav Pavlín
18091 * Whenever a unit changes state we will now log this to the
18092 journal and show along the unit's own log output in
18093 "systemctl status".
18095 * ConditionPathIsMountPoint= can now properly detect bind
18096 mount points too. (Previously, a bind mount of one file
18097 system to another place in the same file system could not be
18098 detected as mount, since they shared struct stat's st_dev
18101 * We will now mount the cgroup controllers cpu, cpuacct,
18102 cpuset and the controllers net_cls, net_prio together by
18105 * nspawn containers will now have a virtualized boot
18106 ID. (i.e. /proc/sys/kernel/random/boot_id is now mounted
18107 over with a randomized ID at container initialization). This
18108 has the effect of making "journalctl -b" do the right thing
18111 * The JSON output journal serialization has been updated not
18112 to generate "endless" list objects anymore, but rather one
18113 JSON object per line. This is more in line how most JSON
18114 parsers expect JSON objects. The new output mode
18115 "json-pretty" has been added to provide similar output, but
18116 neatly aligned for readability by humans.
18118 * We dropped all explicit sync() invocations in the shutdown
18119 code. The kernel does this implicitly anyway in the kernel
18120 reboot() syscall. halt(8)'s -n option is now a compatibility
18123 * We now support virtualized reboot() in containers, as
18124 supported by newer kernels. We will fall back to exit() if
18125 CAP_SYS_REBOOT is not available to the container. Also,
18126 nspawn makes use of this now and will actually reboot the
18127 container if the containerized OS asks for that.
18129 * journalctl will only show local log output by default
18130 now. Use --merge (-m) to show remote log output, too.
18132 * libsystemd-journal gained the new sd_journal_get_usage()
18133 call to determine the current disk usage of all journal
18134 files. This is exposed in the new "journalctl --disk-usage"
18137 * journald gained a new configuration setting SplitMode= in
18138 journald.conf which may be used to control how user journals
18139 are split off. See journald.conf(5) for details.
18141 * A new condition type ConditionFileNotEmpty= has been added.
18143 * tmpfiles' "w" lines now support file globbing, to write
18144 multiple files at once.
18146 * We added Python bindings for the journal submission
18147 APIs. More Python APIs for a number of selected APIs will
18148 likely follow. Note that we intend to add native bindings
18149 only for the Python language, as we consider it common
18150 enough to deserve bindings shipped within systemd. There are
18151 various projects outside of systemd that provide bindings
18152 for languages such as PHP or Lua.
18154 * Many conditions will now resolve specifiers such as %i. In
18155 addition, PathChanged= and related directives of .path units
18156 now support specifiers as well.
18158 * There's now a new RPM macro definition for the system preset
18161 * journald will now warn if it ca not forward a message to the
18162 syslog daemon because its socket is full.
18164 * timedated will no longer write or process /etc/timezone,
18165 except on Debian. As we do not support late mounted /usr
18166 anymore /etc/localtime always being a symlink is now safe,
18167 and hence the information in /etc/timezone is not necessary
18170 * logind will now always reserve one VT for a text getty (VT6
18171 by default). Previously if more than 6 X sessions where
18172 started they took up all the VTs with auto-spawned gettys,
18173 so that no text gettys were available anymore.
18175 * udev will now automatically inform the btrfs kernel logic
18176 about btrfs RAID components showing up. This should make
18177 simple hotplug based btrfs RAID assembly work.
18179 * PID 1 will now increase its RLIMIT_NOFILE to 64K by default
18180 (but not for its children which will stay at the kernel
18181 default). This should allow setups with a lot more listening
18184 * systemd will now always pass the configured timezone to the
18185 kernel at boot. timedated will do the same when the timezone
18188 * logind's inhibition logic has been updated. By default,
18189 logind will now handle the lid switch, the power and sleep
18190 keys all the time, even in graphical sessions. If DEs want
18191 to handle these events on their own they should take the new
18192 handle-power-key, handle-sleep-key and handle-lid-switch
18193 inhibitors during their runtime. A simple way to achieve
18194 that is to invoke the DE wrapped in an invocation of:
18196 systemd-inhibit --what=handle-power-key:handle-sleep-key:handle-lid-switch …
18198 * Access to unit operations is now checked via SELinux taking
18199 the unit file label and client process label into account.
18201 * systemd will now notify the administrator in the journal
18202 when he over-mounts a non-empty directory.
18204 * There are new specifiers that are resolved in unit files,
18205 for the hostname (%H), the machine ID (%m) and the boot ID
18208 Contributions from: Allin Cottrell, Auke Kok, Brandon Philips,
18209 Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters, Daniel J Walsh, Dave Reisner,
18210 Eelco Dolstra, Jan Engelhardt, Kay Sievers, Lennart
18211 Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas,
18212 Martin Pitt, Matthias Clasen, Michael Olbrich, Pierre Schmitz,
18213 Shawn Landden, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen,
18214 Václav Pavlín, Yin Kangkai, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
18218 * Support for reading structured kernel messages from
18219 /dev/kmsg has now been added and is enabled by default.
18221 * Support for reading kernel messages from /proc/kmsg has now
18222 been removed. If you want kernel messages in the journal
18223 make sure to run a recent kernel (>= 3.5) that supports
18224 reading structured messages from /dev/kmsg (see
18225 above). /proc/kmsg is now exclusive property of classic
18226 syslog daemons again.
18228 * The libudev API gained the new
18229 udev_device_new_from_device_id() call.
18231 * The logic for file system namespace (ReadOnlyDirectory=,
18232 ReadWriteDirectoy=, PrivateTmp=) has been reworked not to
18233 require pivot_root() anymore. This means fewer temporary
18234 directories are created below /tmp for this feature.
18236 * nspawn containers will now see and receive all submounts
18237 made on the host OS below the root file system of the
18240 * Forward Secure Sealing is now supported for Journal files,
18241 which provide cryptographical sealing of journal files so
18242 that attackers cannot alter log history anymore without this
18243 being detectable. Lennart will soon post a blog story about
18244 this explaining it in more detail.
18246 * There are two new service settings RestartPreventExitStatus=
18247 and SuccessExitStatus= which allow configuration of exit
18248 status (exit code or signal) which will be excepted from the
18249 restart logic, resp. consider successful.
18251 * journalctl gained the new --verify switch that can be used
18252 to check the integrity of the structure of journal files and
18253 (if Forward Secure Sealing is enabled) the contents of
18256 * nspawn containers will now be run with /dev/stdin, /dev/fd/
18257 and similar symlinks pre-created. This makes running shells
18258 as container init process a lot more fun.
18260 * The fstab support can now handle PARTUUID= and PARTLABEL=
18263 * A new ConditionHost= condition has been added to match
18264 against the hostname (with globs) and machine ID. This is
18265 useful for clusters where a single OS image is used to
18266 provision a large number of hosts which shall run slightly
18267 different sets of services.
18269 * Services which hit the restart limit will now be placed in a
18272 Contributions from: Bertram Poettering, Dave Reisner, Huang
18273 Hang, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Martin
18274 Pitt, Simon Peeters, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
18278 * When running in --user mode systemd will now become a
18279 subreaper (PR_SET_CHILD_SUBREAPER). This should make the ps
18280 tree a lot more organized.
18282 * A new PartOf= unit dependency type has been introduced that
18283 may be used to group services in a natural way.
18285 * "systemctl enable" may now be used to enable instances of
18288 * journalctl now prints error log levels in red, and
18289 warning/notice log levels in bright white. It also supports
18290 filtering by log level now.
18292 * cgtop gained a new -n switch (similar to top), to configure
18293 the maximum number of iterations to run for. It also gained
18294 -b, to run in batch mode (accepting no input).
18296 * The suffix ".service" may now be omitted on most systemctl
18297 command lines involving service unit names.
18299 * There's a new bus call in logind to lock all sessions, as
18300 well as a loginctl verb for it "lock-sessions".
18302 * libsystemd-logind.so gained a new call sd_journal_perror()
18303 that works similar to libc perror() but logs to the journal
18304 and encodes structured information about the error number.
18306 * /etc/crypttab entries now understand the new keyfile-size=
18309 * shutdown(8) now can send a (configurable) wall message when
18310 a shutdown is cancelled.
18312 * The mount propagation mode for the root file system will now
18313 default to "shared", which is useful to make containers work
18314 nicely out-of-the-box so that they receive new mounts from
18315 the host. This can be undone locally by running "mount
18316 --make-rprivate /" if needed.
18318 * The prefdm.service file has been removed. Distributions
18319 should maintain this unit downstream if they intend to keep
18320 it around. However, we recommend writing normal unit files
18321 for display managers instead.
18323 * Since systemd is a crucial part of the OS we will now
18324 default to a number of compiler switches that improve
18325 security (hardening) such as read-only relocations, stack
18326 protection, and suchlike.
18328 * The TimeoutSec= setting for services is now split into
18329 TimeoutStartSec= and TimeoutStopSec= to allow configuration
18330 of individual time outs for the start and the stop phase of
18333 Contributions from: Artur Zaprzala, Arvydas Sidorenko, Auke
18334 Kok, Bryan Kadzban, Dave Reisner, David Strauss, Harald Hoyer,
18335 Jim Meyering, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Mantas
18336 Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Peter
18337 Alfredsen, Shawn Landden, Simon Peeters, Terence Honles, Tom
18338 Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
18342 * The journal and id128 C APIs are now fully documented as man
18345 * Extra safety checks have been added when transitioning from
18346 the initial RAM disk to the main system to avoid accidental
18349 * /etc/crypttab entries now understand the new keyfile-offset=
18352 * systemctl -t can now be used to filter by unit load state.
18354 * The journal C API gained the new sd_journal_wait() call to
18355 make writing synchronous journal clients easier.
18357 * journalctl gained the new -D switch to show journals from a
18358 specific directory.
18360 * journalctl now displays a special marker between log
18361 messages of two different boots.
18363 * The journal is now explicitly flushed to /var via a service
18364 systemd-journal-flush.service, rather than implicitly simply
18365 by seeing /var/log/journal to be writable.
18367 * journalctl (and the journal C APIs) can now match for much
18368 more complex expressions, with alternatives and
18371 * When transitioning from the initial RAM disk to the main
18372 system we will now kill all processes in a killing spree to
18373 ensure no processes stay around by accident.
18375 * Three new specifiers may be used in unit files: %u, %h, %s
18376 resolve to the user name, user home directory resp. user
18377 shell. This is useful for running systemd user instances.
18379 * We now automatically rotate journal files if their data
18380 object hash table gets a fill level > 75%. We also size the
18381 hash table based on the configured maximum file size. This
18382 together should lower hash collisions drastically and thus
18383 speed things up a bit.
18385 * journalctl gained the new "--header" switch to introspect
18386 header data of journal files.
18388 * A new setting SystemCallFilters= has been added to services which may
18389 be used to apply deny lists or allow lists to system calls. This is
18390 based on SECCOMP Mode 2 of Linux 3.5.
18392 * nspawn gained a new --link-journal= switch (and quicker: -j)
18393 to link the container journal with the host. This makes it
18394 very easy to centralize log viewing on the host for all
18395 guests while still keeping the journal files separated.
18397 * Many bugfixes and optimizations
18399 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Eelco Dolstra, Harald Hoyer, Kay
18400 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Malte Starostik, Paul Menzel, Rex
18401 Tsai, Shawn Landden, Tom Gundersen, Ville Skyttä, Zbigniew
18406 * Several tools now understand kernel command line arguments,
18407 which are only read when run in an initial RAM disk. They
18408 usually follow closely their normal counterparts, but are
18411 * There's a new tool to analyze the readahead files that are
18412 automatically generated at boot. Use:
18414 /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-readahead analyze /.readahead
18416 * We now provide an early debug shell on tty9 if this enabled. Use:
18418 systemctl enable debug-shell.service
18420 * All plymouth related units have been moved into the Plymouth
18421 package. Please make sure to upgrade your Plymouth version
18424 * systemd-tmpfiles now supports getting passed the basename of
18425 a configuration file only, in which case it will look for it
18426 in all appropriate directories automatically.
18428 * udevadm info now takes a /dev or /sys path as argument, and
18429 does the right thing. Example:
18431 udevadm info /dev/sda
18432 udevadm info /sys/class/block/sda
18434 * systemctl now prints a warning if a unit is stopped but a
18435 unit that might trigger it continues to run. Example: a
18436 service is stopped but the socket that activates it is left
18439 * "systemctl status" will now mention if the log output was
18440 shortened due to rotation since a service has been started.
18442 * The journal API now exposes functions to determine the
18443 "cutoff" times due to rotation.
18445 * journald now understands SIGUSR1 and SIGUSR2 for triggering
18446 immediately flushing of runtime logs to /var if possible,
18447 resp. for triggering immediate rotation of the journal
18450 * It is now considered an error if a service is attempted to
18451 be stopped that is not loaded.
18453 * XDG_RUNTIME_DIR now uses numeric UIDs instead of usernames.
18455 * systemd-analyze now supports Python 3
18457 * tmpfiles now supports cleaning up directories via aging
18458 where the first level dirs are always kept around but
18459 directories beneath it automatically aged. This is enabled
18460 by prefixing the age field with '~'.
18462 * Seat objects now expose CanGraphical, CanTTY properties
18463 which is required to deal with very fast bootups where the
18464 display manager might be running before the graphics drivers
18465 completed initialization.
18467 * Seat objects now expose a State property.
18469 * We now include RPM macros for service enabling/disabling
18470 based on the preset logic. We recommend RPM based
18471 distributions to make use of these macros if possible. This
18472 makes it simpler to reuse RPM spec files across
18475 * We now make sure that the collected systemd unit name is
18476 always valid when services log to the journal via
18479 * There's a new man page kernel-command-line(7) detailing all
18480 command line options we understand.
18482 * The fstab generator may now be disabled at boot by passing
18483 fstab=0 on the kernel command line.
18485 * A new kernel command line option modules-load= is now understood
18486 to load a specific kernel module statically, early at boot.
18488 * Unit names specified on the systemctl command line are now
18489 automatically escaped as needed. Also, if file system or
18490 device paths are specified they are automatically turned
18491 into the appropriate mount or device unit names. Example:
18493 systemctl status /home
18494 systemctl status /dev/sda
18496 * The SysVConsole= configuration option has been removed from
18497 system.conf parsing.
18499 * The SysV search path is no longer exported on the D-Bus
18502 * The Names= option has been removed from unit file parsing.
18504 * There's a new man page bootup(7) detailing the boot process.
18506 * Every unit and every generator we ship with systemd now
18507 comes with full documentation. The self-explanatory boot is
18510 * A couple of services gained "systemd-" prefixes in their
18511 name if they wrap systemd code, rather than only external
18512 code. Among them fsck@.service which is now
18513 systemd-fsck@.service.
18515 * The HaveWatchdog property has been removed from the D-Bus
18518 * systemd.confirm_spawn= on the kernel command line should now
18521 * There's a new man page crypttab(5) which details all options
18522 we actually understand.
18524 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --capability= switch to pass
18525 additional capabilities to the container.
18527 * timedated will now read known NTP implementation unit names
18528 from /usr/lib/systemd/ntp-units.d/*.list,
18529 systemd-timedated-ntp.target has been removed.
18531 * journalctl gained a new switch "-b" that lists log data of
18532 the current boot only.
18534 * The notify socket is in the abstract namespace again, in
18535 order to support daemons which chroot() at start-up.
18537 * There is a new Storage= configuration option for journald
18538 which allows configuration of where log data should go. This
18539 also provides a way to disable journal logging entirely, so
18540 that data collected is only forwarded to the console, the
18541 kernel log buffer or another syslog implementation.
18543 * Many bugfixes and optimizations
18545 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Guthrie, Dave Reisner,
18546 David Strauss, Eelco Dolstra, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
18547 Lukas Nykryn, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Paul Menzel,
18548 Shawn Landden, Tom Gundersen
18552 * "systemctl help <unit>" now shows the man page if one is
18555 * Several new man pages have been added.
18557 * MaxLevelStore=, MaxLevelSyslog=, MaxLevelKMsg=,
18558 MaxLevelConsole= can now be specified in
18559 journald.conf. These options allow reducing the amount of
18560 data stored on disk or forwarded by the log level.
18562 * TimerSlackNSec= can now be specified in system.conf for
18563 PID1. This allows system-wide power savings.
18565 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lauri Kasanen,
18566 Lennart Poettering, Malte Starostik, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
18571 * logind is now capable of (optionally) handling power and
18572 sleep keys as well as the lid switch.
18574 * journalctl now understands the syntax "journalctl
18575 /usr/bin/avahi-daemon" to get all log output of a specific
18578 * CapabilityBoundingSet= in system.conf now also influences
18579 the capability bound set of usermode helpers of the kernel.
18581 Contributions from: Daniel Drake, Daniel J. Walsh, Gert
18582 Michael Kulyk, Harald Hoyer, Jean Delvare, Kay Sievers,
18583 Lennart Poettering, Matthew Garrett, Matthias Clasen, Paul
18584 Menzel, Shawn Landden, Tero Roponen, Tom Gundersen
18588 * Note that we skipped 139 releases here in order to set the
18589 new version to something that is greater than both udev's
18590 and systemd's most recent version number.
18592 * udev: all udev sources are merged into the systemd source tree now.
18593 All future udev development will happen in the systemd tree. It
18594 is still fully supported to use the udev daemon and tools without
18595 systemd running, like in initramfs or other init systems. Building
18596 udev though, will require the *build* of the systemd tree, but
18597 udev can be properly *run* without systemd.
18599 * udev: /lib/udev/devices/ are not read anymore; systemd-tmpfiles
18600 should be used to create dead device nodes as workarounds for broken
18603 * udev: RUN+="socket:…" and udev_monitor_new_from_socket() is
18604 no longer supported. udev_monitor_new_from_netlink() needs to be
18605 used to subscribe to events.
18607 * udev: when udevd is started by systemd, processes which are left
18608 behind by forking them off of udev rules, are unconditionally cleaned
18609 up and killed now after the event handling has finished. Services or
18610 daemons must be started as systemd services. Services can be
18611 pulled-in by udev to get started, but they can no longer be directly
18612 forked by udev rules.
18614 * udev: the daemon binary is called systemd-udevd now and installed
18615 in /usr/lib/systemd/. Standalone builds or non-systemd systems need
18616 to adapt to that, create symlink, or rename the binary after building
18619 * libudev no longer provides these symbols:
18620 udev_monitor_from_socket()
18621 udev_queue_get_failed_list_entry()
18622 udev_get_{dev,sys,run}_path()
18623 The versions number was bumped and symbol versioning introduced.
18625 * systemd-loginctl and systemd-journalctl have been renamed
18626 to loginctl and journalctl to match systemctl.
18628 * The config files: /etc/systemd/systemd-logind.conf and
18629 /etc/systemd/systemd-journald.conf have been renamed to
18630 logind.conf and journald.conf. Package updates should rename
18631 the files to the new names on upgrade.
18633 * For almost all files the license is now LGPL2.1+, changed
18634 from the previous GPL2.0+. Exceptions are some minor stuff
18635 of udev (which will be changed to LGPL2.1 eventually, too),
18636 and the MIT licensed sd-daemon.[ch] library that is suitable
18637 to be used as drop-in files.
18639 * systemd and logind now handle system sleep states, in
18640 particular suspending and hibernating.
18642 * logind now implements a sleep/shutdown/idle inhibiting logic
18643 suitable for a variety of uses. Soonishly Lennart will blog
18644 about this in more detail.
18646 * var-run.mount and var-lock.mount are no longer provided
18647 (which previously bind mounted these directories to their new
18648 places). Distributions which have not converted these
18649 directories to symlinks should consider stealing these files
18650 from git history and add them downstream.
18652 * We introduced the Documentation= field for units and added
18653 this to all our shipped units. This is useful to make it
18654 easier to explore the boot and the purpose of the various
18657 * All smaller setup units (such as
18658 systemd-vconsole-setup.service) now detect properly if they
18659 are run in a container and are skipped when
18660 appropriate. This guarantees an entirely noise-free boot in
18661 Linux container environments such as systemd-nspawn.
18663 * A framework for implementing offline system updates is now
18664 integrated, for details see:
18665 https://www.freedesktop.org/software/systemd/man/systemd.offline-updates.html
18667 * A new service type Type=idle is available now which helps us
18668 avoiding ugly interleaving of getty output and boot status
18671 * There's now a system-wide CapabilityBoundingSet= option to
18672 globally reduce the set of capabilities for the
18673 system. This is useful to drop CAP_SYS_MKNOD, CAP_SYS_RAWIO,
18674 CAP_NET_RAW, CAP_SYS_MODULE, CAP_SYS_TIME, CAP_SYS_PTRACE or
18675 even CAP_NET_ADMIN system-wide for secure systems.
18677 * There are now system-wide DefaultLimitXXX= options to
18678 globally change the defaults of the various resource limits
18679 for all units started by PID 1.
18681 * Harald Hoyer's systemd test suite has been integrated into
18682 systemd which allows easy testing of systemd builds in qemu
18683 and nspawn. (This is really awesome! Ask us for details!)
18685 * The fstab parser is now implemented as generator, not inside
18688 * systemctl will now warn you if .mount units generated from
18689 /etc/fstab are out of date due to changes in fstab that
18690 have not been read by systemd yet.
18692 * systemd is now suitable for usage in initrds. Dracut has
18693 already been updated to make use of this. With this in place
18694 initrds get a slight bit faster but primarily are much
18695 easier to introspect and debug since "systemctl status" in
18696 the host system can be used to introspect initrd services,
18697 and the journal from the initrd is kept around too.
18699 * systemd-delta has been added, a tool to explore differences
18700 between user/admin configuration and vendor defaults.
18702 * PrivateTmp= now affects both /tmp and /var/tmp.
18704 * Boot time status messages are now much prettier and feature
18705 proper english language. Booting up systemd has never been
18708 * Read-ahead pack files now include the inode number of all
18709 files to pre-cache. When the inode changes the pre-caching
18710 is not attempted. This should be nicer to deal with updated
18711 packages which might result in changes of read-ahead
18714 * We now temporaritly lower the kernel's read_ahead_kb variable
18715 when collecting read-ahead data to ensure the kernel's
18716 built-in read-ahead does not add noise to our measurements
18717 of necessary blocks to pre-cache.
18719 * There's now RequiresMountsFor= to add automatic dependencies
18720 for all mounts necessary for a specific file system path.
18722 * MountAuto= and SwapAuto= have been removed from
18723 system.conf. Mounting file systems at boot has to take place
18726 * nspawn now learned a new switch --uuid= to set the machine
18727 ID on the command line.
18729 * nspawn now learned the -b switch to automatically search
18730 for an init system.
18732 * vt102 is now the default TERM for serial TTYs, upgraded from
18735 * systemd-logind now works on VT-less systems.
18737 * The build tree has been reorganized. The individual
18738 components now have directories of their own.
18740 * A new condition type ConditionPathIsReadWrite= is now available.
18742 * nspawn learned the new -C switch to create cgroups for the
18743 container in other hierarchies.
18745 * We now have support for hardware watchdogs, configurable in
18748 * The scheduled shutdown logic now has a public API.
18750 * We now mount /tmp as tmpfs by default, but this can be
18751 masked and /etc/fstab can override it.
18753 * Since udisks does not make use of /media anymore we are not
18754 mounting a tmpfs on it anymore.
18756 * journalctl gained a new --local switch to only interleave
18757 locally generated journal files.
18759 * We can now load the IMA policy at boot automatically.
18761 * The GTK tools have been split off into a systemd-ui.
18763 Contributions from: Andreas Schwab, Auke Kok, Ayan George,
18764 Colin Guthrie, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Ward, Elan
18765 Ruusamäe, Frederic Crozat, Gergely Nagy, Guillermo Vidal,
18766 Hannes Reinecke, Harald Hoyer, Javier Jardón, Kay Sievers,
18767 Lennart Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Léo Gillot-Lamure,
18768 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Maxim
18769 A. Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michal
18770 Schmidt, Nis Martensen, Patrick McCarty, Roberto Sassu, Shawn
18771 Landden, Sjoerd Simons, Sven Anders, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom
18776 * This is mostly a bugfix release
18778 * Support optional initialization of the machine ID from the
18779 KVM or container configured UUID.
18781 * Support immediate reboots with "systemctl reboot -ff"
18783 * Show /etc/os-release data in systemd-analyze output
18785 * Many bugfixes for the journal, including endianness fixes and
18786 ensuring that disk space enforcement works
18788 * sd-login.h is C++ compatible again
18790 * Extend the /etc/os-release format on request of the Debian
18793 * We now refuse non-UTF8 strings used in various configuration
18794 and unit files. This is done to ensure we do not pass invalid
18795 data over D-Bus or expose it elsewhere.
18797 * Register Mimo USB Screens as suitable for automatic seat
18800 * Read SELinux client context from journal clients in a race
18803 * Reorder configuration file lookup order. /etc now always
18804 overrides /run in order to allow the administrator to always
18805 and unconditionally override vendor-supplied or
18806 automatically generated data.
18808 * The various user visible bits of the journal now have man
18809 pages. We still lack man pages for the journal API calls
18812 * We now ship all man pages in HTML format again in the
18815 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Dirk Eibach, Frederic
18816 Crozat, Harald Hoyer, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Marti
18817 Raudsepp, Michal Schmidt, Shawn Landden, Tero Roponen, Thierry
18822 * This is mostly a bugfix release
18824 * systems lacking /etc/os-release are no longer supported.
18826 * Various functionality updates to libsystemd-login.so
18828 * Track class of PAM logins to distinguish greeters from
18829 normal user logins.
18831 Contributions from: Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael
18836 * This is an important bugfix release for v41.
18838 * Building man pages is now optional which should be useful
18839 for those building systemd from git but unwilling to install
18842 * Watchdog support for supervising services is now usable. In
18843 a future release support for hardware watchdogs
18844 (i.e. /dev/watchdog) will be added building on this.
18846 * Service start rate limiting is now configurable and can be
18847 turned off per service. When a start rate limit is hit a
18848 reboot can automatically be triggered.
18850 * New CanReboot(), CanPowerOff() bus calls in systemd-logind.
18852 Contributions from: Benjamin Franzke, Bill Nottingham,
18853 Frederic Crozat, Lennart Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal
18854 Schmidt, Michał Górny, Piotr Drąg
18858 * The systemd binary is installed /usr/lib/systemd/systemd now;
18859 An existing /sbin/init symlink needs to be adapted with the
18862 * The code that loads kernel modules has been ported to invoke
18863 libkmod directly, instead of modprobe. This means we do not
18864 support systems with module-init-tools anymore.
18866 * Watchdog support is now already useful, but still not
18869 * A new kernel command line option systemd.setenv= is
18870 understood to set system wide environment variables
18871 dynamically at boot.
18873 * We now limit the set of capabilities of systemd-journald.
18875 * We now set SIGPIPE to ignore by default, since it only is
18876 useful in shell pipelines, and has little use in general
18877 code. This can be disabled with IgnoreSIPIPE=no in unit
18880 Contributions from: Benjamin Franzke, Kay Sievers, Lennart
18881 Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Tom Gundersen,
18886 * This is mostly a bugfix release
18888 * We now expose the reason why a service failed in the
18889 "Result" D-Bus property.
18891 * Rudimentary service watchdog support (will be completed over
18892 the next few releases.)
18894 * When systemd forks off in order execute some service we will
18895 now immediately changes its argv[0] to reflect which process
18896 it will execute. This is useful to minimize the time window
18897 with a generic argv[0], which makes bootcharts more useful
18899 Contributions from: Alvaro Soliverez, Chris Paulson-Ellis, Kay
18900 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt,
18901 Mike Kazantsev, Ray Strode
18905 * This is mostly a test release, but incorporates many
18908 * New systemd-cgtop tool to show control groups by their
18911 * Linking against libacl for ACLs is optional again. If
18912 disabled, support tracking device access for active logins
18913 goes becomes unavailable, and so does access to the user
18914 journals by the respective users.
18916 * If a group "adm" exists, journal files are automatically
18917 owned by them, thus allow members of this group full access
18918 to the system journal as well as all user journals.
18920 * The journal now stores the SELinux context of the logging
18921 client for all entries.
18923 * Add C++ inclusion guards to all public headers
18925 * New output mode "cat" in the journal to print only text
18926 messages, without any meta data like date or time.
18928 * Include tiny X server wrapper as a temporary stop-gap to
18929 teach XOrg udev display enumeration. This is used by display
18930 managers such as gdm, and will go away as soon as XOrg
18931 learned native udev hotplugging for display devices.
18933 * Add new systemd-cat tool for executing arbitrary programs
18934 with STDERR/STDOUT connected to the journal. Can also act as
18935 BSD logger replacement, and does so by default.
18937 * Optionally store all locally generated coredumps in the
18938 journal along with meta data.
18940 * systemd-tmpfiles learnt four new commands: n, L, c, b, for
18941 writing short strings to files (for usage for /sys), and for
18942 creating symlinks, character and block device nodes.
18944 * New unit file option ControlGroupPersistent= to make cgroups
18945 persistent, following the mechanisms outlined in
18946 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/PaxControlGroups
18948 * Support multiple local RTCs in a sane way
18950 * No longer monopolize IO when replaying readahead data on
18951 rotating disks, since we might starve non-file-system IO to
18952 death, since fanotify() will not see accesses done by blkid,
18955 * Do not show kernel threads in systemd-cgls anymore, unless
18956 requested with new -k switch.
18958 Contributions from: Dan Horák, Kay Sievers, Lennart
18959 Poettering, Michal Schmidt
18963 * This is mostly a test release, but incorporates many
18966 * The git repository moved to:
18967 git://anongit.freedesktop.org/systemd/systemd
18968 ssh://git.freedesktop.org/git/systemd/systemd
18970 * First release with the journal
18971 https://0pointer.de/blog/projects/the-journal.html
18973 * The journal replaces both systemd-kmsg-syslogd and
18974 systemd-stdout-bridge.
18976 * New sd_pid_get_unit() API call in libsystemd-logind
18978 * Many systemadm clean-ups
18980 * Introduce remote-fs-pre.target which is ordered before all
18981 remote mounts and may be used to start services before all
18984 * Added Mageia support
18986 * Add bash completion for systemd-loginctl
18988 * Actively monitor PID file creation for daemons which exit in
18989 the parent process before having finished writing the PID
18990 file in the daemon process. Daemons which do this need to be
18991 fixed (i.e. PID file creation must have finished before the
18992 parent exits), but we now react a bit more gracefully to them.
18994 * Add colourful boot output, mimicking the well-known output
18995 of existing distributions.
18997 * New option PassCredentials= for socket units, for
18998 compatibility with a recent kernel ABI breakage.
19000 * /etc/rc.local is now hooked in via a generator binary, and
19001 thus will no longer act as synchronization point during
19004 * systemctl list-unit-files now supports --root=.
19006 * systemd-tmpfiles now understands two new commands: z, Z for
19007 relabelling files according to the SELinux database. This is
19008 useful to apply SELinux labels to specific files in /sys,
19009 among other things.
19011 * Output of SysV services is now forwarded to both the console
19012 and the journal by default, not only just the console.
19014 * New man pages for all APIs from libsystemd-login.
19016 * The build tree got reorganized and the build system is a
19017 lot more modular allowing embedded setups to specifically
19018 select the components of systemd they are interested in.
19020 * Support for Linux systems lacking the kernel VT subsystem is
19023 * configure's --with-rootdir= got renamed to
19024 --with-rootprefix= to follow the naming used by udev and
19027 * Unless specified otherwise we will now install to /usr instead
19028 of /usr/local by default.
19030 * Processes with '@' in argv[0][0] are now excluded from the
19031 final shut-down killing spree, following the logic explained
19033 https://systemd.io/ROOT_STORAGE_DAEMONS/
19035 * All processes remaining in a service cgroup when we enter
19036 the START or START_PRE states are now killed with
19037 SIGKILL. That means it is no longer possible to spawn
19038 background processes from ExecStart= lines (which was never
19039 supported anyway, and bad style).
19041 * New PropagateReloadTo=/PropagateReloadFrom= options to bind
19042 reloading of units together.
19044 Contributions from: Bill Nottingham, Daniel J. Walsh, Dave
19045 Reisner, Dexter Morgan, Gregs Gregs, Jonathan Nieder, Kay
19046 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael Biebl, Michal Schmidt,
19047 Michał Górny, Ran Benita, Thomas Jarosch, Tim Waugh, Tollef
19048 Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek